- 


Seite 


get 
~s J 


ae 


bie eleteiele 
a 


gbyeti 


: 
teste 


= 


ty 


jorotarereie Ove 
. 


+ 


erste 


$32 


elelaeee? 
see bg 
shale etela.e'en 


weaveee® 
eh alete ere! ei fre 


. pe 4 
nbiebey 
. pal 

“* 
ane iets 
: ral 
ere 4 
. hadi 
fal’ 7” 
. wes 
aseee 


elslelejerere’# 


see ieee 


oe 
oe 


vaiele 4 ia 
San HT 


raise 


. 


$y jeere 

ple eleiaieieie 

e ahataieiejeleieiel 
oie lojolere 


eee 
lee) 


hojaraletarer erste es 
ehepeeieiel shales ntti ivioale re 
ih sey slole johajotele|eieisieiess) 
eiahe note e) ‘Nie el far 
alee epee setibeiaieil 
ete ‘ 


eves pry 
pelersheleiareneyeleie’ 
Mt eteheselsialeteleteley coats 
sobs eeele eeleee 
7 ener 
gist es rete 
eee 1 
er retiataiapensialetetel ele! 
fete! siete! 


ta ajslatelsreleleiele: 
sane 


eg enalale 
eleppiereielee % 


vee 
le elelebeter 


ae eleelt 
eveueel 


ah 

jae 

elemeieaieele 
eels is ele 


* 
eleeeaeet 
jelaleleieiele 
. 


jel eel 
elelelaelels 


joleieioie 2% 
ae 


. cajahele niet 
asieeaaeed 


s elefeie 
Tajelelelelecieiele 


joie we 
pielee ohapelete’ 
tote avelene te! 
ois jehaiaie 


¥ 
ah apaioreye eh 
shebetelavesorene ei 
nrenarororeneter eres 
tipeienateneienene” 
panarecayel 


t 
opal ateret 
\aietereiorere 
jeveneteh 
wee 
jenet 
one 


eleierareret r 
‘aharoranotetoteisielels 
* 


aaa severt} rset 
alapetansenonels? : sbiltstenet 
alee ‘ 


oe 
jajehoteteieiotet 
aad siereiehelanaiete’ 
en valelelelel arora’ 
sioisielenetel® ayrrey 
eee 


ripest erst pte tt 
Tolabeteloletelotele 


epejalei eh 
oon 


ssrerciolotelelt) tye paptees 
' pty ‘oF eeeeee 
BAO aera nnC 


noe faye 
areretoieieier lereieieie 4 e! 
a astajeraiererele$ 
perenne 


eee 
aigie sisi eterel ele 
telareieretele ered 


int 
odasesineinty 
rt dowere 


ahd 
ee ceelele 
ene 


f 


enene 
‘ah ahopahepetersvel eles 
iclelejeloleyeeieiel® 
shel alejejelelet 
a 


. 

eens! 

wen 
- 


FOR THE PEOPLE 
FOR EDVCATION 
FOR SCIENCE 


LIBRARY 
OF 


THE AMERICAN MUSEUM 
OF 


NATURAL HISTORY 


a < 


Se ter ee 
ae fae nc as 


yt ae 


er (i 


© 6s Ta Se @ eee ee ee 


MEMOIRS 


OF THE 


QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 


VOES- Vit: 


WITH NINETEEN PLATES AND SEVENTY-TWO TEXT-FIGURES. 


EDITED BY THE DIRECTOR, 


HEBER A. LONGMAN, F.L.S. 


DATE OF ISSUE OF FINAL PART: DECEMBER -19, 1922: 


BRISBANE: 
ANTHONY JAMES CUMMING, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


POG Lae EE ST se Ee 
ETM OTE BS 
rats SP ikoeal (Atte ay t 


bee 
: ne ; 
F \ nS 
. q wy ‘ -" 
ea ty 8 er 
— rap 


wy ae i 
‘o Ps } e f 
28 ‘ f ve 4 Pg 
2X3 -9330% Opa 
te 
> ~ ’ 


' anges. 
oe > Qa S 


* 
MPs 

i 

ca = 

‘ae iL 

ye Apex 

oa are ee 


CONT ESAS: 


PARI: 


(Issued 30th June, 1920.) 


Edible Fishes of Queensland, Plates I.-IIT. 


Notes on the Biology of some Queensland Flies 


The Occurrence in Brisbane River of the New Zealand Amphipod, 


Paracorophium excavatum 
New or little-known Crane Flies in the Queensland Museum 


Little Penguin in Queensland . 


PART 2: 


J. Douglas Ogilby 


T. Harvey Johnston, M.A., D.Sc., 


and M. J. Bancroft, B.Sc. 
Chas. Chilton, M.A., D.Se., &e. 


Charles P. Alexander, Ph.D. 
Heber A. Longman, F.L.S. 


(Issued 11th February, 1921.) '° 


A New Genus of Fossil Marsupials, Plates IV.—VII. 


PARI 43: 


Heber A. Longman, F.L.S. 


(Issued 4th November, 1921.) 


Australian Bees in the Queensland Museum 


Catalogue of Australian Bees 


‘Notes and Illustrations of Queensland Fishes, No. 2, Plates 
VIIL-XI.. 
A New Nyctimene from South Queensland, Plate XII. 
On Coleoptera mostly from Queensland, Plate XIII 
PARI 4. 


T. D. A. Cockerell 
Henry Hacker, F.E.S. 


Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, 
Australian Museum 
Heber A. Longman, F'.L.S. : 


Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S. 


(Issued 19th December, 1922 } 


Notes and Dlustrations of Queensland Fishes, Plate XIV. 
An Ichthyosaurian Skull from Queensland, Plates XV.-XVI. 
Australian Bees in the Queensland Museum 


On the Emergence of two tube-dwelling Homopterous Insects, 
Plates XVII. and XVIII. 


- Some Australian Wasps of the Genera Zoyphiwm and Arpactus 


John Gould’s Notes for John Gilbert 


Notes on the Fat-tailed Marsupial Mouse (Sminthopsis crassi- 
caudata) 


South Queensland Marsupials 


Three New Queensland Fishes, Plate XIX. 


A. R. MeCulloch 

Heber A. Longman, F.L.S. 
T. D. A. Cockerell 

Henry Hacker, F.E.S. 


Henry Hacker and T. D. A. 


Cockerell 


W. B. Alexander, M.A. 


Heber A. Longman, F.L.S. 
J. Douglas Ogilby 


PAGE. 
1-30 


31-43 


44-5] 


52-63 
64 


65-80 


81-98 
99-163 


164-178 
179-151 
182-240 


291-294 


295-296 


297-300 
301-304 . 


; , . coe tho A ae aes 8 


at kines ov)? alg Ga * 
» =~ 


id ’ 

L ‘ ° “ a 
- 2 
’ 
= 4 2 
7% 
. 
4 - ] 


’ 
** 
i * 
o 
$ 


ands dove) e= ie im . 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Parr I. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND. 


By J. DoucLtas OciLtay (ICHTHYOLOGIST). 


PaRT XV.—SERRANIDZ (No. 1). 
(Plates I to III.) 


Percalates Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xii, 1887, p. 182; Ogilby, Edib. 
Fish N. S. Wales, 1893, p. 2; Boulenger, Catal. Percif. Fish., 1895, p. 132. Type— 
Lates colonorum Ginther 1863. 


Body subovate and compressed. Scales moderate, adherent, concentrically 
striated, more or less strongly ciliated, those of the throat and breast small. 
Lateral line complete, continued on the base of the caudal fin, the tube simple 
and straight, not extending to the border of the seale. Head large and partly 
naked, the upper profile variable. Mouth terminal and protractile, with wide 
oblique cleft, the lower jaw more or less projecting, the maxillary large and 
dilated, exposed, with well developed supramaxillary. Teeth in villiform bands, 
on the jaws, vomer, and palatines; tongue toothless. Nostrils of moderate size, 
approximate, opening in front of the middle of the eye, and much nearer to it 
than to the edge of the preorbital, the anterior valvular. Preorbital, suborbital, 
and vertical border of preopercle serrated ; angle and lower border of preopercle 
armed with strong teeth, which on the latter may be antrorse; opercle with two 
divergent spines, the lower much the longer; postclavicle and posttemporal 
usually serrated. Two dorsal fins, connected at the base, the first with viii, rarely 
ix, strong pungent spines, the interspinous membrane deeply cleft; second dorsal 
shorter than the first, with i 8 to 11 rays, the base concealed by a low sealy sheath. 
Caudal emarginate, with 17 principal rays. Anal short, with ii 7 to 9 rays, 
extending well beyond and similar to the second dorsal. Pectoral obtusely 
pointed, with 12 to 16 rays, the upper middle ones the longest. Ventral longer 
than the pectoral with i 5 rays, inserted a little behind the pectoral-base. Gill- 
openings wide; gill-membranes separate, free from the isthmus; six branchios- 
tegals; pseudobranchie present; gills four, a slit behind the fourth; gill-rakers 
stout and well developed, in moderate number; pharyngeal bones large, densely 
covered with small teeth. Air-bladder present, large. Stomach cecal, intestinal 
canal convoluted, pyloric appendages in moderate number. Posterior processes 
of the premaxillaries not extending to the frontals; parietal and supraoccipital 
bones not extending to between the postfrontal processes; supraoccipital crest 
strong, not produced on the frontals. Vertebre 11-+ 14 = 25. 


Monotypic. The single species inhabiting the fresh waters and estuaries of 
Southern and Eastern Australia, from the Gulf of Saint Vincent, S.A., to the 
Pine River, 8.Q. 


2 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Notes:—Boulenger describes and McCoy figures the scales of this fish as 
being ‘‘cycloid.’’ Of the numbers which I have examined I have never seen one 
to which this description could be correctly applied; the strength of the ciliation 
is, however, extremely variable, and some specimens only show it weakly along the 
middle of the side, where about half a dozen small teeth are alone present on the 
middle of the outer edge of the scale, leaving a broad dorsal and abdominal 
eyecloid band. Normally, however, the scales of the estuarine forms show distinet 
ciliation, except those of the nape and a narrow, gradually contracting band 
below the base of the spinous dorsal, where they are constantly cycloid. And 
this variation in the scale-character of those examples which more or less 
permanently reside in the brackish water of an estuary, leads naturally on to the 
much coarser ciliation of the scales of those individuals which have taken on a 
more or less purely fluviatile existence. This character, therefore, is manifestly 
of no value as a specific factor. With regard to the emargination of the upper 
profile of the head, on which Stead lays so much stress, I find that this is wholly 
caused by the usually more marked convexity of the snout in the estuarine form, 
which necessarily induces a hollow between the snout and the occipitonuchal 
convexity. As, however, I have examined several of these fishes in which, 
through the straightening of the snout-contour, the emargination was practically 
eliminated, it will be understood that I can not see my way to accepting this 
character as of specific value, the difference being in my opinion more apparent 
than real. 


PERCALATES COLONORUM (Giinther). 

Lates colonorum Ginther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xi, 1863, p. 114; Castelnau, Proce. 
Zool. & Accel. Soc. Vie., i, 1872, p. 43; McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vic., dec. ii, 1878, pl. xiv; 
Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. Wales, v, 1881, p. 304; Tenison-Woods, Fish & Fisher. 
N. S. Wales, 1882, p. 31, pl. i; Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1882, p. 59; O’Connor, 
Proce. Roy. Soc. Queensl., xii, 1897, p. 110; Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Austr., xxvi, 1902, 
p. 265. 

Dules novemaculeatus Steindachner, Sitz. Akad. Wien, lili, 1886, i, p. 428, pl. i, fig. 2; id., 
ibid., lx, 1869, i, p. 674; Klunzinger, Arch. f. Nat., xxxviii, 1872, i, p. 20. 

Dules reinhardtii Steindachner, ibid., lvi, 1867, 1, p. 320. 

Lates similis Castelnau, ibid., p. 44; Macleay, ibid., p. 305. 

Lates antarcticus Castelnau, ibid.; Macleay, ibid. 

Lates victorie Castelnau, ibid., p. 45; Macleay, ibid. 

Lates curtus Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr., 1875, p. 5; Macleay, ibid., p. 306. 

Lates ramsayi Macleay, ibid. 

Percalates colonorum Ogilby, Edib. Fish. N. 8S. Wales, 1898, p. 2, pl. i; Boulenger, Catal. 
Percif. Fish., 1895, p. 132; Stead, Fish. Austr., 1906, p. 96; id., Edib. Fish. N. S. Wales, 
1908, p. 53, pl. xxii, low. fig.; id., Proe. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxv, 1910, p. 659; 
Roughley, Fish. Austr., 1916, p. 60. 

Percalates flwwiatilis Stead, Proe. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, xxxi, 1906, p. 261; id., Edib. Fish. 
N. 8. Wales, 1908, p. 54, pl. xxii, upp. fig.; MeCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8. Wales, 
xxxv, 1910, p. 432; Stead, Proce. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxv, 1910, p. 658. 


+ Boulenger, I believe erroneously, quotes this form as Dules reinwardti; I follow 
Ginther (Zool. Ree., iv, 1867, p. 159). McCulloch, in answer to a query, kindly writes— 
““ According to my slip, copied from the original reference, the name is Dules Reinhardti.’’ 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 3 


BASS. 
Australian Bass; Perch; Estuary Perch; Fresh-water Perch. 
Type localities:—Victoria (Ll. colonorum). 

Neighborhood of Sydney (D. novemaculeatus). 
Port Jackson (D. reinhardtii). 
Gippsland Lakes (L. similis). 
Melbourne Market (L. antarcticus). 
Melbourne Market (L. victorie). 
Richmond River, N.S.W. (L. curtus). 
Waterhole at Parramatta, N.S.W. (L. ramsayr). 
Rivers of New South Wales (P. fluviatilis). 


Dorsal contour of body rather more arched than that of the ventral, its width 
at the shoulder 1-9 to 2-5 in its depth immediately in front of the ventral fins, 
which is 2-4 to 3 in its length and equal to or a little more than the length of the 
head. Caudal pedunele stout, its depth 1-37 to 1-6 in its length behind the soft 
dorsal and 2-4 to 2-67 in the length of the head. Head from two fifths to four 
fifths deeper than wide, the upper profile varying from linear in fluviatile 
examples to emarginate in those which remain permanently in estuarine waters, 
the difference being solely caused by the shape of the snout, the contour of which 
is more or less rounded in the latter form, thus making with the occipito- 
nasal convexity an intervening fictitious emargination; depth of head 1-38 to 
1-5 in its length, which is 2-55 to 3-25 in that of the body. Snout pointed, 
its length 3-75 to 4-17 in that of the head. Diameter of eye from one 
fourth more to one fifth less than the length of the snout and 3-33 to 4-75 in that 
of the head; preorbital narrow; interorbital region wide and moderately convex, 
its width equal to one half less than the eye-diameter. Maxillary extending to 
below or a little beyond the middle of the eye, its length 2-33 to 2-7 in that of the 
head, the width of its truncate distal extremity 1-33 to 3 in the eye-diameter. 
Preorbital and suborbital finely and evenly serrated, the edge of the former 
undulous or emarginate ; hinder limb of preoperele linear and subvertical, armed 
with fine serree which gradually decrease in size from below and are absent or 
vestigial on the upper part of the limb; angle and lower limb with a series of 
strong, more or less curved spines, which are sometimes broken up distally into 
two or more points and, on the latter may be arranged in groups, each individual 
spine having a more or less antrorse direction; lower opercular spine two thirds 
to three fifths of the eye-diameter. 


Premaxillary bands of teeth broader than those of the mandible, each 
separated by a symphysial hiatus, and each diminishing to a blunt point behind; 
vomerine teeth in an arcuate band, of equal width throughout, as also is the 
palatine band. 


Seales of body more strongly ctenoid in the fluviatile than in the estuarine 
form, arranged in 48 to 55 series above the lateral line, in 7 to 9/1/16 to 19 
between the fifth dorsal spine and the vent. Scales of nape, a strip along the base 
of the spinous dorsal, throat, and head ecyeloid. Opercles, postorbital, and 


4 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


parietal regions, and cheeks scaly, the rest of the head naked; cheek-scales much 
smaller than the others, in 8 or 9 series between the eye and the angle of the 
preopercle. Lateral line following the curvature of the back. 


Dorsal fins with viii or ix, i 8 to 11 rays, originating slightly behind the 
pectoral-base, and terminating above the fifth or sixth anal ray ; first spine short, 
4.2 to 4-75 in the longest, which is usually the fourth, though the fifth sometimes 
slightly exceeds it, and is 1-67 to 2-67 in the length of the head, the last as long 
as or a little longer than the second, 1-9 to 2-2 in the longest, and 1-22 to 1-4 in 
the spine of the second dorsal, which is 1.4 to 1-67 in the longest ray ; first, second, 
or third ray longest, one sixth more to one sixth less than the longest spine, and 
subequal to the basal length of the second dorsal, which is 1-17 to 1.33 in that of 
the first ; first dorsal ray divided distally, the last split to the base; outer border 
of soft rays gently rounded. Caudal fin emarginate, with 17 principal rays, the 
lobes equal and obtusely pointed, the middle rays 1-38 to 1-67 in the upper lobe, 
which is 3-55 to 3-83 in the body-length. Anal fin with i 7 to 9 rays, originating 
below the third or fourth dorsal ray ; second and third spines equal or the third 
a little the longest, intermediate in length to the sixth and seventh dorsal spines, 
2.44 to 3-67 in the length of the head, and 1-33 to 1-5 in the first or second ray, 
which is one tenth to one fourth more than the basal length and 1-8 to 2-2 in the 
length of the head; outer border linear; rays similar to those of the dorsal. 
‘Pectoral obtusely pointed, with 12 to 16 rays, its length 1-55 to 2 in that of the 
head; fourth or fifth ray longest, extending to below the sixth or seventh dorsal 
spine. Ventral bluntly pointed, the spine strong and pungent, 1-37 to 1-67 in the 
length of the first and second rays, which are subequal, 1-44 to 1-7 in the 
length of the head, and do not usually reach the vent. 


Gill-openings extending forward to below the middle of the eye; gill-rakers. 
longer than the gill-fringes, 13 to 16 on the lower branch of the anterior arch, the 
longest 1-3 to 2-67 in the eye-diameter ; pyloric appendages 10. 


Upper surface varying from olive-brown to deep olive-green, the head 
darkest ; sides and lower surfaces shading from grayish green to grayish white, 
the latter and the cheeks sometimes washed with yellow. All the fins olive-green, 
except the first dorsal, which is gray or lavender; upper half of opercle, ventrals, 
and anal with a conspicuous blackish blotch in the young. 


Deseribed from numerous examples, measuring from 143 to 878 mm., 
collected at various localities between and including the Snowy River, N.S.W.., 
and the Pine River, Q. 


My ‘‘Edible Fishes and Crustaceans of New South Wales’’ being now 
nnattainable, I think it advisable to republish my reasons for rejecting the 
supposititious species of Castelnau and Macleay, so as to make this article as. 
complete as possible ; and at the same time to bring my account of the species up: 
to date by going thoroughly into the claims of Percalates fluviatilis to validity. 
In the work quoted I remark :— 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 5 


‘(A few words are necessary here with regard to the forms of the 
Australian Perch deseribed as new by Castelnau and Macleay, the types of all of 
which are missing. In 1872 the former created three new species to which he 
gave the names Lates similis, L. antarcticus, and L. victoriw. To these, between 
the above date and 1881, he added a fourth species, LZ. cwrtus, from the Richmond 
River. In 1876, Alleyne and Macleay described, under the name Pseudolates 
cavifrons, a North Australian fish, and in the following year the latter author 
redescribed the same species as Lates darwimensis; these two names may be at 
once dismissed from consideration as being mere synonyms of the widely dis- 
tributed L. calcarifer, as an examination of the type specimens at once reveals. 
Finally in 1881 Macleay described a Lates ramsayi from a single specimen taken 
in a freshwater pool near Parramatta, the type of which is also missing. We 
have, therefore, in the restricted genus Percalates, no less than five spurious 
species, excluding the original P. colonorwm, all described from a similar and 
‘somewhat limited area, on what appear to be insufficient grounds. That none of 
the later writers on Australian fishes (Johnston, Catalogue of Tasmanian Fishes, 
1882, McCoy, loe. cit., 1878, and Lucas, Census of Victorian Fishes, 1889) except 
the author (Catalogue of New South Wales Fishes, 1885), venture an opinion on 
their specific identity or otherwise, is, it must be conceded, a most unsatisfactory 
state of affairs, and merits, therefore, a more extended inquiry than is usually 
necessary in such cases.”’ 


To these must now be added Percalates fluviatilis Stead, the claims of 
which have been so strenuously put forward by its author. With this form I 
shall deal on a future page. Of Steindachner’s two species, both from Port 
Jackson or its immediate neighbourhood, I am unable to say anything from 
personal knowledge, not being in a position to consult his descriptions or figure, 
but there can be no doubt as to their identity with one or other of the forms of 
P. colonorum. Of the first, Dules novemaculeatus, indeed, McCulloch writes as 
follows :—‘‘It appears to me that Steindachner’s figure of Dules novemaculeatus 
exactly represents the slender form; and, beyond such differences as would be 
caused by shrinkage due to different methods of preservation (alcohol Stein- 
dachner and formalin Stead), it does not differ from Mr. Stead’s figure 
published in the Edible Fishes of New South Wales.”’ 


My original remarks regarding Castelnau’s four species are :— 

‘“‘In L. similis the characters relied on for its separation from the type 
species are absurdly inadequate; these. are the shorter snout, which is ‘sensibly 
less than the diameter of the eye’; with the majority of fishes the comparative 
size of the eye to the head and to the snout varies with the age of the individual, 
the young fish having that organ much larger proportionately than the adult. 
As I have shown above the great variation existing between the comparative 
measurements of the eye and the snout in twenty five specimens of indubitable 
P. colonorum, ranging from Adelaide to the Richmond River, it is manifest that 
the stress laid upon this character is altogether misleading, and must be regarded 
as valueless. The coarser denticulations of the preopercle are also a sign of 


6 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


immaturity, and as such unreliable. In the large series which has passed 
through my hands specimens have in rare instances occurred in which the teeth 
of the lower preopereular limb were directed absolutely downwards; neither this 
character nor that of the omission of one of the dorsal rays can, therefore, be 
taken as a valid reason for separating L. similis from Giinther’s well known 
species.”’ 

As regards the length of the snout this is, in Mr. Stead’s selected 
specimen of P. fluviatilis, measuring 145 mm., one fourth less than the eye 
diameter, and even in the 275 mm. example forwarded by the New South Wales 
Fisheries Department, the two are of equal length, while in the former the pre- 
opercular dentition is everywhere exceptionally strong, and in the latter there are 
but nine soft dorsal rays, so that in these two picked specimens all the characters 
“of L. similis are present. It is worth noting that in Castelnau’s five descriptions 
of Lates not once does he mention the shape of the head; it is, therefore, 
presumable that he attached no weight to this character. 


Of Lates antarcticus Castelnau I wrote :— 

“‘Tt is unnecessary to go at any length into the question of the validity of 
L. antarcticus, since, with two exceptions, a comparison of Castelnau’s description 
with that given above, will show that no characters are put forward, which are 
not equally common to P. colonorum. These are the increased number of 
branchiostegal rays, which is stated to be seven in this species as against six, 
which the examination of numerous specimens has shown to be the normal number 
in P. colonorum as here and elsewhere stated, and also recorded by Prof. MeCoy. 
I do not, however, attach any importance to this seeming discrepancy, since it is 
possible that the number is merely copied from the generic description of Lates 
given by Giinther and which is correct of that genus,” as restricted to the two 
species L. niloticus and L. calcarifer. It may be further pointed out that in few, 
if any, of his descriptions of new genera and species does Castelnau take notice 
of this important character. The second exception, namely the coloration, is not 
of sufficient importance to justify the retention of LD. antarcticus as a distinet 
form, and this name also must, therefore, sink into a synonym of the typical 
species. Further on (see p. 7) I shall have occasion to refer to a form which, 
by a casual observer, would be set down as distinct, but which, scientifically 
examined, is easily seen to be no more than a local variety of the common 
Australian Perch due to the greatly changed conditions under which it exists. 
This form may possibly be the LD. antarcticus of Castelnau, though, if so, it is 
difficult to say why he should especially designate it the ‘Sea Perch.’ 


“‘Of L. victorie it is needless to say more than that no rational person is 
likely to believe that the substitution of a four pointed for a single pointed spine 
on the opercle is of itself sufficient to constitute a species. 


‘“In Castelnau’s last form ZL. cwrtus it is only necessary to point out that 
no reliance can be placed on the depth of the type specimen as indicative of even 


* Brit. Mus. Catal. Fish., i, 1859, p. 67. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 7 


a variety. The proportion of depth to length is given by him as 1 to 3-33, 
but examples from Port Stephens, Shoalhaven, Shellharbor, and Ulladulla, 
examined by the writer in preparation of this article, ranged between 1 to 2-75 
and 1 to 3-5. This character, therefore, having proved invalid, and there being no 
other on which to rely, it follows that ZL. curtus should be merged in P. 
colonorum.’’ 


I find all the alleged differential characters attributed to these three latter 
species—L. antarcticus, L. victoriw, and L. curtus—reproduced in one or other 
of the four examples forwarded to me from New South Wales, thus further 
proving their worthlessness, if that were necessary. 


Nothing now remains but to consider the claims of Macleay’s Lates 
ramsayi, and a very cursory glance at the description suffices to show that no 
mandate to specific recognition can be with justice urged on its behalf. Stress 
seems to have been laid by its author on the fact of this, to him, unique example 
having been provided with ten dorsal spines and seven anal rays; variations such 
as these are, as has been shown above, by no means so uncommon as is generally 
supposed, though the coincidence of their occurrence in the same individual is no 
doubt much more rare. In no other character does Macleay’s diagnosis differ 
from that of individual specimens of our common Perch, and it, therefore, with 
the preceding four, must be relegated to the list of useless synonyms. The fact 
of its having been taken in a land-locked waterhole* doubtless had some effect on 
its external appearance and thus helped to deceive its deseriber. 


‘‘Mention was made above of a variety of the common Perch which 
differed greatly in outward appearance from the ordinary fish. So far these 


fishes have only been sent to the Australian Museum from the pools in the Snowy 


River immediately below the Falls, but without doubt other rivers, both of New 
South Wales and Victoria, will, now that notice is drawn to the form, be found 
to have evolved under similar circumstances a similar variety. The differences 
between it and the common market fish, which present themselves at a casnal 
glance, are the much more elongate habit, the proportionally longer and more 
powerful fins, and, though this is a much less important characteristic, the brilliant 
silvery color of this variety. A moment’s thought, however, will suggest that 
these differences, however important they may at first sight appear, are only to 
be expected in fishes living under conditions, which differ so greatly from those 
under which the species normally exists; for, being practically forced to inhabit 
rapidly running waters, subject to sudden, severe, and periodical floods, causeci 
for the most part by the melting of the snow on Kosciusko and the neighboring 
ranges, it is patent that their changed surroundings and conditions of life would 
induce a change in the direction indicated. 


““To Mr. A. M. N. Rose of Campbelltown I am indebted for the knowledge 
of this well marked form, that gentleman having forwarded to the Australian 
Museum at my request two specimens, the first taken at Christmas the second late 


? Not in the Parramatta River as stated by Macleay (6). 


8 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


in the autumn. Neither of these fishes showed the slightest traces of spawning 
though, if they breed in the river, it is ineredible that the season selected for the 
deposition of its ova by a fish notoriously fond of warm sheltered spots, should 
be other than one of the two seasons during which my informant forwarded them. 
Mr. Rose, however, is of opinion that these fishes do not breed, at least not in the 
river, and he bases his opinion on the facts, certified to me by him, and through 
him to me by other residents of the district, that the examples caught vary but 
little in size, the usual length being from fourteen to eighteen inches, that no 
young fish have ever been observed, that no matter at what season of the year 
they are captured no milt or roe has ever been found in the ovaries, that they are 
always in fine condition, and finally that they infinitely excel the estuary Perch 


in flavor. 
‘The obvious inference is that certain individuals having made their way 


into the Snowy River at its entrance into the ocean gradually work upwards and 
eventually find themselves in the pool below the Falls, and being unable to 
proeeced, remain there until captured or swept downward by flood to the estuary 
again; these latter having, since their enforced return into calmer and warmer 
waters, grown sybaritic and fat, may possibly be Castelnau’s ‘not very common’ 
L. antarcticus, which he deseribes as ‘silvery’ and ‘very savory.’ ”’ 


The sterility of those fishes, which remain permanently in the pools below . 
the Falls, would be satisfactorily accounted for by the coldness of the water. 


Having now cleared the way I shall proceed to discuss the status of the 
latest claimant to specific honors, Mr. Stead’s Percalates fluviatilis. 


Stead (4) insists on 
(a). ‘‘The far more elongate habit.’’ 


(3) In the four New South Wales examples on which these remarks are 
wholly based the extreme variation in the depth of the body to its length is 2.44 
to 2-87. This is by no means excessive and shows incontestably on how slender 2 
foundation this character rests. In any case the somewhat more slender habit of 
the fluviatile form and its rather longer and stronger caudal peduncle may 
clearly be accounted for by the fish’s permanent occupation of swiftly running 
water, as compared with the more equable ebb and flow of the estuarine tideways 
which P. colonorum mostly affects. 


(b). ‘The non-excavate character of the upper profile of the head, whach in 
P. colonorum is universally concave—often highly so.’’ 

This contention has been dealt with above (see p. 2). It is interesting, 
nevertheless, to point out that in Boulenger’s description of the species, he, with 
six specimens before him drawn almost assuredly from estuarine sources, writes 
‘“upper profile of head sometimes coneave.’’ The italics are mine. 


(c). ‘‘The relatively greater thickness as compared with the body-length.’’ 


This is a character of minor importance. The forces contributory to the 
formation of a more slender type of fish (see ‘‘a’’) are also doubtless at work 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 9 


here to bring about in other directions a habit of body more suitable to the 
changed conditions under which it now exists. For instance in swiftly flowing 
mountain torrents a fish with a cylindrical body would offer much less resistance 
to the current than would one of a deeper and more compressed form, and 
complies with the primary law which enacts that every natural object shall 
develop along the line of least resistance; it is probable that, as in this case, a 
species, the environment of which had been changed from that of 2 quiet and 
comparatively sluggish existence to one of continued and strenuous exertion, 
should tend to assume a shallower and broader habit as the years roll by. 


(d). ‘‘The shorter head.’’ 


In my four specimens the comparative measurements of the length of the 
head to that of the body are for P. fluviatilis 2-62 to 2-88, for P. colonorum 2-55 
to 2-67. Since, therefore, they are seen to overlap in so small a series, it is evident 
that little or no reliance can be placed on this character as evidence of specific 
differentiation. 


(e). ‘‘The much more ctenoid character of certain body-scales in all but older 
specimens.”’ 
This claim has also been dealt with above (see p. 2). 


Stead also pointed out that the two forms differed in their habits, but 
surely that was inevitable in view of their vastly altered conditions of life, and 
should carry no weight with it. 


The only other differential character mentioned by Stead (5) is set forth 
in the following terms :—‘‘The tail too is larger and altogether more powerful 
than that of the Estuary Perch.’’ With this contention I have dealt under (a). 


In conclusion I assert emphatically that from this re-examination I see 
nothing to cause me to change my previously expressed opinion, that all the 
various forms of this fish should be united under the original name—colonorum. 
There is absolutely no structural character by which P. fluviatilis can be separated 
from the parent stock while on the other hand every conceivable shade of 
variation exists, uniting the two forms. P. fluviatilis is doubtless identical with 
the fish alluded to by me (loc. cit. p. 7) as having been sent to the Australian 
Museum at my request by Mr. Rose from below the Falls of the Snowy River, 
and rejected by me as not even worthy of varietal rank. 


None of the authors, who have so overloaded this species with useless 
synonyms, seem to have taken into account that owing to diversity of environ- 
ment; climatic conditions, due not only to their geographical range, but also to 
the varied altitude at which they may reside; the character of their native . 
streams, whether sluggish and discolored with a muddy or weedy bottom, or clear 
and sparkling as it flows over a bed of rock and gravel and sand; the nature of 
the geographical strata over which the stream flows; the great diversity of the 
food supply ; and many other fortuitous circumstances, much greater latitude of 
variation should be allowed to fluviatile fishes than to their more equably situated 


10 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


marine relatives. And the variation is apt to be greatly accentuated when the 
particular fish under review leads, as in this case, both a fresh-water and a brack- 
water existence. 

Reproduction:—During the late autumn and early winter months the 
Bass drop gradually down, from the upper reaches of the rivers and the quiet 
pillabongs, where they make their home during the greater part of the year, to the 
estuaries, and finally to the purer waters of the open bay off the mouths of their 
home streams. Here they shed their spawn during June, July, and August, the 
season being proportionally ‘later the further we proceed north. The ova are 
pelagic, and the fry, such as escape their numerous enemies, quickly work their 
way up stream to seek the safer sanctuary of still lagune and billabong. 


; Uses, etc.:—The Royal Commission on the Fisheries of New South Wales: 

(1880) reported of this species—‘‘It is a very delicious fish, but never attains a 
great size and is perhaps of more value for the sport it affords to the amateur 
fisherman than as an article of food.’’ While, in the light of our present-day 
knowledge, much of this estimate of the Bass’ value is liable to provoke a smile, 
Tenison Woods, from whose work the above quotation is taken, gives as interesting’ 
an account of its habits and qualities as a sporting fish as any of his successors— 
or more so. He writes—‘‘The perch affords good sport to anglers. It loves quiet, 
shady, and deep holes in the rivers, but when the tide is flowing it may be caught 
in the stream. It is very voracious. In winter the bait is a small mullet or 
herring, or better still one of the large grubs that bore into trees. In the early 
spring months it will take a moth readily, either sunk or on the surface. The 
artificial salmon fly is also a splendid bait for trolling at this time. When moths 
are scarce a frog is a good bait at night. It must be fastened so that it can swim 
or, if dead, must be played upon the water to simulate a swimming frog. No 
perch can resist that bait at night. In summer grasshoppers, especially that 
known as the ‘Percher,’ a red species, are good bait, but the best is a black house- 
ericket or an earthworm. This is a very attractive bait, and if the perch are in a 
pool, the lines are no sooner down than the bait is taken. For the rest of the year 
a prawn is the best bait, that is when crickets cannot be got. The bait should be 
at least four feet from the float. In landing the fish great care should be used, as 
the mouth is weak and is easily torn away.’’ These simple instructions appeal 
mightily to me, some of them are so deliciously Waltonian in their touch, as for 
instance ‘‘if the perch are in a pool,”’ ete. 


Stead contributes the following information regarding its capture for the 
markets :—‘‘The Estuary Perch is a familiar object to most people in the States: 
of New South Wales and Victoria at least, as a few are generally to be seen 
amongst the fish in every fishmonger’s stall. Particularly is this so after heavy 
freshets in our coastal rivers and during the winter months. After heavy rains 
have fallen on the watershed of, say, one of our coastal rivers, there is in a short 
time a superabundance of fresh water, heavily charged with silt and often 
decayed vegetable matter in the tidal portions of the river; and this has the 
effect of driving out to the lower and cleaner estuaries or harbour waters, most of 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 1a 


the inhabitants, chief amongst which are the Estuary Perch. As there are then 
many more fish in a given area than previously, the fisherman is enabled to reap 
a richer harvest with his meshing-nets and his hauling-nets, The same applies to 
the winter time, when the fishes come down of their own free will to the open 
water for the purpose of spawning.”’ 


Roughley tells us that—‘‘ The flesh of the Estuary Perch is firm and tasty, 
qualities which render it a valuable and highly esteemed food amongst those who 
dwell in the districts watered by coastal streams. In addition to this its capture 
supplies a means of enjoyment to those far removed from the great variety of 
fishes to be found in the coastal waters.’’ He continues it ‘‘is rarely seen in the 
markets during the summer months. When the fish congregate at the mouths of 
the rivers, usually during June, July, and August, the markets are kept fairly 
well supplied.”’ 

Mr. H. K. Anderson considers that the Bass is undeniably the premier 
game fish, whether native or introduced, of the Australian rivers. 

Dimensions :—Stead remarks—‘‘Though a weight of 5 lb. is attained by 
this fish, examples of that size are quite uncommon; the more usual size, as seen in 
the markets, varying from about 12 oz. to 2 lb.’’ Tenison Woods mentions one of 
74 lb, With reference to this weight I remarked—‘‘As many persons are 
sceptical of this weight it may be worth mentioning that the writer has seen a 
specimen, which had been retrieved at the Hamilton Wall, Brisbane River, after 
an unsatisfactory encounter with a shark. This fish was weighed in my presence, 
and turned the scale at 6 lb. 12 oz., notwithstanding that a large lump had been 
bitten out of its flank as cleanly as if done by a surgeon’s knife.’’4 


Range:—Rivers and estuaries of Southern and Eastern Australia from 
the Murray River, S8.A., to the Pine River, 8.Q. Rivers of Northern Tasmania. 


PLECTROPLITES Gill. 
Plectroplites Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 236 (ambiguus): typonym only;. 
id., ibid., 1863, p. 286; Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., xi, 1876, p. 267. 
Ctenolates Giinther, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1871, p. 320 (macquariensis = ambiguus) ; 
Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xii, 1887, p. 183; Boulenger, Catal. 
Percif. Fish., 1895, p. 133. 


Body subovate and compressed. Scales small, adherent, finely ctenoid, the 
exposed surface concentrically striated, arranged in regular series. Lateral line 
complete, not continued on the caudal fin, the tubes straight, not extending to 
the margin of the scale. Head large, with more or less concave upper profile and 
long pointed snout, partly naked, the mucigerous system strongly developed. 
Mouth terminal and protractile, with moderate, oblique cleft, the lower jaw 
projecting; maxillary almost wholly exposed, only the upper edge slipping 
beneath the preorbital when the mouth is shut, naked; supramaxillary present. 
Jaws, vomer, and palatines armed with villiform teeth, the premaxillary and 
mandibular bands interrupted at the symphysis; pterygoids and tongue smooth. 


* Ogilby, Commercial Fishes and Fisheries of Queensland, p. 14, footnote 9. 
p. 14, 


12 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Nostrils subequal and approximate, situated in front of the upper half of the 
eye, the anterior valvular. Eyes small and superolateral, wholly anteromediar. 
Preorbital, suborbital, and subopereular bones more or less finely serrulate ; 
preopercle serrated, the teeth of the lower limb antrorsely directed ; operele with 
two spines, the lower the longer, and a wide naked membranous flap ; posttemporal 
exposed and serrulate. One dorsal fin, with x 10 or 11 rays, the spines strong 
and pungent, the spinous portion longer than the soft. Caudal rounded, with 17 
rays, the upper and lower simple, the others branched. Anal fin short, with ii 7 
to 9 rays, the second spine longer and much stronger than the third. Pectoral 
rounded, with 15 to 17 rays, the middle upper ones the longest. Ventrals inserted 
below the pectoral-base, close together, with a strong spine and 5 soft rays, the 
outer of which is produced in a filament. Gull-openings wide; gill-membranes 
separate, free from the isthmus; branchiostegals seven’ ; pseudobranchiz present ; 
gills four, a slit behind the fourth; gill-rakers rather long and stout, in moderate 
number. Air-bladder present, large and simple. Pharyngeal bones densely 
armed with minute conical teeth, Stomach cxcal; intestinal canal biconvolute ; 
pyloric appendages in moderate number. Premaxillary processes not extending 
to the frontals, parietal and supraoccipital bones not extending to between the 
postfrontal processes; supraoccipital crest strong, not produced on the frontals. 
Vertebre 11 + 15 = 26. 


A monotypic genus, the single species inhabiting the rivers of the eastern 
half of Australia northward to about the Tropic of Capricorn. Not found in the 
cismontane rivers of Victoria and New South Wales southward of the Clarence 
Watershed. 


PLECTROPLITES AMBIGUUS (Richardson). 
Datnia ambigua Richardson, Zool. Erebus & Terror, ii, Ichth., pt. 1, 1848, p. 25, pl. xix. 


Dules ambiguus Giimther, Brit. Mus. Catal. Fish., i, 1859, p: 270; Klunzinger, Sitz. Akad. 
Wien, lxxx, 1880, i, p. 348. 


Ctenolates macquariensis Giinther, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1871, p. 320, pl. Xxxiii. 
Dules auratus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. & Acclim. Soc. Vic., i, 1872, p. 55. 
Dules flavescens Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr., 1875, p. 10. 


Ctenolates ambiguus Giinther, Zool. Challenger, i, 1880, Shore Fish, p. 32; Macleay, Proc. 
Linn. Soe. N. 8. Wales, v, 1881, p. 354; Woods, Fish & Fisher. N. 8. Wales, 1882, p. 103; 
McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vic., dec. ix, 1882, p. 15, pl. Ixxxiv; Ogilby, Catal. Fish. N. 8. Wales, 
1886, p. 11; Lucas, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vic. (2) ii, 1890, p. 18; Ogilby, Edib. Fish. 
N.S. Wales, 1893, p. 22, pl. v; Boulenger, Catal. Percif. Fish., i, 1895, p. 134; O’Connor, 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl., xii, 1897, p. 109; Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1902, p. 265. 

Ctenolates flavescens Macleay, ibid., p. 355; Ogilby, Catal. Fish. N. S. Wales, 1886, p. 11. 

Plectroplites ambiguus Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., xi, 1876, p. 267; Waite, Syn. Fish. 
N.S. Wales, 1904, p. 26; Stead, Fish. Austr., 1906, p. 97; id., Edib. Fish, N. 8. Wales, 
1908, p. 55, pl. xxiii; Zietz, ibid., xxxiii, 1909, p. 268; Roughley, Fish. Austr., 1916, 
p- 67, pl. xvii. 


*Boulenger (loc. cit.) gives the number of branchiostegal rays as ‘‘six or seven.’’ 
I have at different times examined quite a large number of specimens, and have invariably 
found seven. This should, therefore, be taken as the normal number. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 13 


YELLOWBELLY. 
Golden Perch; Murray Perch; Kaakaalain (Murrumbidgee natives); Tarkee 
(Lower Murray natives) ; Callop (Professional Fishermen of Victoria, fide 
Anderson ) .® 


Type localities:—West Australia (D. ambigua). 
Macquarie River (C. macquariensis). 
Riverina (D. auratus). 
Murray River (D. flavescens). 


Upper contour of body rising abruptly at the nape and much more arched 
than that of the ventral, its width at the shoulders 1-63 to 1-88 in its depth, which 
is 2-6 to 3 in its length and as long as or a little less than the length of the head. 
Caudal peduncle about four ninths deeper than long, its least depth 7 to 7-75 in 
the body-length. Head about one fifth deeper than wide, its width 1-67 to 2 in its 
length, which is 2-55 to 2-67 in that of the body. Diameter of eye 1-5 to 2 in the 
length of the snout and 6 to 8 in that of the head; depth of suborbital two thirds 
to one half of the eye-diameter ; interorbital region convex, its width 5 to 6 in 
the length of the head. Maxillary extending to below or a little beyond the 
middle of the eye, its length 2-75 to 2-86 in that of the head, the width of its 
distal extremity as much as to two thirds of the eye-diameter. Hinder border 
of preopercle evenly serrated, the teeth at the angle much enlarged, those of the 
lower border usually arranged in groups. 


Tooth-bands of jaws broadest in front, gradually narrowing to an obtuse 
point behind; vomerine teeth forming an obtusely triangular patch; palatine 
bands curved, similar to those of the jaws. 


Scales in 77 to 88 series above the lateral line; 12 or 13/1/33 to 37 scales 
between the first dorsal spine and the ventral ridge. Cheek-scales smaller, about 
half as large as those of the opercle. Lateral line forming a long curve from the 
upper edge of the opercle to below the last dorsal ray. . 


Dorsal fin originating a trifle behind the pectoral-base; fourth spine 
hongest, 2-55 to 3-14 in the length of the head, and a little lower than the soft 
portion, the base of which is clothed with minute scales, its length 1-6 to 1-9 in 
that of the spinous portion. Caudal fin 4-5 to 4-88 in the body-length. Anal fin 
originating below the first dorsal ray and terminating somewhat behind the last 
ray ; second spine very strong, usually a little longer than the third, its length 
2-83 to 3-7 in that of the head and 1-25 to 1.4 in that of the second and longest ray. 
Pectoral fin 1-75 to 1-9 in the length of the head, the fifth and sixth rays the 
longest, extending to below the sixth dorsal spine. Ventral fin, without the 
filament, a litile shorter than the pectoral; the filament more developed in the 
young, in which it reaches nearly to the vent, obsolete or nearly so in large 
examples. 


* Anderson writes—‘‘ Regarding aboriginal names for this fish I do not know, and believe 
that most of those names used by the present aborigines are ‘pidgin English’ and quite 
unreliable; hence I place no value on them. ’’ 


14 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Gill-rakers 12 or 138 on the lower branch of the anterior arch, the longest 
equal to or rather less than the gill-fringes and about one ninth of the length of 
the head. Pyloric ceca 11. 


Upper surface of body varying from bronzy to slaty green, the sides more 
or less richly golden olive, shading below to deep straw-color or even white. 
Head above purple or purplish brown, the sides green with violet and orange 
reflections. Dorsal spines lavender, the connecting membranes yellowish gray 
dotted with blackish; soft portion tawny yellow, becoming darker towards the 
margin; caudal fin purplish brown, black-dotted; anal basally golden, the distal 
third deepening to a violet-brown; pectorals and ventrals golden, uniform or 
dusky-dotted.’ 

In the Thomson River, and possibly elsewhere, there is a dark color-variety, 
locally known as the ‘‘black yellowbelly,’’? in which the normal coloration is 
more or less completely obscured by an overlying blackish mantle. This may 
cover the entire head, body, and fins, or may take the form of numerous 
small black spots, in some cases generally distributed in others arranged in 
irregular groups, between which the more typical old gold coloring appears. 
Structurally no difference can be detected between the two forms. For the 
opportunity of examining this interesting variety I am indebted to their 
collector, Miss Josephine Bancroft. 


Described from nine specimens, measuring from 225 to 380 mm. Two of 
these are from the Condamine at Dalby, and were presented to the Museum by 
Messrs. McNaught and Williams; two are from the Upper Noosa, collected by Mr. 
J. H. Stevens and myself; and the remaining five are from the Thomson River 
near Longreach. Of the last three belong to the normal, two to the black, form; 
all five, however, were taken from the same waterhole. 


Variation:—In some respects Boulenger’s deseription differs from mine, 
and notably in regard to the size of the eye, which according to him is ‘*4-5 
(young) to 6 (adult) in length of head,’’ whereas I find it ‘‘6 (young). to § 
(adult) ’’ in the same; similarly he gives the width of the distal extremity of the 
maxillary as 1-5 to 2 in the eye-diameter as compared with the 1 to 1-5 of my 
measurements. His dorsal spines also are longer than I find them, being 2 to 2-5 
in the length of the head as against roughly 2-5 to 3 in mine. 


Historical :—The earliest notice of this fine species occurs in the first part 
of the Ichthyology of the Erebus and Terror, where Sir John Richardson 
published a description and figure taken from two dried specimens, measuring 


“Of the numerous freshly caught examples which I have handled, not one showed the 
slightest trace of the scarlet markings mentioned by Castelnau (1), and reproduced by Tenison 
Woods and Roughley in their respective accounts of this fish, while the absence of any 
reference thereto by McCoy and Stead suggests that their experience coincides with mine. 
Castelnau’s examples were obtained in the Melbourne market, where they were exposed for 
sale after a railway journey of many miles from their Murray haunts. Consequently I have 
little doubt that the scarlet patches were merely due to the extravasation of the blood in the 
.affected tissues. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 15 


respectively 216 and 356 mm., under the name Datnia ambigua, the specific name 
being suggested by his uncertainty as to which genus, Datnia or Dules, the fish 
should more properly be referred. These examples are said to have been 
collected in ‘‘ Western Australia’’ by Sir George Gray, but there is apparently 
some error as to the alleged locality since, so far as is known at the present day, 
the species does not occur under natural conditions in any part of the great 
western State, the rivers of South-Western Queensland being, so far as I can 
ascertain, the limit of its range in that direction. Fifteen years after the 
publication of Richardson’s description Giinther (1) removed the species to the 
genus Dules, giving in the British Museum Catalogue of Fishes a very 
inadequate account of it, doubtless owing to the fact that he only had the 
original dried specimens to work on. After an interval of a few years he obtained, 
through the agency of Mr. Gerard Krefft, a 300 mm. example from the 
Macquarie River, New South Wales, preserved in liquor, and not at firsi 
recognizing its identity with Richardson’s fish, proposed for it the new generic 
and specific names of Ctenolates macquariensis which, having in the meanwhile 
realized its true relationship, he subsequently altered to Ctenolates ambiguus, 
which name remained in general use until towards the close of last century. 
Gill, however, had previously recognized the necessity of separating the 
Australian fish from both Datnia and Dules, and proposed the generic name 
Plectroplites for its reception. This name was rejected by Dr. Boulenger in his 
account of the serranoid fishes for the good and sufficient reason that at first it 
appeared as a typonym only, without any indication of the characters upon 
which it was based. But Boulenger unfortunately overlooked the fact that in the 
following year Gill published a diagnosis of his genus which, though short, was 
amply sufficient to establish the validity of the name, so that it is now generally 
referred to as Plectroplites ambiguus. Count Castelnau then took a hand in 
building up a synonymy for our ‘‘yellowbelly,’’ describing it under two new 
names in the course of three years. In his first essay he calls it the ‘‘Murray 
Golden Perch,’’ and describes it, from large specimens acquired in the 
Melbourne market, under the name of Dules auratus, stating that ‘‘it appears to 
be common in the Murray and other rivers of the Riverina,’”’ that it ‘‘is much 
esteemed for the table,’’ and that ‘‘it often weighs five and sometimes seven 
pounds.’’ He notes its similarity to the ‘‘Dules ambiguus of Richardson and 
Gunther,’’ but considers that the difference of ‘‘one ray less in the anal and also 
less seales on the lateral line’’ warrants him in separating it from that species. 
I think, however, that most writers will agree with McCoy that ‘‘these 
differences, which induced Count Castelnau.to propose a new specific name, are 
unimportant.’’ His next attempt, in which he describes a 480 mm. specimen, 
also from the Murray River, as Dules flavescens, is equally futile. 


Reproduction:—In 1893 I wrote in regard to this phase of the life history 
of the Yellowbelly—‘‘These important considerations in the economy of our 
freshwater fishes will never be properly understood until a competent officer shall 
be appointed by the Government to report fully on these and all other matters 


16 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


connected with the fishes and fisheries of our transmontane river systems.’’ Such 
an officer has since been appointed by the Government of New South Wales, and 
I am here privileged, through the courtesy of the Under Secretary, Chief 
Seecretary’s Department, to record Mr. H, K. Anderson’s—the officer in question 
—observations on the breeding of this fish in the waters under his control. 
These are of such interest that I deem it advisable to publish Mr. Anderson’s 
remarks in extenso :-— 


‘‘In the spring of 1916 and 1917 I was entrusted with the conduct of 
experimental hatchery operations in relation to Murray Cod and Golden Pereh, 
and the following information regarding the latter species is based on the data 
gathered on these occasions. 


‘‘TIn the Murrumbidgee River at an altitude of between 370 and 530 feet 
‘ above sea level many Golden Perch, usually large fishes from five to ten pounds 
in weight, spawn during October and November in a flooded river. If the season 
is late, cold and wet, with snow water coming down stream, spawning is 
considerably retarded, while abnormally warm weather accelerates it. 


‘‘The condition of many of the smaller fishes handled by me leads to the 
belief that there is an autumnal as well as a vernal spawning, but of this I cannot 
as yet speak with certainty. Examples of fishes with well developed ovaries are 
captured by net fishermen throughout the whole year. 


‘‘Kach spawning female, usually found without female companions, is. 
apparently accompanied by a large number of ripe males. I have never yet 
netted a ripe female Golden Perch without capturing at the same time, and in 
the same net, from twenty to fifty ripe males. 


‘‘The fishes apparently spawn at the edge of the current near the bank, 
below a spot where a bend in the river leaves a projecting point with compara- 
tively still eddying water behind it. It is in such places that J have caught all 
the ripe and most of the nearly ripe females so far examined. As a rule the fish 
were kept in captivity a few days pending complete ripeness. Many Golden 
Perch, however, spawn in lagoons and outer channels of the river, where the 
current is not so strong as in the main stream. 


‘“‘The fertile eggs are semi-buoyant, practically of the same specific 
gravity as water, and appear to be left by the fishes quite at the mercy of the 
current. 

‘‘The eggs are probably deposited in batches, 50,000 to 100,000 at a time. 
I do not think the fish, however ripe, has power to eject all her eggs at once 
because, when artificially stripping, only a limited number of eggs ean be 
extruded without undue pressure, but I found that, after giving the fish a few 
minutes rest (rolled in wet bagging to prevent struggling), another batch of eggs. 
can be stripped, and so on until all are extruded. 


‘“A five pounds Golden Perch earries from 750,000 to 1,000,000 eggs. 
‘The unfertilised eggs when first stripped are of a very pale greyish. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. ay 


yellow tint. They measure thirty seven to the linear inch (about -686 mm. each). 


‘“Two hours after fertilisation, at an average temperature of 65° F., the 
eggs are perfectly transparent under the microscope, moving about in the jars 
from the bottom to the surface; when water was allowed to drip into the jars for 
aération the eggs circulated in ceaseless movement all over the jars from top to 
bottom ; some, probably the unfertilised eggs, floated. 


‘“At two hours after fertilisation the eggs measured thirteen to the linear 
inch (about 1-954 mm. each), and three hours after stripping, when absorption 
of water was complete, they measured eight to the inch (3-175 mm, each). 


“The egg, after full absorption of water, becomes slightly ovate and is 
perfectly transparent, resembling a tiny soap bubble with a glistening oil globule 
at the top. 


‘“The eggs referred to above were stripped at 4-35 p.m. on 18th October, 
1917. The first apparent development was visible at 10-15 a.m. on 19th October. 
This appeared as a tiny foggy opaque spot at the bottom of the egg. 


‘‘At 6 p.m. on the 19th October, the foggy spots in the egg had increased 
in size to nearly one eighth of its capacity, but had assumed no definite shape. 
At 8-50 the faint outline of the embryo was discernible. At this stage it is 
colorless, semitransparent, and occupies the bottom of the egg. At 10-50 the 
embryo, ineluding the opaque foggy mass round which it was curved, had 
increased in size to about one fourth of the capacity of the egg. 


**On the 20th October at 5 a.m. the embryo had further increased, and the 
eye-spot was visible without magnification. At 12-10 p.m., under a magnification 
of about fourteen diameters, movement of the embryo was plainly visible, and the 
foggy mass above referred to had considerably decreased in size. At 10 p.m. 
the embryo was clearly visible to the naked eye, apparently attached by the head 
to the oil-globule, and its wriggling movements were distinctly seen without a 
magnifying glass. At midnight the embryo was still suspended from the oil- 
globule struggling vigorously in the egg. At 1am. on the 21st fully 75 per cent. 
of the eggs in the jars contained living struggling embryos. 


‘At 3 a.m. on the same day a cyclonic wind-storm capsized the oil-stove 
used to warm the tent where the jars were kept, which with its contents was 
destroyed by fire in a few moments. Several jars of eggs were carried outside the 
burning tent, but as the temperature fell rapidly all were lost. I think it 
probable that the eggs would have hatched out at about 10 a.m. that morning. 


‘* Although I continued netting until the 16th November, and captured 
many hundreds of Golden Perch, none in spawning condition were secured. The 
season was exceptionally late, wet and cold, and a am of opinion that the general 
spawning would not take place until December.’ 


Mr. Anderson supplies also the following note :— 


‘‘In November, 1916, similar work was performed in almost identical 
B 


18 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


conditions, and the records obtained were practically the same as above. Hggs 
collected at 11 a.m. on the 24th hatched out during the afternoon of the 26th. 
Owing to a sudden rise in temperature that day—minimum 50°, maximum 
95°—the water in the hatching shed reached 75°, and all the fry died. The 
surface of the jars and troughs was covered with oil from the eggs, and a great 
number of dead fry, about the size of a comma in ordinary newspaper text, were 
floating at the surface. The shells of the eggs retain their transparency, and 
quickly dissolve without leaving any sediment or residue.”’ 


It is much to be regretted that Mr. Anderson’s two attempts to elucidate 
the larval development of this fish met with unmerited failure in both cases 
through causes entirely beyond his control, and it is to be hoped that the very 
failure will further stimulate him to earry on future experimentai work to a 
successful conclusion. 


According to Mr. Glencross Smith the Yellowbelly is full-roed early in 
September on the Darling Downs. 


Uses, etc.:—All authorities coneur in their appreciation of the edible 
qualities of this species. Stead writes—‘‘As an article of food the Golden Perch 
is very well and favourably known, both in the western areas (of New South 
Wales) and in the cities of Sydney and Melbourne.’’ Roughley tells us that— 
‘* As an edible fish the Golden Perch ranks second only to the Murray Cod amongst 
our indigenous fresh-water fishes. Its flesh is firm and tasty and is well suited to 
the many methods of preparation for the table. It is deservedly popular and finds 
a ready sale in the markets.’’ Glencross Smith, while acknowledging its 
excellence, places it third in rank among our fresh-water food-fishes, considering 
it inferior to the catfish (Zandanus tandanus) and the Murray Cod, while 
Anderson places above it the Trout Cod (Oligorus mitchelli) and the Murray 
Cod.2 However he continues—‘‘I do not desire to dogmatise, as I know several 
men of wide experience, including Mr. Henry Dawson, late Inland Fisheries 
Commissioner, who place the Golden Perch the first among our inland fishes.”’ 
From the little I know gastronomically of the two species I am inclined to agree 
with Mr. Dawson. 


From the angler’s point of view they are held in good repute, being 
plucky and determined fighters when hooked. Writing of them in this connection 
Mr. Smith says—‘‘ Yellowbellies lurk in weedy patches under the shade of logs 
and overhanging trees, and dart out upon their food, taking it with a rush, and 
are more particular about their food than Cod. They prefer frogs, shrimps, 
yabbies, worms, and the white grub from the River Oak (Casuarina) ; also 
crickets; but they do not care for fish bait. They are fine sporting fishes and will 
take a spinning bait, and were at one time very plentiful in all our streams, but 
are gradually being wiped out; dynamite, nets, and no close season being the 


SIn Part II of the present volume I hope to deal with the various phases of the genus 
Oligorus. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 19 


ecause.’’ He has also remarked that the Yellowbelly is the most short-lived of our 
fresh-water fishes after its removal from the water, invariably dying within five 
minutes of its capture. 


Anderson remarks—‘‘ The food of the Golden Perch consists principally of 
small fishes, including its own species, yabbies, prawns, and insect larve. It 
prefers live food. The most effective baits for the capture of this fish are small 
live fishes, yabbies, prawns, and artificial spinners. The Aborigines on the 
Murray seem to prefer the yabbie. The Golden Perch will not, I think, rise to the 
surface for an artificial fly, but a salmon fly skilfully worked through the water, 
particularly if fitted with a spinning head, will tempt them. From the point of 


view of sport I consider the Golden Perch second among the fishes of the Murray 
‘System.’’ 


Stead informs us that ‘‘it is pre-eminently what might be ealled a ‘still- 
water’ fish, being very abundant in lagoons and billabongs. It is also a ‘mid- 
water’ fish; that is, it swims at some distance from the bottom usually. It is a 
fish of the plains rather than one of the mountains.’’ Further on he says— 
‘‘Though taken by hook and line, the usual method of capture is by means of a 
short meshing-net (gill-net) which is set at night across the billabong or lagoon.”’ 
And, quotes the evidence of a professional fisherman, as telling him ‘‘that one of 
this species will blunder straight into a meshing-net, apparently without seeing 
it; while a Murray Cod under the same circumstances would swim up to within 
a Short distance of the net, and then quickly take fright and double back again.’’ 


Dimensions :—In large rivers, such as the Murray and its more important 
tributaries, the Yellowbelly grows to a considerable size. The largest weighed by 
Mr. Anderson was a female, taken in Yanco Creek, which turned the scale at 
14 Ib. 2 oz. This, however, seems to be quite an unusual size, most writers being 
content to credit it with a maximum weight varying between 7 and 10 lb.; while 
eecording to Roughley the average of the fishes sent to the Sydney Market is 
from 4 to 5 Ib. In the Queensland rivers, with their lesser volume of water, it 
does not as a rule attain to such a size as in more southern streams, nevertheless 
specimens approximating to the 10 lb. limit are occasionally captured, and I have 
before me now a photograph, given to me by Mr. Glencross Smith, of an example 
taken in Oakey Creek, which weighed 9 lb. 12 oz. 


Range:—All the rivers of the Murray System; cismontane rivers of 
Eastern Australia from the Clarence to the Dawson; rivers of South-Western 
Queensland—Barcoo, Landsborough, Cooper, and Diamantina (Anderson) ; 
Thomson River, common (Miss Bancroft). Dr. T. Baneroft writes—‘‘The 
Yellowbelly does not occur in the Burnett River, but I caught a few by netting 
an the Upper Dawson.”’ 


29 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Part XI.—LUTIANIDZ (No. 2). 


LUTIANUS NEMATOPHORUS Bleeker. 
(Plate I.) 


Mesoprion nematophorws Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl., viii, 1860, Celebes, p. 56; id.,. 
Vers]. Akad. Amst., xii, 1861, p. 46. 
Lutjanus nematophorus Bleeker, Verh. Akad. Amst., xiii, 1873, Revis. Lutjan., p. 12; id., Atlas- 
Ichth., viii, 1876, p. 47, pl. celxxxv, fig. 3. 
THREADFINNED SEA PERCH. 

Type locality :—Celebes. 

Body deeply subovate and strongly compressed, the dorsal and ventral 
contours symmetrical, its width 2-55 in its depth, which is 2-55 in its length to the 
-root of the caudal and one eighth more than the length of the head. Caudal 
peduncle three eighths longer than deep, its least depth 2-5 in the length of the 
head. Head two ninths longer than deep, its upper profile behind the snout and 
that of the nape gently and evenly rounded, its width 2-25 in its length, which is 
2.85 in that of the body. Snout long and pointed, with linear moderately 
acclivous profile, its length 2-33 in that of the head. Eye small, its diameter 2-37 
in the length of the snout, 5-44 in that of the head, and 1-5 in its distance from 
the end of the maxillary groove. Interorbital region convex, its width one eighth 
more than the eye-diameter and 4-87 in the length of the head. Jaws subequal; 
maxillary extending to below the anterior border of the eye, its length 2-5 in that 
of the head, the width of its subtruneate distal extremity 1-3 in the eye-diameter. 
Preopercle with a slight emargination above the angle, in and beyond which it is. 
feebly serrulate ; opercle without spine, the lobe obtusely pointed; post-temporal 
feebly serrated. 


Scales in 57 series above the lateral line, disposed somewhat obliquely to: 
the dorsal profile, in 51 horizontal series below the line; 8/1/22 scales between the 
first dorsal spine and the ventral ridge. Head naked, except the opercle, sub- 
opercle, a patch from seven to nine scales wide on the cheek posteriorly, a triseria! 
postorbital band, and a short biserial temporal band. Lateral line with 54 pore- 
bearing scales, the tubes branched. Soft dorsal and anal fins each with a well 
developed scaly sheath, the membranes naked ; accessory ventral scale small and 
blunt, 1-5 in the eye-diameter. 


Dorsal fin with x 17 rays, originating above the lower angle of the 
pectoral-base, the spinous portion one fifth longer than the soft; spines iow, 
slender but pungent, increasing in length to the fifth, beyond which they deerease 
to the ninth; last spine a little longer than the fifth and 3-44 in the length of the 
head; fourth to seventh rays produced and filiform, extending to or beyond the 
extremity of the caudal; beyond these the rays gradually decrease, the last being’ 
about equal to the fifth spine. Caudal emarginate, the middle rays 1-5 in the 
upper lobe, which is 3-67 in the body-length. Anal fin with iii 9 rays, originating 
below the third dorsal ray; spines short and stout, the third longest, 4-14 in the 
length of the head; soft portion with acutely pointed outline, the anterior rays 
produced, the fourth the longest, extending beyond the base of the caudal, length 


\ 
b 
’ 
* 
1 
at 
r 
‘ 
r 


Weal apa” 


THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


MEMOIRS OF 


PLATE I. 


QUEENSLAND FISHES. 


‘IoyooT_ SAYOHAUOLVWAN 


SONVILO'T 


‘yap ‘aywnig syphyg 


Face page 21. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 21 


of soft portion 2-37 in its height, 1-75 in that of the dorsal fin, and 2-55 in that of 
the head. Pectoral with 16 rays, its length 1-22 in that of the head; fifth ray 
longest, extending to below the first dorsal ray. Ventral inserted below the end 
of the pectoral-base ; spine rather weak but much longer than the longest dorsal 
spine, 1-75 in the outer rays, which are subequal, 1-13 in the length of the 
pectoral, and reach almost to the vent. 


Gill-rakers short and stout, 10 on the lower branch of the anterior arch, 
the longest 1-8 in the eye-diameter. 


Roseate, the lower surfaces lighter and obscurely tinged with yellow; body 
with ten narrow, more or less wavy, longitudinal blue bands; the upper pair 
meet across the nape; the second pair extend upon the occiput, where they are 
broken up into irregular spots; the third reaches to above the post-temporai, 
beyond which it is similarly broken up ; the fourth is continued forward to the eye 
and, though less clearly, along the upper eyelid and across the nostrils, meeting 
near the end of the snout; the fifth ceases at the opercle; these five pairs termi- 
nate at various points along the base of the dorsal fin; the sixth reaches to the 
eye and is continued on, the snout as a series of small blue spots, which meet 
across the tip of the snout; the seventh extends to the opercle; the eighth to the 
middle of the preorbital; the two lower to the pectoral, in front of which are 
some irregular spots and bars; a narrow blue ecross-bar between the eyes. All 
the fins pinkish, the caudal with a narrow dark terminal band. 


Described from a fine specimen, 353 mm. long, trawled in Hervey Bay, 
and presented to the Queensland Museum by the Department of Fisheries 
through Captain Hoult of the ‘‘Bar-ea-Mul.’’ 


The species was only known previously from two young examples, 
measuring 82 and 86 mm., recorded by Bleeker from Singapore and Celebes. Its 
rediscovery on the South Queensland coast is, therefore, of more than ordinary 
interest. 


Part XVI.—OPISTHOGNATHID& (No. 1). 


Opisthognathide Jordan & Evermann, Fish. North & Mid. America, pt. 3, 1898, p. 2279; 
Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8). xii, July 1913, p. 138. 


THE JAWFISHES OR SMILERS. 

Body elliptical to elongate, moderately compressed, more or less completely 
covered with small, cycloid scales. Lateral line single, incomplete, running close 
to and parallel with the dorsal contour, ceasing below the anterior dorsal rays. 
Head large and naked, with strongly curved anterior profile, its upper surface 
smooth. Mouth terminal, horizontal or nearly so, protractile, the cleft usually 
very wide; jaws normally formed; maxillary broad and exposed, with supple- 
mental bone. Jaws with bands of villiform or ecardiform teeth; vomer usually 
with a few teeth; palatines and tongue toothless. Two nostrils on each side. 
Eyes very large, lateral, anterior. Opercles unarmed. Dorsal fin continuous, the 
spinous and soft portions of nearly equal length, the spines slender and flexible, 


22 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


passing gradually into soft rays. Caudal rounded or lanceolate, with 14 or 15 
principal rays, the outer ray above and below simple. Anal fin long and low, 
with two weak spines. Pectorals short and fan-shaped. Ventrals inserted in 
advance of the pectorals, close together, each of a spine and five rays, and without 
accessory scale. Gill-openings wide; gill-membranes partially united, free from 
the isthmus; six branchiostegals; pseudobranchie present; gills four, a slit. 
behind the fourth; gill-rakers long and slender. Air-bladder present, small. No 
pyloric eewea. A narrow subocular shelf. Skull narrow between and expanded 
behind the orbits; postorbital part evenly convex above; occipital crest only on 
the posterior face of the skull, which is long and oblique; no parietal crest; 
exoccipital condyles separate; prootics forming a roof for the myodome; basi- 
sphenoid present. Foramen in hypercoracoid; radials rather broad and flat, two. 
. on the hypercoracoid and two on the hypocoracoid. Vertebre 29 (10 x 19)°®; 
precaudals with parapophyses from the fifth; three ribs sessile, five on para- 
pophyses; epipleurals on ribs. 


The Opisthognathide, though weak in point of numbers, forms a most 
interesting family of trachiniform percoids; it consists of fishes of small or 
moderate size, inhabiting rocky and coralline bottoms within the tropical and 
temperate zones. Its distribution is peculiar, no species having so far been 
recorded from the Mediterranean nor the Eastern Atlantic, nor from any of the 
Pacific Islands, nor the West Coast of the Americas, except the Gulf of California, 
where an isolated colony, comprised of five species, exists. The extreme limits of 
their polar range lie between lat. 40° N., where Gnathypops hopkinsi has been 
taken off Misaki, Japan, and lat. 34° S., where Merogymnus jacksomensis is 
found. These fishes are everywhere of rare occurrence, many of the species being 
only known from the single example described. The ‘‘Smilers,’’ to give them 
the local vernacular name bestowed upon them, so a friend tells me, ‘‘because of 
their fine open countenanee,’’ are essentially carnivorous and rock-loving fishes, 
delighting in boulder-strewn shoals and coral reefs at a moderate depth. Hence 
we find that in America as here many of the species are only known from off- 
shore snapper grounds and similar localities, where they are occasionally taken 
by hand-line in company with more valuable fishes or even from the latter when 
captured disgorging them. The species vary greatly in coloration, some of them, 
such as my Merogymnus eximius, being arrayed in a livery of most gorgeous 
splendor, while others, as my Gnathypops inornata, are soberly clad in uniform 
brown. One of our species, G. maculata, is said by the pearl-fishers to scoop holes. 
in the sand among the sea-fan forests of our tropic seas, from which it sallies. 
forth to pounce upon a passing prey, returning again to its lair after each 
_ excursion. Regarding this habit Mr. W. H. Longley, from personal observation 
when ‘‘equipped with a diving hood in the unknown world of coral labyrinths at 
the bottom of the sea,’’ gives some interesting information, which may advan- 
tageously be reproduced here.*° He writes:—‘‘Gnathypops aurifrons prepares. 


° Vertebre 27 to 34, fide Jordan & Evermann, ut supea. 
* American Museum Journal, xviii, February 1918, p. 81. 


KDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 23 


its own shelter in sandy places where the substratum is sufficiently compact to 
make successful tunneling possible. Jaws and gaping mouth are its only 
entrenching tools, but meet its every need. It is found not uncommonly upon 
the open reef in little colonies, the formation of which is probably due in part. to 
the discontinuous occurrence of suitable bottom rather than to the social instincis 
of the fishes themselves. During the day, if undisturbed, Gnathypops may be 
regularly observed resting nearly motionless in a semivertical position above its 
burrow. When alarmed it retreats into its hole tail foremost and conceals itself 
until the disturbance outside has ceased. Then it reappears cautiously, its beady 
black eyes being so situated that it is able to sweep the horizon with minimum 
exposure. If nothing happens to renew its alarm, it mounts a little farther until 
its ventral fins are free, rests for a moment in the mouth of its burrow, and finally 
rises easily and gracefully to its original position. Still another of these fishes 
(as yet unidentified) shows a different variation of the tubiculous instinet. It 
lives in holes, quite possibly worm-tubes, which it discovers ready formed in 
pieces of dead coral upon the bottom, Its most striking structural feature is the 
immense dorsal fin, which when raised seems nearly as high as the fish is long. 
Its most interesting habit is that of protruding its body for about half its length 
from the chamber it occupies, and then elevating and depressing its great fin 
rapidly as if it were wigwagging in piscine code. This impression is heightened 
when two individuals separated by no great distance stand erect and repeat the 
performance in alternation.’’ Nothing is known as to the breeding habits of these 
fishes, nor have I ever seen an example with ripe spawn, though all those which 1 
have handled were fully adult. That the young are never found along the fore- 
shores nor in the débris of the seine net seems to demonstrate the demersal 
character of the ova. No data are available as to their edible qualities, unless it 
be that of an acquaintance, who took one home and had it fried; he told me it 
was ‘‘as good as any other rockfish.’’ “On account of their scarcity and the 
difficulty of obtaining them all the species are greatly in request for museum 
collections, and every example should, therefore, be carefully preserved and 
forwarded, with as little delay as possible, to the nearest scientific institution. Six 
genera and thirty species are now recognized. As mentioned by Waite it has 
been suggested in some quarters that Gnathypops may merely be the female of 
Opisthognathus, but the fact that the latter genus is quite unknown in Australian 
waters sufficiently contravenes any such theory. 


Appended is a key to the opisthognathoid genera. Those which are 
printed in italics have not so far been found in Australian seas, but, with the 
exception of the West Indian Lonchopisthus there is no insuperable reason why 
the other genera should not occur here. 

a’. Maxillary about as long as the head, produced behind ina flexible lamina i. Opisthognathus.” 


a’. Maxillary much shorter than the head, but extending well beyond the eye, its distal extremity 
truncate. 


“Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xi, 1836, p. 498. Type O. sonneratui = 
O. nigromarginatus Riippell. 


24 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


b*. Caudal fin rounded. 


c. Trunk anteriorly naked oe = ev 45 + i% ii. Merogymnus. 
c. Trunk everywhere scaly. 
ad. Dorsal spines all simple ste 5 ; ae ey ye iii. Gnathypops. 
d*. Anterior dorsal spines transversely forked Ee ie sf iv. Stalia.” 
6°. Caudal lanceolate .. = 3. ar 5k ate ve .. Vv. Lonchopisthus.* 
a*, Maxillary not extending beyond the eye .. Fae 5p: a fe vi. Owstonia.™* 


i. MEROGYMNUS Ogilby. 
Merogymnus Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl., xxi, 1908, p. 18 (eximius); MeCulloch, Ree. 
West Austr. Mus., i, 1914, p. 216. 

Body elliptical or elongate-elliptical, the greater part of the trunk naked. 
Maxillary much shorter than the head, its distal extremity much dilated. Jaws 
with bands of villiform teeth, the outer row scarcely larger than the others. 
Caudal fin rounded. Gill-rakers in rather large number, long, and slender. 


Eastern and South-Eastern Coasts of Australia. Two species. 


a’, Seales very small, covering about half of the sides and belly .. ess 1. eximius. 
@. Seales larger, but narrowly entering the trunk; belly naked .. Se 2. jacksoniensis. 


1. MEROGYMNUS EXIMIUS (Ogilby). 
(Plate IT.) 


Merogymnus eximius Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl., xxi, 1908, p. 18. 
' HARLEQUIN SMILER. 
Type locality :—Snapper Banks off Moreton Bay, S.Q. 


Body elliptical ; its width at the shoulder 1-7 to 1-83 in its depth, which is 
3-62 to 3-75 in its length and 1-25 to 1-33 in the length of the head. Caudal 
peduncle four fifths deeper than long, its least depth 2-55 to 2-7 in the length of 
the head. Head a little deeper than wide, the fronto-occipital profile evenly 
rounded, its width 1-4 to 1-5 in its length, which is 2-83 to 2-9 in that of the body. 
Snout short, with linear or gently rounded, vertical profile, its length 1-75 to 1-8 
in the eye-diameter, which is 2-83 to 3-2 in the length of the head. Interorbital 
region narrow and feebly concave, its width 3-43 to 3-75 in the eye-diameter. 
Maxillary extending to about one diameter of the eye behind the eye, its length 
1-4 to 1-5 in that of the head, the width of its distal extremity about two ninths 
of its length. 


Seales extending forwards on the trunk to below the middle of the 


* Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxiv, 1902, p. 495. Type S. histrio from 
the Japanese coast. 

* Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 241. Type L. micrognathus from Cuban 
waters. 


“Tanaka, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, xxiii, 1908, p. 47. Type O. totomiensis from the 
seas of Japan. 


Pose 4 ie. 
Fhe, 


a 


ue 


QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


= 
ij 
vi 


OF THE 


R S 


MOLE 


, 
y 


ME 


PuLate IT. 


FISHES. 


INSLAND 


a} 
1 
vj 


QUE 


‘AqUI8Q SOINIXE SANWADOUTIN 


‘jap ‘ayan)Q syphyd 


Face page 25. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 25 


appressed pectoral, anteriorly distant and deeply imbedded, becoming more 
crowded and finally imbricate on the tail; belly scaly. Lateral line composed of 
about 80 short tubes, terminating below the 5th or 6th dorsal ray. 


Dorsal fin with xi 13 rays, originating above the tip of the maxillary; 
outer border of the fin linear, the spines and rays gradually increasing in length 
to the 9th to 11th rays, which are 1-63 to 1-75 in the length of the head. Caudal 
fin long, 3-9 to 4-3 in the body-length. Anal with i 12 or 13 rays, originating 
below the 1st dorsal ray, its longest ray 1-7 to 1-83 in the length of the head. 
Pectoral rounded, with 19 rays, the middle the longest, 1-88 to 2 in the head. 
Ventral produced, about one third longer than the pectoral, the 2nd and 3rd rays 
subequal, reaching to or nearly to the vent. 


Gill-rakers long and slender, with the inner edge feebly spinulose, 16 + 26 
on the anterior arch, the longest 2-16 in the eye-diameter. 


Golden or golden brown above; sides with two series of large, round or 
oval, golden spots, separated by broad blue interlacing bands; abdominal region 
-and extremity of tail violet, with splashes of greenish gold. Head lilaceous, with 
irregular violet spots and bars; a deep blue blotch, prolonged upwards as an 
uneven band on the opercle; branchiostegal region blackish. Outer half of 
spinous dorsal dark olive-green, narrowly bordered above with purple, below with 
pale blue; the lower band is continued to the end of the soft dorsal, the outer half 
of which is pale olive-green, with part of the membrane blue, as also is the base. 
Anal blue, with a median and a basal series of golden spots. Caudal rays olive- 
green or purple, the interradial membrane blue. Pectoral pale yellowish brown, 
the base with one or two vertical blue bars. Ventral bluish black. 


Described from five specimens, 224 to 305 mm. in total length, in the 
collections of the Queensland Museum and the Amateur Fishermen’s Association. 
These were taken on the Snapper Grounds off Moreton Bay, where it. does not 
appear to be uncommon, and which is still the only recorded habitat of the 
species. It is said to be good eating. 


Our illustration is taken from a Queensland Museum example. Reg. No. 
I. 17/2840. 


2. MEROGYMNUS JACKSONIENSIS (Macleay). 


‘Opisthognathus jacksoniensis Macleay, Proce. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, v, 1881, p. 570; O’Connor, 
Proce. Roy. Soc. Queensl., iv, 1888, p. 43. 


Gnathypops jacksoniensis Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., v, 1904, p. 240, pl. xxvi, fig. 2. 
Merogymnus jacksoniensis McCulloch, Rec. West Austr. Mus., 
SOUTHERN SMILER. 
Type locality :—Port Jackson, N.S.W. 


Body elongate-elliptical, its width at the shoulder 1-6 to 1-75 in its depth, 
which is 4-33 to 4-5 in its length and 1-4 to 1-55 in the length of the head. 
Caudal peduncle three fourths deeper than long, its least depth 3-44 to 3-6 in the 
length of the head. Head a little deeper than wide, the fronto-occipital profile 


26 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


linear or gently rounded and moderately acclivous, its width 1-5 to 1-67 in its 
length, which is 3-12 to 3-33 in that of the body. Snout short, with feebly rounded 
subvertical profile, its length 1-5 to 1-63 in the eye-diameter, which is 3-25 to 3-5. 
in the length of the head. Interorbital region narrow and concave, its width 3-33 
to 3-6 in the eye-diameter. Maxillary extending to about one diameter of the eye 
behind the eye, its length 1-6 to 1-67 in that of the head, the width of its distal 
extremity 3-16 to 3-5 in its length. 


Seales extending forwards along the middle of the trunk to above the vent 
only, the naked area extending backwards above and below in a gradually 
contracting band to about the last third of the vertical fins; only those scales on 
or near the caudal peduncle truly imbricate; belly naked. Lateral line termi- 
nating below the 12th or 18th dorsal ray. 


Dorsal fin with x 17 rays, originating well behind the tip of the maxillary ; 
outer border of spinous dorsal rounded in front, linear behind, the spines 
gradually increasing in length to the last, but much lower than the soft rays, the 
12th or 13th of which is the longest, 2 to 2-33 in the length of the head. Caudal 
fin short, 5-16 to 5-67 in the body-length. Anal with 1 16 rays, originating below 
the 2nd or 3rd dorsal ray, the longest ray corresponding to and as long as those 
of the dorsal. Pectoral rounded, with 20 rays, its length 1-83 to 2 in that of the 
head. Ventral as long as or a little longer than the pectoral, the 2nd ray some- 
what produced, but not nearly reaching to the vent. 


Gill-rakers long and moderately slender, with the inner edge spinulose, 
§ + 19 or 20 on the anterior arch, the longest 2-1 in the eye-diameter. 


Ground-color varying from rich light brown to lemon yellow, the upper 
surface and sides of the trunk broadly reticulated with chocolate brown, a wavy 
median band, which is sometimes black, being always present; throat, breast, and 
belly immaculate; tail with a few irregular brown spots and wavy lines, each 
scale with a brown central dot. Upper surface and sides of head profusely 
dotted and pencilled with brown; inner posterior edges of maxillary and 
mandible black; distal extremity of maxillary and a broad stripe on the 
mandible white. Dorsal fin dark purplish brown, with a basal series of lighter 
spots; soft portion with an additional submarginal row of similar spots and two 
oblique bands posteriorly. Anal rich brown, with a light basal band. Caudal 
with three transverse rows of light spots. Pectoral pale yellow, profusely 
powdered with brown, Outer portion of ventrals purplish black. 


Described from four specimens, 212 to 264 mm. in total length, in the 
collection of the Queensland Museum; they were taken by hook on the Snapper 
Grounds off Moreton Bay, where, however, it appears to be scarce. 


Originally described from Port Jackson in 1881, its range was extended, 
eight years later, to the Queensland Coast, through a specimen obtained in 
Moreton Bay by the late Mr. D. O’Connor; these two localities still form the: 
extreme limits of its recorded distribution. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Puate III. 


QUEENSLAND FISHES. 


‘(Avapvyy pue oudo[py) VIVTOOVIN SdOdAHLYNY) 


‘jep ‘ayumi syrinud 


Face page 27. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 27 


Waite is certainly incorrect in stating that ‘‘the premaxilla is much 
shorter (than the maxilla), and does not extend to below the hinder margin of 
the eye.’’ As a fact it is as long as the maxillary, but its distal third is slender 
and toothless, composed of flexible cartilage. Nor in those which I have examined 
has the bony interorbital bridge ever been so narrow as described by him.?® 


The name ‘‘leopard fish’’ applied to this species by Waite’® and Stead’ is 
inappropriate, as it rightly belongs to Plectropoma maculatum Bloch, the 
Holocentrus leopardus of Lacépéde. 


i. GNATHYPOPS Gill. 
Gnathypops Gill, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 241 (mazillosa); Jordan & Evermann, 


Fish. North & Mid. Amer., pt. 3, 1898, p. 2283; McCulloch, Rec. West Austr. Mus., i, 
1914, p. 216. 


Differs from Merogymnus in having the trunk wholly covered with scales, 
the outer row of teeth enlarged, and the gill-rakers fewer, shorter, and stouter. 


The most prolific genus of the family, containing 20 species, ranging from 
the Persian Gulf through the Indian and Malayan seas northward to Japan and 
eastward to New Guinea and East Australia. Crossing the Pacific it reappears 
on the coasts of Lower California and Western Mexico, reaching thence to the 
shores of the Southern United States, the West Indies, and Brazil. Three species 
oceur in Australian waters, and have been thus classified by MeCulloch— 

a’. Body and fins light, with numerous small, dark brown spots .. af .. 1. maculata. 
a*, Body and fins dark, sometimes with irregular, scattered darker spots . . ..- 2. inornata.® 
a’, Head with small, body with large, incomplete, brown rings; dorsal, anal, and caudal fins 

with oblique bars, the former with a large, black spot anteriorly 3. darwiniensis.™ 


8. GNATHYPOPS MACULATA (Alleyne & Macleay). 
(Plate ITI.) 


Opisthognathus maculatus Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8. Wales, i, 1877, p. 280,. 
pl. ix, fig. 3. 
Batrachus punctatulus Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, viii, 1883, p. 177. 
Gnathypops maculatus McCulloch, Ree. West Austr. Mus., i, 1914, p. 216. 
SPECKLED SMILER. 


Type localities:—Palm Isles, N.Q. (O. maculatus). 
Torres Strait, N.Q. (B. punctatulus). 


Body elliptical, its width at the shoulder 1-84 in its depth, which is 3-1 in 
its length and 1-2 in the length of the head. Caudal peduncle one and a half time 


Rec. Austr. Mus., v, p. 240. 
18 Synop. Fish. N. 8. Wales, p. 30, No, 231. 
Fish, Austr., p. 108. 
% Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xii, 1887, p. 561; Derby, N. W. 
Australia. The species has been beautifully figured by McCulloch, Rec. West Austr. Mus., 1, 
| WSye-o:0-<5 
° ” Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, ii, 1878, p. 355, pl. ix, fig. 3; Port Darwin, ND. 


28 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


deeper than long, its least depth one third of the length of the head. Head a 
little wider than deeper, the fronto-occipital profile linear and strongly acclivous, 
that of the nape rounded, its width 1-33 in its length, which is 2-55 in that of the 
body. Snout short, with linear, subvertical profile, its length 1-25 in the eye- 
diameter, which is 3-67 in the length of the head. Interorbital region narrow and 
concave, its width one third of the eye-diameter. Maxillary extending rather 
more than an eye-diameter behind the eye, its length 1-5 in that of the head, the 
width of its distal extremity 3-9 in its length. 


Seales everywhere imbricate, disposed in regular series over the whole 
body, becoming somewhat larger posteriorly. Lateral line terminating below the 
9th dorsal ray. 


Dorsal fin with xii 16 rays, originating well behind the tip of the 
maxillary; outer border of spinous dorsal rounded in front, linear behind, the 
spines gradually increasing in length to the last, but lower than the soft rays, 
the 8th, 9th, and 10th of which are the longest, a little more than half the length 
of the head. Caudal fin of moderate length, 4-6 in the length of the body. Anal 
with ii 14 rays, originating below the 3rd dorsal ray, the rays increasing in length 
to the 4th, which is 2-37 in the length of the head and as long as the succeeding 
seven, beyond which they decrease. Pectoral rounded, with 21 rays, all except the 
upper and lower pair about equal in length, and 2-25 in the length of the head. 
Ventral longer than the pectoral, none of the rays produced. 


Gill-rakers 4-+-12 and some tubercles, rather stout and cultriform, the 
longest 2-3 in the eye-diameter, 


Pale rufous brown, scarcely lighter below, everywhere spotted with dark 
blue or black, the spots largest on the upper part of the trunk and tail, smallest 
on the head; a large blackish or smoky brown blotch beneath the appressed 
pectoral. Spinous dorsal sparsely, pectorals profusely spotted; the other fins 
immaculate. 


Described from a fine specimen, measuring 346 mm. in total length, 
collected at Dobo, Aru Islands, by Mr. John Colclough, who presented it to the 
Amateur Fishermen’s Association of Queensland, by whom it was kindly lent for 
the purposes of this review. 


This fine species was first described from a small example, 178 mm. long, 
obtained at the Palm Isles, N.Q., during the cruise of the ‘‘Chevert.’’ We next 
hear of it from Torres Strait, through a specimen forwarded to the Australian 
Museum by Mr. Cousens, and described as a Batrachus by the late Dr. E, Pierson 
Ramsay. A few years later Saville Kent, when a guest on board H.M.S. 
‘‘Myrmidon,”’ collected one at Port Darwin, N.T., as recorded by de Vis. From 
that time I find no record of the species until 1906, when Mr. Banfield sent me a 
320 mm. example from Dunk Island, while in the following year the specimen 
described and figured came into my hands. It is said to be good eating. 


EDIBLE FISHES OF QUEENSLAND.—OGILBY. 29. 


LIisT OF THE OPISTHOGNATHOID FISHES OF THE INDIAN AND 
WESTERN PACIFIC OCEANS. 
. OPISTHOGNATHUS Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xi, 1836,, 
p. 498 (sonneratu = mgromarginatus). 

1. nigromarginatus Ruppell, Atlas Fisch. Roth. Meer., 1828, p. 114. 

Distribution :—Red Sea: and Mozambique Channel through the Seas of 
India and Malaysia to Celebes and Batchian. 

Dimensions :—To 180 mm.. 
Figure :—Day, Fish. India, pl. lvii, fig. 5. 


i. MEROGYMNUS Ogilby; see p. 24. 
. eximius Ogilby ; see p. 24. 


bo 


. jacksomensis Macleay ; see p. 25. 


fe OOo 


. yoms Jordan & Thompson, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xlvi, 1918, p. 65. Only 
known from the type. 


Distribution :—lyo, Shikoku, Japan. 
Dimensions :—74 mm. 
Figure :—Jordan & Thompson, ibid., text-fig. 1. 


iil. GNATHYPOPS Gill; see p. 27. 
. darwiniensis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, ii, 1878, p. 355. 
Distribution :—Port Darwin, N.T. Only known from the type. 
Figure :—Macleay, ibid., pl. ix., fig. 3. 
6. dendritica Jordan & Richardson, Bull. U. 8. Bur. Fisher., xxvii, 1908, p. 261. 
Only known from the type. 
Distribution :—Cuyo Island, Philippine Archipelago. 
Dimensions :—133 mm. 
Figure :—Jordan & Richardson, ibid., text-fig. 9. 
This species should be carefully compared with the preceding. 


On 


7. evermanm Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xxiv, 1902, p. 493.. 
Only known from the typical specimens. 
Distribution :—Wakanoura, Japan. 
Dimensions :—80 mm. 
Figure :—Jordan & Snyder, ibid., text-fig. 6. 
8. hopkinst Jordan & Snyder, ibid., p. 492. 
Distribution :—Misaki and Sagami, Hondo, Japan. 
Dimensions :—To 80 mm. 
Figure :—Jordan & Snyder, ibid., text-fig. 5. 


30 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


9. inornata Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8. Wales, xii, 1887, p. 561. 

Distribution:—Coast of North-Western Australia (Derby and Port 
Headland). 

Dimensions :—To 485 mm. 

Figure :—McCulloch, Ree. West Austr. Mus., i, pl. xxx. 

macrolepis Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1866, p. 520. 

Distribution :—Bangkok, Siam, to the Philippines. 

Dimensions :—To 100 mm. 

Unfigured. 

11. maculata Alleyne & Macleay ; see p. 27. 


— 


10. 


12. muscatensis Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1887, p. 662. 
Distribution :—Persian Gulf at Maskat, Arabia. 
Dimensions :—To 305 mm. 
Figure :—Boulenger, ibid., pl. liv, fig. 1. 
13. papuensis Bleeker, Versl. Akad. Amst. (2) 11, 1868, p. 33. 
Distribution :—Waigiu. 
Unfigured. 
14. rosenbergii Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Nederl. Ind., xii, 1857, p. 220. 
Distribution :—East Coast of India to Nias. 
Dimensions :—To 120 mm. 
Figure :—Day, Fish. India, pl. lviii, fig. 5. 
15. solorensis Bleeker, ibid., v, 1853, p. 81. 
Distribution :—Goram, Amboina, Solor. 
Dimensions: To 83 mm. 
Unfigured. 
16. versluysi Weber, Siboga Fische, 1913, p. 261. Only known from the type. 
Distribution :—Roma Island. 
Dimensions :—136 mm. 
Figure :—Weber, ibid., text-fig. 65. 
iv. STALIX Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxiv, 1902, p. 495 (histrio). 
17. histrio Jordan & Snyder, ibid. Only known from the type. 
Distribution :—Bay of Nagasaki, Japan. 
Dimensions :—62 mm. 
Figure :—Jordan & Snyder, ibid., text-fig. 7. 
v. OWSTONIA Tanaka, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, xxiii, 1908, p. 47 (totomiensis). 
18. totomiensis ‘Tanaka, ibid. 
Distribution :—Off the Province of Totomi, Japan. Only known from the 
type. : 
Dimensions :—500 mm. 
Figure :—Tanaka, Fish. Japan, pl. viii, fig. 26. 


NOTES ON’ QUEENSLAND FLIES.—JOHNSTON AND BANCROFT. 31 


NOTES..ON THE BIOLOGY.,.OF. SOME 
QUEENSLAND FLIES. 


By ProFessor T. HARVEY Jounston, M.A., D.Sc., Hon. ZooLocist, QUEENSLAND 
Museum; AND M. J. Bancroft, B.Sc., WALTER AND ELizA HALL FELLOW IN 
Economic BroLocy, UNIVERSITY, BRISBANE. 


(With 48 Text-figures.) 


During our experimental work with Diptera as possible transmitting 
agents of certain worm parasites of horses and stock! we used a number of 
species of flies found associated with these animals, some of them being either 
insufficiently described or apparently undescribed. We have already dealt 
with a few of these flies (Johnston and Bancroft, 1919) and now propose to 
give an account of certain others which, as far as available literature allows 
us to judge, belong to undescribed species of Musca.? 

We desire to express our appreciation of the assistance given by Dr. E. W. 
Ferguson, Health Department, Sydney; Mr. W. W. Froggatt, Government 
Entomologist, Sydney; Dr. A, B. Walkom, Linnean Society, Sydney; and 
Mr. W. A. Rainbow, Australian Museum, Sydney. Typical specimens have 
been deposited in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, and in the Australian 
Museum, Sydney. 


MUSCA TERRZ-REGINZ n. sp. 
(Text-figs. 1, 2, 9, 10, 15, 17, 18, 27, 28, 31, 37, 38, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45.) 

This is a rather small fly about 4-5 mm. in length, which has been taken 
occasionally on stock in the Hidsvold district and is referred to in our previous 
paper (1919, p. 182) as Musca sp. indet. 

MALE. 

Head (fig. 9)—One is struck with the relatively enormous size of the 
eyes which occupy more than three quarters of the front of the head. They are 
separated from one another by a narrow frontal stripe bounded by numerous 


1 Johnston and Bancroft, The Life History of Habronema in relation to Musca domestica 
and native flies in Queensland, P.R.S. Q’land, 1920. 

Johnston and Bancroft, Experiments with certain Diptera as possible transmitters of 
bovine Onchocerciasis, P.R.S. Q’land, 1920. 

? Unfortunately for us Professor M. Bezzi’s excellent key deals only with African and 
Mediterranean species of Musca (Miodarii Superiori raeccolti dal Sign C. W. Howard nell 
Africa australe orientale—Boll. Lab. zool. gen. agr. d. R. Scuola Sup. d’Agrie. Portici, 6, 
1912, Keys pp. 85-88). 


32 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


rather short chete. The ocellar triangle is not very prominent and bears. 
about four pairs of short ocellar bristles. Behind the triangle there is 
on each side a prominent vertical bristle, with a shorter one adjacent to it. 
The facial region is practically triangular in outline. The silvery parafrontals 
do not extend upwards between the eyes except as a thin black line on either 
side between the frontal stripe and each eye. The characters of the silvery- 
grey antenne are shewn in fig. 31. 


Text-figs. 1-4-—Camera lucida drawings to show dorsal colouration. All figs. drawn: 
to same scale. Fig. 1, Musca terre-regine male; 2, M. terre-regine female; 3, M. hilli male; 
4, M. hilli female. 


Thorax (fig. 1)—When viewed with the light falling from the front 
the thorax is black and shiny, but when viewed from the opposite quarter the 
general effect is dark greyish.* There are four longitudinal stripes, the two 
outer extending backwards to the sides of the scutellum whilst the two inner 
extend only to the middle of the scutum. The central silver-grey stripe is 
ratuer broader and in individuals of either sex may extend much further 
forward than the others. The black stripes of each side fuse anteriorly. The 
posterior half of the midregion of the scutum is rather darker than the other 
portions. On the anterior part of the scutellum there is a prominent black 
marking followed by a well-defined smoky patch extending to the hind margin 
of the scutellum. The chetotaxy is shewn in fig. 15. 


* The ‘accompanying descriptions of the thorax and abdomen of each species are based 
on specimens with the head towards the observer and with the source of light opposite the: 
observer, 


NOTES ON QUEENSLAND FLIES.—JOHNSTON AND BANCROFT. 33 


Wings.—The veins are yellowish brown. The venation is shewn in fig. 17. 
The squame is pale yellow. 
Legs.—The tarsus of the third leg is figured in fig. 27. 


Abdomen.—The abdomen is pale yellow with a median dorsal band, the 
intensity of whose colouration is interrupted in places so that there appears a 
succession of light-brown and dark-brown markings. The colouration extends 
to the anterior half of the first abdominal segment? where it is rather dark 
brown. Laterally on each segment there is a patch of darker yellow (fig. 1). 


FEMALE. 

Head.—The main external difference between the male and female is in 
the size of the eyes which in the female are separated (where they most closely 
approximate) by about a third of the width of the head (fig. 10), whereas the 
minimum distance is about one twenty-fifth in the male. The silvery para- 
frontals extend upwards between the eyes as a fairly broad band separated by 


Text-figs. 5-8—Camera lucida outlines of face views drawn to same scale to show 
relationship of eyes, frons, ete. Fig. 5, M. australis male; 6, M. australis female; 7, 
M. vetustissima male; 8, M. vetustissima female; 9, M. terre-regine male; 10, M. terre-regine 
female; 11, M. hilli male; 12, M. hilli female. Lettering as in preceding figures—ant., 
antenna; e., eye; fr., frons or frontal stripe; fr.b., frontal bristles; fc., facialia; 0.b., ocellar 
bristle; o.t., ocellar triangle; p.fc., parafacialia; p.fr., parafrontalia; v.b., vertical bristles. 


the very shallow smoky-coloured frontal stripe. There are two prominent 
vertical bristles on either side behind the eyes. The ocellar triangle does not 
project and the ocellar bristles are short. 


*The terms Ist to 4th are applied to thé obvious abdominal segments—i.e., the reduced 
first segment is not taken into account as a separate one but is considered as a part of the 
second with which it is fused, the two together being dealt with as the first segment. 

Cc 


34 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Thorax.—The thorax is similar to that of the male (fig. 2). The form 
of the last tarsus is shown in fig. 28. 


Wings—As in the case of M. hilli there are slight differences in the 
sexes in regard to the wing, particularly in the region of the first posterior 
cell and the posterior cross-vein (fig. 18). 


Abdomen (fig. 2).—The general colour is yellow with a brown median 
dorsal stripe, rather broad on the anterior portion of the first segment and 
more or less interrupted in the middle portion, but on the posterior region of 
that segment the colouration makes its reappearance extending on to the 
succeeding segment and widening to form a large dark-brown blotch of more 
or less triangulsr outline. A similar patch of colour occurs on the succeeding 
segment and is continued on to the fourth. Faint shimmering whitish patches 
occur laterally towards the posterior end of the abdomen. The under surface 
is yellow. 


Text-fig. 13, Outlines of thorax (dorsal) to show chetotaxy; M: australis; 14 
M. vetustissima; 15, M. terre-regine; 16, M. hilli. Lettering—a., acrostichal (inner dorso- 
central); d.c., dorsocentral; hu., humeral; i.a., intra-alar; npl., notopleural; p.a., postalar; 
ph: posthumeral; pr., presutural; p.s.d.c., presutural dorsocentral; s.a., supra-alar; sc., 
scutellar. 


2 


Breeding Habits—The eggs are laid in cowdung or horsedung, each egg 
measuring about 1 mm. in length by -25 mm. in breadth, being very similar to 
that of the house-fly. In less than twenty-four hours the eggs hatch, the larve 
being in the first instar (fig. 42). Twenty-four hours later the first moult 
occurs; the anterior spiracles each with six or seven processes appear (fig. 45), 
while the posterior spiracles are in the form of two almost straight slits (fig. 43). 
The second instar also lasts about twenty-four hours. In the third instar the 
posterior spiracles take the form of three sinuous slits surrounded by a black 
chitinous D-shaped ring (fig. 44). The mature larve are creamy white and 
measure 9 to 10 mm. in length by 1-5 mm. in breadth. They leave the dung 


NOTES ON QUEENSLAND FLIES —JOHNSTON AND BANCROFT. 35 


and pupate in damp sand under laboratory conditions. The puparium is 
reddish brown and measures 4 to 5 mm. by 1-5 to 2mm. The larval stage lasts 
from 5 to 7 days, and the pupal from 7 to 10 days, the total thus being from 12 to 
17 days during midsummer (Eidsvold, Burnett River), which is similar to that 
-of the house-fly. 

In bred flies the males were usually slightly in excess of the females, 
about 51 per cent. being males and 49 per cent. females. When bred flies of both 
‘sexes were kept together in a small cage and fed on raisins, honey, &¢., copulation 
was observed to take place in from 5 to 9 days after emergence (midsummer 
observations), while the females were ready to oviposit about five days later. 


The female genitalia (fig. 41) closely resemble those of the house-fly, 
-except that the number of ovarian follicles is less, the maximum number 
detected in each ovary being thirty-five. 


Parasites —M. terre-regine was found to be parasitised by a flagellate, 
Herpetomonas (probably H. musce-domestice Burnett), and by three larval 
nematodes (Habronema musce Carter, H. megastoma Rud, and AGOMSRE ETE 
muscarum Jnstn. and Baner.). 


The following observation may be of interest as it allows one to compare 
‘the various periods taken by the three flies M. terre-regine, M. vetustissima, 
and M. domestica to pass through their larval stages in horsedung, since all 
‘were under similar conditions, being bred in material from the same source and 
collected at the same time (November, 1919, Eidsvold) :-— 


— Musca terre-regine. M. vetustissima. M. domestica. 
Eggs deposited November 13th .. B 3 .. | 14th “ .. | 14th 
Hatched as first Sens November 14th ~, at recog) LLL 8 er) both 
Second instar .. .. | November 15th ay .- | 15th and 16th .. 146th: 
Thirdinstar .. .. | November 16th, 17th Bi 17th ~ ay eleabe 
Mature larva .. .. | November 18th, 19th, and 20th’ 18th and 19th .. | 20th and 21st 
Larval stages .. .. | 5 to 7 days oy . | 4 to 5 days .. | 6 to 7 days 
Emergence— 
25 AGE Aer: es LS 2 males, 2 females 
26.11.9 Ed 2 males, 5 females 
Dr lls) 2 males, 3 females ae -.. |9 males, 2 females 
28.11.9 Few—both sexes at i zt a 
29.11.9 Few—both sexes a Aas A A few 
SORE SOK oS. .. | 1 male, several females .. ie Aa A few 
Pupal stage .. i 8 to 1l days ae or 7. | 7 to 9 days .. | 9 to 10 days 
‘Total period for larval 13 to 18 days re Age -» | L1 to.l4 days .:.| 15 to l7 days 
stages (egg to imago) 
approximately 


MUSCA HILLI n. sp. 
(Text-figs. 3, 4, 11, 12, 16, 19, 20, 29, 30, 32, 39, 40, 46, 47, 48.) 

This is an outdoor species which is occasionally found on horses and 
cattle in Hidsvold and also in Brisbane. We have also seen it at Tweed Heads, 
N. S. Wales (March, 1920). The average length of full-grown specimens of 
either sex is about 6 mm. 


36 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


MALE. 

Head.—The eyes occupy the greater part of the front view and are 
contiguous for a considerable distance (fig. 11), separated only by a very narrow 
frontal stripe. The ocellar triangle is elongate and narrow, projects prominently,. 
and bears about four pairs of ocellar bristles. The parafrontals are wide and. 
silvery. The frontal stripe is narrow and brownish. 

The antenne are smoky in colour. The form of the arista is shewn in. 
fig. 32. There are two prominent bristles, also a shorter third one, on the second 
joint of the antenna. 

Thorax (fig. 3).—When lighted from the anterior end the general effect is. 
black and shiny, but when viewed from the opposite quarter four distinct stripes. 
are to be seen separated by narrow greyish zones. The outer stripes extend 
from the anterior portion of the thorax to the end of the scutum and on to 
the anterior corners of the scutellum. The two inner stripes extend from the 
anterior end of the prescutum to about the midregion of the seutum where 
they merge into a rather smoky colouration occupying the middle and posterior 


20 


| am 


Text-fig. 17, Wings drawn to same scale; M. terre-regine male; 18, M. terre-regine 
female; 19, M. hilli male; 20, H. hilli female. 


part of the seutum between the longitudinal stripes. The four stripes are of 
approximately equal width and are each rather narrower than the central 
silvery stripe. The two dark stripes of each side are joined up by a black 
band anteriorly, somewhat as in M. ferguson. The posterior end of the seutellum 
is smoky, this colouration becoming intensified so that at the anterior end the 
scutellum is practically black. The chetotaxy is indicated in fig. 16. It might 
be mentioned that the scutellum is very hairy, the sete being particularly well 
developed and the macrochietz quite long, 


Wings.—The wings are clear, the veins yellowish brown. The venation. 


NOTES ON QUEENSLAND FLIES—JOHNSTON AND BANCROFT. 37 


4s indicated in fig. 19. To the naked eye the squame appears opaque and some- 
what pearly. ; 
Legs—The characters of the tarsi of the third leg are shewn in fig. 29. 


Abdomen (fig. 3).—The fly can be very readily distinguished from 
M. vetustissima and M. ferguson by the pale-yellow abdomen in both sexes. 
There is dorsally a median narrow brownish stripe, interrupted in the middle 
of the first abdominal segment. It is more pronounced in some individuals 
than in others, being occasionally reduced to a brownish blotch on the posterior 
edge of each segment. Whitish reflections are visible posteriorly and postero- 
laterally. The abdomen is well provided with long chetz. The ventral surface 
is pale yellow with brownish colouration in the vicinity of the genital aperture. 


FEMALE. 
Head (fig. 12).—The head of the female differs from that of the male 
in the following particulars :—The eyes are widely separated, the distance between 
them, where they approach most nearly, being about a third of the total width 


25 
23 ote 


o> 
ees a7 


ian 


28 


\y/ 


Text-fig. 21, Tarsi of third leg—final segments only—all drawn to same seale, 
M. australis male; 22, M. australis female; 23, M. vetustissima male; 24, M. vetustissima 
female; 25, M. demestica male (for comparison); 26, M. domestica female; 27, M. terre- 
regine male; 28, M. terre-regine female; 29, M. hilli male; 30, M. hilli female. 


of the head, whereas in the case of the male it is about one thirtieth. There is 
a broad shallow dusky frontal stripe bounded by strongly ineurving fronto- 
orbital bristles. On each side of the stripe is a fairly wide parafrontal which, 
as in the case of the male, is silvery. 


Thorax (fig. 4)—The female thorax has much the same characters as 
the male. 

Wing.—The wing (fig. 20) differs from that of the male in the shape of 
the first posterior cell (fifth radial) and also in the form of the elbow of the 
fourth longitudinal vein (M. 1 + 2) and its relation to the posterior cross-vein 
(mediocubital). 


38 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Abdomen (fig. 4) —When viewed from certain points the abdomen appears. 
to possess shimmering white patches, this being of course due to the arrange- 
ment of the tiny hairs. Ventrally the colour is pale yellow, there being only a 
faint brownish tint around the genital opening. 


Breeding Habits—The breeding habits of this fly resemble those of the 
preceding species, the small white eggs, which measure approximately the same 
as those of M. terrw regine, being laid in cowdung or horsedung. The successive 
instars occupy about the same periods. The posterior spiracles of the second. 
and third instars are quite typical (figs. 46, 47). The anterior spiracles contain 
from 4 to 7 processes (fig. 48). The mature larva measures from 10 to 12 mm. 
The larval stage occupies from 5 to 6 days, the pupal 6 to 9 days—a total of 11 
to 15 days (January and February, Eidsvold and Brisbane). The puparium 
is red-brown to deep chocolate and measures about 6 mm. in length by 2-7 mm. 
in breadth. The female genitalia are very like those of the preceding species: 
(fig. 41), the maximum number of follicles observed in each ovary being, how- 
ever, slightly larger, viz., about 40. 


s 


oe 


—— ae 


Smm 


Text-fig. 31, Ariste of females, WZ. terre-regine ; 32, M. hilli. 


Text-fig. 32, Palps (all to same scale) drawn from mounted specimens, M. australis 
male (fig. 33) and female (34); M. vetustissima male (fig. 35) and female (fig. 36) ; 
M. terre-regine male (fig. 37) and female (fig. 38); M. hilli male (fig. 39) and female: 
(fig. 40). 


The fly can be readily distinguished from Musca pumila by the coloura- 
tion of its abdomen (Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 3, 1847, p. 58). It appears to: 
be more closely related to Musca minor (Macquart, l.c. Suppl. 4, 1850, p. 253): 


NOTES ON QUEENSLAND FLIES—JOHNSTON AND BANCROFT. 39 


Text-fig. 41, Genitalia of female M. terre-regine. Lettering: ac.g., accessory gland; 
€.g.g., conglobate gland; n.c., nurse cells; o., ovum; ad., oviduct; od.c., common oviduct; 
0.f., ovarian follicles; ov., ovary; sp., spermatheca, 


40 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Text-figs. 42-44, Larval spiracles, all drawn to same scale. Posterior spiracles of 
M. terre-regine ; first instar (42), second instar (43), third imstar (44). 

Text-fig. 45, Anterior spiracle of third instar of VW. terre-regine. 

Text-figs. 46-48, Spiracles of larva of M. hilli: fig. 46, posterior spiracle of second 
instar; 47, posterior spiracle of third instar; 48, anterior spiracle of third instar. a.sp., anterior 


spiracular process, surrounded by a clear envelope (c.e.). 


from Tasmania, but in view of the brevity of the description, particularly in 
regard to the thoracic and abdominal markings, we do not feel justified in 
identifying our form with his. We have pleasure in associating with this new 
species the name of Mr. G. F. Hill, Entomologist to the Australian Institute of 
Tropical Medicine, Townsville, North Queensland, who has published important 
papers dealing with Australian flies. 


NOTES ON QUEENSLAND FLIES.—JOHNSTON AND BANCROFT. 41 


Parasites —M. hilli readily becomes parasitised by .the nematodes 
Habronema musce and H. megastoma, 


EUMUSCA VETUSTISSIMA (Walker). 
(Text-figs. 7, 8, 14, 23, 24, 35, 36.) 


Townsend (1915) stated that the type of the genus Musca—so designated 
by Latreille—is MW. vomitoria L., a blowfly which was transferred to Calliphora; 
and that the latter generic name fell into synonymy, a new name being required 
for the species usually placed under Musca. He accordingly erected the genus 
Promusca (p. 484) with M. domestica L. as its genotype. He had previously 
(1911, p. 170) separated off certain species making M. corvina Fabr. the type of 
Eumusca. 

The characters of Musca vetustissima, which have already been described 
by us (J. and B., 1919), agree with most of those given by Townsend (1915, 
p. 435) but differ in certain important respects—e.g., (1) the eggs, though 
macrotype, are not stalked; (2) the puparium is red-brown like that of the 
house-fly; and (3) copulatory vesicles are present in the female. The species 
thus occupies a position between Promusca and Eumusca, more nearly approach- 
ing the latter genus of which it may perhaps be regarded as an atypical 
member, otherwise a new genus would need to be erected for its reception. 


In our previous account we did not refer to the chetotaxy which is now 
figured (fig. 14). There are two weak dorsocentrals on either side in front 
of the suture. The presutural and posthumeral are rather strongly developed. 
Postsuturally there are four dorsocentrals, only the last being strong. Three 
pairs of scutellar macrochetx are present, two pairs being well developed. The 
vertical bristles behind the eyes are arranged as in Musca domestica. 


The palp of the two sexes are shown in figs. 35 and 36 and the tarsus of 
the third leg in figs. 23 and 24. 


In our earlier account (1919, fig. 5) we omitted to indicate in our figure 
that the fourth abdominal segment (7.c. true fifth) of the male possessed a dark 
colouration. 

Dr. Cumpston, Director of the Federal Quarantine Service, informed us 
that he had observed the common Western Australian bush-fly (JZ. vetustissima) 
copulating thirty-six hours after emergence. He used a rather large cage 
measuring about 6 by 6 by 8 feet for his observations. 


VIVIPAROMUSCA FERGUSONI J. and B. 
(Text-figs. 5, 6, 13, 21, 22, 33, 34.) 
This species was described last year (J. and B.) as Musca ferguson. 


If Townsend’s genus Viviparomusca (1915, p. 435) be recognised then the rela- 
tionships of this Northern Australian fly are rather with it than with Promusca 


42 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


(Musca of authors). It differs, however, in several important points, viz—(1) 
the larva is carried in the uterus to the second stage, not the third; (2) eopula- 
tory vesicles are present in addition to the accessory glands in the female. In 
regard to (1) we might point out that the two posterior spiracular slits of this: 
instar are not straight but sinuous as they are in those of the third instar where 
there are three. Then again in the type species of the genus M. bezzew Patton, 
‘a larva is deposited, though in which stage mention is not made by Patton and 
Cragg (1913, p. 23). In M. fergusont the larva is deposited while in an eggshell 
which at once bursts liberating it. 


This fly appears to be very hairy on account of the presence of well- 
developed macrochetz on the dorsal part of the thorax. Many of the seutellar 
bristles are very strong and are practically macrochete. The arrangement is: 
shown in fig. 13. The vertical pairs between the eyes are strong. The ocellar 
bristles are weakly developed in both sexes, especially in the male where they 
are practically absent. 


The form of the tarsi and claws of the third leg in the two sexes is shown 
in figs. 21 and 22. The palps bear very strong sete in both sexes, especially in. 
the male (figs. 33, 34). 


OTHER FLIES. 


In our earher paper (1919, p. 182) we referred to the presence of certain 
other flies in the Eidsvold district. The cobalt-blue species therein indicated as: 
Lasiopyrellia is a Pseudopyrellia, according to Williston’s Key to the North 
American genera (1908), while the very small fly which was regarded as being 
probably a Pseudopyrellia falls within the genus Pyrellia. It was mentioned 
that both of these metallic flies frequented cowdung for oviposition. So also: 
does a rather handsome large blowfly which Mr. W. W. Froggatt has identified 
for us as Stenopterina gigas Macq. A tiny species of Sepsis is very commonly 
found frequenting similar material and breeds in it. Patton and Cragg (19136,. 
p. 310) refer to its presence in India. 


Muscina stabulans has been bred out of rotting potatoes received at 
Eidsvold from elsewhere and no doubt the fly is occasionally to be met with 
in the township. 


Amongst the Anthomyide occurring there one might mention that 
Phaoma personata Walker, which at fivst sight somewhat resembles a large 
greyish or bluish long-winged house-fly, is to be found in the vicinity of rotting 
fruit and has been bred out from that material.2 Mr. Froggatt (1907, p. 311) 
who kindly identified the species and also the one next mentioned, informed us 
that it occurred commonly in fruit-shops in Sydney. Sapromyza fuscicorms: 
Macq., a fairly large fly (Sapromyzide) with a striped thorax and a dark head, 
has been bred from horsedung (Hidsvold). 


°See also W. B. Gurney. Fruit-flies and other insects attacking cultivated and wild! 
fruits in N. 8. Wales—Farmers’ Bulletin, No. 55, July, 1912, Dept. Agric. N. S. Wales, p. 29; 
and in Agric. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, January 1912 (pp. 75-80). 


NOTES ON QUEENSLAND FLIES—JOHNSTON AND- BANCROFT, 43. 


LITERATURE QUOTED. 


1907. Froceart, W. W. Australian Insects, Sydney, 1907. 


1919. JounNstTon, T. H., and Bancrorr, M. J. The life histories of Musca australis and 
M. vetustissima, P.R.S., Q’land, 31, 1919, pp. 181-203. 


1913. Parron, W. S., and Crace, F. W. Hematophagous species of the genus Musca. Ind. 
Jour. Med. Res. 1 (1), 1913, pp. 11-25. 


1913b. Parton, W. S., and Crace, F. W. A textbook of Medical Entomology. 


1911. Townsend, C. H. Review of work by Pantel and Portschinsky on reproductive and 
early stage characters of Muscoid flies. Proc, Ent. Soc. Washington, 13, 1911, 
pp. 151-170. 


1915. TownsEnD, C. H. Correction of the misuse of the generic name Musca, with a 
description of two new genera. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5 (12), 1915, pp. 433-6. 


1908. Wituiiston, 8S. W. Manual of North American Diptera, edit. 3, London. 


44 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


THE OCCURRENCE IN BRISBANE RIVER OF 
THE NEW ZEALAND AMPHIPOD, PARA- 
COROPHIUM EXCAVATUM (G. M. THOM- 
SON). 


By CuHas. Cuitton, M.A., D.Sc., M.B., C.M., LL.D., F.L.S., C.M-Z.S) iene eiieer 
Roy. Soc. N.S.W., PROFESSOR OF BIOLOGY, CANTERBURY COLLEGE, NEW ZEALAND. 


(With Text-figures Nos. I to XIX.) 


Tow Arps the end of 1918, I received from Professor T. Harvey Johnston, 
of the University of Queensland, and honorary Zoologist to the Queensland 
Museum, a few Crustacea from Brisbane River, sent chiefly because of the 
boring Isopod, Sphwroma terebrans Bate, which was doing considerable destruc- 
tion in timber immersed in the water. Among the specimens, however, were 
numerous examples of a small amphipod evidently belonging to Corophium 
or some allied genus. The male of this species first attracted my attention because 
of the character of the second gnathopod and the possession of a lobe on the 
inner side of the end of the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the lower 
antenna. Later on when I came to examine the females, which differed in the 
structure of the second gnathopod and in having no lobe on the antenna, I was 
struck by their resemblance to the deseriptions of Paracorophium excavatum 
(G. M. Thomson), an amphipod found in brackish waters of New Zealand. In 
that species no sexual differences had hitherto been described. However, I found 
on closely examining specimens in my eollection that there were some males 
among them having the characters of the second gnathopod and the lobe on the 
lower antenna quite similar to those of the Brisbane specimens, and careful 
comparison shows conclusively that the Brisbane specimens belong to the same 
species as the New Zealand. I take this opportunity of giving a fuller account 
of the species than has hitherto been published and of describing the differences 
between the male and the female. 

Paracorophium excavatum was described by Mr. G. M. Thomson in 1884, 
under the name Corophium excavatum, from specimens obtained in Brighton 
Creek, near Dunedin, the water of which he described as being salt. A little later 
I received some specimens from Napier, and in January, 1890, I collected a 
number at Brighton itself at a time when the water in the estuary was nearly 
fresh or only slightly brackish; in 1894 I obtained a few specimens from Nelson, 
also in brackish water. In 1902 Messrs. Lucas! and Hodgkin obtained specimens 


* Keith Lucas, A Bathymetrical Survey of the Lakes of New Zealand, Geographical 
Journal for May. and June, 1904. 


PARACOROPHIUM EXCAVATUM.—CHILTON. 45 


from Lake Roto-iti (fresh water) in Auckland which I afterwards identified as: 
belonging to the same species. The Brisbane specimens now to be described 
also come from brackish water, and the occurrence of this species, which is 
apparently confined to brackish and fresh waters, in Australia as well as in 
New Zealand, is of some importance in connection with the general question of 
the geographical distribution of New Zealand and Australian Amphipoda.* 


In 1899 Stebbing established the genus Paracorophiwm for the reception. 
of the species now under consideration, which is the only one of the genus at. 
present known. 

PARACOROPHIUM Stebbing, 1899. 
Paracorophium Stebbing, 1899, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 3, p. 350; 1906, Das Tierreich> 
Amphipoda, p. 663. 

In general appearance and in most of the appendages Paracorophium 
comes close to Corophium, the chief points of difference being—(1) The 
mandible has the palp well developed and three-jointed, (2) the second 
gnathopod of the male is markedly different from that of the female and in 
both sexes has the merus produced into a scoop-like process different from that. 
in Corophium, (3) the third uropoda are two-branched. 


PARACOROPHIUM EXCAVATUM (G. M. Thomson). 
Corophium excavatum G. M. Thomson, 1884, Trans. N. Z. Inst., vol. 16, p. 236, pl. 12, fig. 1 to 8). 
Paracorophium excavatum, Stebbing, 1906, Das Tierreich Amphipoda, p. 664. 
Paracorophium excavatum, Chilton, 1906, P.Z.S., p. 704. 


As this is the only species of the genus it is unnecessary to give a separate- 
specific diagnosis. Thomson’s original description and figures, on which that. 
in Das Tierreich Amphipoda appears to be based, apply to an immature male.. 
A detailed description is given below. 

Size—About 4 mm. in length. 

Colouwr.—Greyish. 

Localities—New Zealand—Brighton, Napier, Nelson (brackish water),. 
and Lake Roto-iti (fresh water) ; Australia—Brisbane River (brackish). 


Antenna 1 (fig. 1) has the second joint of the peduncle longer than the 
first but much more slender; the third about half the length of the second; 


* P.Z.S. 1906, p. 704. 

* Several of the Corophiide appear to be able to live in brackish or fresh water. Speaking 
of the whole family Stebbing says (1906, p. 662), ‘‘ Marine, but extending into brackish or even. 
almost fresh water’’; and of Corophiwm crassicorne Bruz. he says, ‘‘Found in Norfolk in 
almost fresh water.’’ C. volutator is recorded as ‘‘forming tubular galleries in the mud of 
tidal swamps.’’ I have specimens of this species obtained for me by Mrs. Sexton, of Plymouth, 
labelled ‘‘Mouth of Issel, near Kampen. Quite fresh water’’; and Mr. Robert Gurney, 
speaking of this species under the name ‘‘C. grossipes (Linn.),’’ says ‘‘it seems to thrive- 
well in fresh water’’ (Trans. Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Soe., vol. viii, p. 435, 1907). 
Later on he recorded it as found in the Oued Tindja at its outflow from Lake Garaa Achkel. 
in Tunisia (Jour. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1909, p. 283). 


46 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


flagellum shorter than the peduncle, containing about 10 joints. This appendage 
appears to be the same in the male and in the female. 


sabes stale bag \ 


Fig. 1—First antenna of male (Brisbane specimen). 
Fig. 2.—Second antenna of male (Brisbane specimen). 


Antenna 2 appears to vary considerably according to age and development, 
becoming stouter, especially at the base, in older specimens. In a fully developed 
male (fig. 2) the first three basal joints of the peduncle are short and very broad ; 
the fourth joint is fully as long as all the preceding though much more slender, 
and is produced at the apex on the inner side into an oval lobe which when 
fully developed reaches nearly halfway along the fifth joint of the peduncle; the 
fifth is only half as long as the preceding; the flagellum is shorter than the last 
joint of the peduncle and consists of about 5 or 6 joints. The lobe at the end 
of the fourth joint of the pedunele varies in-size in different specimens according 
to their development; in one specimen from Brighton, the second gnathopod of 
which is shown in figure 10a, the antennal lobe is quite short, the basal joints of 
the peduncle are not so broad and the fourth joint scarcely so long as in more 
mature specimens (fig. 2a). In a specimen from Lake Roto-iti which, judging 
by the second gnathopod, is an undeveloped male, the second antenna (fig. 20) 


x 


Fig. 2a.—Second antenna of male, immature (Brighton specimen). 
Fig. 2b.—Second antenna of male, immature (Roto-iti specimen). 


is very stout, the fourth joint being almost as stout as the preceding but without 
any trace of the apical lobe, while the fifth joint is larger in proportion than in 
the mature males from Brighton and from Brisbane. In some of the specimens 
the proximal joints of the flagellum appear to be partially fused though the line 
of junction is clearly visible; like the peduncle they bear a few fine sete. In the 
females the second antenna remains much more slender and without the lobe on 
the fourth joint. . 


PARACOROPHIUM EXCAVATUM.—CHILTON 47 


The antennal lobe being found only in the male probably has some sexua! 
function, but being flat on the inner side it perhaps also facilitates the holding 
together of the right and left antennae as the animal swims backwards. 


The mandible (fig. 3) is of normal structure with large molar tubercle, 
the cutting edge consisting in the left mandible (fig. 3) of 3 or 4 teeth, the 
accessory process being similar and of approximately the same size; the spine 
row contains about 5 spines. In the right mandible (fig. 4) the accessory process 
is narrower. The palp is large, second joint the longest with a small tuft of 
sete at the distal end, third joint widens distally and bears numerous long sete 
at the apex with a small tuft at a little distance from the apex which is obliquely 
truncate. 


The first maailla (fig. 5) has the inner lobe very small and delicate, 
triangular, and bearing a minute setule at the end. The outer lobe ends in about 
7 to 9 dentate spines; the palp has the first joint slightly swollen, the second 
joint widens distally and bears at the apex 7 or 8 short setules. 


- Fig. 3.—Left mandible, male (Roto-iti specimen). 

Fig. 4.—Cutting edge of right mandible, male (Roto-iti specimen). 
Fig. 5.—First maxilla, male (Roto-iti specimen). 
Fig. 6.—Second maxilla, male (Roto-iti specimen). 


The second maxilla (fig. 6) has the inner lobe shorter and broader thai 
the outer and is fringed along its inner margin as well as at the rounded apex, 
in the outer lobe the long sete are mainly confined to the apex. 


The maxillipeds (fig. 7) have the inner lobe bearing at the apex 4 long 
setz and several shorter ones, the outer lobe is somewhat narrow and reaches 
nearly to the end of the second joint of the palp, the inner margin is thickly 
fringed with sete. In the palp the second joint is much the longest; the propod 
is oval, produced at the outer apex slightly beyond the base of the finger; the 


finger is about half as long as the propod; all the joints bear long setules as 
shown in the figure. 


48 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


The first gnathopod (figs. 8 and 9) has the side plate large and subtri- 
angular, projecting forwards, its anterior angle rounded and bearing a fringe of 
long sete which extends also along the lower margin; the basal joint widens 
considerably distally and bears a few long sete towards the apex; the ischium 


N 


Fig. 7.—Maxilliped, male (Roto-iti specimen). 

Fig. 8.—First gnathopod, male (Brisbane specimen). 

Fig. 9.—First gnathopod, female (Brisbane specimen). 
and merus are both short, their posterior margins bearing long sete, those on. 
the ischium reaching nearly to the middle of the carpus; the carpus is greatly 
elongated, being narrowly oblong in shape, its posterior margin densely fringed 
with a double row of long sete, a few scattered ones being also found on the 
anterior margin; the propod is much shorter than the carpus, about the same 
width throughout, its palm nearly transverse, not defined, being closely over- 
lapped by the dactyl; near the base of the propod is an oblique row or tuft of 
about 6 or 7 long sete. This appendage seems to be the same in both sexes. 

The second gnathopod in the fully developed male (fig. 10) is much 
stouter than in the female, the side plate is oblong with the inferior angles. 
rounded, its inferior margin with a few long sete; the merus is produced into a 
long scoop-like process reaching considerably beyond the end of the carpus which, 
together with the basal portion of the propod, appears to fit into the hollow of 
the scoop, one margin of which is fringed with very long sete most of which 


19 1G A 


Fig. 10.—Second gnathopod, male (Brisbane specimen). 
sig. 10a.—Second gnathopod, male, immature (Brighton specimen). 


PARACOROPHIUM EXCAVATUM.—CHILTON. 49 


reach quite to the end of the propod, the other (inner) margin being apparently 
free from sete ; the carpus is short, triangular in shape, widening greatly distally, 
its posterior border bears long hairs and there is an oblique row on the outer 
surface ; the propod is oblong-oval, as wide at the base as the carpus, but becoming 
slightly wider distally; both anterior and posterior margins are convex, the 
posterior one being produced into a long slender curved tooth, separated by a 
deep depression from a similar but shorter tooth arising from the middle of the 
palm ; the finger is short, not reaching quite to the end of the palm. 


In the female the second gnathopod (fig. 11) has the scoop-like process 
on the merus as in the male, but differs greatly in the carpus and propod, both 
of which are much longer and more slender, as shown in the figure; the carpus 
is longer than the propod and has the posterior margin fringed with two widely 
separated rows of long sete; the propod is slender and ends simply, being 
almost entirely without palm. In some cases the end of the propod is narrower 
than is shown in figure 11. 


103 


Fig. 10b.—Second gnathopod, male, immature (Roto-iti specimen). 
Fig. 11—Second gnathopod, female (Brisbane specimen). 

In the young male the second gnathopod appears to be at first similar 
to that of the female, the adult male characters being gradually developed. 
Figure 10b shows an intermediate stage in which the carpus and propod, though 
broader than in the female, are still somewhat narrow; the propod has the 
posterior margin produced into a tooth only half the length it afterwards 
becomes, while the tooth in the centre of the palm is hardly yet apparent; the 
daetyl reaches slightly beyond the end of the palm in this case. This figure is 
drawn from a Lake Roto-iti specimen. I have a similar one mounted from 
Brighton (fig. 10a) in which the defining tooth of the palm is still shorter and 
the finger overlaps the palm as it does in the female. 

The first (fig. 12) and second pereopoda are of normal shape and do not 
eall for special description. 

In the third perwopod (fig. 18) of fully developed animals the basal joint 
is very large and much produced posteriorly, the posterior margin being fringed 


with long sete. The carpus bears at its postero-distal angle 4 strong curved 
D 


50 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


spines with a similar tuft of 3 placed more proximally. Similar curved spines 
are found also on the propod and appear quite similar to those in several species 
of Corophium. In more immature speéimens the basal joint is much narrower 


Fig. 12.—First pereopod, male (Brisbane specimen). 
Fig. 13.—Third perropod, male (Brisbane specimen). 
Fig. 13a.—Third pereopod, male, immature (Roto-iti specimen). 
and only slightly produced posteriorly. That of the Roto-iti specimen whose 
second gnathopod is shown in figure 10b is represented in figure 13a. The third 
pereopod of an ovigerous female from Brisbane River is represented in fig. 14, 
which shows that it is very nearly the same as in the adult male. 


ot te 4. 
14 15 z= 


MGs es 


Fig. 14.—Third perropod, female (Brisbane specimen). 
Fig. 15—Fourth perropod, male (Brisbane specimen). 
Fig. 16—Fifth pereopod, male (Brisbane specimen). 


The fourth perwopod (fig. 15) is longer than the third, and has the basai 
joint broad but less produced posteriorly than in the third, its posterior margin 
fringed with long spinules; strong curved spines are found on the carpus and 
propod as in the third pereopod. : 


PARACOROPHIUM EXCAVATUM.—CHILTON. 51 


The fifth perwopod (fig. 16) is longer than the fourth, the basal joint is 
somewhat narrower, the merus, carpus and propod longer; the various joints bear 
stout sete and some long hairs, but not the special groups of curved spines that 
are present in the third and fourth. 

The first wropod (fig. 17 and 17a) has the peduncle considerably longer 
than the rami, its lower margin being produced between them into a flattened 
process, which when fully developed reaches nearly halfway to the end of the 
rami; this is shown in side-view in figure 17; in figure 17a it is shown as seen 
from above with a broadish base and the extremity forming a narrow vertical 
knife-edge; numerous short spines are present on the upper margins of the 
peduncle and of the rami. 

The second uropod (fig. 18) is shorter, the outer ramus shorter than the 
inner, both rami and the peduncle bearing a few short stout spines on the upper 
margin. 

The third wropod (fig. 19) has the outer ramus about twice as long as 
the inner, which bears a sharp spine on its inner margin and three long hairs 


at the apex; similar long hairs are found at the end of the outer ramus and at 
the end of the peduncle. 


ae ees) pees, 
17 iF pease Fe 


17 Cer 
1A —z 
5S eee 


ne aaa 


18 Tr alia =e i 


Fig. 17.—First uropod, male (Roto-iti specimen). 
Fig. 17a.—First uropod, female (Roto-iti specimen). 
Fig. 18.—Second uropod, female (Roto-iti specimen). 
Fig. 19.—Third uropod and telson, female (Roto-iti specimen). 


The telson (see fig. 19) has the posterior margin somewhat produced to 
a blunt triangular point, a pair of spinules being situated at each side at some 
distance from the extremity. 


The specimens from Lake Roto-iti are larger than those from Brighton 
and Brisbane River and, as stated above, they differ in a few points, e.g. in the 
second antenne of the male. It is possible that they may constitute a distinct 
variety, but I have not found among them a male as fully developed as those 
examined from the other localities, and in the meantime I consider the differences 
as being due to immaturity. In any case the differences are slight and do not 
seem to be of specific importance. 


52 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES IN 


THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 
(TIPULIDA, DIPTERA). 


By CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, PH.D., URBANA, ILLINOIS, U.S.A. 


TuHrouGH the kindness of the Director, Mr. Heber A. Longman, the writer 
has been enabled to study the collections of crane-flics made in the vicinity of Bris- 
bane by the Entomologist of the Queensland Museum, Mr. Henry Hacker. These 
collections, though not extensive, include many species of such interest that a 
special report is deemed necessary. 


The types, which are preserved in alcohol, are returned to the Queensland 
Museum. : 
At this time, it is well to designate the genotypes of the numerous new 
genera of Australian crane-flies, proposed in 1889 and 1890 by Skuse :— 


Triphana Skuse (subgenus of Geranomyia); Proc. Linn. Soe. New 
South Wales, vol. 4 (ser. 2), p. 777; 1889. Two species. Type, 
Geranomyia (Triphana) lutulenta Skuse, the first species, by 
present designation. 

T etraphana Skuse (subgenus of Geranomyia) ; l.c., pp. 780, 781. One 
species. Type, Geranomyia (Tetraphana) fusca Skuse, by 
monotypy. 

Leiponeura Skuse (subgenus of Gonomyia) ; 1.c., pp. 795, 796. Two 
species. Type, Gonomyia (Letponeura) skusei Alexander (gracilis: 
Skuse, preoccupied) ; the first species by designation of Alexander, 
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44, p. 503; 1913. 


Amphineurus Skuse (subgenus of Ormosia) ; Le., pp. 800, 801. Two 
species. Type, Ormosia (Amphineurus) wmbratica Skuse, the 
first species, by present designation. 

Tastocera Skuse; l.c., pp. 815, 816. Two species. Type, Tasiocera 
tenuicormis Skuse, the first species, by present designation. 

Rhabdomastix Skuse; l.c¢., pp. 828, 829. One species. Type, Rhabdo- 
mastiz osten-sackent Skuse, by monotypy. 

Lechria Skuse; l.c., pp. 830, 831. One species. Type, Lechria. 
singularis Skuse, by monotypy. 


NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES—ALEXANDER. 53 


Clytocosmus Skuse; Proe. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 5 (ser. 2), 
pp. 74-76; 1890. One species. Type, Clytocosmus helmsi Skuse, 
by monotypy. 

Platyphasia Skuse; l.c., pp. 84, 85. One species. Type, Platyphasia 
princeps Skuse, by monotypy. 


Plusiomyia Skuse; l|.c., pp. 86, 87. Five species. Type, Plusiomyia 
olliffi Skuse, the second species, by present designation. 


Habromastix Skuse ; 1.c., pp. 93, 94. Three species. Type, Habromastix 
cinerascens Skuse, the first species, by present designation. 


Phymatopsis Skuse; l.c., pp. 97, 98. One species. Type, Phymatopsis 
ngrirostris Skuse, by monotypy. 

Acracantha Skuse; l.c., pp. 109-111. Three species. Type, Acracantha 
sydneyensis Skuse, the first species, by present designation. 


Ischnotoma Skuse; l.c., pp. 114, 115. Three species. Type, Ischnotoma 
serricornis Macquart, the first species, by present designation. 


FAMILY TIPULIDA. 
SuspramMity LIMNOBIIN AS. 
TrisE LIMNOBIINI. 


Genus LIMNOBIA Meigen. 


1818. Syst. Beschreib., vol. 1, p. 116. 
Limnobia bidentata Skuse. 


1889, Limnobia bidentata Skuse; Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, vol. 4 (ser. 2), pp. 
782, 783. 


The following records are included in the material at hand :—Brisbane, 


April 7, 1914 (H. Hacker). Caloundra, Sept. 30—Oct. 28, 1913 (H. Hacker). 
Sandgate, Jan. 24, 1914 (H. Hacker). 


Skuse describes the radial sector as being only one-third longer than the 
deflection of R4+5; in the present material the deflection is proportionately 
longer but there are no other apparent differences. 


Trine ANTOCHINI. 


Genus RHAMPHIDIA Meigen. 
1830. Syst. Beschreib., vol. 6, p. 281. 
Rhamphidia communis Skuse. ; 
1889. Rhamphidia communis Skuse; Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, vol. 4 (ser. 2), pp. 
788, 789. j 


A few specimens in poor condition, from the following locality and dates :— 
Brisbane, July 30, 1914; September 16, 1918 (H. Hacker). 


54 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Trine ERIOPTERINI. 


GeNus GNOPHOMYIA Osten Sacken. 


1859. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 223. 
Gnophomyia fascipennis (Thomson). 
1869. Limnobia fascipennis Thomson; Eugenies Resa, Dipt., p. 447; 2. 
1887. Gnophomyia cordialis Osten Sacken; Berliner Ent. Zeitschr., vol. 31, pt. 2, p. 199; ¢ . 


There are numerous specimens of this very interesting fly from the 
following stations:—Brisbane, October 10-17, 1916 (H. Hacker); several. 
Sunnybank, near Brisbane, October 27, 1916 (H. Hacker). Caloundra, October 
28, 1913 (H. Hacker). Stradbroke Island (H. Hacker). 


The differences between the sexes of this fly are remarkable and quite 
unequalled in any other member of the genus. 


GeNuS CONOSIA van der Wulp. 


1880. Tijdschr. v. Ent., vol. 23, p. 159, Pl. 10, figs. 5-7. 
Conosia irrorata (Wiedemann). 
1828. Limnobia irrorata Wiedemann; Aussereur. Zweifl. Ins., vol. 1, p. 574. 


Several specimens from the following station and dates:—Brisbane, March 
23, 1916; April 23, 1916; December 12, 1915 (H. Hacker). 


This species is presumably of wider distribution than any other crane-fly, 
ranging from Australia to South Africa and northward to Japan. 


TrinE LIMNOPHILINI. 


Genus LECHRIA Skuse. 
1889. Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, vol. 4 (ser. 2), pp. 830, 831. 


LECHRIA SUBLA-VIS sp. n. 
Male.——Length, 6 mm.; wing, 6-6 mm. 
Female. —Length, about 6-2 mm.; wing, 7-3 mm. 


Generally similar to L. rufithorax Alexander (North Queensland), 
differing as follows :— 


Rostrum, palpi, and antenne brown; flagellar segments of the latter 
suboval to subeylindrieal. 


Mesonotum reddish brown, the three usual prescutal stripes ‘entirely 
confluent, the lateral stripes continued back onto the lobes of the scutum. 
Halteres pale. Wings with the veins light brown, not so distinct as in rufithoraz ; 
the costal cell is scarcely darker than the remainder of the wing. Venation: 
Rs considerably longer, the section before r—m being about equal to the section 
of M1+2 before r-m; the section of Rs beyond 7—m longer than this crossvein ; 
Sc ends opposite or before the end of Rs. 


NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES.—ALEXANDER. 55: 


Male hypopygium similar to L. rufithorar, but the shape of the pleural 
appendages different; outer pleural appendage slender, gradually tapering to 
the acute, curved point, with scarcely any denticles on the inner face before 
the tip as in rufithorax ; inner pleural appendage more slender and more strongly 
arcuated. 


Habitat: Queensland. 

Holotype, ¢ , Caloundra, September 30, 1913 (H. Hacker). 
Allotopotype, @ . 

Type in the collection of the Queensland Museum. 


The genotype of Lechria, L. singularis Skuse, differs from all the other 
species of the genus, as known, in that the radial crossvein connects with R2+3 
at its fork, in the other species connecting with R2 some distance beyond the fork: 
Skuse interpreted the genus as having the vein RZ ending in vein R2+3 and 
the crossvein r lacking. The writer would interpret the venation as having the 
extreme tip of RZ atrophied and the radial crossvein present but oblique in 
position and simulating a section of vein R7. These characters are found in many 
Cylindrotomine, and it may be that Lechria belongs in the neighbourhood of this 
subfamily rather than in the tribe Limnophilini where it is now placed. 


Genus GYNOPLISTIA Westwood. 
1835. London and Edinburgh Phil. Mag., vol. 6, p. 280. 
Gynoplistia viridis Westwood. 
1835. Gynoplistia viridis Westwood, London and Edinburgh Phil. Mag., vol. 6. 


One male from Sunnybank, near Brisbane, October 27, 1914. One female 
from Brisbane, October 17, 1916 (H. Hacker). 


Suspramity TIPULINA. 
TriBeE DOLICHOPEZINI. 


Genus DOLICHOPEZA Curtis. 
1825. British Entomology, vol. 2, p. 62. 


DOLICHOPEZA BREVIFURCA QUEENSLANDICA subsp. n. 


Mesonotum reddish brown, the prescutum with three darker brown stripes; 
pleura yellow; legs light brown; wings pale brown, the stigma darker brown ; 
an obliterative area before and beyond the stigma and across the inner end of 
cell 1st M2; abdomen yellow, ringed with brown. 


Male—Length, 9-9-5 mm.; wing, 9-4-10 mm.; antenna, 4 mm. 
Female.—Length, 9-4 mm.; wing, 9-3-10-3 mm. 
Frontal prolongation of the head short, yellow; palpi pale brown, the 


56 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


long terminal segment whitish. Antenne of the male moderate in length, light 
brown. Head brownish grey, especially on the vertex and occiput; front and 
gene more yellowish. 


Mesonotal prescutum reddish brown, with three darker brown stripes; 
scutal lobes marked with this same colour; remainder of the mesonotum yellow. 
Pleura yellowish. Halteres pale brownish yellow, the base of the knob darker. 
Legs with the coxe and trochanters yellow; remainder of the legs light brown. 
Wings with a faint brownish tinge; cell Sc pale brown except at the distal end; 
an obliterative area before and beyond the stigma and another across the 
proximal end of. cell 7st M2; stigma large, subrectangular, brown; an indistinct 
brown cloud at the basal deflection of Cu1; veins pale brown, the tip of Sc and 
R below it yellowish. Venation: Rs transverse, about equal to r—m; cell M1 
rather short; vein M1 about equal to M@1+-2; petiole of cell M2 from one-half 
to two-thirds of M1+2; basal deflection of Cui about its own length before 
the fork of M. 


Abdomen yellowish, ringed with dark brown; on the second segment at 
about midlength, on the other segments appearing as a basal ring and a narrow 
ring on the posterior margin of the preceding tergite. Male hypopygium with 
the ninth tergite bidentate as in the Australian species of the genus; outer 
pleural appendages relatively short, about twice the length of the small, flattened, 
more complicated inner appendage; the proximal face of the outer appendage 

is indistinctly bidentate. Female ovipositor with the valves acicular. 


Habitat: Queensland. 
Holotype, d , Oxley, near Brisbane, September 4, 1914 (H. Hacker). 
Allotopotype, @. 


Paratopotype,d ; paratypes, 5 2’s, Brisbane, May 23, 1916 (H. Hacker) ; 
a few dry fragments, Brisbane, September 18, 1914 (H. Hacker). 


Type in the collection of the Queensland Museum. 


The present form would seem to be a variety of Dolichopeza brevifurca 
Skuse, although the pleural appendages of the male hypopygium are very much 
smaller than in any other member of the subgenus Apevlesis that I have seen, 
agreeing more nearly with the normal type of the genus. The variety may be 
told from the typical form by the darker wings and the structure of the 
hypopygium. 


TrisE TIPULINI. 


Genus PTILOGYNA Westwood. 


1835. Zoolog. Journ., vol. 5, pp. 448, 449. 
Ptilogyna ramicornis (Walker). 


1835, Tipula ramicornis Walker; Ent. Mag., vol. 2, p. 469. 


A few specimens of this beautiful crane-fly, from the following station :— 
Caloundra, September 28—October 28, 1913 (H. Hacker). 


NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES.—ALEXANDER. 57 


GENUS LEPTOTARSUS Guérin. 
1838. Voyage de la Coquille, Dipt., p. 286. 
Leptotarsus (Leptotarsus) macquarti Guérin. 
1838. Leptotarsus macquarti Guérin; Voyage de la Coquille, Dipt., p. 286, pl. 20, fig. 1. 
1848. Tipula tricincta Walker; List Diptera Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 73. 


One female, Brisbane, February 12, 1914 (H. Hacker). 


Suscenus PSEUDOLEPTOTARSUS subgen. n. 
Antenne with nine segments. Terminal segment of the palpus short. 
Wings with cell M7 lacking, there being but two branches of media attaining the 
wing-margin. 


Type of the subgenus: Leptotarsus (Pseudoleptotarsus) liponeura sp. n. 
(Australia). 


The presence of but two branches of media is almost unique in the subfamily 
Tipuline, the only other case known to the writer being the genus Jdiotipula 
Alexander (Natal). 


LEPTOTARSUS (PSEUDOLEPTOTARSUS) LIPONEURA sp. n. 

Antennez 9-segmented ; last segment of the palpus short; general coloura- 
tion yellow, the mesonotal prescutum with four brown stripes; mesepisternum 
and mesosternum plumbeous brown; wings pale brown, sparsely variegated with 
yellow; cell M1 lacking; abdominal tergites yellow, the basal four segments 
ringed caudally with black. 


Female.—Length, about 13-13-5 mm.; wing, 13-5-14-6 mm. 


Frontal prolongation of the head yellow; nasus broad; palpi brown, the 
terminal segment darker, shorter than the second and third taken together. 
Antenne with but nine apparent segments, the first segment yellow, the remainder 
of the organ brown; first scapal segment long and slender; second segment sub- 
elobular ; first flagellar segment oval, the second to fourth produced into a basal 
pedicel, the terminal three segments nearly cylindrical; the last segment is longer 
than the penultimate and may be formed by the union of two small segments. 
Head obscure yellow, very broad behind the eyes. 


Pronotum brown. Mesonotal prascutum obscure yellow with four brown 
‘stripes, the intermediate pair separated only by a capillary line of the ground- 
colour, entirely confiuent behind; a subtriangular dark-brown area at the humeral 
angle; remainder of the mesonotum lght yellow, each scutal lobe with a 
conspicuous dark-brown spot at the cephalic lateral angle. Pleura obscure 
yellow, the mesepisternum and mesosternum plumbeous brown, the latter with 
a yellow spot immediately cephalo-dorsad of the mesocoxa. Halteres pale, the 
knobs brown. Legs with the coxe obscure yellow, the anterior coxz more 
infuseated ; trochanters dull yellow; femora light brown, gradually darkening 
to the tips; remainder of the legs dark brown. Wings pale brown, sparsely 
variegated with yellowish; cells C and Sc brown; conspicuous brown seams 


58 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


along the cord and longitudinal veins beyond the cord; the yellow areas are 
restricted to the basal and anal cells, the first spot basal in position, occupying 
the inner end of cell M and near the base of 7st A but interrupted in between; 
the second area lies across cells R and M immediately before the origin of Rs; 
a similar pale area across the bases of cells R3 and R5; veins dark brown. 
Venation: Cell Mi lacking; m—cu punctiform, situated at about midlength of 
eéll 1st M2. 


Abdominal tergites yellow, the basal two segments brighter, each with 
a low triangular black band across the caudal margins, the apex of the triangle 
being directed cephalad; segments 3 and 4 are narrowly margined caudally with 
brownish black; remainder of the tergites yellowish; sternites yellow, segments 
4 to 8 obscure brownish. Ovipositor with the valves very blunt and fleshy as 
in the genus. 

Habitat: Queensland. 

Holotype, 2, Brisbane (H. Hacker). 

Paratopotype, 9, February 12, 1914. 

Type in the collection of the Queensland Museum. 


Genus HABROMASTIX Skuse. 
1890. Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, vol. 5 (ser. 2), pp. 93, 94. 


There have been three Australian and six Ethiopian species of this genus: 
so far made known. In the present collection, two species are included, neither 
of which agrees with any of the hitherto known forms. 


HABROMASTIX PARALLELA sp. n. 

Frontal prolongation of the head elongate, ght brown; mesonotal 
prescutum pale brownish yellow with four darker brown stripes; mesonotal 
postnotum dark brown posteriorly, including a conspicuous mark in front of the 
halteres; halteres pale at their apices; legs yellowish, the femora and tibize 
tipped with dark brown; wings hyaline, the basal cells cross-banded with grey, 
in the cell behind vein Cu appearing as four dark-brown spots. 


Female —Length, 23 mm.; wing, 19-3 mm. Hind leg, femur, 13 mm.;. 
tibia, 15-8 mm.; tarsus, 35 mm. 


Frontal prolongation of the head very long and slender, light brown, 
with a narrow, slightly darker lateral line; palpi light brown. Antenne with 
the basal segments light yellow, the flagellum broken beyond the basal segment, 
this latter elongate. Head dark brown; eyes large and protuberant, very 
narrowly separated beneath, more widely separated above. 


Mesonotal prescutum pale brownish yellow with four darker brown stripes ; 
remainder of the mesonotum yellow, only the posterior half of the postnotum 
dark brown, this including a conspicuous area on the lateral sclerites of the 
postnotum in front of the halteres. Pleura yellow, a conspicuous brown area 
on the mesosternum, ventral portions of the mesosternum, and on the outer faces 


NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES.—ALEXANDER. 59° 


of the fore cox. Halteres long and slender, brown, the apices of the knobs pale. 
Legs with the coxe brown, the fore coxe darker; trochanters brownish; femora 
pale brown, the tips broadly dark brown; tibixwe yellow, the tips narrowly dark 
brown; tarsi yellowish. Wings hyaline, variegated with dark brown and light 
grey; the costal cell is brown with three conspicuous hyaline spaces, one just 
beyond the h crossvein, the last at the end of the cell; cell Sc hyaline; the grey 
areas appear as about four bands that traverse the wings, being continuations. 
of the brown costal areas; in the space immediately behind vein Cw these four 
bands become dark brown and very conspicuous; the hyaline bands between 
these grey areas are about one-half the width of the latter; indistinct whitish 
areas in the base of cell #2, bases of cells M1, 2nd M2, and M4 and in eell 
ist M2; stigma conspicuous, dark brown; a narrow brown seam along the cord; 
veins dark brown, paler in the hyaline areas. Venation: Sc2 ending just before 
midlength of k2+3; Rs short, scarcely longer than cell ist M2 and shorter 
than the basal deflection of Cul; R3 about one-half longer than R2+3, running 
parallel to h4+-5 except at the extreme tip; cell 2nd R1 narrow; inner ends 
of cells R3, R5 and 1st M2 in alignment; petiole of cell Mi less than one-half 
this cell; m and the deflection of M3+4 subequal; m—cu obliterated by the 
punctiform contact of Cul and M3. 


Abdominal tergites yellow, the first brown medially; segments 2 to 5 
with an oblique dark-brown dash on either side, these marks converging behind, 
becoming more approximated on the posterior segments, on segments 6 to 8- 
appearing as confluent median dashes; a triangular brown mark at the anterior 
lateral angle of tergites 3 to 8 and at midlength of tergite 2; sternites yellowish. 
Valves of the ovipositor long and straight, the tergal valves longer. 


Habitat: Queensland. 
Holotype, 2 , Brisbane (H. Hacker). 
Type in the collection of the Queensland Museum. 


Habromastiz parallela is the largest species so far made known. It is. 
most closely related to H. remota (Walker) in the long petiole of cell M1 and 
other characters but is readily told by the pattern of the body and wings and 
the venational details. 


HABROMASTIX TERRA-REGING sp. n. 

Antenne of the male about one-half longer than the body; legs yellow,,. 
the tips of the femora and tibie dark brown, remainder of the tarsi dark brown; 
wings light grey, sparsely variegated with brown and subhyaline; petiole of 
cell M1 very short to lacking; abdomen obscure yellow, the tergites with two 
brown sublateral stripes. 

Male.—Length, 11-5-12-5 mm.; wing, 14-15-4 mm.; antenna, 17-5-17-8 mm. 

Generally similar to H. parallela. 

Frontal prolongation of the head yellow, with a narrow brown lateral 
line; palpi brown. Antenne of the male considerably longer than the body, the: 


‘60 SEHMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


basal four segments yellowish, thence gradually passing into brown. .Head with 
a rather rather small brown area on vertex, the remainder of the. vertex and 
occiput pale buffy. 


Mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow, with four brown stripes, the 
_ intermediate pair indistinct in front and strongly narrowed behind; postnotum 
darkened posteriorly but with no conspicuous mark on the lateral sclerites as 
in parallela. Pleura obscure yellow, the mesepisternum and mesosternum dark 
coloured, with a conspicuous stripe of the ground-colour across the dorsal portions 
of the latter. Legs with the femora yellow, the tips broadly dark brown; tibiz 
light brown, narrowly yellowish basally; tarsi dark brown. Wings light grey, 
sparsely variegated with brown and subhyaline; cells C and Sc brown, the 
former with three small yellowish areas, two being basal in position, the last 
apical; two small areas in the basal cells, one subbasal, the other subapical; a 
conspicuous whitish area beyond the cord, extending without noticeable inter- 
ruption from the inner end of cell R2 across cells R3, R5, 1st M2 into the base 
of M4; the brown area in the space behind vein Cw is almost continuous, but 
interrupted by small pale spots at midlength and near the end. Venation: Sc 
ending slightly beyond the origin of R2+3; Rs short, rather strongly arcuated 
at origin; R2+-3 rather short, about equal to the basal deflection of Cui; inner 
end of cell ist M2 slightly more proximad than cell R3 or R5; petiole of cell 
M1 very short to entirely lacking, shorter than m; cell 1st M2 comparatively 
large; 2nd Anal vein comparatively short and straight. 


Abdominal tergites obscure yellow with two sublateral brown stripes, the 
yellow dorso-median stripe thus formed being most distinct on segments 1 to 6, 
segments 7 to 9 being almost entirely dark brown; these brown marks on the 
individual segments oblique, with the posterior ends directed proximad, the 
posterior lateral angles of the tergites pale; basal sternites light yellow, the fifth 
to seventh sternites dark brown, especially across the posterior margins. 


Habitat: Queensland. 

Holotype, ¢ , Brisbane, May 23, 1916 (H. Hacker). 
Paratopotypes, 6 ¢’s. 

Type in the collection of the Queensland Museum. 


Habromastiz terre-regine belongs to the group of H. cinerascens Skuse 
and H. ornatipes Skuse. It is the closest to the latter but the deseription of the 
details of the wing-pattern of ornatipes is very different. It is readily told 
from H. parallela by the short petiole of cell M1, the wing-pattern, and other 
characters. 


Genus MACROMASTIX Osten Sacken. 
1886. Berliner Ent. Zeitschr., vol. 30, pt. 2, pp. 185-187. 


MACROMASTIX FLAVOPYGIALIS sp. n. 


Antenne short; frontal prolongation of the head very long and slender, 
dark brown; head dark, the vertical tubercle yellow; mesonotal prescutum 


NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES.—ALEXANDER. 61 


with four dark-brown stripes; scutellum and postnotum obscure yellow; wings 
pale brown, the costal margin dark brown; abdomen dark brown, the base and 
hypopygium yellow. 


Male——Length, 12-3-13 mm.; wing, 13-15-5 mm. 


Frontal prolongation of the head very long and slender, nearly twice the 
length of the head, brownish black; palpi dark brown. Antenne short; scape 
yellow, flagellum dark brown, the base of the first segment obscure yellow; first 
flagellar segment not elongated; last segment shortest. Head dark-coloured, 
the low but conspicuous vertical tubercle yellow; front obscure yellow. 


Mesonotal prescutum greyish brown with four darker brown stripes; 
scutum brown, the scutal lobes dark brown; scutellum and postnotum obscure 
yellow, the latter narrowly darkened posteriorly. Pleura obscure brownish 
yellow, the mesepisternum and mesosternum marked with darker. Halteres 
brownish yellow, the knobs darker. Legs with the fore coxe dark brown, the 
remaining coxe yellow, dark brown basally; trochanters yellow; femora yellow, 
the apical half passing into brown; tibie brownish yellow, tarsi brown. Wings. 
pale brown, the costal and subcostal cells dark brown; stigma pale; veins brown. 
Venation: Rs longer than R2+-3; petiole of ceil M1 shorter than m, sometimes 
only half its length; m—cu punctiform; cell 2nd A rather narrow. 


Abdomen dark brown, the caudal margins of the segments indistinctly 
paler; segment 1, the base of segment 2, and the hypopygium conspicuously 
light yellow. Male hypopygium with the pleurites moderately long and slender, 
with one complicated pleural appendage, the upper lobe of which is produced into 
a long, slightly curved beak, the crest with several small blackened spicules ; 
lower lobe pale, flattened, oval, the apex rounded. 


Habitat: Queensland. 

Holotype, ¢, Brisbane, May 23, 1916 (H. Hacker). 
Paratopotype, d . 

Type in the collection of the Queensland Museum. 


Macromastiz flavopygialis may readily be told from all the described 
Australian species by the very long, slender, dark-coloured frontal prolongation 
of the head and the conspicuous colouration of the abdomen. 


MACROMASTIX TORTILIS sp. n. 


Antenneze short; general colouration light yellow, the prescutal stripes 
slightly more reddish; wings greyish yellow, the costal and subcostal cells rich 
brownish yellow; abdomen yellow, trilineate with brown, segments 7 and 8 
chestnut brown; ninth tergite of the twisted male hypopygium large and tumid. 


Male. —Length, about 10-12 mm.; wing, 12-14-7 mm. 
Female.—Length, about 10-11 mm.; wing, 11-55-12-5 mm. 


62 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Frontal prolongation of head short and stout, yellowish; palpi brown, 
the last segment about equal to the basal three taken together. Antenne shorter 
than the palpi, the scape yellow, the flagellum dark brown, flagellar segments 
beyond the third slender, cylindrical. Head light yellow; vertical tubercle low. 


Mesonotal preescutum light yellow, with the three usual stripes more 
reddish yellow ; remainder of the mesonotum pale yellow; an indistin¢et, capillary, 
median brown line. Pleura yellow. Halteres pale brown, the knobs darker. 
Legs with the cox and trochanters light yellow; femora yellow, the tips 
narrowly and indistinctly infuscated; tibie and tarsi brown. Wings greyish 
yellow, the costal and subcostal cells rich brownish yellow; stigma yellowish 
brown; veins brown. Venation: Rs scarcely longer than k2+-3; h3 long, parallel 
to R4+5 except at the tip; petiole of cell M1 variable in length, from as long 
as m to entirely lacking, cell 1/7 being short-petiolate to sessile ; m—cw punctiform. 


Abdomen yellow, the tergites with three brown stripes, the median stripe 
very broad and conspicuous; segments 7 and 8 chestnut brown; hypopygium 
yellow, only the ninth tergite brown; sternites yellow. Male hypopygium with 
the ninth segment twisted around nearly one-half so that the ninth tergite 
occupies a ventro-lateral position; this latter is large and tumid, with a broad 
U-shaped median notch, the margins very thick, the conspicuous lateral lobes 
thus formed stout-triangular. The pleural appendages are two in number, the 
dorsal one (nearest the tergite though actually ventral in position) a small 
blackened blade with the inner edge conspicuously serrate ; the ventral appendage 
is larger, pale, flattened, gradually dilated distally, the apical margin set with 
about fourteen blackened spicules of which the four inner are isolated from one 
another, the remaining one confluent in a slightly curved row. Ovipositor with 
the valves short and fleshy as in the genus. 


Habitat: Queensland. 

IIolotype, ¢ , Brisbane, July 1, 1913 (H. Hacker). 
Allotopotype, 2. 

Paratopotypes, 18 ¢9 ’s, July 1 (1913) and May 23 (1916) 
Type in the collection of the Queensland Museum. 


Macromastiz tortilis is readily told from the other described species of the 
genus by its light-yellow colour, the trilineate abdomen, and especially the large, 
twisted male hypopygium. 

MACROMASTIX HACKERI sp. n. 

Antenne short; general colouration yellow; wings brownish yellow, the 
costal margin more saturated; stigma darker brown; cell 2nd A very narrow; 
male hypopygium semi-inverted, the ninth tergite pale; ninth sterno-pleurite 
with a pencil of about seven powerful bristles near the dorso-caudal angle. 

Male.—Length, about 11 mm.; wing, 12-5 mm. 

Generally similar to M. tortilis. 


NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN @GRANE-FLIES.—ALEXANDER. 63 


Frontal prolongation of the head short and stout, obscure yellow; palpi 
brown. Antenne short, pale brownish yellow, the distal flagellar segments long- 
cylindrical. Head yellow. 


Mesonotum and pleura dull yellowish, the prescutum without distinct 
stripes. Halteres pale brown. Legs with the coxe and trochanters dull yellow, 
the remainder of the legs pale brown, the tips of the femora narrowly darkened. 
Wings with a strong brownish yellow tinge, the costal and subcostal cells more 
saturated; stigma conspicuous, darker brown. Venation: Basal deflection of 
Cul at about one-third the length of cell 1st M2; cell 2nd A very narrow. 


Abdomen obscure yellow, the lateral margins of the tergites narrowly and 
indistinctly dark brown; the dorso-median stripe of tortilis is lacking; segments 
7 and 8 brown; hypopygium entirely pale yellow, including the ninth tergite. 
Male hypopygium of the semi-inverted type of MW. tortilis. Ninth tergite not so 
tumid as in tortilis, with a broad and deep U-shaped notch, the dorsal surface 
provided with numerous stout sete, the free ends of the tergite produced caudad 
and slightly inward into a subspatulate, flattened lobe. Ninth sterno-pleurite 
with a large, square median notch; near the dorso-caudal angle with a pencil of 
about seven powerful bristles that are directed dorsad and caudad. 


Habitat: Queensland. 
Holotype, ¢ , Brisbane (H. Hacker). 
Type in the collection of the Queensland Museum. 


This interesting species is named in honour of the collector, Mr. Henry 
Hacker, Entomologist of the Queensland Museum. It is closest to M. tortilis but 
is readily separated by the diagnostic characters listed above. 


64 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


LITTLE PENGUIN “IN QUEENSEAN@ 


By HeBER A. LONGMAN, F.L.S. (DIRECTOR). 


TuHrRouGH the kindness of Mrs. Fagan, ‘‘Greenmount,’’ Tweed Heads, a 
specimen of the Little Penguin, Ludyptula nuinor nove-hollandiew (Stephens), 
captured at Coolangatta beach near the southern border of this State, has been 
added to the Queensland Museum collections. Mrs. Fagan records that this 
specimen was picked up alive on the 15th May of this year; it refused to eat 
anything and died within about twenty-four hours after capture. 


The occurrence of. this specimen within the Queensland border is a matter 
for surprise. According to A. J. North,! Cabbage-tree Island, near the entrance to 
Port Stephens (about S. lat. 32° 40’) was the most northerly record (breeding). 
Coolangatta is north of Point Danger, about S. lat. 28° 7’. The Little Penguin 
just succeeded in crossing our boundaries. 


Apparently this bird requires trinomial designation. Mathews refers 
to the variations shown in specimens from West Australia, Tasmania, South 
Australia, and New South Wales, but finds ‘‘that the white tail of the Australian 
form renders it separable from the New Zealand bird, which is also constantly 
darker.’’? He utilises Stephens’s term nove-hollandie for Australian birds as 
a subspecies of H. minor, subsequently restricting this to New South Wales forms. 
and noting other subspecies. Alexander and Brooke Nicholls, however, after a 
valuable study of a large number of specimens, came to the conclusion that all 
the Australian birds (including H. wndina) should be classified as Eudyptula 
minor nove-hollandw.* 


In view of the scantiness of available material for comparison no extended 
description is made. Our specimen has the characteristic blue-grey colouring,. 
with a beautiful sheen, on the upper surface; the inner margins of the flippers 
are whitish, as is also the apical third of the tail; the fore-neck and lower surface 
are white. Following the body curves of the mounted specimen the bird is 
460 mm. in length. The bill is 38 mm. in length; depth 15 mm. 


From the excellent skin made and forwarded by Mrs. Fagan, our taxider- 
mist (Mr. M. J. Colelough) has mounted the bird, which makes a very attractive 
addition to the case of penguins on exhibition. 


* Nests and Birds Austr. & Tas., iv, 1914, p. 392. 
? Birds of Australia, i, pt. 5, 1911, p. 285. 
3<¢The Emu,’’ xviii, 1918, pp. 50-57. 


[MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Part I, 1920.] 


By Authority: ANTIIONY JAMES CUMMING, Government Printer, Brisbane. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Parr Il. 


(ISSUED FEBRUARY 11, 1921.) 


A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL MARSUPIALS. 


By Heper A. LonemMan, F.L.S., 
Director of the Queensland Museum. 


(Plates IV-VIL.) 


In 1915, when describing a giant turtle from the Queensland Cretaceous 
formations, the writer ventured to forecast that, when our areas were better 
known, novelties rivalling the grotesque monsters of other lands would be 
exhumed. No new vertebrate material has yet been received from these 
Cretaceous sources, but remains from the Post-Tertiary deposits on the 
Darling Downs, which form the subject of this paper, exhibit a large marsupial 
with remarkable cranial contours. In life this mammal must have been bizarre 
as a monster in an artist’s realm of phantasy. Here is a member of. the 
Nototherium group with a skull the maximum width of which exceeds the 
maximum length by 46 mm. 


This extreme brachycephalous condition is mainly the result of masseteric 
processes or large inferior lateral extensions of the anterior part of the jugal, 
which flare widely outwards on each side of the head, almost at right angles 
to the sagittal plane, at the junction of the infratemporal bar with the zygomatic 
processes of the maxilla. For reasons to be subsequently set out, it is suggested 
that this unusual development of the zygomatic arches was associated with the 
presence of large cheek-pouches. 


Diagnosis or New Genus.—The extraordinary development of the 
inferior lateral processes of the anterior part of the zygomata and the 
architecture of the very prominent suborbital platform, which acts as a buttress, 
demand generic recognition. These characters are also associated with a 
subtriangular upper premolar (dealt with in detail later). 


EURYZYGOMA, genus new. 


De Vis associated with the mandibles of his Nototheriwm dunense (1887, 
p. 1065, and 1888, pp. 111-116),* two cranial fragments (Nos. 12622 and 12618) 
which are obviously of the type of our new material, and which also came 


*In this paper references are noted in the manner suggested in a circular recently 
issued by the Committee of the British Association on Zoological Bibliography. 
E 


66 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


from the Darling Downs, being heautotypes. These specimens, however, were 
too incomplete to suggest to De Vis the immense accessory processes. Sufficient 
of the anterior. zvygoma root is present to show the special characters of 
Euryzygoma. It would therefore be unwise to give our material a new specific 
name. In the circumstances, it is necessary to use De Vis’s specific name in 
conjunction with the new genus. 


EURYZYGOMA_ DUNENSE. 


MarertAL.—This consists of a cranium which was received in over 
seventy pieces. The maxilla and premaxilla were practically the only parts 
which were intact. Fortunately the bones were in excellent condition, not 
being decomposed, and as many of the fractures were obviously 1nade in 
bringing the remains to light, the zygomatic arches, with their inferior lateral 
processes, and the main portion of the superior cranial contours have been 
united without any doubt as to their real position. The fitting together of the 
smaller pieces, especially in the basioccipito-sphenoidal region, however, demanded 
infinite patience. Practically no reconstruction was necessary, the actual bones 
themselves supplying the natural contours, and it has been deemed inadvisable 
to fill in the comparatively unimportant missing parts. The full molar series 
is present on each side, but the incisors have been lost post mortem. 


The specimen was probably a fully mature male. Many of the cranial 
sutures are ankylosed to extinction. Reg. No. F 1327. 


Locauiry.—The cranium was discovered in sandy soil at a depth of 
about 70 feet at Brigalow, Darling Downs, Queensland, when a well was being 
sunk on the property of Mr. G. A. F. Kleidon, who subsequently donated the 
fragments to the Queensland Museum. On behalf of this institution it is my 
pleasant duty heartily to thank Mr. Kleidon, and also Mr. Wilson who 
forwarded the pieces. It is to be hoped that this handsome donation will be 
supplemented later by remains from this district demonstrating an association 
of bones. 

DESCRIPTION.—The maximum length of the cranium ‘‘between uprights’’ 
(condyles to gnathion) is 634 mm.; the maximum breadth across the zygomatic 
processes is 680 mm.; the maximum height (between parallels from the bregma 
and the inferior border of the zygomatic processes) is 343. The calvarium is 
dwarfed by the extraordinary development of the zygomatic arches and 
processes. The breadth of the occiput (calculated from the fairly complete left 
moiety) is approximately 290 mm. The occipital region, which is somewhat 
concave, with a median vertical ridge, slopes forward at an angle of 45° to 
the plane of the bony palate. Posteriorly the lambdoid crest is broadly convex. 
From the lambdoid erest, the superior contour of the calvarium along the 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Votre VE eran Ve 


‘ezIs [eIngeu yyjy-ouo Ajoyeuttxoiddy 


*MOIA [B10JVT ‘ASNANNG VWODAZAYO UY 


“fqsqo ry 


“M “H—'0}0Yd 


{Face Page 67.] 


A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL MARSUPIALS.—LONGMAN. 


for) 
cS 


sagittal suture to the fronto-nasal depression is practically a straight line, 
which is parallel with the plane of the bony palate. There is no parietal 
platform, and the cranial walls, when losing their curves of contact with the 
occiput, slope in straight lines to their fractures. In the mid-parietal region 
these walls form an angle of 50°. The lower moieties of the lateral walls are 
missing. 


On the dorsal surface the sutures between the parietals and frontals are 
obscured. In this area the sagittal crest bifurcates, as in Phascolarctus; the 
frontals rapidly widen and when in line with the inferior zygomatic processes. 
they attain a breadth of 148 mm. This breadth is apparently continued 
(contours incomplete) through the course of the fronto-nasal depression. The 
concavity of this depression is wide, the sides and posterior wall sloping sharply 
to the main frontal platform. The course of the fronto-nasal sutures cannot 
be traced with accuracy. The terminal areas of the frontal bones are slightly 
rugose on the slope of the depression, and there are a few very small nutrient 
foramina. A small horn or frontal boss may have been attached here (cf. 
Scott & Lord, 1920). ; 


Nasals.—From the frontal depression the nasals reach almost to a point 
above the gnathion. Except for a slight convexity, which is double in the 
anterior region where the median suture is open, they are surprisingly flat on 
their upper surface, which projects forward at an angle of about 18° to the plane 
of the bony palate. Their course does not appear to be curved, or to terminate 
in a deflected obtuse apex. The left-hand moiety.is perfect anteriorly, and is 
88 mm. in width. A right-hand fragment is sufficient to give fair evidence of 
symmetry, and the approximate width would thus be 176 mm. There is no 
evidence whatever of the presence of bony studs, of which Scott and Lord have 
made interesting studies in Tasmanian material (NV. mitchelli), or of attachments 
for a horn, as first suggested by Macleay in his original description of 
‘‘Zygomaturus trilobus’’ in 1857 (quoted by Owen, 1859, p. 169). 


The lateral portions of the naso-maxillo-premaxillary region are, unfortu- 
nately, too incomplete to be correctly allocated, and it has been thought 
inadvisable to restore the missing parts. It is evident that the anterior portions 
of the nasals projected clear of lateral supports for a distance of at least 75 mm. 
Fragments of the sides, and especially one piece exhibiting the maxillary-nasal 
suture, show the great strength of the bones supporting the main nasal arch. On 
the inner median surface of the nasals, near the suture with the frontals, may be 
seen two large sub-contiguous channels, 11 mm. wide and 5 mm. deep, and these 
extend towards the anterior extremity where they are merged in the general 
concavity of the inner tables. 


68 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Zygomatic Arches—These are fairly symmetrical. Part of the ventral 
border of the left arch is missing, and the right inferior lateral process is 
incomplete in its inner contours, but fortunately the opposite bones are in 
excellent condition. The dorsal or superior border of the squamosal element of 
the arch is at first shortly concave when leaving the occipital region, being then 
slightly and evenly convex until the downward sweep of the orbit is reached. 
The inferior or jugal border is much more robust, attaining a thickness of 56 mm. 
where the jugal approaches the glenoid cavity. In this respect the cranium 
resembles the relationship of these parts in Phascolarctus, the posterior extension 
of the jugal being a primitive condition. 

The squamosal element appears to be produced anteriorly to a greater 
~ extent than is to be found in either Phascolarctus, Phascolomys, or Macropus, and 
sends a V-shaped strip of bone as far down as the mid-region of the orbit. The 
line of demarcation between the squamosal and jugal bones can be readily traced 
throughout the arch. The height of the arch opposite from the fronto-parietal 
suture is 130 mm., the squamosal element here having the greater share. The 
walls are not vertical, but sweep outward as they gain depth; in fact, a section 
taken through the arches in the mid-parietal region would show, with the 
contours of the occiput behind, a slightly flattened semicircle, the radius of which 
would be about 8 inches. The maximum width of the zygomata, apart from the 
outstanding processes, is 415 mm. 


W. K. Parker (1886) pointed out that an inordinately large squamosal is 
characteristic of the Marsupialia. In the arch of Euryzygoma this bone 
reaches its maximum development. It is to be regretted that the squamous plate 
is missing and that its extent on the walls of the cerebral chamber cannot be 
traced. In the Marsupialia this plate reaches its maximum in Wynyardia 
bassiana, (Baldwin Spencer, 1900, p. 779). 


Owing to the incompleteness of the cranial walls the width of the temporal 
fossa cannot be accurately estimated, but in the mid-parietal region it was 
evidently about 65 mm., widening somewhat anteriorly. The facial portion is 
elongated, as may be seen from Plate V, and the width averages 77 mm. The 
orbits are low, but not to the same extent as in V. mitchelli, being 90 mm. above 
the alveolar margins of the molars. Although the outer margins of the orbits are 
more posteriorly placed than is the case in NV. mitchelli, there would have been 
little scope for lateral vision, and Euryzygoma evidently went through its world 
viewing only the region immediately in front. 


A slight prominence on each side of the orbit, situated at the origin of the 
suture between the jugal and the squamosal, indicates rudimentary postorbital 
processes. Part of the inner margin of the orbits and the lachrymals are missing. 


Oa eae 


4 y vg 8 v i ‘ 
fea Te preg , 
Fee SP Ee ee Pe 


mm a ‘a 
ek ay “a3” pe 


© ngewe Bea 
r fat oe fee 
basa le 


te ee 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENS 
Vou. VII, PLATE V. 


E 
o 
> 
el 
as] 
Sad 
S 
i) 
a 
hy 
a 
N 
A 
& 
A 
Pp 
(=) 
< 
= 
ie) 
= 
S 
k 
a 
p 
eal 


Mobsby. 


Photo.—H. W. 


[Face Page 69.] 


A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL MARSUPIALS.—LONGMAN. 69 


INFERIOR LATERAL PRocEsses.—Across the processes the extreme breadth 
is 680 mm. On the left-hand side the maximum transverse diameter of the 
inferior lateral process is 231 mm. The vertical height of the process.in its 
lateral extension beyond the arch is 121 mm. The maximum thickness is 47 mm. 
The extreme height of the combined elements, from the superior border of the 
squamosal to the inferior border of the vast processes (taken from parallels) 
is no less than 285 mm. When the cranium is resting on the inferior borders 
of the processes the molar series are 64 mm. above the surface. This downward 
development is surpassed by the inferior processes of Mylodon, but in that. 
mammal there are no lateral extensions. 


The processes flare outward almost at right angles to the sagittal plane, 
as may be seen from Plate V. They are not, however, straight, but shghtly 
eurved, the lateral margins being in advance. There are prominent rugose areas 
on the superior border of these processes, just at the origin of their lateral 
extensions, these being doubtless for the attachment of parts of the masseteric 
muscles. 

The origin of the zygomatic process of the maxilla is primarily a vertical 
plate which abuts on practically the whole of the vertical face of the maxilla, 
commencing parallel with the anterior lobe of the third molar, and being about 
30 mm. in thickness; this is supported above by the horizontal orbital plate 
14 mm. thick, which is produced anteriorly at right angles to the vertical 
constituent, forming a triangular platform which is continuous behind with the 
superior border of the maxilla: this horizontal orbital platform unites the 
vertical plate with the strong convex bar which forms the lower border of the 
orbit, and through the inner root of which the large infra-orbital foramen passes. 
The lateral extension of this bar forms a strong supporting buttress for the 
accessory processes. With the exception of the suborbital bar, the whole pier 
is composed of maxillary elements, but the sutures at the orbit cannot positively 
be traced, owing to fractures. The whole architecture of this part of the skull 
is quite unlike the piers of the zygomata in Macleay’s cast, and is also absolutely 
distinct from other cranial fragments in the Queensland Museum attributed to 
N. victorie. The deep rectangular suborbital recess is a marked feature. 


Of the extreme width of the accessory process, the maxilla forms less than 
one third. The zygomatico-maxillary sutures on the anterior surface are 
produced laterally to a far greater extent than are those on the posterior surface, 
giving the maxillary element, as illustrated in Plate V, a greater proportion 
than really exists. It may here be noted, as W. K. Gregory (1910, p. 221) has ~ 
pointed out, that many of the cranial bones of marsupials are very oblique in 
their areas of contact. : 


Mazilla and Molars.—The bony palate is well preserved and there are no 
signs of fenestrations. The floor is slightly concave transversely, with a median 


70 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


ridge. At the border of the mesopterygoid fossa there is a prominent transverse 
ridge, through which a foramen runs on each external corner. 
depth of the palate below the alveolar margins is 7 mm. 


The average 


The molar series are in symmetrical ares, the lobes of the teeth being 
obliquely set. Fortunately all the teeth are in situ. 


Premolar: The premolar is subtriangular: length 20 mm., breadth 18 mm. 
There is a single oblique transverse lobe, on which a wide tract of dentine with 
a posterior loop is exposed. This has evidently been worn from a single central 
cusp with a median posterior depression. There is a narrow posterior talon, 
the lingual border of which is continuous on the imner side with an anterior 
talon on the contracted front angle of the tooth. This premolar agrees well 
“with that described by De Vis (1888, p. 115) as typical of his VN. dunense and 
also illustrated in his accompanying Plate. Both teeth are well preserved in 
our specimen, and no special differences are to be noted between them. The 
relations of the premolar with those of other Nototheres are commented on 
elsewhere. 

Molars: The bilophodont molar series is well worn, a tract of dentine 
8 mm. wide being exposed on the hind lobe of m*. From m+ to the front lobe ~ 
of m® the series gradually inereases in size. The posterior lobe of m* is less 
wide than the anterior. M* is anteriorly slightly less wide than the corresponding 
lobe of m®, and the hind lobe is markedly narrowed. Anterior and posterior 
talons are well developed throughout, except in the first true molar, where 
demarecations are lost in the surfaces of wear. The anterior talons on the second, 
third, and fourth molars are more developed on the lingual surface, whereas the 
posterior talons are more prominent labially, this being in consonance with the 
oblique setting of the lobes. On the lingual side the valleys between the lobes 
are bounded and partly closed by a tubercle arising from cingular processes, 
but these are not so marked on the outer side. 


Dimensions. mm, 


Antero-posterior diameter of molar series with pm'*, right 172 
Antero-posterior diameter of molar series with pm*, left 169 
Width of m’, anterior lobe 28 
Width of m*, anterior lobe 35 
Width of m*, anterior lobe 36.5 
Width of m*, anterior lobe . ae = 35 
Palate breadth between outer corners of pm* Be ar 102 
Palate breadth between outer corners of m’*, front lobe 158 
Palate breadth between outer corners of m*, hind lobe 152 
Palate breadth between inner corners of pm’, front lobe 64 
Palate breadth between inner corners of m*, front lobe 85 
Palate breadth between inner corners of m*, front lobe 90 
Diastema Se ie 22 eo 112 
Palatal length,* palation to gnathion 390 


*Oldfield Thomas, Nomenclature of Measurements, Proce. Biol. Soc. Wash., 


1905. 


XViLUpeloee 


; eee et Seach Hoey ap) ae TOs vi 
ke Ue . 
a ow | = * a 
5 ae My 
. ' 


Le 


[Face Page 71.] 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Vout. VII, Puare VI. 


EuURYZYGOMA DUNENSE; ventral view. 


Photo.—H. W. Mobsby. 


A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL MARSUPIALS.— LONGMAN. (al 


The maxilla extends anteriorly on the floor of the palate for a distance 
of 110 mm. beyond the premolars. The palate is here convex with a median 
groove. The lateral sutures between the maxilla and the premaxilla cannot be 
satisfactorily traced. 


Premaxilla.—Euryzygoma dunense is relatively longer in the facial region 
than is the cast of the cranium described by Macleay. The gnathion is 187 mm. 
from the anterior borders of the premolars. The diastema is 112 mm. In 
section the premaxilla is subquadrate. Owing to fractures its union with the 
nasals is missing on both sides. On its palatal surface it is concave in the 
region between the two posterior incisors, where there are three small foramina. 
The premaxilla is thickened anteriorly and its superior margin terminates in 
a raised oval boss, which suggests an attachment for cartilage. At the alveoli 
of the large first incisors the width is 74 mm., and the height is 101 mm. The 
incisors have been lost, post mortem, but the dimensions and disposition of their 
cavities give valuable evidence of their nature. The large anterior pair were 
evidently strongly curved in their downward course, and were subeylindrical 
and only shghtly diverging. At the antero-inferior border the alveoli are 
separated by a distance of 19 mm. A loose incisor, 23 < 29 in diameters, from 
another specimen, fits fairly well into either cavity. On the anterior surface of 
the premaxilla there are extensive exposed alveolar surfaces. The alveolus of 
the second incisor, which is contiguous with that of the first on the labial border, 
is approximately 13 x 11. The third incisor alveolus is placed on the labial 
border about 15 mm. behind that of the second, to which it is subequal. It is 
evident from its contours that the third incisors were obliquely set and 
procumbent in position. 


For purposes of description the premaxilla has been treated as a single 
and not as a paired bone. 


Glenoid Fossa.—Although the postglenoid process is very incomplete, the 
actual fossa is well preserved on the right-hand side. This is 102 mm. in length, 
whilst the actual concavity, apart from its shelving anterior border, is 15 mm. 
Some idea of the articular surface of the mandibular condyle may be gauged 
from these dimensions. The plane of the fossa is set at an angle of 85° to the 
median line of the cranium, the condyle thus being scarcely oblique in its setting. 
Laterally the posterior extension of the jugal forms part of the shelving anterior 
border of the fossa. 


Basal Bones—The basioceipital and basisphenoid have been greatly 
fractured, about fifteen segments forming the contours which have been put 
together. The combined bones slope upwards at an angle of 18° from the plane 
of the bony palate, being 12° less than the angle noted by Owen for the cast of 


lo 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Nototherium.. From the palation to the basion the distance is 220 mm. The 
aperture of the posterior nares at the palation is 53 mm. deep and about the 
same in width. The posterior borders of the mesopterygoid fossa are incomplete, 
but there was a depth of at least 65 mm. The walls of the fossa expand somewhat 
in their course from the maxillary region. In section the fossa is U-shaped. 
The external walls are marked with very prominent tubereules for muscle 
attachments. On each side a large entocarotid foramen is to be seen, which 
perforates the floor of the basisphenoid and enters the inner tables between 
the Gasserian grooves, its course having been cleared on the left-hand side. 


The sutures between the basioccipital and basisphenoid on the inferior 
surface can be traced at a distance of 83 mm. from the basion. The inferior 
surface of the former bone is deeply concave, with a strong longitudinal ridge. 
In its advance from the foramen magnum the bone somewhat narrows in breadth. 


The contours of the foramen magnum are not quite complete. The 
transverse section is oval, with diameters (approximately) of 65 X 35. Both 
condyles are present, but only the right can be conjoined with its natural 
surface. Its diameters are: Maximum length 78 mm.; extreme breadth 42 mm. 
Unfortunately the lateral elements of the occiput are largely missing. 


The prominent condylar foramina are paired, being subequal, and 
externally the openings are separated by a distance of 7 mm. It has been 
suggested that the accessory foramen is homologous with those of the Creodonta, 


Interiorly the basioccipital and basisphenoid form a level platform about 
65 mm. in width, but the supero-lateral elements are missing. On the external 
border of the former may be seen, at the fractures, part of a large groove which 
probably corresponds with the inner border of the jugular foramen. 


There are prominent grooves, slightly diverging anteriorly, for the 
accommodation of the Gasserian ganglion; from the grooves posteriorly the 
position of the foramen rotundum is barely indicated on each side. Anteriorly 
the basal bones are incomplete, and the whole ethmoid region is missing. 


In the mature cranium of Phascolomys the cranial walls are greatly 
thickened in the supra-occipital region, and large sinuses are present which are 
not to be found or are but slightly developed in Macropus and Phascolarctus. 
Our fossil resembles the wombats (Phascolomys) in this respect. The walls of 
the cranium are surprisingly thick in this area and large sinuses are present. 


The internal tables of the cranium, in so far as they are available for 
description, exhibit irregularities in the region of the sagittal suture. There 
is an irregular median ridge, which is much distorted in the mid-parietal 
region, probably associated with a sinus. The crania of many marsupials are 
much thickened in the sagittal region. Anteriorly there is evidence of large 
frontal sinuses. 


cae 
ef 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Vou. VIL, Prats VII. 


rsal view 


Oo 


es 
mM 
Z 
ie 
Z 
5 
Qa 
< 
= 
2 
Y 
a 
N 
D4 
4 
5 


vy) 


4 


i 


Photo.—H. W. Mobsby. 


[Face Page 73.] 


A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL MARSUPIALS.—LONGMAN. 73 


The cerebral chamber was evidently small and elongated. The brain was 
of the elongated type, having such reptilian affinities as may be assumed from 
a comparison of the cranium of the marsupial Thylacinus with that of the dingo. 
Judging from such measurements as can be taken, the brain of Euryzygoma 
appears to have been relatively smaller than those of the native bear, kangaroos, 
and wombats. The parietal walls meet in transverse section at an angle of 50°, 
and the superior areas of the brain were thus much constricted laterally. 


Cheek-Pouches.—Owen (1877, p. 259) refers to the maximum develop- 
ment of the zygomatic arches in the Nototheres, and records the necessity for 
increased attachment areas for the premasseter muscles. In Euryzygoma the 
masticatory muscles were doubtless strongly developed, but it seems to the 
writer that the bony architecture of the inferior lateral processes is too massive 
to be entirely accounted for in this way. Much of the area is also so smooth 
that the extensive origin of masticatory muscles is not suggested. The develop- 
ment of large cheek-pouches may therefore be assumed in association with these 
huge processes. There can be no direct evidence bearing on this point, but it is 
interesting to note that the Pocket Gophers, or Geomyide, of North America 
as illustrated by C. H. Merriam (1895) show a great development of the 
zygomata, although there are no inferior lateral processes. The cheek-pouches 
of these rodents are characteristic. 


It would undoubtedly have been of advantage for this gigantic herbivorous 
marsupial to be able to obtain large masses of food, probably from swamp 
vegetation, some of which could be temporarily stored in cheek-pouches, and 
digested at leisure. It may even be suggested that the presence of the large 
crocodile, Palliumnarchus pollens De Vis (whose remains are found in the same 
deposits) made a hurried meal sometimes a necessity for Euryzygoma. 


In his study of the Geomyide, C. H. Merriam (1895) has pointed out 
that with advancing age there is a lateral development of the zygomatic arches. 
Probably the inferior lateral processes of Huryzygoma are relatively more 
prominent in adult than in juvenile forms. A study of present-day marsupial 
erania, however, shows that no great change takes place with age. 


It is of great interest to note that in the Native Bear (Phascolarctus) and 
the Wombats (Phascolomys) small cheek-pouches have been recorded (Forbes, 
1881, p. 182). 

Had the cranium of Nototherium nmitchelli not been already known, the 
special processes of Huryzygoma would have appeared to be still more 
remarkable. The evolution of the latter from true Nototheriums can be realised, 
however, and another instance is afforded of the astounding variety to be found 
amongst the Marsupialia. 


74 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, 


Euryzygoma may be defined as a specialised member of the Nototherian 
group, and, to use Gregory’s terms, its large processes were a _ cenotelic 
character related to special food-habits. 


Mandibles—Unfortunately there is no mandible directly associated with 
the cranium under review. De Vis (1887, p. 1065) described three examples, 
one (No. 5489) being illustrated as the type. His diagnostic characters are 
here reproduced :— 


‘‘Tusk-like incisors well developed; premolar small, sub-triangular, 
unilobate; inlet of dental canal much behind postmolar angle and much above 
alveolar level; exterobasal ridges of molars imterrupted: talons anterior and 
posterior well developed: molars gradually enlarged: inner symphysial curve 
opposite hinder lob of m?.”’ 


A full description of the three examples follows in the original paper. 
In the following year, De Vis (1888) illustrated the upper subtriangular 
premolar of ‘‘Nototherium dunense,’’ previously referred to in this paper as 
a heautotype. 


Text-fig. 1.—EuryzyGOMA DUNENSE. Reconstruction of cranium ; one-fifth natural size. 
Drawn by O. W. Tiegs. 


Taxonomic.—In classifying the Marsupialia of to-day the premolar is 
recognised as the most important tooth, and that tooth alone is sufficient to 
establish the identity of many species. The evidence of divergent premolars is 
thus not to be lightly put on one side. Lydekker (1889) thought that the large 


A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL MARSUPIALS.—LONGMUAN. 


Sa | 


complex premolar on the right side of Macleay’s ‘‘Zygomaturus trilobus’’ was 
an abnormality or was incorrectly associated with the cranium. Seott (1915, 
p. 10) also quotes a remark from him which shows that Lydekker did not 
consider this oval tooth as characteristic of Nototheriwm. But Seott’s illus- 
trations and descriptions show that. this large tooth is associated with the 
specimen described by him as Nototherium tasmanicum and with N. mitchelli. 
Glauert (1912) also figured (Plate VI, fig. 10) a West Australian tooth of a 
somewhat similar character. Amongst our specimens are three loose teeth of 
this type and an additional one is in situ in a maxilla with the rest of the molar 
series. It should also be noted that one of the teeth figured as the type of 
Procharus celer by De Vis is of interest here, as pointed out by the writer when 
dealing with this material (Longman, 1916, p. 86). 


In response to my request, Mr. Charles Hedley, Australian Museum, has 
kindly forwarded a note on the premolars of Macleay’s ‘‘Zygomaturus trilobus,”’ 
as observed by Messrs. Thorpe & Troughton, of the Museum staff. This states 
that both teeth are firmly 7m situ, the right one being nearly complete, but that 
“on the left side is badly fractured.’’ 


This clearly shows that the large oval premolar is not an abnormality, 
but a definite characteristic of Macleay’s ‘‘Zygomaturus trilobus.’’ It certainly 
follows that all crania with triangular premolars are generically distinct. 


Although Nototherium inerme, first described by Owen (1845, p. 231) as 
indicating a distinct genus ‘‘by a total absence of incisors,’’ has page precedence 
(a single page!) over N. mitchelli, the rules of international zoological nomen- 
clature give latitude for the selection of the second species as the type. 
Nototherium mitchelli is certainly the ‘‘best deseribed, or best figured, or best 
known’’ of the three species recorded by Owen from mandibular types. 
Notwithstanding the discrepancies between the views of Owen, Lydekker, and 
De Vis as to the premolars of Nototherium, Lydekker’s action in taking 
N. mitchelli as the typical species should be confirmed, and that species is 
hereby selected as the type of Nototherium, sensu stricto. The cranium described 
by Macleay thus becomes a heautotype, and Simoprosobus De Vis (1907) is a 
synonym. <A second species is NV. tasmanicum, the subject of Scott’s excellent 
monograph (1915). 

Apart from Euowenia, there are two other kinds of Nototherian crania 
with subtriangular premolars. In one, typified by N. victoriw, the zygomatic 
arches are relatively normal, and judging from fragments in the Queensland 
Museum these erania may require a distinet generic name when better known. 


Euryzygoma represents the third section. In this genus the zygomatic 
arches reach anteriorly the remarkable development recorded in this paper, 
and the anterior zygoma root is deeply recessed under a horizontal infraorbital 
platform. 


76 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Taking only dental characters into consideration, these results can be 
tabulated thus :— 


TIncisors SS 


Upper premolars oval, tuberculated A 7; .. Nototherium, sensu stricto. 
Upper premolars subtriangular. 
Cusp, single, transverse, with a shallow posterior cleft ee ..  Buryzygoma. 
Labial cusp extended antero-posteriorly a. .. ‘*Nototherium victorie 
and inerme.’” 
Ine¢isors 2— 
Upper premolar subtriangular He $2 Ze a oe fe Euowenia.. 


These dental characters are, of course, supplemented by other important 
features, as detailed elsewhere. 


Nototherium terme and victorie were included by lLydekker (1887, 
p. 162) as synonyms of N. mitchelli, but the same author later (1889, p. 152) 
suggested that ‘‘Nototherium dunense’’ of De Vis was to be associated with 
NV. inerme, and probably a distinct species. But V. inerme with its inconspicuous: 
lower incisors cannot be associated with NV. dwnense, for the type mandible of 
the later species, although scarcely mature, is well armed with a large incisor. 
To resolve one as a sex variation of the other does not seem justifiable. Owen’s: 
maxillary heautotype of V. znerme as illustrated in Plate XLIII, and as deseribed 
on p. 277 of the ‘‘ Extinct Mammals of Australa,’’ has a ‘‘triangular tract of 
dentine exposed extended antero-posteriorly,’’ and is certainly not conspecific 
with the premolars in our cranium. 


It may here be mentioned that G. Krefft used, in manuscript only, the 
name ‘‘Zygomaturus macleayi’’ for a perfect palate figured in Plate VII of 
his ‘‘ Australian Fossil Remains,’’ published in 1882 as a Parhamentary paper. 
We are indebted to Mr. C. Hedley for a copy of the unpublished explanation 
of the plates. The structure of the premolars cannot be satisfactorily defined 
from the illustration, but these teeth were evidently of the subtriangular type. 


Scott and Lord (1920) have divided Nototherian crania into megacerathine 
and leptocerathine groups, but our specimens cannot be placed in their diagnostic 
tables. The wide nasals of Euryzygoma are associated with a parietal crest, 
with, of course, other discrepancies. The useful work done by the Tasmanian 
authors only applies to the material under their review. 


Euowenia grata and robusta De Vis (1887 and 1891) are placed by 
Seott and Lord with Nototherium tasmanicum. They do not, however, give 
sufficient evidence for the association of the cranium and mandibles described 
by De Vis, with two upper incisors only on each side and a small subtriangular 
premolar, with N. tasmanicum with three pairs of incisors and a large oval 
premolar. 


A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL MARSUPIALS.—LONGMAN. tn 


Seott and Lord (1920, p. 87) make the remarkable statement that 
N. dunense ‘‘really relates to Phascolonus.’’ On the strength of the confusion 
between the genera Sceparnodon and Phascolonus, elucidated by Sterling (1913), 
they assume that ‘‘the claims of the type jaws of dunense to any genus other 
than that of Phascolonus, became remote.’’ But the molars of Phascolonus are 
of the curved, rootless type of the Phascolomyide, and the generic association 
with them of N. dunense with its bilophodont molars, talons, and separated 
fangs is unthinkable. Such unwarranted attempts to dispose of the species of 
previous authors are not in keeping with the value of the excellent work done . 
by the Tasmanian authors on their own fine material. 


Most of the difficulties which have arisen over the classification of 
Nototherian remains are due to the fact that the first four species were primarily 
described from incomplete mandibular elements. This is most unfortunate, 
for it is evident that the mandible does not carry specific characters in so marked 
a degree as does the cranium. As the years go by it is to be hoped that definitely 
assoclated bones will shed still further light on the several species of these 
quaint animals. Such an association might give us information as to the large 
and very wide humerus, incorrectly linked by Owen with his Nototherium 
mitchelli. Yt would not be altogether surprising if the wide-faced Huryzygoma 
were found to be equipved with such widened humeri. 


In 1915, Scott (p. 45) suggested that the future might demonstrate two 
races of Nototheres, ‘‘one with humeri approaching the Diprotodon type, and 
the other approximating to the wombat type.”’ 


In its complex of characters Huryzygoma shows affinities with 
Phascolarctus (Native Bear), Phascolomys (Wombats), and Macropus (Kan- 
garoos). The Nototherian group apparently arose from a common ancestry 
before the families represented by these three genera were differentiated. In 
his study of the evolution of the Australian Marsupialia, B. A. Bensley (1903, 
p. 159) notes Nototherium as representing one of the ancestral types leading 
towards Diprotodon. Euryzygoma, however, represents a specialised lateral 
offshoot which became extinct; and is another interesting instance of radial 
evolution. 

Famity.—The genus Diprotodon was established by Owen in 1838, but 
the great paleontologist did not define Vototherium until 1845. Most of the later 
writers have included both genera in one family. Should this be done, the term 
Diprotodontide (Gill, 1872), as used by Bensley (1903) and W. K. Gregory 
(1910), has precedence over Nototherude (Lydekker, 1887), following the 
custom of using priority as a basis for family names. Lydekker (1887), how- 
ever, recognised both families. When the skull of Diprotodon is more fully 
known, adequate evidence for this distinction may be forthcoming. As the 
erania of Diprotodon in the Queensland Museum are by no means complete, the 


78 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


question cannot be dealt with in detail here. It may be pointed out that there 
are divergencies between the zygomata of Diprotodon (as illustrated by Owen) 
and those of Nototherium (as figured by Scott). But the relatively short 
squamosal and the oblique suture between it and the jugal in Diprotodon, as 
shown by Owen, are not present in our specimens. The relations of the jugal 
and squamosal in Diprotodon are evidently not very -dissimilar from those in 
Nototherium, although the bones are relatively much more slender. 


The scalpriform upper incisors of Diprotodon are very distinctive, and the 
whole cranium is, of course, much more elongated. These cranial distinctions 
may be supported by other evidence, and a full comparison of the two groups 
would be of great interest. At present, therefore, it seems best to retain the 
Family Notothertide for Euryzygoma with its closer allies, but Lydekker’s 
definition of the premolar as ‘‘triangular, small’’ obviously must be extended 
to inelude the oval type present in V. mitchelli and tasmanicum. 


Gill’s work on the arrangement of Mammalian Families (1872) is not 
available to the writer, and the reference to Diprotodontide has been taken from 
T. S. Palmer’s useful Index Generum Mammalium, 1904. 


Horizon.—Comment on the stratigraphical relations of the locality of 
Euryzygoma is outside the scope of this paper, but reference may be made to. 
authorities. The Geology and Paleontology of Queensland (Jack and 
Etheridge, 1892) contains notes made by pioneer workers, and it will be seen 
that Brigalow, which is 190 miles from Brisbane on the Western Railway line, 
is within the ‘‘happy hunting grounds’’ noted (p. 605) by the late G. F. 
Bennett, the discoverer of Mezolania. Although the deposits have been referred 
to in this paper as Post-Tertiary, following these authorities, it has been pointed 
out by Professor Sir Edgeworth David that it is harder in Australia than 
in Northern Europe to separate Post-Tertiary from Tertiary rocks (1914, p. 285). 
Possibly the work being done in elucidating the nature of petrified wood, at 
the instigation of Mr. B. Dunstan, Chief Government Geologist, Queensland 
(1920), will ultimately afford more definite evidence as to the age of these 
Darling Downs remains. 

ConcLusion.—We are probably dealing with a group of large marsupials 
whose remains were deposited during a period of rapid evolution. A gradual 
alteration of climate from luxurious to more arid conditions, enforcing dietary 
changes, would afford stimuli resulting in marked variation. It seems to be a 
demonstrated fact that, when groups are approaching extinction, some of the 
members tend to assume bizarre characters. Many of the smaller marsupials 
evidently survived the climatic changes since early Pleistocene times because of 
their adaptability to a less luxurious diet and their mobility. When one realises 
the heavy toll taken from our herds to-day by a period of prolonged drought, 
it is easy to imagine a similar catastrophe bringing about the extermination of 


A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL MARSUPIALS.—LONGMAN. 79 


such bulky and cumbrous animals as the Diprotodon, Nototheriwms, and 
Euryzygoma. Be this as it may, it is certain that, had the wide-faced 
Euryzygoma survived until to-day, it would have shown to modern eyes one of 
the most remarkable types ever evolved among the mammalia. 


Mr. T. C. Marshall, of the Museum staff, who assisted in the tedious 
work of putting together the fragments, found that a mixture of Portland 
cement and glue formed a most effective medium. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT.—The iilustration of the reconstruction of the 
cranium (Text-fig. 1) is due to the enthusiasm and skill of Mr. O. W. Tiegs, 
B.Se., Walter and Eliza Hall Fellow in Biology, Queensland University. 

SPECIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT.—Mr. G. H. Perry, who has taken a keen 
interest in Queensland fossils, has generously defrayed the cost of printing this 


part of the Queensland Museum Memoirs. The Director very heartily thanks 
Mr. Perry for his public-spirited action. 


LIST OF PLATES. 
Plate 1V.—EURYZYGOMA DUNENSE (Lateral view). 
Plate V.—EURYZYGOMA DUNENSE (Frontal view). 
Plate VI.—EURYZYGOMA DUNENSE (Ventral view). 


Plate VII.—EuRYZYGOMA DUNENSE (Dorsal view). 


LIST OF WORKS REFERRED TO. 
bENSLEY, B. A., 1903.—Evolution of Aust. Marsupialia, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lon., Zool. ix, pp. 83-217. 
v Davin, T. W. EpGEwortTH.—Fed. Hdbk., Brit. Assn. Mtg., 1914. 


De Vis, 1887a.—On an Extinct Mammal of a Genus apparently new, Proc. Roy. Soe. Qld., iv, 
pp. 1 to 8, Plates 1-4. 


—*— 1887b.—On a supposed New Species of Nototherium, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) ii, 
pp. 1065-1070, Pl. 38. 


—— 1888.—Note on the Genera Zygomaturus and Nototherium, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld. v, 
pp. 111-116, Plate. 


Y —— 1891.—In confirmation of the genus Owenia, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2), vi, pp. 159-165. 
vy —— 1894.—On the Mandible of Zygomaturus, Proce. Roy. Soc. Qld., xi. 
—— 1907.—Simoprosobus trilobus, Ann. Qld. Mus., No. 7, p. 4. 


80 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


DUNSTAN, B., 1920.—Ql]d. Geol. Survey, Publ. No. 267. 


Forspes, W. A., 1881.—The Anatomy of the Koala, P.Z.S., p. 182. 
FTREGORY, W. K., 1910.—The Orders of Mammals, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. xxvii, 
GLAUERT, L., 1912.—Records West. Aust. Mus. i, pt. 11. 

HogBen, L. T., 1919.—Progressive Reduction of the Jugal in the Mammalia, P.Z.8.; pp. 71-78. 
JACK and ETHERIDGE, 1892.—Geology and Paleontology of Qld. 


Krerrt, G., 1882.—Parliamentary Papers: Exploration of the Caves and Rivers of New 
South Wales. 


Loneman, H. A., 1915.—On a Giant Turtle, Mem. Qld. Mus. iii, p. 24. 


1916.—The supposed Artiodactyle Qld. Fossils, Proe. Roy. Soc. Qld., xxviii, p. 83. 
LYDEKKER, R., 1887.—Catalogue Fossil Mammalia, Brit. Mus. Pt. 5. 
/ —— 1889.—Nototherium and Zygomaturus, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), ili, pp. 149-152. 
Merriam, C. H., 1895.—Pocket Gophers, N. Amer, Fauna, No. 8, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture. 
jOWEN, R., 1845.—On the Extinct Mammals of Australia, Rep. Brit. Assn, 1844, p. 231. 


v 


—— 1859.—Nototherium, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., xv. pp. 168-186. 
‘__ 1877.—Extinct Mammals of Australia, 2 vols. 


ParKER, W. K., 1886.—Structure and Development of the Skull in the Mammalia, Phil. Trans. 
Roy. Soce., pt. 1. 


Scorr, H. H:, 1915.—Monograph of Nototherium tasmanicum, Geol. Sur. Rec. Tas. No. 4. 
( Scort, H. H., and C. E. Lorp, 1920.—Roy. Soe. Tas., Papers & Proce. 
, SPENCER, BALDWIN, 1900.—Wynyardia bassiana, P.Z.S., pp. 776-795. 


STERLING, E. C., 1913,—Identity of Phascolonus and Sceparnodon, Mem. Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., i, 
pt. 4. 


Tuomas, O., 1905.—Nomenclature of Measurements, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., p. 192. 


[MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Parr II, 1921.] 


By Authority: AnrHony James CumMinc, Government Printer, Brisbane. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Part IIT. 


(ISSUED NOVEMBER 4, 1921.) 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND 
MUSEUM. 


By T. D. A. CocKERELL, UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO. 


HYLEOIDES Smith. 
Hyleoides striatula n. sp. 


Female. Length about 12 mm., anterior wing 10 mm.; clypeus with a very 
broad orange band, broadest above, where it includes the whole width of clypeus, 
but ending abruptly some distance before the lower margin ; two small transversely 
elongate orange spots on lower margin of supraclypeal area; lateral face-marks 
apparently paler, large, cuneiform ; antenne black, the flagellum faintly brownish 
beneath, extreme apex bright ferruginous ; thorax and tegule entirely black ; costal- 
field of anterior wings broadly dark fuliginous; legs black, anterior and middle 
tibie rufous in front, middle femora with a suffused red stripe, tarsi reddened at 
apex; first two abdominal segments entirely black; third orange suffused with 
red, the base black, with an angular projection in middle line and on each side, the 
projection of black in middle line approaching a narrow stripe from the hind margin, 
tending to divide the orange into two parts; fourth segment with two very large 
transverse orange patches, shaded with red outwardly ; fifth black with an obscure 
orange mark on each side; sixth black; third ventral segment broadly margined 
with creamy white ; first ventral segment nodulose, only about half depth of second, 
the latter basally truncate, with a broad smooth surface. It also differs from H. 
concinna (Fab.) by the distinctly shining mesothorax, with very minute punctures, 
and scattered large ones; by the strongly punctured scutellum; by the area of 
metathorax being distinctly striate in the middle above, and with its posterior face 
narrower, its outline like that of a convolvulus; by the shining finely punctured 
first two segments of abdomen, and by the clypeus being very delicately and densely 
longitudinally striate all over. 

Kuranda, Queensland (Dodd). One female. A very distinct species, easily 
known by the sculpture and colour pattern. 


Hyleoides bivulnerata n. sp. 

Female. Length nearly 11 mm. ; clypeus cream colour, with the lower margin 
black, and with a broad ferruginous band along each side except the upper part ; 
lateral face-marks cuneiform, cream coloured, rather small, not extending below middle 
of clypeus; face narrowed below; scapa red, flagellum black; upper border of 
prothorax red, swollen and elevated, but tubercles black ; a more or less semilunar 
red mark behind each tubercle ; scutellum with two round red spots ; postscutellum 
black ; tegule piceous; costal region of wings fuliginous as usual; anterior femora 
swollen ; anterior tibia mainly dark red; anterior tarsi peculiar, with much stiff 

F 


82 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 
brush-like pale hair; middle and hind legs dark red clouded with black ; abdomen 
with weak rather sparse punctures, the surface feebly shining ; first segment red, 
with the base broadly black, and the hind margin at sides cream colour; second 
segment very large, and black; third red, black at extreme base, and marked with 
cream colour apically, especially at sides; remaining segments pale dull red ; third 
ventral segment with a very broad white band, abruptly contracted at sides. It also 
differs greatly from H. concinna by the extremely large and coarse, and partly con- 
fluent punctures on mesothorax ; the strong punctures on the shining scutellum ; 
the area of metathorax with a pair of large obtuse tubercles ; and the clear hyaline 
wings, aside from the dark costal region of anterior pair. The sculpture of the meso- 
thorax is practically as in H. waterhousei Ckll. From H. concinnula Ckll. it is easily 
known by the dark tegule, scutellum with only red spots, &c. 


Type from Darra, Brisbane, 26-10-15 (Hacker). Also one marked Brisbane, 
23-11-15 (Hacker). The latter differs in having the ferruginous clypeal bands extending 
nearly to top of clypeus, and marked with a line of black, and in having a small 
red band along lower margin of supraclypeal area. 


REEPENIA (Friese). 


Reepenia eboracina (Cockerell). 


A male from Gordonvale, North Queensland (no collector’s name given), agrees 
with the type, which is from Cape York. The insect possesses a very remarkable 
character, hitherto overlooked ; the hind wings have a well-developed dark elongate- 
lanceolate stigma, not far from the apex. It is to be presumed that the same occurs 
in R. variabilis (Friese), the type of the genus, and I think I am accordingly justified 
in giving Reepenia full generic rank. It has hitherto been treated by Friese and myself 
as a subgenus of Nomia. The Australian Tetralonia brevicornis Smith is doubtless 
to be called Reepenia brevicornis. 


NOMIA Latreille. 


Nomia aurantifer swainsonize n. subsp. 

Female (Type). Like N. aurantifer, but with a pale orange band, broadly 
interrupted in middle, on first abdominal segment ; mesothorax and scutellum with 
short pale grey, and larger fuscous hair; hair of legs largely dull white, but black 
on outer face of middle tibize, hind knees, &c.; wings dusky subhyaline, with the 
apical margin broadly darkened ; hair at sides of first abdominal segment white ; 
dense apical fringe on fifth segment dark chocolate, almost black; venter with 
white hair. 

Male. Similar, except for the usual sexual differences. Flagellum very long, 
strongly crenulated, black; mandibles chestnut-red in middle; face and front 
densely covered with cream-coloured hair; mesothorax with much soft pale-grey 
hair; tegule largely reddened ; knees and large part of hind tibize dark red ; hind 
trochanters with an apical tuft of short red hair; hind femora flat beneath, and 


AUSTRALIAN BEES.—COCKERELL. 83 


evidently swollen subapically ; hind tibize swollen, with a large apical finger-like 
projection but no spurs; abdomen with five orange bands, the first very slender 
and obsolescent in middle. 


National Park, Queensland, December, 1919, both sexes at flowers of Swain- 
sonia galegifolia R.Br. (Hacker). According to the Index Kewensis, S. galegifolia 
is a synonym of S. coronillefolia Salisb. The four specimens before me (two of each 
sex) indicate that this is a distinct subspecies of Nomia aurantifer Ckll., 1910 (syn. 
N. luteofasciata Friese 1917). 


Nomia dimissa n. sp. 

Male (Type). Like N. australica regine Ckll., but smaller and more slender 
(length about 10.5 mm.), with hyaline wings, faintly dusky at apex; hair of face 
white, hardly perceptibly yellowish ; abdomen dark blue; hind tibize, seen trom 
behind, with the inner margin strongly angulate below the middle; anterior lobe 
of hind tibize much more broadly truncate. This is not V. australica regis Ckll., from 
which it is at once known by the flagellum being ferruginous beneath, and the 
abdominal hair-bands strongly yellow. 


Female. Length about 10 mm., robust, like NV. australica regine, but smaller, - 
with a large red patch (triangular to subquadrate) on mesothorax in front. Clypeus 
black or with a very faint reddish stain ; flagellum clear ferruginous beneath ; disc 
of mesothorax shining ; abdomen very dark, the hair-bands whitish, slightly stained 
with orange. 

Cairns District, Queensland (F. P. Dodd). 2 9, 1 3. These are associated 
because they come from the same region and collector, but it is peculiar that the 
male wholly lacks the red mark on mesothorax, whereas I have a male reginw from 
Kuranda (Turner) which has it, though it is dull and inconspicuous. From the size 


and the colours of the abdomen, this male regine cannot well be associated with the 
above females. 


Nomia kurandina Cockerell. 


Logan Road, Brisbane, 18-9-il (Hacker). One female. 


CROCISA Jurine. 
Crocisa waroonensis Cockerell. 
Two males, Swan R., W. Australia (J. Clark). 


ANTHOPHORA Latreille. 
Anthophora pulchra Smith. 


The abdominal bands vary greatly in colour. It would be interesting to 
determine whether the colours are at all uniform in any one colony :— 
(a) Bands turquoise blue. Female, Brisbane (7-12-15, Hacker). Recalls 
A. chlorocyanea Ckll. 


84. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


(b) Bands pale emerald green. Stradbroke Island ; both sexes (5-12-13, 
Hacker). 

(c) Bands pale brownish golden, with a few emerald-green hairs. Strad- 
broke Island ; male (3-12-12, Hacker). 

(d) Bands white tinged with brownish, the fourth pure white apically. 
Female. Tambourine Mountain (28-12-11, Hacker). 


The specimen from Brisbane (a) also resembles A. chlorocyanea in having 
the hair of thorax above appearing pallid greyish, not strongly reddened; but the 
legs are as in pulchra. The scape in female chlorocyanea is entirely black ; in pulchra 
(including a) it has a yellow stripe or mark. 


Anthophora lilacine n. sp. 


Like A. cingulata Fab. (emendata Sm.), but abdominal bands pale lilac, the 
first two in the male suffused with ochreous. At first sight this appears to be a mere 
colour variation, but the fifth ventral segment of the male abdomen has a deep broad 
rounded emargination, instead of the very shallow one of cingulata. The hair on 
outer side of hind tibiz is rich orange-fulvous, more or less white at apex. 


Kuranda (Dodd). Both sexes; the male is the type. 
PROSOPIDIDAE. 


Prosopis sculptifrons n. sp. 


Male (Type). Length about 11.5 mm.; robust, black, with cream-coloured 
markings on head and legs, and bright orange markings (tubercles, scutellum, and 
postscutellum) on thorax. Head very broad, entirely cream-colour on face below 
antenne, and lateral face-marks extending nearly to top of orbits, ending very 
obtusely away from orbits, while the supraclypeal mark is triangularly extended 
upward between the antennz ; labrum light, and mandibles with an elongate light 
mark sometimes broken into two; scape greatly swollen, broadly cream-colour 
in front, flagellum dusky chestnut-red beneath ; mandibles small bidentate ; front 
with a very strong keel, on each side of which is a deep sulcus for the scape to rest 
in; the frontal keel, in a less elevated form, extends downward, to flatten out on 
apical part of clypeus; supraclypeal area enormously extended laterally, bounding 
upper part of sides of clypeus, and its convex sides invading the region of lateral 
marks, and approaching the orbits ; vertex and lower part of cheeks with dark hair ; 
mesothorax rather finely and closely punctured, but shining between the punctures ; 
scutellum finely punctured, with a faint median groove ; area of metathorax without 
evident sculpture ; metathorax obtusely subtuberculate on each side of truncation ; 
wings dusky, darker in marginal cell and at apex, stigma and nervures piceous ; 
b.n. arched, meeting t.m.; second s.m. very long, receiving the recurrent nervures 
not far from base and apex ; tegule black ; anterior and middle femora broadened, 
largely cream colour in front; anterior and middle tibiz, anterior basitarsi, and 
middle basitarsi in part cream colour in front ; abdomen shining, finely punctured ; 
no ventral tubercles. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES—COCKERELL. 85 


Female. Looks just the same, seen from above, but the legs, scape, mandibles, 
and labrum are entirely black, the flagellum also is black, while the light area on face 
is bright orange, and is confined to a hat-like supraclypeal mark, and a broad 
pyriform area on clypeus, including its whole upper end, narrowing below, and 
ending very obtusely just above clypeal margin. - 


National Park, Queensland, Dec., 1919, four of each sex (Hacker). I thought 
this might be a meroglossa, but the second segment of the female abdomen has 
not the meroglossa base, and the male has not the pointed meroglossa tongue, but is a 
pollen-eater, as a microscopic preparation shows. The female Palcorhiza, and doubt- 
less also meroglossa, feed on pollen, but the male must be a nectar-feeder. Thus 
the differences in the tongue are apparently adaptive. 


The female P. sculptifrons runs in my table of Australian Prosopis (Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist. Feb. 1910) to P.-morosa Smith, to which it is closely allied, differing by 
the flagellum not being fulvous beneath, and the apical margins of the abdominal 
segments not discoloured. P. morosa is a Southern species from Victoria. Its male 
is unknown. 


Prosopis certa n. sp. 

Male (Type). Length about 8 mm. ; black, robust, with the whole face below 
antenne, and lateral face-marks ending a short distance above (on orbits, at an angle 
of about 50 degrees), large spot on labrum, tubercles, scutellum, and postscutellum, 
all very bright lemon-yellow ; face broad; mandibles black; tongue very broad 
and emarginate ; cheeks with white hair ; scape ordinary, black, punctured ; flagellum 
long, submoniliform, red beneath; face dull and pitted; mesothorax dull and 
coarsely punctured ; tegula piceous with a small pale-yellow spot ; wings hyaline ; 
b.n. falling short of t.m., first rn. meeting first t.c., second s.m. long ; anterior tibiz 
broadly, and middle ones narrowly, fulvous in front ; all the basitarsi white ; under 
side of thorax hoary with white hair; abdomen shining but rough, with punctures 
of two sizes ; a strong constriction at junction of first and second segments ; apical 
margin of first ventral segment slightly elevated in middle. 


Female. Similar, differing thus :—Labrum entirely black ; face-marks confined 
to broad lateral marks, their upper ends very broad and rounded, a short distance 
above level of antennz ; legs black, with anterior tibiz fulvous in front; first r.n. 
joining first s.m. a little before its end ; end of abdomen with black hair. The second 
abdominal segment is irregularly punctured, the punctures of different sizes. 


Brisbane (Hacker). Type male 10-10-16; female 12-2-18. In my table, 
the male runs to 51, and falls with P. elongata Sm., from which it is easily separated 
by the sculpture. The female runs out at 53, disagreeing in the form of the lateral 
face-marks. 


Prosopis daveyi n. sp. . 
Female. Length about 9 mm. ; black, robust, with large lateral face-marks, 


tubercles and very large areas on scutellum and postscutellum very brilliant orange ; 
flagellum ferruginous beneath. The lateral face-marks fill the space between the high 


86 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


narrow clypeus and the eye, and are squarely truncate at level of antennz, except 
that there is a short projection on the outer side, along the orbit ; clypeus with shallow 
punctures ; mesothorax densely punctured, but shining on dise ; mesopleura rather 
sparsely punctured ; orange area on scutellum broadly triangular, the corners obtuse ; 
postscutellum orange except at extreme sides ; tegule black ; wings greyish hyaline ; 
b.n. meeting t.m.; second s.m. receiving the recurrent nervures very near base and 
apex; legs black; abdomen moderately shining, finely and regularly punctured, 
the punctures rather sparse on first segment, denser on second, very close on third ; 
black hair at sides of apex. Base of metathorax rugose. 


“ Bright V.” (H. W. Davey). Very close to P. simillima Sm., but the face-marks 
differ, and the face is broad, while the scutellum is only partly yellow. 


Paleorhiza viridifrons n. sp. 

Female. About 9 mm. long or rather over, robust; black, with the front, 
mesothorax, metathorax, and mesopleura green and purple, the metallic colour only 
conspicuous under a lens; first abdominal segment bluish green, especially the 
depressed shining hind margin ; head without light markings ; flagellum dusky ferru- 
ginous beneath; scutellum (but not axille), postscutellum, tubercles, and a very 
large patch behind them, all bright orange ; clypeus elongate, longitudinally striate, 
and sparsely irregularly punctured ; a shining area on each side between antennz 
and eyes; front densely punctured ; ocelli in a triangle ; mesothorax densely and 
distinctly punctured; area of metathorax beautifully green and purple, without 
evident sculpture; tegule black; wings brownish, stigma ferruginous, nervures 
fuscous ; b.n. nearly meeting t.m.; second s.m. receiving both recurrent nervures, 
the first a considerable distance from base, the second bent strongly backward ; 
legs black ; abdomen shining, the first segment finely punctured, densely at sides, 
the third very much more closely punctured than the second, the latter also with 
a small dull punctureless area in basal middle ; venter with coarse punctures. Hind 
spur simple. ; 


Brisbane, 25-5-16 (Hacker). Although I have only the female, I am confident 
that this is a Palworhiza. It runs in my key to P. parallela Ckll., from which it is 
easily known by the general colouration and the dark face. 


The above new species, and others with yellow or orange on scutellum and 
postscutellum, may be separtaed by the following table. I include Ewryglossa auranti- 
fera Ckll., which was taken by Mr. Hacker at Brisbane, 8-10-18, as it superficially 
resembles the others. The specimen of P. awreomaculata subnubilosa taken by Mr. 
Hacker has the first recurrent nervure joining the apical corner of first submarginal 
cell, but the venation in this species is variable. Mr. Meade-Waldo (in litt.) expressed 
the opinion that Prosopis nubilosa Smith should be referred to Palworhiza, with 
subnubilosa as a subspecies. The rediscovery of Prosopis quadrata Smith, described 
from ‘‘ New Holland,” is of interest. The specimen was taken by Mr. Hacker at 
Oxley, Brisbane, 17-9-14, at Leptm. [Leptospermum ?] flowers. It has the minutely 


AUSTRALIAN BEES.—COCKERELL. 87 


reticulated area of metathorax described by Smith. The first recurrent nervure reaches 
the basal corner of the second submarginal cell, but this character doubtless varies. 


Tar 


elongata Smith is certainly very close, and perhaps not a distinct species ; I now 


have no elongata to compare. 


bo 


or 


ve) 


10. 


An orange patch behind tegulate ; no light marks on face ; first abdominal segment 
metallic Paleworhiza viridifrons Ckll. 
No orange or yellow mark behind tegule J as ae se St: a Ie 


. Face with only minute light marks (National Park, Queensland, Dec., 1919, Hacker) 


Prosopis nubilosella mediosticta Ckll., 9. 


Face with conspicuous light marks, or all light ay: Se it ae ae oder ve 
. No lateral face-marks ~ se a ip Cee Bee See .. P. sculptifrons Ckll., Q. 
With lateral face-marks *. are 2 mie eve 
. Clypeusall dark .. i att she a = a ad 2% fe won yet 
Clypeus not all dark 5 
. Mesothorax posteriorly closely punctured “. oe ig Poke P. daveyi Ckll., 2 
Mesothorax posteriorly dull and sparsely punctured .. x8 yy 3. Prcerta CHES 2\ 
. Clypeus with only a light spot (National Park, Q., Dec., 1919, Hacker) P.aureomaculata Ckll., 2 
Clypeus light, or nearly all light .. Xs be Sp a. x. es a Seas 
: Scape entirely black ah 3 eh ae ie wd ts Sse a) 
Scape light in front ae a A - oe 7 - nie ie Reem 


. Clypeus low and broad ; abdomen slightly purplish ; yellow patches above tubercles 


Buryglossa aurantifera Ckll. 


Clypeus high and narrow .. + ee aes cos he ae +3 a sre BSE 
. Lateral face-marks going above level of antennze Ms = Prosopis certa Ckll., 3-. 
Lateral face-marks not going above level of antenne .. an P. quadrata Smith. 
. Face very narrow ; small species St = de ee fe Be S3 ceemlOn 
Face broad ; large species 5s eis e: = ie P. sculptifrons Ckll., ¢. 
No supraclypeal mark (Brisbane, 6-10-14, Hacker) .. P. awreomaculata subnubilosa Ckll., 3. 
Supraclypeal mark present (Brisbane, 26-2-18, Hacker} ¥ P. aureomaculata Ckll., g 


The following table separates a series of species which are at least partly 


metallic, and the scutellum and postscutellum are not yellow. The specimens of 


Vg 


als 


albonitens average larger than those from Mackay— 


Thorax black; face entirely black (six from Bribie I., Nov. 1918, Hacker) Prosopis 
cyancomians nigrescens Ckll. 


Thorax metallic die As ae we ae tre Il 


Supraclypeal mark present (three from Stradbroke L., Sept. 17, 1915, Hacker; one 
Bribie L., i 1917, Hacker) P. albonitens Ckll., 3. 
»” 


Supraclypeal mark absent 


2. Clypeus entirely dark; females (two from Stradbroke I., Sept., 17, 1915, Hacker) 


P. albonitens Ckll 


Clypeus at least mainly light; males (Brisbane, 1—9—14 and 8—2-16, Hacker; ; 
Stradbroke I., 2-10-11, Hacker) P. disjuncta Ckll. 


8) 
w 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


PARASPHECODES Smith. 


Parasphecodes callomelittinus Cockerell, 1910. 
This remarkable species was described from Melbourne. One from Bribie 
Island, 2-11-15 (Hacker), differs a little in having the tegule reddish, not dark, and 
the stigma paler than in the type. 


CALLOMELITTA Smith. 


Callomelitta littleri Cockerell 1914. 

Mr. Hacker collected three females and two males of Callomelitta in the 
National Park, Queensland, Dec., 1919. To my surprise, the females are C. littleri, 
and the males C. nigrofasciata Ckll., both described from Tasmania. In spite of 
the differences which led me to regard nigrofasciata as a distinct species, I can no 
longer doubt that it is the male of lit#leri. 


MEGACHILE Latreille. 


Megachile semiluctuosa Smith. 
Mallee, Victoria (H. W. Davey). One female. 


Megachile mackayensis Cockerell. 
National Park, Queensland, Dec., 1919 (Hacker). Two females, which have 
a short line of red hair sublaterally on each side of second and third abdominal 
segments, in addition to the bright red hair of the apical three segments. 


Megachile quinquelineata Cockerell. 
Kuranda, Queensland (Dodd). One female. 


Megachile sequior Cockerell. 
Eidsvold (7. LZ. Bancroft). One male. 


Megachile canifrons Smith. 
Brisbane, 10-10-16 (Hacker). One male. Described from Western Australia, 
but the specimen from Brisbane agrees with the description. It also runs to canifrons 
in Meade-Waldo’s table of Smith’s species. 


Megachile tasmanica Cockerell. 
Brisbane, 10-10-16 (Hacker). This little species was described from Tasmania 
in 1916. The male from Brisbane exactly agrees with the type. 


Megachile latericauda n. sp. __ 

Male (Type). Length about 11 mm., expanse 17; black, with a large apical 
patch on inner side of anterior tibize, and anterior tarsi entirely, bright ferruginous ; 
head rounded, with broad vertex ; eyes reddish ; face narrow, covered with long 
white hair, that on upper part of clypeus tinged with yellow; mandibles black, 
strongly bidentate ; vertex finely and densely punctured ; antenne black, slender, 


AUSTRALIAN BEES.—COCKERELL. 89 


not at all expanded at apex (a character separating the species from the related 
M. ferox Sm.) ; vertex and disc of thorax, including anterior part of scutellum, 
with dark chocolate hair ; hair of occiput, cheeks, thorax anteriorly and posteriorly 
and at sides, white; mesothorax finely and densely punctured; legs with white 
hair, fulvous on inner side of hind tarsi; spurs black; anterior tarsi moderately 
expanded, with a large white area in the middle posteriorly, presenting on the under 
side a large elongate black mark broadly surrounded by white ; third joint also with 
an elongated lateral lobe; anterior trochanters pointed beneath; anterior coxze 
densely covered with white hair in front, not spined ; tegule black, closely punctured ; 
wings dusky translucent ; abdomen parallel-sided, closely punctured ; first segment 
with long white hair ; second and third with white hair-bands, broadly interrupted 
in middle ; fourth with a bright ferruginous hair-band, failing at sides ; fifth densely 
covered with bright-red hair, except at extreme sides; sixth without red hair, its 
transverse keel with two broad rounded lobes, the margins of which are more or | 
less irregular or nodulose. 


Female. Face with white hair, but some red hair at apex of clypeus and on 
mandibles subapically ; mandibles tridentate, the outer face strongly grooved ; 
clypeus simple and ordinary, very densely punctured ; flagellum obscurely reddish 
beneath ; conspicuous tufts of white hair next to the four corners of mesothorax, 
and pale hair along its posterior border ; wings very smoky ; legs entirely black ; 
abdominal segments 1 to 3 with narrow (linear) white hair-bands, expanding into 
triangular patches at sides of first segment ; fifth and sixth segments covered with 
deep coppery-red hair except at sides; ventral scopa entirely white. 


Swan River, W. Australia, one of each sex (J. Clark). Near to M. ferox but 
easily separated by the male antenne, which are like those of WM. erythropyga Sm., 
a species having entirely different male tarsi. The female resembles M. heliophila 
Ckll., but differs by the colour of the hair at end of abdomen, the entirely opaque 
mesothorax, the much more finely punctured clypeus, and the minutely and very 
densely punctured supraclypeal area. The male carries numerous mites on the 
posterior part of thorax. 


Megachile ciliatipes n. sp. 

Male. Length about 9 mm.; extremely near M. kurandensis Ckll., but 
differing thus :—No evident spot of pale hair in front of axille ; no red or fulvous 
hair on disc of fifth abdominal segment; anterior tarsi incrassate, especially the 
basitarsus, and with a fringe of stiff white hair behind; middle tarsi (which in 
kurandensis have black hair on outer side and red on inner, with no white) with 
silky white hair on outer side, and a very long white fringe behind ; hind tarsi with 
long white hair on each side. The anterior coxe are spined ; face and front densely 
covered with golden hair; cheeks with pure white hair, tinged with yellow on upper 
part ; vertex and discs of mesothorax and scutellum with black hair ; a conspicuous 
band of pale hair between mesothorax and scutellum ; tegule black ; wings dusky ; 
abdomen with narrow pale fulvous hair-bands, disc of sixth segment above densely 
covered with fulvous hair. 


90 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Type (with pea-green eyes) from Brisbane, 9-4-18 (Hacker). Also one (with 
dark-red eyes, but otherwise the same) from Kuranda (Dodd). 


Megachile hzematogastra n. sp. 


Female. Length about 11.5 mm., robust, black ; ventral scopa bright ferru- 
ginous, black on last segment and pale yellow at extreme base; abdomen finely 
punctured, not at all metallic, segments 2 to 5 with narrow entire fulvous hair-bands ; 
eyes dark reddish ; face and front with bright fulvous hair, not covering the clypeus ; 
mandibles broad, dark reddish subapically ; clypeus normal, except that the lower 
margin is thickened and somewhat elevated, and the upper part of disc is convex, 
highly polished and shining, sparsely punctured, while the lower part is distinctly 
longitudinally striate, with punctures between the striz ; lower part of supraclypeal 

“area exposed and shining ; antenne black; cheeks with fulvous hair, vertex with 
black; mesothorax and scutellum finely and extremely densely punctured, the 
scutellum obtusely pointed at apical middle; thorax with fulvous hair, but short 
and black on disc of mesothorax, longer and black on scutellum (but a fulvous band 
between the two), and blackish on disc of mesopleura ; tegule black ; wings dusky ; 
legs black, with partly pale and partly dark hair, on middle basitarsi ; dark reddish 
on outer side, but clear red on inner; hind basitarsi broad, with very bright red 
hair covering inner side ; hind tibize with short black hair on outer side, and whitish 
on inner. 

Cairns District (#'. P. Dodd). Very distinct from the known Australian species, 
and rather approaching MW. shortlandi Ckll., from the Solomon Islands. 


Megachile mundifica n. sp. 


Female. Length about 11.5 mm.; parallel-sided but rather robust ; black. 
including legs, antennz, and tegule; eyes blackish; head thick and rounded ; 
sides of face, front, and the broad cheeks with abundant white hair ; vertex with scanty 
brownish hair; mandibles broad, quadridentrate, the base covered with appressed 
pale silky hair; clypeus coarsely and closely punctured, the middle with a very 
large’ squared excavation, within which are golden hairs, and on each side of which 
the margin has the aspect of a broad rounded lobe ; vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum 
very closely and densely punctured, but glistening; scutellum and disc of meso- 
thorax with red-brown hair; a tuft of clear white hair above the base of each wing ; 
only a very faint hair-band (hardly noticeable) between mesothorax and scutellum ; 
sides of thorax with white hair; wings dusky ; legs with white hair, pale reddish 
on inner side of tarsi; hind basitarsi not broadened ; abdomen with creamy-white 
hair-bands on first three segments, on first interrupted sublaterally and represented 
at sides by large triangular patches; from apical margin of fourth segment to end 
the abdomen is covered with pale fulvous hair, redder along margins of fourth and 
fifth segments ; ventral scopa entirely white. 


National Park, Queensland, Dec., 1919 (Hacker). Resembles M. recisa CkIL., 


AUSTRALIAN BEES.—COCKERELL. ot 


known only in the male, but I feel confident that it is not that species. Among the 
known females it resembles -M. simpliciformis Ckll., but the clypeus is entirely 
different. 


GASTROPSIS Smith. 


Gastropsis victorize rufocollaris n. subsp. 

Male. Length about 14 mm. ; face and front covered with bright ferruginous 
hair; eyes yellowish green; first three antennal joints clear ferruginous; scape 
somewhat swollen; mesothorax and scutellum somewhat metallic ; anterior part 
of mesothorax with bright fox-red hair, abruptly separated from the black of the 
hinder part; anterior tibiz red in front and black behind ; abdominal segments 
2 and 3 with white hair-bands along their posterior margins, failing in middle. 


Mallee, Victoria (H. W. Davey). Two males. The position of Gastropsis has 
been in doubt, but it certainly belongs to the subfamily Diphaglossine. 


STENOTRITUS Smith. 


Stenotritus elegantior n. sp. 

Female. Length about 16 mm.; similar to S. elegans Sm., but with the 
following special characters :—Head and thorax above metallic, with rich purple and 
green tints; hair of face and front fulvous, of cheeks white, contrasting ; scape 
entirely bright ferruginous ; legs with long white hair, pale brown on anterior tibicz 
and tarsi (red on inner face of tarsi), brownish on middle tarsi and partly so on tibiz, 
chocolate colour on inner side of hind tibize and tarsi (the basitarsi very broad) ; 
abdomen steel-blue, with white hair-bands, interrupted in middle, on first four 
segments ; fifth segment with a heavy rusty-black fringe, the apical middle of which 
is bright red. The mesothorax and scutellum have black hair on disc, but the meso- 
thorax anteriorly is broadly covered with white hair, having a faint creamy tint. 


Queensland, “ Hy. 330.’ From the label, I suspect it is a Turner specimen, 
from the Mackay region. 


PARACOLLETES Smith. 


Paracolletes melbournensis Cockerell. 
“ Bright V.” (H. W. Davey). 


Paracolletes carinatus Smith. 
Kuranda (Dodd). One male. The very rich purple colour of abdomen may 
indicate a distinct race, as one would expect from the locality. 


Paracolletes plumosus Smith. 
“ Bright V.” (H. W. Davey). One female. Hamel, W. Australia, one male. 
The details of the venation are variable, but I cannot distinguish more than one 
species. 


92 = MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Paracolletes truncatulus Cockerell. 
Stradbroke I., Queensland, 9-9-11. 


Paracolletes obscurus Smith. 
Kosciusko, 26-1-14 (A. J. Turner). The wings are not so brown as in specimens 
from Mt. Wellington, Tasmania. 


Paracolletes chalcurus n. sp. 

Female. Length a little over 12 mm.; head and thorax olive-green, bluish 
green on pleura and sides of face ; clypeus strongly but rather sparsely punctured, 
black, with less than the upper third green; abdomen brassy yellow suffused with 
crimson, the hind margins of first four segments brilliantly crimson ; mandibles 
black ; scape black, long, and curved; flagellum ferruginous at apex, and beneath 
with the last three joints red and the others marked with red ; hair of face, cheeks, 
and sides of thorax pale grey, of vertex long and blackish, of thorax above long 
and tinged with fulvous, especially laterally, but partly blackened on disc of meso- 
thorax and scutellum, there being also a vague blackish transverse band from side 
to side anterior to the tegule ; mesothorax roughened and closely punctate in front, 
but the disc posteriorly polished, with few punctures ; scutellum polished anteriorly ; 
area of metathorax transversely keeled, with two or three transverse sulci above the 
keel, but fine oblique and irregular striz or raised lines below it; tegule fulvous, 
wings hyaline; stigma bright amber colour, nervures dilute sepia; venation as 
described for P. roseoviridis ; legs black, with small joints of anterior tarsi, middle 
and hind tarsi entirely, and hind tibiz, all reddish; tibial scopa large aad loose, 
whitish below, blackish above ; abdomen without hair-bands ; first segment with 
long dull white hair, in middle tinged with ochreous ;. apex with blackish hair, but 
tawny on each side of the apical plate, the sides of which are concave ; venter with 
white hair. 

Cunderdin, W. Australia, Nov., 1913 (R. Illidge). This is very like P. roseo- 
viridis Ckll., described from a male about 8 mm. long, and it is possible that the 
two are sexes of one species. As there is so much difference in size, and the sculpture 
of the metathorax is not quite the same, I provisionally regard the present insect 
as distinct. . 


Paracolletes boroniz n. sp. 

Female. Length about 11 mm.; head and thorax black, abdomen peacock- 
green, quite brilliant and beautiful, with a rather satiny gloss; hair of head and 
thorax long, dorsally grey mixed with black, laterally and beneath mainly dull 
whitish, more or less blackened on clypeus and sides of face; mandibles black ; 
clypeus shining, strongly and rather closely punctured; front dull, somewhat 
glistening at sides; antenne black, clear red at extreme apex, and the flagellum 
very obscurely brownish beneath ; mesothorax dull in front but the disc shining, 
with sparse punctures ; area of metathorax dullish with an obtuse transverse ridge, 
but no keel or distinct sculpture ; tegule piceous ; wings dusky, stigma and nervures 


AUSTRALIAN BEES—COCKERELL. 93 


piceous ; b.n. meeting t.m. ; first r.n. joing second s.m. considerably before middle ; 
legs black; tibial scopa black above, white below; abdomen without bands, first 
segment with thin white hair, apex with black hair, venter with white hair. 


Brisbane, 5-9-16 (Hacker). Taken at Birkdale, on flowers of Boronia 
ledifolia Gay, much like P. viridicinctus Ckll., but the abdomen is quite a different 
shade of green. P. viridicinctus is a Tasmanian species. It may also be compared 
with P. versicolor Sm., but the hair on under side of abdomen is not at all yellow, 
and there are other differences. 


Paracolletes regalis n. sp. : 

Male. Length about 10 mm.; head and thorax black, abdomen shining 
deep rich purple, without hair bands ; hair of head and thorax dorsally rusty black, 
but on sides of face, cheeks, and sides of throax white ; mandibles black ; clypeus 
exposed, finely and regularly punctured ; antenne long, black, the flagellum very 
faintly brownish beneath ; mesothorax and scutellum polished, with sparse punctures, 
weak on mesothorax ; scutellum with a shallow median sulcus ; area of metathorax 
without evident sculpture, dullish, except the obtuse transverse ridge, which is 
shining ; tegule dark reddish; wings dusky, stigma and nervures piceous; b.n. 
- meeting t.m.; second r.n.. greatly narrowed above, receiving first r.n. in middle ; 
legs black ; abdomen with some black hair apically, and thin white hair on ventral 
surface. 

Kuranda Queensland (Dodd). There is a strong brown cloud in the marginal 
cell and beyond, but it is not at all sharply defined. There is no such cloud in the 
related P. recusus, described below. 


Paracolletes facialis n. sp. 

Male. Length nearly 9 mm., slender ; head, thorax, legs, mandibles, antennz 
(which are rather short for a male) and tegule black; abdomen shining very dark 
purplish, with the depressed hind margins of segments more reddish ; vertex and discs 
of mesothorax and scutellum with black hair, but head and thorax otherwise with 
long white hair, at sides of face dense, appressed, and pure white; clypeus thinly 
covered with long hair, but the convex shining distinctly punctured surface visible ; 
front dull; mezothorax and scutellum shining, with very weak sparse punctures ; 
scutellum with a distinct median sulcus ; area of metathorax mainly shining, without 
a distinct transverse ridge, but with very delicate cross-striz ; wings faintly dusky, 
nervures and stigma fuscous; b.n. falling short of t.m.; second s.m. not greatly 
narrowed above, receiving first rn. much before the middle ; marginal cell obliquely 
truncate at end; third s.m. very long; legs with white hair; end of abdomen with 
some black hair. 


Coolangatta, Queensland, 15-8-16 (A. J. Turner). Resembles P. regalis in 
many respects, but easily separated by the wings. It is extremely like P. nitidulus 
Ckil., but that has a pure black abdomen. 


94 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Paracolletes plebeius n. sp. 

Female. Length about 10 mm. or a little over; head, thorax, mandibles, 
and legs black, abdomen shining dark purplish ; flagellum dusky chestnut red beneath, 
except at base; hair of vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum black, other hair of head 
and thorax white; hair at apex of abdomen black; clypeus somewhat shining 
but not polished, with scattered large punctures ; disc of mesothorax shining, with 
very sparse feeble punctures; scutellum rather strongly but sparsely punctured, 
with a median sulcus ; area of metathorax dull; tegulze black ; wings faintly dusky, 
not clouded, stigma and nervure. dark reddish; b.n. meeting t.m.; second s.m. 
very broad below, receiving first rn. at or a little before the middle; tibial scopa 
black above. white. beneath ; venter of abdomen with white hair. 


“ Bright V.” (H. W. Davey). Very near to P. providus Sm., but the head is 
smaller, the flagellum is differently coloured, and the dark purplish colour of the 
abdomen is quite different. From P. frontalis Sm. it is known by the colour of the 
scopa. 

The next two species are very close to P. plebeius, so that at first I hesitated 
whether to consider them variations of a single species, or to consider all three races 
of providus. I believe, however, that they are really distinct. 


Paracolletes incomptus n. sp. 

Female. Length about 9 mm.; similar to P. plebevus, but smaller, surface 
of clypeus polished, antennz entirely dark ; wings shorter, quite strongly brownish ; 
stigma with a dark margin, contrasting with the paler centre; scutellum quite 
without a median sulcus: area of metathorax shining on and below the transverse 
ridge, but above dullish, with a shallow median groove, and weak transverse striz ; 
abdomen dark greenish, the same colour as that of P. providus, but less polished. 


Mundaring, W. Australia, Nov., 1913 (R. Illidge). This is easily known from 
P. providus by the smaller size and brownish wings. 


Paracolletes recusus n. sp. ; 

Female. Length about 10 mm.; similar to P. plebeius, with median sulcus 
on scutellum and hyaline wings, but antennz black, surface of clypeus polished, and 
area of metathorax shining. The abdomen is broad, the segments basally black, with 
the broad apical margins dark greenish, suggesting the Tasmanian P. viridicinctus 
Ckll., which is, however, quite distinct. There is much resemblance to P. hackeri CkIL., 

om which it differs by the dull anterior half of mesothorax, the total absence of 
ochreous hair in front of tegule, the shining area of metathorax, and the differently 
coloured abdomen, the segments of which are more broadly depressed apically, 
and are not distinctly punctured as in hackeri. 


Tambourine Mountain, Queensland, 27-10-12 (Hacker). 


Paracolletes apicalis n. sp. 
Female. Length about 8 mm., slender for a female ; head, thorax, legs, and 
antenne black ; mandibles with a red subapical spot, and with the inner tooth very 


AUSTRALIAN BEES.—COCKERELL. 95 


slightly developed ; tegulz black, with a brown spot; wings greyish, nervures and 
stigma piceous ; first abdominal segment shining black, without evident punctures, 
the depressed apical margin chestnut-red ; second to fourth segments chestnut- 
red, black at extreme sides (more widely on second), and the hind margins blackish 
(broadly black on fourth) ; fifth segment black, distinctly punctured, the depressed 
hind margin red, but covered with black hair ; apical plate very broad, red in middle. 
Clypeus shining, strongly but not densely punctured ; hair of head and thorax thin, 
dull white, but dark fuscous on scutellum, vertex, and more or less on mesothorax ; 
front dull except along orbital margins, but laterad of the ocelli the surface is polished 
and impunctate; mesothorax and scutellum finely and closely punctured, the 
scutellum without any smooth spaces; area of metathorax with a subsericeous 
surface, with a delicate median keel, but no distinct transverse ridge or sulci, the 
surface under the microscope being minutely tessellated ; b.n. falling a short distance 
short of t.m.; second s.m. receiving first rn. beyond middle; third s.m. long ; 
anterior tibize and tarsi with red hair on inner side ; tibial scopa thin, blackish above, 
white below ; abdomen dullish, with white hair at sides, and a very imperfectly 
developed white hair-band on fourth segment, but fifth with black hair. 


Swan River, W. Australia, Oct., 1919 (J. S. Clark). Not closely related to any 
known species. 

Paracolletes speculiferus n. sp. 

Male. Length about 9 mm.; black, including legs, mandibles, and the thick 
moniliform antenne ; hair of head and thorax dull white, dorsally grey or blackish ; 
middle of front supraclypeal area and clypeus polished and shining, the front with 
a strong median keel, the supraclypeal area with a faint one, but the middle of clypeus 
broadly depressed, impunctate and without a keel. Resembles P. incanescens Ckll:, 
from Brisbane, but differs thus :—Clypeus and front as just described; area of 
metathorax very distinctly transversely striate (as in P. perpolitus Ckll.); hind 
tarsi black ; abdomen dull, especially basally, the surface microscopically tessellate, 
with scattered very fine punctures. The venation is nearly as in P. incanescens. 
The wings are greyish. ; 


National Park, Queensland, Dec., 1919 (Hacker). One male. Known from 
P. perpolitus Ckll., by the entirely dark antenne, entirely black anterior tibiz, &c. 


Paracolletes nomadiformis n. sp. 

Male. Length about 6.5 mm., abdomen clavate, with narrowed base. Head 
and thorax black, but lower edge of supraclypeal area, broad clypeal band, and 
lower part of clypeus broadly ferruginous ; clypeus shining, with weak punctures ; 
mandibles dark reddish; antenne long, entirely ferruginous, the flagellum not 
moniliform ; front and vertex dull; sides of face and front with long pale fulvous 
hair ; mesothorax entirely dull, with very little hair, except a dense fulvous patch 
at each anterior corner; tubercles covered with fulvous hair, and also scutellum 
and postscutellum, forming a large dorsal orange-fulvous patch, as in P. flavomaculatus 
Ckll.; area of metathorax dull, without evident sculpture ; tegule ferruginous ; 
wings reddish, with a darker cloud in marginal cell and beyond ; b.n. meeting t.m., 


96 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, 


first rn. joining second s.m. before middle ; stigma large, fulvous, nervures light 
fuscous ; knees, tibiae, and tarsi clear ferruginous, hind basitarsi very long ; abdomen 
dull black, with first segment at base and very broadly at apex, and the remaining 
segments apically, fulvo-ferruginous. 


Kuranda, Queensland (Dodd). A very distinct species, with the aspect of a 
Nomada. I have thought it permissible, in forming the specific name, to avoid a 
diphthong in the middle. 


Paracolletes aurescens n. sp. 

Male. Length about 11 mm. ; black, with the long (not moniliform) flagellum 
light fulvo-ferruginous beneath, the hind margins of the first five abdominal segments 
broadly reddish-testaceous, and the anterior and middle knees, anterior tibiz in 
front and at apex, middle tibiee at apex and base, hind tibize narrowly at apex and 
broadly at base, and all the tarsi, clear ferruginous. Apical half of mandibles dark 
reddish ; face and front up to and surrounding anterior ocellus, densely covered 
with long orange-fulvous hair, the uppermost hairs forming a long erect fringe, con- 
cealing the lateral ocelli; cheeks with long white hair; thorax above with pale 
fulvous hair, becoming bright fox-red in front of tegulz ; posteriorly and on sides 
of thorax the hair is paler, but not white ; disc of mesothorax and scutellum shining, 
with scattered rather small punctures; area of metathorax polished and shining, 
weakly transversely striate above ; tegule clear ferruginous ; wings clear, faintly 
dusky apically ; nervures and the small narrow stigma dark fuscous; b.n. falling 
just short of t.m. ; second s.m. very broad, receiving first rn. before the end of its 
first third ; legs with pale hair; anterior femora swollen, with a large oblong depres- 
sion beneath ; discs of abdominal segment with a good deal of pale ochreous-tinted 


hair ; a long silvery-white fringe on each side of apical plate ; venter with thin bands 
of pale fulvous hair. 


Bribie Island, Queensland, 1-4-18 (Hacker). Allied to P. colletellus Ckll., but 
much longer. On account of the structure of the metathorax, it cannot be the male 


of P. waterhousei Ckll. It is also probably allied to P. humerosus Sm., but certainly 
not its male. 


Paracolletes fallax n. sp. 

Female. Length about 9 mm.; black, punctured, looking like an Halictus, 
and with the basal nervure strongly arched. Hair of head and thorax short, pre- 
vailingly greyish, light reddish on vertex and scutellum, and more or less on 
mesothorax, tubercles fringed with white hair; mandibles black, inner tooth small ; 
head broad ; clypeus broad and flat, with large oval punctures, which are densely 
placed in middle ; front coarsely and very densely punctured ; antennez black, the 
short flagellum reddish beneath apically ; mesothorax and scutellum densely and 
rather coarsely punctured, but shining between the punctures ; postscutellum with 
a median tuft of spreading hair; area of metathorax with irregular oblique ruge, 
especially at sides; tegule piceous, partly rufous on outer side; wings strongly 
dusky, nervures and stigma piceous ; b.n. meeting t.m.; second s.m. receiving first 
rn. in middle ; marginal cell obliquely truncate at end ; second s.m. broad, but third 


AUSTRALIAN BEES—COCKERELL. OF 


a little broader above than second ; anterior tibize and tarsi with red hair beneath ; 
hind tibial scopa black or blackish above, white beneath ; legs, black ; abdomen 
closely and finely punctured ; second segment depressed basally ; hind margins of 
segments brown, the third and fourth with shaggy white hair-bands, placed sub- 
marginally, the second with bands at sides, and the first with only lateral patches ; 
fifth segment with short fuscous hair, but the usual heavy fringe is absent ; pygidial 
plate large, with convex sides. 


Bribie Island, Queensland, 2-11-13 (Hacker). Related to P. punctatus Sm., 
but easily separated by the colour of stigma and nervures. 


Paracolletes scitulus n. sp. 

Male. Length about 8 mm. ; black, with hind margins of abdominal segments 
very obscurely reddish ; anterior knees, apical part of femora in front, and their 
tibize in front, all clear ferruginous ; middle femora reddened at apex, and their tibize 
at base in front ; hind femora and tibiz and all the tarsi black, except that basal half 
of anterior basitarsi is red, and the apical joint on all the tarsi is clear red; head 
broad, with shining white hair at sides of face ; middle of front polished and shining 
(not at all so in P. nitidulus Ckll.), vertex also shining; supraclypeal area dull; 
elypeus convex finely punctured ; antenne long, not moniliform, flagellum (excep: 
basal joint) dark brown beneath ; cheeks with long white hair; mesothorax dullish, 
with scattered very weak punctures, but posteriorly shining: scutellum polished 
and shining, impunctate in middle, with very weak punctures toward the side ; 
area of metathorax convex, shining, without striz or keel, but the surface is 
microscopically roughened ; abdomen shining, with long white hair on first segment, 
but without bands; hair at apex pale reddish. There is long dull white hair at sides 
of thorax posteriorly. 


Brisbane, Queensland, 25-9-19 (Hacker). One male. Res2mbles P. specu- 
liferus, but easily separated by the clypeus. Superficially, it could be taken for 
P. incanescens Ckll., which also occurs at Brisbane, but the clypeus is different, 
and the b.n. falls short of t.c., instead of meeting it as in incrnescens. In both, the 
first rn. joins second s.m. in middle, and the tegule are alike in both, or perhaps — 
rather redder in scitulus. 


The following key will facilitate the separation of the species of Paracolletes 
recorded above :— 


At least abdomen more or less metallic .. iP 
Non-metallic species 9. 
1. Thorax metallic 2. 
Thorax black 4. 
2. Abdomen brassy, suffused with crimson ; comparatively large species ep chaleurus Ckll. 
Abdomen olive-green 5h me Sh, “ie ae pf Be _ Melbournensis Ckll. 
Abdomen blue or purple .. ars ; oe he <3 aye afi 3: 
3. Mesothorax purple, with a green area on es bosieneie igs 3 .. carinavus Smith 
Mesothorax green .-. sy Ac sae is oe 32 a .. plumosus Smith. 
4. Abdomen bright green -. 6 Eis Me i + ae boronic Ckll. 


G 


98 


=] 


‘TG: 


BL: 


13. 


14. 


. Wings brownish ; scutellum with no median sulcus 


. Abdomen with at least the middle segments red 


2. Face with bright golden-fulvous hair 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


5. 


Abdomen dark or purple 


Marginal cell and beyond with a strong brown cloud ; abdomen rich purple regalis Ckll. 
Marginal cell, &c., not thus clouded te 6. 
Male, with brilliant white hair on each side of face facialis Ckll. 


Females is 


Antenne with flagellum dull red beneath ; area of metathorax dull ; abdomen purplish = 
plebeius Ck). 


Antenne with flagellum dark ; area of metathorax shining .. 8. 


incomptus Ckll. 
recusus Ckil. 


10. 
ll. 


Wings clear ; scutellum with a shallow median sulcus 


Abdomen with the middle segments not red 
truncatulus Ckll, 


Abdomen entirely red 
apicalis Ckll. 


Abdomen black at base and apex 
nomadiformes Ckll. 
ee 


Abdomen clavate, with broad ferruginous bands 
Abdomen otherwise 

aurescens Ckll. 
cbscurus Smith 


Face with largely biack hair 
1S. 


Face with white hair 
Abdomen rough and closely punctured; hind margins of segments broadly brown fallaa Ckll. 
Abdomen smoother and feebly punctured 14. 

scitulus CkN. 


Clypeus ordinary, convex .. 
speculiferus. Ck)l. 


Clypeus depressed and polished in middle 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 99 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES. 
By Henry Hacker, F.E.S. 


THE number of bees described from Australia is now very large, being no 
less than 872 species contained in 50 genera. The list compiled by W. W. Froggatt 
and published by the Linnean Society of N. 8S. Wales in 1892 contained 196 species 
distributed through 31 genera. In this catalogue references of a general character, 
field notes, or biological notes, are omitted, only hose being given which contain the 
descriptions of each species, or which deal with the systematic position of these 
species. The arrangement of divisions and families is taken from the Classification 
of Rocky Mountain Bees, by Professor T. D. A. Cockerell and W. W. Robbins,+ while 
the genera and species are arranged alphabetically. The species marked with an 
asterisk are represented in the Museum collection ; with these species also are included 
all the localities from which the Museum series were obtained. A few species described 
by F. Smith cannot, after 68 years, be given a more exact habitat than “‘ New Holland,” 
but the majority have been rediscovered and a larger range of localities is now known. 


Order HYMENOPTERA. 
Suborder HETEROPHAGA. Superfamily APOIDEA. 
Division COLLETIFORMES. ‘Family COLLETIDA:. 


Genus ANTHOGLOSSA, Sm., MSS., Cat. Hym. B.M., pt. 1, p. 16, 1853. 
Anthoglossa aureotincta Ckll., The Entomologist, xxix, p. 16, 1906. 
Hab. : Western Australia. , 
Anthoglossa cygni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xiv, p. 203, 1904. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Anthoglossa dives Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 39, 1914, Q ¢. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
*Anthoglossa hackeri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 373, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Mt. Tambourine, Q. 
Anthoglossa plumata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., pt. 1, p. 16, 1853. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 
Anthoglossa sericea Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 59, 1862-64, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Genus CLADOCERAPIS, Ckll., Ent. News. Philad., xv, p. 292, 1904. 
*Cladocerapis bipectinatus (Sm.) Genotype. 
Lamprocolletes bipectinatus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. Proc., p. 31, 1856. 
Lamprocolletes cladocerus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), p. 57, 1862, 3. 
Cladocerapis bipectinatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 393, 1905. 
Hab. : Caloundra, Bribie Island, Q. 


{ Univers:ty of Co.orado Stadies, vol. vii, No. 3, p. 179, 1910. 


100 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, 


Genus GONIOCOLLETES, Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His. xxiii, p. 231, 1907. 
Goniocolletes morsus Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxii, p. 231, 1907, ¢. 
Genotype. 
Hab. : New South Wales. 
Goniocolletes pallidus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 345, 1915, 3. - 
Hab. : Hermannsburg, Cent. Aust. 


Genus NOTOCOLLETES, Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 44, 1916. 
Notocolletes heterodoxus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 49, 1916, g. 
Hab. : Gawler Range, 8.A. 


Genus PARACOLLETES Sm., MSS. Cat. Hym. B:M., pt. 1, p. 6, 1853. 


Paracolletes abdominalis Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 5, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. 


Paracolletes abnormis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 46, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Alexandria, N. Austr. 


*Paracolletes advena (Sm.). : 
Andrena advena Sm., Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 60, 1862-64, 9. 
Paracolletes advena Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 314, 1909. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 


Paracolletes amabilis (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes amabilis Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 9, 1879, 9. 
Paracolletes amabilis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 481, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Queensland. 


Paracolletes andreniformis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 344, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Paracolletes antennatus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes antennatus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 10, 1879, 3. 
Hab.: Swan River, W.A. 
*Paracolletes apicalis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 94, 1921, 9. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Paracolletes argentiirons (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes argentifrons Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 11, 1879, ¢. 


Paracolletes argentifrons Ckll., var. A, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 204, 
1910. 


Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Paracolletes atronitens Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 48, 1914, 4. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 101 


*Paracolletes aurescens Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 96, 1921, 3. 
Hab.: Bribie Island, Q. 


Paracolletes aurifrons (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes aurifrons Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 13, 1853, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
Paracolletes bicolor (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes bicolor Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 10, 1879, 9. 
Paracolletes bicolor Ckll., var. A, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 201, 
1910, 3. 
Paracolletes bicolor Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 47, 1914. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Paracolletes bimaculatus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes bimaculatus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 10, 1879, 9. 
Paracolletes bimaculatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 478, 1905, 3. 
Paracolletes bimaculatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 47, 1914, 3 
Hab. : Swan River, Perth, Yallingup, W.A. 


*Paracolletes boronize .Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 92, 1921, 9. 
Hab.: Birkdale, near Brisbane. 


*Paracolletes czeruleotinctus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 480, 1905, 3. 
Var. A, Trans. Ent. Soc. Amer., xxxvi, p. 204, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 


Paracolletes callander Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 343, 1915, Q 2. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A. 


Paracolletes callurus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 40, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
*Paracolletes carinatus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes carinatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 11, 1853, 9. 
Paracoiletes carinatus Ckll., P.L.S. N.S.W., xxxvii, p. 597, 1912, 3. 
Paracolletes carinatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 281, 1913. 
Paracolletes carinatus Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 91, 1921. 
Hab.: Bathurst, N.S.W.; Nagambie, V.: Kuranda, Q.; Tasmania. 
Paracolletes carinatulus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 481, 1905, ¢; Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 230, 1907, 9. 
Hab. : N.S. Wales ; Mackay, Q. 
Paracolletes castaneipes Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 47, 1914, ¢. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A. 
*Paracolletes chalcurus Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 92, 1921, 9. 
Hab. : Cunderdin, W.A. 


102 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Paracolletes chalybeatus (Ir.). 
Andrena chalybeata Erich., Arch. f. Naturg, viii, i, p. 268, 1842, 9. 
Lamprocolletes chalybeatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 11, 1853. 
Lamprocolletes chalybeatus Sichel., Reise. d. Novarra. Zool., ii, i, p. 144, 
1867, 3. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 
Paracolletes cinere us (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes cinereus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 12, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : South Australia. 


Paracolletes clypeatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvii, p. 52, 1916, ¢ 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Paracolletes colletellus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 485, 1905, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide River, N.T. 
*Paracolletes crassipes Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 6, 1853, 9; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), ix, p. 378, 1912, ¢. : 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A.; Leura, Sydney, N.S.W: Brisbane, Caloundra, 
Bribie Island, Q. } 
Paracolletes crassipes leptospermi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 378, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Paracolletes cristatus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes cristatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 11, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Paracolletes cupreus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes cupreus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 18, 1853, &. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
Paracolletes dentiger Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 199, 1910, 9; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8); xiv, p. 41, 1914, ¢ 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Paracolletes elegans (Sm.). 
Leioproctus elegans Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 9, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. : 


Paracolletes erythrurus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 5, 1914, 3 2. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Paracolletes eucalypti Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 51, 1916, ¢. 
Hab. : Mt. Yule, Healsville, V. 

Paracolletes eugeniarum Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 380, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES—HACKER. 103 


*Paracolletes euphenax Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 279, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Cleveland, Q.  - 
*Paracolletes facialis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 93, 1928 4. 
Hab. : Coolangatta, Q. 
*Paracolletes fallax Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 96, 1921, 9. 
Hab. : Bribie Island, Q. 
ParacoHetes ferricornis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 52, 1916, ¢. 
Hab. : Hermannsburg, Cent. Aust. 
Paracolletes fervidus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 4, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Paracolletes fervidus subdolos Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 279, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Cheltenham, V. 
Paracolletes fimbriatinus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 202, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Victoria. 
Paracolletes fimbriatinus hillieri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 47, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Hermannsburg, Cent. Aust. 
Paracolletes fimbriatus (Sm.). 
Lioproctus fimbriatus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 6, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : ? 
*Paracolletes flavomaculatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 479, 1905, 3; 
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 201, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Stradbroke Island, Q. 

Paracolletes frederici CkIl. : 
Dasycolletes rubellus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 58, 1862-64, 9. 
Lamprocolletes rubellus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 253, 1868, 3. 
Paracolletes frederici Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Philad., xxxi, p. 313-364, 

1905. 
Paracolletes frederict Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 229, 1907, 9. 
Hab. : New South Wales: West Australia. 

Paracolletes frontalis (Sm.). 

Leioproctus frontalis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 9, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Paracolletes fulvus Sm. 
Lamprocolletes fulcus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 9, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Queensland. 
Paracolletes gallipes Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 280, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Poonarunna, S.A. 


104 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Paracolletes hackeri Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vi, p. 112, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Birkdale, Q. 

Paracolletes halictiformis Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 365, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

*Paracolletes helichrysi Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vi, p. 112, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Mt. Tambourine, Q. 


Paracolletes hobartensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 23, 1906, 9. 
Hab. : Hobart, T. 


Paracolletes humerosus (Sm.). 


Dasycolletes humerosus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 11, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V. 


Paracolletes humerosus cyanurus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 140, 1914, 2 
Hab. : Oakley, V. 

Paracolletes ibex Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 138, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Windsor, V. 


*Paracolletes incanescens Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 277, 1913, 2 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 


*Paracolletes incomptus Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 94, 1921, 2. 
Hab. : Mundaring, W.A. 


Paracolletes irroratus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes irroratus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 12, 1853, 9. 
Hab.: Port Phillip, V. 
*Paracolletes latifrons Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 41, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Coolangatta, Q. 
Paracolletes launcestonensis Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 305, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 
*Paracolletes leai Ckll., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxvii, p. 597, 1912; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 373, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : King Island, Ulverstone, T. ; Wilson’s Promontory. 
*Paracolletes marginatus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 4, 1879, Q g; Ckll., Ann. - 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 274, 1913 ; The Entomologist, p. 305, 1914. 
Hab. : Bright, Cheltenham, V. ; Bridport, T. 
Paracolletes megachalceus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 374, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Clarence River, N.S.W. 
*Paracolletes megadontus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 375, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Caloundra, Stradbroke Island, Bribie Island, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 105 
 *Paracolletes melbournensi; Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 205, 1910, 9; 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), x1, p. 281, 1913. 

Hab. : Melbourne, Rutherglen, V. 

Paracolletes metallescens Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 44, 1914, 2 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Paracolletes mimulus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 206, 1910, &. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

Paracolletes minutus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 50, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Paracolletes moniliformis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 51, 1916, ¢. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Paracolletes moretonianus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 477, 1905, ¢. 
Hab. : Moreton Bay, Q. 

Paracolletes nanus (Sm.). 

Lamprocolletes nanus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 9, 1879, 9. 

Hab. : Western Australia. 

Paracolletes nigritulus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvii, p. 48, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Paracolletes nigrocinctus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 6, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Paracolletes nigroclypeatus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 204, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

Paracolletes nigrofulvus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), x1, p. 137, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Shoalhaven, N.S.W. 

Paracolletes nitidulus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 46, 1916, 2 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


Paracolletes nitidus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 3, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : N. W. Coast of Australia. 
*Paracolletes nomadi’ormis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 95, 1921, 9. 


Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 
Paracolletes obscuripennis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 484, 1905, ¢. 


Hab. : Tasmania. 


106 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Paracolletes obscurus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes obscurus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., p. 11, 1853, 2 3. 
Paracolletes obscurus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 307, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Western Australia ; Mt. Wellington, T.: Mt. Kosciusko, V. 


Paracolletes pachyodontus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 529, 1915, ¢. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Paracolletes perfasciatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 25, 1906. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 
Paracolletes perpolitus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 49, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Paracolletes platycephalus Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 379, 1912, 2; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 276, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Windsor, V. 


*Paracolletes plebeius Ckll., Mem. Queens. Mus.. vii, pt. 3, p. 94, 1921, 2. 
Hab. : Bright, V. 


Paracolletes plumosellus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 480, 1905, 3. 
Hab. : Australia. 


*Paracolletes plumosus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes plum-sus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 12, 1853, 9. 
Paracolletes plumosus Ck\l., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 200, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A.; Melbourne, Bright V. 


Paracolletes providellus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 483, 1905, ¢. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Paracolletes providellus bacchalis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xu, p. 138, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Bacchus Marsh, Windsor, V. 


Paracolletes providus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes providus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 8, 1879, 9. 
Paracolletes providus Ckll., var. A, Trans. Ent. Soc. Amer. xxxvi, p. 203, 
1910, 9. 
Paracolletes providus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 104, 1915, 3. 
Hab.: Port Phillip, V.; Eaglehawk Neck, T. 


Paracolletes punctatus (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes punctatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 14, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 


Paracolletes rebellis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 379, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Melbourne, Woodend, V. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 107 


*Paracolletes recusus Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 94, 1921, 9. 
Hab. : Mt. Tambourine, Q. 


*Paracolletes regalis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3p. 93, 1921, 3. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 


Paracolletes rhodopus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 46, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Paracolletes rudis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 25, 1906, 9. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 


Paracolletes ruficornis (Sim.). 
Lamprocolletes ruficornis Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 10, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 


*Paracolletes scitulus Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 97, 1921, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


Paracolletes semilautus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 485, 1905, 3. 
Hab. : Australia. 


*Paracolletes semipurpureus Ckll. 


Paracolletes cupreus semipurpureus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 479, 
1905, 9. 


Paracolletes cupreus semipurpureus Ckll., var. A, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 
eeavi, pce, 1910; 9. 


Paracolletes semipurpureus Ckll., var. B, Ann. Mag, Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 139, 
1914, 9. 


Hab. : Rutherglen, V.; Mackay, Brisbane, Bribie Island, Q. 
*Paracolletes semipurpureus ornatissimus Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 200, 1916, 
org: 
Hab. : Oxley, near Brisbane, Q. 
Paracolletes sexmaculatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 48, 1914, 2 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Paracolletes sigillatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 189, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : South Australia. 
Paracolletes simillimus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xviii, p. 48, 1916, ¢. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Paracolletes subfuscus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 26, 1906, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 


108 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Paracolletes subvigilans Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 45, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Paracolletes subviridis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 1038, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Bridport, T. 
*Paracolletes speculiferus Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 95, 1921, 3. 
Hab. : National Park, Q. 
*Paracolletes tenuicinctus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 42, 1914, 9. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A. 
*Paracolletes thornleighensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 27, 1906, ¢; 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 278, 1913, ¢; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), 
xiv, p. 42, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Thornleigh, N.S.W. ; Brisbane, Caloundra, Kuranda, Q. 
*Paracolletes truncatulus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 275, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Blackwood, N.S.W. 


Paracolletes tuberculatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 274, 1913, 2 ¢. 
Hab. : Cheltenham, V. 
*Paracolletes tuberculatus insularis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 275, 1913, 
2G: 
Hab. : Stradbroke Island, Bribie Island, Q. 
“Paracolletes turneri Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 208, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Rutherglen, V.; Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 
Paracolletes versicolor (Sm.). 
Lamprocolletes versicolor Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 14, 1858, 9. 
Paracolletes spatulatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 483, 1905, ¢. 
Paracolletes versicolor Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 529, 115. 
Hab. : Blackheath, N.S.W.; Adelaide, S.A.; Mt. Wellington, T. 
*Paracolletes vigilans (Sm.). 
Inoproctus vigilans Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 7, 1879, 9. 
Paracolletes vigilans Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 199, 1910. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A.; Launceston, T. 


Paracolletes viridicinctus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 482, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 
Paracolletes vitrifrons (Sm.). 
Dasycolletes vitrifrons Sm.; New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 11, 1879, 3. 
Hab.: Swan River, W.A. 
Paracolletes waterhousei Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Philad., xxxi, p. 313-364, 
1905 ; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Philad., xxxvi, p. 204, 1910, 3 
Hab. : Victoria. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 109 


Paracolletes worsfoldi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 24, 1906, 9. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 


Genus PHENACOLLETES Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 301, 1905. 


Phenacolletes mimus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 302, 1905, g. Genotype. 
Hab. : Turtle Bay, N. W. Coast, Australia. 


Genus TETRALONTA, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., vii, 1838. 
Tetralonia convicta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 310, 1909, ¢. 
Hab. : Port Phillip, V. | 


Genus TRICHOCOLLETES CkI., The Entomologist, xlv, p. 176, 1912. 
*Trichocolletes venusta (Sm.). Genotype. 
Lamprocolletes venustus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 57, 1862, 9. 
Trichocolletes venusta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 278, 1913, 9. 
Hab.: Brisbane, Birkdale, Q. 


Family PROSOPIDID A, 
Genus BINGHAMIELLA Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus., xxii, p. 235, 1907. 
*Binghamiella antipodes (Sm.). Genotype. 
Sphecodes antipodes Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 37, 1853, 9. 
Sphecodes antipus Sichel, Ann. Ent. Fr. (4), v, p. 451, 1865. 


Binghamiella antipodes Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 235, 
1907, 9. 


Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W.; Caloundra, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
*Binghamiella antipodes insularis Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 363, 1916, 


Binghamiella insularis Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 199, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : George Town, Eaglehawk Neck, T. 


Genus CALLOMELITTA Sm., MSS. Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 85, 1853. 
*Callomelitta littleri Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 305, 1914, 9. 
Callomlitta nigrofasciata C ll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. ( ), i, p. 164, 1918, ¢. 
Callom-Litta littlert Ckl. Mem. Queens!. M s. vi, pt. 3, p. 88, 1921. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. ; National Park, Q.; Ebor, N.S.W. 


Callomelitta picta Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 85, 1853, 2 3; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (7), xvi, p. 294, 1905; Ckll., Ann. Mag: Nat. His. (8), viii, p. 289, 
1911. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V.: Magnet, T. 


110 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Callomelitta picta perpicta Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xvii, p. 100, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Ararat, V. 


Callomelitta rugosa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 345, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Queensland. 


Callomelitta turnerorum Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 356, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Genus EUPROSOPIS Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 106, 1912. 
-*Euprosopis elegans (Sm.). 
Prosopis elegans Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., p. 28, 1853, 2 ¢. 
Prosopis sydneyana Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 467, 1905, 3. 
Prosopis elegans Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 395, 1909. 
Euprosopis elegans Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 108, 1912. 
Hab. Cee V.; Kenthurst, Wellington, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Q.; Adelaide, 
Euprosopis elegans huseloides (CkIl.). 
Prosopis elegans huseloides Ck\l., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 498, 1910, 9. 
Euprosopis elegans huseloides Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 108, 1912. 
Hab. : Townsville, Q. 


Euprosopis husela (CkIl.). 
Prosopis husela Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 498, 1910, 9 3. 
Euprosopis husela Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 107, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Townsville, Q. 


Euprosopis nodosicornis Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 43, 1913, 2. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Genus EURYGLOSSA Sm., MSS. Cat. Hym. B.M., pt. i, p. 17, 1853; Perk., Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 109, 1912. 
Euryglossa adelaide Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 475, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 


Euryglossa albocuneata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 510, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Windsor, V. 


Euryglossa altitudinis Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 213, 1914, 3 9. 
Hab. : Mt. Lofty, S.A. 


*Euryglossa anthracocephala Ckll., Insecutor Inscitiz Menstruus, ii, p. 99, 1914, ¥. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 

Euryglossa apicalis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 511, 1913, . 
Hab. : Croydon, V. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. Til 


*Euryglossa aurantifera Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 148, 1912, @ 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. ; Brisbane, Q. 
Euryglossa aurescens Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 509, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Euryglossa bicolor Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 58, 1862-64, 9. . 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
Euryglossa blanda Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 13, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 
Euryglossa brachycera Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 7, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Townsville, Q. 
Euryglossa calliopsella Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 208, 1910, 92; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), viii, p. 290, 1911, 3. 
Hab. : Victoria ; Sydney, N.S.W. 
Euryglossa calliopsiformis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 293, 1905, 9; The 
Entomologist, p. 213, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Euryglossa carnosa Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 33, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. 
*Euryglossa chrysoceras Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 99, 1910; Trans. 
Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 209, 1910, ¢; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, 
p. 168, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Victoria ; Adelaide, S.A.: Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 
Euryglossa cincticornis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 511, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : Warburton, V. 
*Euryglossa crabronica Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 142, 1914, 9. 
Hab.: Brisbane, Q. 
Euryglossa cupreo-chalybea Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 17, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Euryglossa cygnella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 473, 1905, d. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Euryglossa depressa Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 18, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Euryglossa depressa sparsa Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 363, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Yule, Healesville, V. 
*Euryglossa edwardsii Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxii, p. 230, 1907, 9; 
Mem. Queensl. Mus., v., p. 199, 1916. ; 
Hab. : New South Wales ; Brisbane, Q. 


112 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Euryglossa ephippiata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 58, 1862-64, 9; CkIl., 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 292, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. ; Mackay, Q. 
Euryglossa euxantha Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 111, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T. 
Euryglossa fasciatella Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 230, 1907, 9; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 512, 1913, d. 
Hab. : South Australia ; Cheltenham, V. 


Euryglossa flavocuneata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 349, 1915, 9 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

_*Buryglossa flavopicta Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 14, 1879, 9; Ckll., Mem. Queensl. 

Mus., 5, p. 199, 1916, 9. 

Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A.; Brisbane, Q. 

Euryglossa frenchii Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 167, 1910. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

Euryglossa froggattiana Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 472, 1905, &. 
Hab. : Shoalhaven, N.S.W. 

Euryglossa furcifera Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 387, 1918, 9 2. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. i 

Euryglossa geminata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), viii, p. 289, 1911, 9. 
Hab. : Cheltenham, V. 


*Ruryglossa heematura Cklil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vii, p. 289, 1911, 2; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 281, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Walcha, N.S.W. ; Brisbane, Q. 
Euryglossa halictiformis Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 15, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Euryglossa halictina Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (9), v, p. 117, 1920, 9. 
Hab. : Bridport, T. 
Euryglossa hemichlora Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 214, 1914, 3 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
*Euryglossa hemixantha Ckll., Insecutor Inscitiz Menstruus, 1, p. 99, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


*Buryglossa hypoleuca Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 115, 1918, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 


Euryglossa inconspicua Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 512, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Purnong, V. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 113 


Euryglossa jucunda Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 13, 1879, 2; Ckll., Trans. Amer. 
Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 209, 1910, 9. 


Hab. : Gaia Bay, Swan River, W.A. ; Mecha. Q. 
Euryglossa latissima Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 215, 1914, 9; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. 
(8), xv, p. 530, 1915, 3. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. 


Euryglossa leptospermi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 167, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Euryglossa maculata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 13, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 


Euryglossa melanosoma Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 214, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


Euryglossa mutica Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 143, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. 


Euryglossa myrtacearum Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 209, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 

Euryglossa narifera Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 348, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

*Euryglossa neglectula Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 474, 9; Mem. Queensl. 

Mus., v, p. 199, 1916. 
Var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 281, 1913. 

Hab.: Brisbane, Q. 

Euryglossa neglectula mica Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918, 2. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 

Euryglossa nigra Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 13, 1879, Q. 
Hab. : Australia. : 

Euryglossa nigroceerulea Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 33, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Croydon, V.; Mount Wellington, T. 

Euryglossa nitidifrons Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 14, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 

Kuryglossa nubilipennis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 56, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Wellington, T. 

Euryglossa paupercula Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 348, 1915, @. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A. 

Euryglossa pavonura Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxv, p. 211, 1910. 2. 


Hab. : Cooktown, Q. 
H 


114 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Euryglossa perditiformis Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 207, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 

Euryglossa pernana Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 474, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Freemantle, W.A. 

Euryglossa perpulchra Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvii, p. 434, 1916, ¢. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W.A. 


Euryglossa perpusilla Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 263, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay. Q. 

Euryglossa platyrhina Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 350, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A 


~Buryglossa quadrimaculata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 12, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Queensland. 


*Buryglossa reginee Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 475, 1905, ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 


Euryglossa rejecta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 476, 1905, . 
Hab. : Perth, W.A. 


Euryglossa rhodochlora Ckll., Ann Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 470, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, N.S.W. 


Euryglossa ridens Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 388, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Blue Mountains, N.S.W. . 
Euryglossa ruberrima Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 36, 1913, 9; Ann. ort 
Nat. His. (8 ), xvii, p. 434, 1916, &. 
Hab. : Healesville, V. 


Euryglossa rubiginosa Dalla Torre. 
Euryglossa rubricata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 14, 1879, 2 (non p. 12, 
No:, 3). 
Euryglossa rubiginosa D.T., Cat. Hym., x, p. 50, 1896. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Euryglossa rubricata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 12, 1879, 2; Ckll., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 293, 1905; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 167; 
1910. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A.; Mackay, Q. 
Euryglossa salaris Ckll., Trans. Ent. Soc. Amer., xxxvi, p. 210, 1910, 2. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Euryglossa sanguinosa Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 35, 1913. 
Hab. : Windsor, V. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 115 


Euryglossa schomburgki Ckll., Journ. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 99, 1910, 2. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 


*Kuryglossa semicastanea Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 115, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
Euryglossa semiruia Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 469, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, N.S.W. 
Euryglossa simillima Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 12, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Euryglossa sinapina Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 35, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. 
Euryglossa sinapipes Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 99, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
Euryglossa subfusa Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 210, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N. T. 
*Euryglossa subsericea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 293, 2; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 168, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane. 
Euryglossa tasmanica Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (9), i, p. 164, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 
Euryglossa tenuicornis Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 34, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Purnong, S.A. 
Euryglossa terminata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 18, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Euryglossa tricolor Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 15, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Euryglossa tridentifrons Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 510, 1913, 3. 
‘Hab. : Nagambie, V. 
Euryglossa undulata Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 198, 1914, 92 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Euryglossa variabilis Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 110, 1912, ¢. 
Hab. : Bundaberg, Q. 


Euryglossa victorize Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 207, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 


Euryglossa villosula Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 15, 1879, 3. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 


116 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Euryglossa walkeriana Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 473, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 
Genus EURYGLOSSELLA CkIL., The Entomologist, xii, p. 263, 1910. 
*Euryglossella atomaria Ckll., Insecutor Inscitiz Menstruus, ii, p. 100, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
*Euryglossella globuliceps Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
Euryglossella minima Ckll., The Entomologist, xliii, p. 263, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Genus EURYGLOSSIDIA Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 358, 1910. 
Euryglossidia ichneumonoides (Ckll.). 
Euryglossa ichneumonoides Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 17, 1906. 
Euryglossidia ichneumonoides Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 359, 1910. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 


Euryglossidia purpurascens Ckll., The Etomologist, p. 197, 1914, 3. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A. 
Euryglossidia rectangulata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 359, 1910, Q. 
Genotype. 
Hab. : Victoria. 


Genus EURYGLOSSINA CkIl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 211, 1911. 
(Described as a subgenus.) 
*Euryglossina chalcosoma Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 391, 1913, 99; 
Insecutor Inscitiz Menstruus, ii, p. 100, 1914. 
Hab. : Croydon, V.; Brisbane, Q. 
Euryglossina cockerelli Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 113, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Bundaberg, Q. 
Euryglossina flaviventris Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 362, 1916, 2¢. 
Hab. : Mount Yule, Healesville, V. . 
Euryglossina fultoni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 390, 1913, 90. 
Hab. : Purnong, S.A. 
Euryglossina hypochroma Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 362, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Perth, W.A. 
Euryglossina microxantha Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 7, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. . 
*Kuryglossina perpusilla Ckll., The Entomologist, xl, p. 263, 1910, 2; Insecutor 
Inscitize Menstruus, ii, p. 100, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES—HACKER. 117 


Euryglossina perpusilla var. nana Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 363, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W. A. 


Euryglossina proctotrypoides Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 392, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Croydon, V. 
- Euryglossina semipurpurea Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 211, 1910. 
Genotype. 
Euryglossa semipurpurea Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 208, 1910, 9. 
Hab.: Mackay, Q. 


Euryglossina sulphurella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 389, 1913, 94. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. 

Euryglossina sulphurella var. perlutea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvii, p. 434, 1916. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W.A. 


Euryglossina xanthodonta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 391, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. 


Genus GNATHOPROSOPIS Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 104, 1912. 
*Gnathoprosopis amicula (Sm.). 


Prosopis amicula Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 19, 1879, 2; Ckll., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 467, 1905, 9; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, 
p- 146, 1912. | 
Gnathoprosopis amicula Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 198, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A.; Melbourne, V.; Sydney, N.S.W.; Brisbane, 
Mackay, Q. 


Gnathoprosopis asinella (Ckll.). 
Prosopis asinella Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 37, 1913, 3. 
Gnathoprosopis asinella Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 198, 1916. 
Hab.: Purnong, 8.A. 


Gnathoprosopis bituberculata (Sm.). 
Prosopis bituberculata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 18, 1879, 3. 
Hab.: Melbourne; V. 


*Gnathoprosopis euxantha (CkIl.). 
Prosopis xanthopoda Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 28, 1910. (Not of 
Vachal, 1895.) 
Prosopis euxantha Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 166, 1910. 
Gnathoprosopis euxantha Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 198, 1916. 
Hab.: Victoria ; Brisbane, National Park, Q. 


118 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Gnathoprosopis hackeri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), x, p. 489, 1912, 9; Mem. 
Queensl. Mus., v, p. 198, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Caloundra, Bribie Island, Q. 


Gnathoprosopis rowlandi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 55, 1914, g. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

*Gnathoprosopis theodorei Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 105, 1912, ¢. 
Hab. : Townsville, Brisbane, Q. 


enus HETERAPIS Ckll., The Entomologist, xliv, p. 140, 1911. 
Heterapis delicata Ckll., The Entomologist, xliv, p. 140, 1911, &. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Heterapis halictiformis Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 112, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Bundaberg, Q. 


Heterapis sculpta Ckll., The Entomologist, xliv, p. 141, 1911, &. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Genus HYLEOIDES Sm., MSS. Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 32, 1853; Perk., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 108, 1912. 
*Hyleoides bivulnerata Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vu, pt. 3, p. 81, 1921, &. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q, ; Bamawm, V. 


*Hyleoides concinna (Fabr.). 
Vespa concinna Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 367, 1775. 
Hyleoides concinna Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, 32, 1853, 2. 
Hyleoides concinna Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv. p. 310, 1909, 2 3. 
Hab.: Bright, V.; Sydney, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
Hyleoides concinnula Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 310, 1909, 293g: Jour. 
Ent. Soc. New York, xviii, p. 101, 1910. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. ; Swan River, W.A. 
*Hyleoides striatula Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 81, 1921, &. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 
Hyleoides waterhousei Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 387, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : South Australia. 
*Hyleoides zonalis Sm., Cat. Hym, B.M., i, p. 32, 1853, 9; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), iv, p. 310, 1909, 9. 
Hab. : Hunter River, N.S8S.W.; Swan River, Mundaring, W.A. 
Hyleoides zonalis albocincta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 309, 1909, 9. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. dy 


Hyleoides zonalis rufocincta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 310, 1909, ed. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 


Genus MELITTOSMITHIA Schulz. 
Smithia Vachel., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., p. 61, 1897 (Preoc.). 
Melittosmithia Schulz, Spolia. Hym., p. 244, 1906 (nom. nov. for Smithia). 
Melittosmithia Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 358, 1910. 


Melittosmithia australiensis (Dalla Torre). 
Macropis australiensis D.T., Cat. Hym., x, p. 193, 1896. 
Scrapter bicolor Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 61, 1862-64 (nec 
Lepeletier). 
Melittosmithia australiensis Cklil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 358, 1910. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Melittosmithia carinata (Sm.). Genotype. 
Scrapter carinata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 60, 1862-64. 
Melittosmithia carinata Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 358, 1910. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Genus MEROGLOSSA Sm., MSS. Cat. Hym. B.M., p. 33, 1853; Perk., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 96, 1912. 
Meroglossa baudinensis (Ckll.). 
Prosopis baudinensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 471, 1905, 9. 
Meroglossa baudinensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 22, 1910. 
Hab.: Baudin Island, N.W.A, ; Port Darwin, N.T. 


Meroglossa canaliculata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 33, 1853, 3. 
Hab. : Port Essington, N.T. 


Meroglossa deceptor Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 101, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Cairns, Herberton, Q. 


Meroglossa decipiens Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 101, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Herberton, Q. ; Port Darwin, N.T. 


*Meroglossa desponsa (Sm.). 
Prosopis desponsa Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 31, 1853, °&. 
Prosopis desponsa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 146, 1912, 9. 
Meroglossa desponsa Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 98, 1912. 
Hab. : Heathcote, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Q. 


Meroglossa desponsa var. kershawi Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 32, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 


120 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Meroglossa diversipuncta (Ckll.). 
Prosopis diversipuncta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 395, 9. 
Meroglossa diversipuncta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 98, 1912. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 


Meroglossa eucalypti Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 18, 1910, ¢@. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Meroglossa impressifrons (Sm.). 
Prosopis impressifrons Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 31, 1853, 3. 
Prosopis impressifrons Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 145, 1912, g. 
Meroglossa impressifrons Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 98, 1912. 
Hab. : Kenthurst, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Q. 
Meroglossa lactifera Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 19, 1910, ¢ 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Cairns, Q. 
*Meroglossa nigrifrons (Sm. ). 
Prosopis nigrifrons Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 30, 1853, 9. 
Meroglossa nigrifrons Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 98, 1912. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Caloundra, Bribie Island, Q. 
Meroglossa nigrifrons var. A, Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 163, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 
*Meroglossa penetrata (Sm.). 
Prosopis penetrata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 25, 1879, 9. 
Meroglossa penetrata Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Townsville, Q. 
*Meroglossa penetrata percrassa (CkIl.). 
Prosopis percrassa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 469, 1905, 9. 
Meroglossa penetrata percrassa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi., p. 21, 1910. 
Hab. : Mackay, Cairns, Q. Hy 
*Meroglossa persulcata Ckll. 


Meroglossa (sulcifrons subsp. ¢) persulcata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), 
ix, pe 14419129. 
Meroglossa persulcata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), x, p. 488, 1912. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 
Meroglossa rubricata (Sm.). 
Prosopis rubricata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 25, 1879, 9. 
Meroglossa rubricata Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 98, 1912. 
Hab. : Swan. River, W.A. 


Meroglossa sculptissima Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 19, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Meroglossa soror Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 100, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Herbertoa District, Q. 


GATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 121 


Meroglossa sulcifrons (Sm.). 
Prosopis sulcifrons Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 27, 1853. 
Meroglossa sulcifrons Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 144, 1912. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Meroglossa torrida (Sm.). 
Prosopis torrida Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 25, 1879, 9. 
Meroglossa torrida Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 98, 1912. 
Hab. : Queensland. ; 


Genus NEOPASIPH Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 114, 1912. 
Neopasiphee mirabilis Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 115, 1912, ¢. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 


Genus PACHYPROSOPIS Perk., Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., ii, p. 29, 1908. 


*Pachyprosopis angophorse Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 141, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W.: Brisbane, Q. 


Pachyprosopis atromicans Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 37, 1913, ¢ 9. 
Hab; : Murray River, S.A. ; Croydon, V. 

Pachyprosopis barbata Ckll., Insecutor Inscitiz Menstruus, ii, p. 101, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


Pachyprosopis doddi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 167, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Townsville, Q. 


*“Pachyprosopis flavicauda CklIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 141, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W.; Mount Wellington, T. 

*Pachyprosopis hackeri Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 199, 1916, &. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


*Pachyprosopis heematostoma CkIl., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 36, 1913, @; 
Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 347, 1915. 
Pachyprosopis awrantipes Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 513, 1913, 3. 
Vide Meade-Waldo’s determination. 
Hab. : Windsor, Croydon, V.; Kalamunda, W.A. 


Pachyprosopis holoxanthopus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 469, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, N.S.W. 
Pachyprosopis humeralis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 142, 1912, ¢. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. 
*Pachyprosopis indicans Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


122 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Pachyprosopis kellyi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8). xvii, p. 432, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Yule, Healesville, V. 


*Pachyprosopis mirabilis Perk., Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., p. 30, 1908 ; Ckll., Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 166,,.1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Caloundra, Brisbane, Q. 


Pachyprosopis nitidiceps Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 384, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q.: 


Pachyprosopis obesa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 383, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. 


Pachyprosopis plebeia Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 166, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Pachyprosopis saturnina Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 393, 1913, 9; Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 362, 1916. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A.; Perth, W.A. 


Pachyprosopis semisericea (CkIl.). 
Stilpnosoma semisericea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p..476, 1905, 9. 
Pachyprosopis semisericea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 167, 1910. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Genus PALACORHIZA Perk., Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., ii, p. 29, 1908; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 102, 1912. 


Paleorhiza basilura Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 500, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Paleorhiza denticauda (CkIl.). 
Meroglossa denticauda Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 24, 1910, ¢ 9. 
Paleorhiza denticauda Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Paleorhiza flavomellea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 500, 1910, 2 3. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Cairns, Q. 


*Paleorhiza luxuriosa (CkIl.). 
Meroglossa luxuriosa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 22, 1910, g @. 
Paleorhiza luxuriosa Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Paleorhiza melanura Ckl!., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 499, 3 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES,—HACKER. 123 


*Paleeorhiza melliceps Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 115, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Tambourine Mountain, Q. 


*Paleorhiza parallela (Ckll.). 
Prosopis parallela Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 400, 1905, 9°. 
Paleorhiza parallela Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Kuranda, Caloundra, Gordonvale, Q. 


*Paleeorhiza parallela disrupta Ckll., Insecutor Inscitize Menstruus, ii, p. 98, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Port Douglas, Dunk Island, Q. 


Palzeorhiza parallela var. recessiva Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 149, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Palzeorhiza perkinsi (Ckll.). 
Meroglossa perkinsi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 23, 1910, 3. 
Paleorhiza perkinsi Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Paleorhiza perkin i Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 98, 1910. 
Hab. : Cooktown, Q. 
*Paleeorhiza perviridis (Ckll.). Genotype. 
Prosopis pervirid’s Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 401, 1905, 9. 
Paleorhiza perv:ridis Pe k., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Hab. : Adelaide River, N.T.; Kuranda, Brisbane, Q. 


Paleeorhiza perviridis cassizefloris (Ckll.). 
Meroglossa perviridis cassicefloris Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 22, 
1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


*Paleeorhiza reginarum (CkIl.). 
Prosopis reginarum Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 402, 1905, 9. 
Meroglossa reginarum Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 22, 1910, ¢. 
Paleor iza reginarum Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Bri-bane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 


*Paleeorhiza turneriana (Ckll.). 
Prosopis turneriana Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 402, 1905, 3 9. 
Paleorhiza turneriana Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Hab.: Mackay, Kuranda, Q. 


Paleeorhiza turneriana kurandensis (Ckll.). 
Prosopis turneriana kurandensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 394, 
1909, g 
Meroglossa turneriana kurandensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 21, 
1910, ¢. Se 
Hab. : Kuranda, Cooktown, Q. 


124 MEMOIRS OF THE: QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Paleorhiza turneriana viridimutans (CkIl.). 


Meroglossa turneriana viridimutans Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 21, 
1910, 9. 


Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T. 


Paleeorhiza varicolor (Sm.). 
Prosop's varicolor Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 24, 1879, 9; Ckll., Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 399, 1905, 3 9. 
Paleorhiza varicolor Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 99, 1912. 
Hab. : Townsville, Bowen, Q. 
Paleeorhiza varicolor eboracina (CkIl.). 
Meroglossa varicolor eboracina Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 28, 1910, 3. 
Paleorhiza varicolor eboracina Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 103, 1912; 
Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. ‘8), ix, p. 103, 1912, 3 9. 
Hab : Cape York, Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Paleeorhiza viridifrons Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 86, 1921, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


Genus PROSOPIS Fabr., Piez. Syst., p. 293, 1804; Perkins, Ann. Mag. Nat His. (8), 
ix, p. 103; 2912. 
Prosopisteron Ckll., The Entomologist, xxix, p. 17, 1906. 
Prosopisteron merged into Prosopi; Ckll., Nature, p. 311, 1910. 


Prosopis accipitris Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 53, 1914, g &. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. 


Prosopis albomaculata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 24, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. 
“Prosopis albonitens Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 399, 1905, 3; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 467, 1905, 9. : 
Hab. : Mackay, Bribie Island, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
*Prosopis alcyonea Erichs., Wiegm. Arch., p. 267, 1842, 9; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (7), xvi, p. 399, 1905, ¢ 9; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 30, 1910. 
Prosopis vidua Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 29, 1853, 3. 
Hab. : Albany, W.A. ; Sydney, N.S.W. 
Prosopis amata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 394, 1909 ; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. 
(8), vi, p. 29, 1910. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Mackay, Q. 
*Prosopis amiculiformis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 394, 1909, 9; Ann. M: ; 
Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 30, 1910, 3; Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 


Prosopis ancorata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 148, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 125 


*Prosopis aposuara Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 164, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Gilgai, N.S.W.; Mackay, Stradbroke Island, Brisbane, Q. 
Prosopis aralis Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 364, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Yule, Healesville, V. 
*Prosopis aureomaculata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 395, 1909, 3. 
Hab..: Sydney, Como, N.S.W.; Brisbane, National Park, Caloundra, Q. 
*Prosopis aurifera Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Stradbroke Island, Q. 


*Prosopis bacillaria Ckll., Insecutor Inscitize Menstruus, 1, p. 98, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Bribie Island, Caloundra, Q. 


Prosopis bicolorata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 27, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
*Prosopis bidentata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 28, 1853, g; Ckll., Mem. Queensl. 
Mus., vi, p. 114, 1918. 
Hab. : Stradbroke Island, Q. 


Prosopis brevior Ckll. 
Proscpis perhumilis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 197, 1916. 
Prosopi: brevior Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (9), i, p. 164, 1918. 
Hab. : Oxley, Brisbane, Q. 


Prosopis callosa Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 104, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Port Phillip, V. 


Prosopis cassize Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 29, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
*Prosopis cenibera Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 165, 1910 ; Insecutor Inscitize 
Menstruus, ti, p. 97, 1914. 
Hab. : Mackay, Caloundra, Brisbane, Q. 
*Prosopis certa Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 85, 1921, 3 Q. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
Prosopis chlorosoma Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 40, 1913, 9; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (9), i, p. 163, 1918. 
Hab. : Croydon, V.; Launceston, T. 
*Prosopis chromatica Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), 1x, p. 382, 1912, ¢; Mem- Queensl. 
\ SMus.) vi; ps 113; 1918: 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Bribie Island, Q. 
Prosopis chrysaspis Ckl!., Jour. Ent. Soc. New York, xviii, p. 102, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria ; Adelaide, 8.A. 
Prosopis chrysaspis var. A, Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 25, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 


126 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Prosopis chrysognatha Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 102, 1910, 3 Q; 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 165, 1910, 2; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, 
p. 145, 1912 ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 43, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, 8. A.; Melbourne, V.; Sydney, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Q. 


Prosopis cognata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 18, 1879, 2 ¢. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, Swan River, W.A. 
*Prosopis constricta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 468, 1905, 3; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 31, 1910; Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 
Prosopis constrictiformis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 27, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Cooktown, Q. 
Prosopis coronata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 469, 1905, g; Ann. Mag. 
Nat..Es.\(8), vi; 2p: 162, 1910; <2: 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Prosopis coronatula Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 471, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Brewarrina, N.S.W. 
Prosopis cyaneomicans Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 165, 1910, Q. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
*Prosopis cyaneomicans var. nigrescens Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918. 
Hab. : Bribie Island, Caloundra, Q. 
Prosopis cyanophila Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 28, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
*Prosopis daveyi Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 85, 1921, 9. 
Hab.: Bright, V. 
*Prosopis disjuncta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 400, 1905, g; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 30, 1910, 9; Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918. 
Hab. : Mackay, Caloundra, Stradbroke Island, Brisbane, Q. 


Prosopis distractus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 56, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


Prosopis dromedarius Ckll., Jour. Ent. Soc. New York, xviii, p. 103, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
“Prosopis eburniella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Net His. (8), ix, p. 148, 1912, 3; Mem. Queensl. 
Mus., v, p. 198, 1916; Mem. Queens]. Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Caloundra, Q. 
Prosopis elongata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 18, 1879, ¢; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. 
(8), xvii, p. 435, 1916. 
Hab. : Victoria ; Adelaide, S.A.; Kalamunda, W.A. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 127 


*Prosopis eugeniella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 25, 1910, 2; Mem. Queensl. 
Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 


Prosopis extensa Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 364, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Yule, Healesville, V. 


Prosopis flavojugata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 146, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Como, N.S.W. 


*Prosopis frederici Ckll. 
Prosopis similis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 26, 1853. (Not of Fabr., 1793.) 
Prosopis frederici Ckll., nn. Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 403, 1905. 
Hab: Brisbane, Q. 
Prosopis fulvicornis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 27, 1853, g not 2; Ckll., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 347, 1915; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvii, p. 435, 1916. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. ; Kalamunda, W.A. 
Prosopis hzeematopoda Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 42, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : South Australia. 
Prosopis hobartiana Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 470, 1905, 3. 
Hab. : Hobart, T. 


Prosopis honesta Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 19, 1879, 3. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 
Prosopis indicator Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviti, p. 103, 1910, 3 9. 
Hab. : Mallee, V.; Adelaide, S.A. 
Prosopis infans Ckll. (microphenax var. ?), Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 27, 1910. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Prosopis itamuca CkIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 163, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : N. W. Australia. 
Prosopis kalamundze Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 346, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W.A. 
*Prosopis kelvini Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), x, p. 489, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
Prosopis lateralis Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 23, 1879, 9; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (7), xvi, p. 467, 1905. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A.; Adelaide, S.A. ; Mackay, Q. 
Prosopis leai Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), x, p. 490, 1912, ¢. 
Hab. : National Park, N.S.W. 


128 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Prosopis leucospheera Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 42, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Croydon, V. 

Prosopis littleri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (9), 1, p. 163, 1918, ¢. 
Hab. : George Town, T. 


Prosopis lubbocki Ckll. 
Prosopis metallica Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 59, 1862, ¢ not 9. 
Prosopis lubbocki Ckll., nn. Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 403, 1905. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Prosopis mediovirens Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad:, p. 39, 1913, 2 g; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (9), 1, p. 163, 1918, 3. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. ; Launceston, T. 
“Prosopis melanops Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 198, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Caloundra, Brisbane, Q. 


Prosopis microphenax Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 26, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Prosopis microphenax var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 26, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Prosopis minuscula Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 38, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Croydon, V. 
*Pyosopis morosa Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 26, 1879, 9; CkIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), ix, p. 146, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Liverpool Plains, Como, N.S.W.; Brisbane, National Park, Q. 
Prosopis nigropersonata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 27, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
*Prosopis nubilosa Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 31, 1853, 9; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), vi, p. 25, 1910. 
Hab. : Port Phillip, V.; Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Caloundra, Q. 
Prosopis nubilosa subnubilosa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 25, 1910, 2; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 161, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Prosopis nubilosella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 161, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
*Prosopis nubilosella mediosticta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 145, 1912, 9; 
Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918. 
Hab. : Botany, N.S.W. ; Stradbroke Island, National Park, Q. 
*Prosopis obtusata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 17, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A.; Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 129 


Prosopis pachygnatha Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 29, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Cooktown, Mackay, Q. 
*Prosopis perhumilis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 53, 1914, ¢ 9; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (9), i, p. 163, 1918. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A.; Brisbane, Q. 
*Prosopis perhumilis var. A, Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 306, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Bridport, Launceston, T. 
Prosopis permiranda Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), iv, p. 396, 1909, 9. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 
*Prosopis perplexa (Sm.). 
Prosopis confuca Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 30, 1853, 2 (non Nylander). 
Prosopis perplexa Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 421, 1854. 
Prosopis perplexa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 146, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Mosman’; Bay, Hornsby, N.S.W.; Bribie Island, Q. 


Prosopis philoleuca Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 163, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Prosopis primulipicta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 471, 1905, ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Prosopis proxima Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 24, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. 

Prosopis proxima var. A Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 43, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. 

Prosopis pulchricrus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 266, 1915, ¢. 
Hab. : Yarrawin,-N.S.W. 


*Prosopis pulchripes Ckll., Insecutor Inscitize Menstruus, ii, p. 97, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 

Prosopis purpurata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 17, 1879, ¢. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 

*Prosopis quadrata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 28, 1853, 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 

Prosopis quadriceps Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 17, 1879, 2. 
Hab. : Australia. 

Prosopis quadriceps var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 145, 1912. 
Hab. : New South Wales. 

Prosopis rollei Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 105, 1910, ¢; Ann. Mag. 

Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 162, 1910. 

Hab. Ararat; V. 


130 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Prosopis rotundiceps Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 19, 1879, 2; CkIl., Bull. Amer. — 
Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 235, 1907, ¢. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V. 


Prosopis ruficeps Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 29, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 


Prosopis rufipes Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 27, 1853, 9; CkIl., Jour. New York Ent. 
Soc., xviii, p. 101, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Prosopis sanguinipicta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 54, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


Prosopis scintilla Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 147, 1912, 9; Ann. Mag. Nat. 
fis: (8), xiv, pops, Ole, <¢- 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Prosopis scintilliformis Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 41, 1913, 92; Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 365, 1916, 2 ¢. 


Hab. : Croydon, Healesville, V. 


*Prosopis sculptifrons Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 84, 1921, ¢ . 
Hab. : National Park, Q. 


*Prosopis serotinella Ckll., The Entomologist, xxix, p. 17, 1906; Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), vi, p. 25,-1910, 9; Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 113, 1918. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 


Prosopis simillima Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 26, 1879, 9. - 
Hab. : Moreton Bay, Q. 


Prosopis sublateralis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 471, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, N.S.W. 


Prosopis subplebeia Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 469, 1905, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Prosopis trilobata Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xvii, p. 104, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Mallee, V. 


Prosopis trimerops Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 365, 1916, 9. 
‘Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


Prosopis varicolor Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 24, 1879, 9; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (7), xvi, p. 399, 1905, ¢. 


Hab. : Port Bowen, Townsville, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 131 


Prosopis violacea Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 26, 1853, 2 ¢. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Prosopis vittatifrons Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 39, 1913, 2; Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 365, 1916. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A.; Perth, W.A. 
Prosopis xanthaspis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 160, 1910, 9; CklIl, Ann. 
Mag: Nat. His. (8); ix, p. 147, 1912, ¢. 
Prosopis xanthaspis var. bicuneata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), viii, p. 769, 
gia, oO 
Prosopis bicuneata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 161, 1910, o 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Prosopis xanthospheera Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 41, 1913. 
Hab. : King Island, T. 


Genus STILPNOSOMA Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 16, 1879. 
Stilpnosoma levigatum Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 16, 1879, 2; CkIl., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 296, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
*Stilpnosoma semisericea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 476, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Birkdale, Q. 
Stilpnosoma turneri Friese., Arkiv. for. Zool. Band ii, p. 4, 1917, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Colosseum, Q. ; Adelaide, S.A. 
Genus TURNERELLA Ckll., The Entomologist, xliii, p. 262, 1910. 
Turnerella doddi Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 114, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T. 
Turnerella gilberti Ckll., The Entomologist, xliii, p. 262, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Division ANDRENIFORMES. 
Family ANDRENIDA#. Subfamily NOMIIN Al. 


Genus NOMIA Latr., His. Nat., xiii, p. 369, 1805. 
Nomia zenea Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 63, 1875, 3. 
Hab. : Port Essington, N.T. 
Nomia aerata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 63, 1875, 3. 
Hab. : Australia. . 
Nomia alboscopacea Friese., Arkiv. for. Zool. Band ii, p. 6, 1917, 3 v. 
Hab. : Mackay, Colosseum, Atherton, Q. 


Nomia argentifrons Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 60, 1862-5 
Hab. : Australia. 


132 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Nomia aurantifer Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 501, 1910, 9°. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


*“Nomia aurantifer swainsonize Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 82, 1921, 2 3. 
Nomia luteofasciata Friese., Arkiv. for. Zool. Band ii, p. 7, 1917, 9. 
Hab. : National Park, Cairns, Atherton, Q. 
*Nomia australica Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 60, 1875, 3 &. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V.; Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q.; Adelaide, $.A. ; 
Swan River, W.A. 
*“Nomia australica regis Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 221, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : N.W. Australia. 
~~ *Nomia brisbanensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 508, 1913, 2 g. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Bribie Island, Q. 


Nomia darwinorum Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 502, 1910, @. 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T. 


Nomia dentiventris Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 62, 1875, ¢. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. 
*“Nomia dimissa Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 88, 1921, 2 3. 
Hab. : Cairns, Q. 
*Nomia ferricauda Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 507, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
*Nomia flavoviridis Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 222, 1905; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 
Xxxvi, p. 225, 1910, 2 g; The Entomologist, p. 119, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Bribie Island, Q. 
Nomia flavoviridis adelaidella Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xvii, p. 106, 
1910, 6 2 
Hab. : Adelaide, 8.A. 
Nomia flavoviridis cyanella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 506, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Cooktown, Q. 
Nomia flavoviridis var. doddi Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 222, 1905. 
Hab. : Queensland. 
*Nomia fiavoviridis phanerura Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 506, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Sandgate, Q. 
Nomia frenchi Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 120, 1912, g. 
Hab. : Woodend, V. 


Nomia generosa Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 61, 1875, ¢. 
Hab. : Moreton Bay, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BHES—HACKER. 133 


Nomia gilberti Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 304, 1805, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


*Nomia gracilipes Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 61, 1875, 2 3; Westw., Trans. 
Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 217, 1875, g; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, 
p. 507, 1913, 2; Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 200, 1916; 9. 
Hab. : Victoria ; Brisbane, Q. ; Adelaide, 8.A. 


Nomia grisella Ckll. (muscosa, subsp. ?), Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xij, p. 508, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Cape York, Q. . 


*Nomia halictella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 306, 1905, 9; The Entomolo- 
gist, p. 122, 1912, 3; Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 


Nomia halictella var. triangularis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 307, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Nomia hippophila Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 106, 1910, ¢; The 
Entomologist, p. 158, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Port Phillip, V.; Yarrawin, N.S.W. 


Nomia hippophila purnongensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 505, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. ; 


Nomia hypodonta Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 220, 1905. 
Var. A, Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 223, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


*Nomia kurandina Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 222, 1910, g$; The 
Entomologist, p. 121, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 


Nomia lepidota Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 218, 1905. 
Hab. : Australia. 


*Nomia lyonsiz Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), x, p. 491, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 


Nomia melanoptera Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 224, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Nomia moerens Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 60, 1875, 9; CkIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His) (8); xu, ‘p:. 507, 1913, 9: 
Hab. : Victoria. 


*Nomia muscosa Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 224, 1910, 9; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 505, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : N. 8. Wales ; Mackay, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 


134 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Nomia nana Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 62, 1875, 9. 


Nomia ruficornis Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 62, 1875, 3. 
Nomia nana CkIL., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 221, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, 8.A. ; Sydney, N.S.W.; N. W. Australia. 


Nomia pseudoceratina Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 222, 1910, 2. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 

Nomia rubroviridis CkIl., The Entomologist, p. 223, 1905. 
Hab. : Australia. 

Nomia rufocognita Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 219, 1905. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 


“*Nomia satelles Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 120, 1912, 3 &. 
Hab. : Rutherglen, V.; Kurrajong, N.S.W. 
Nomia semiaurea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 305, 1905, 9; The Entomolo- 
gist, p. 121, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Kuranda, Q. 
Nomia semipallida Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 220, 1905. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Nomia stalkeri Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 223; 1910," 4: 
Hab. : Alexandria, Australia. 


Nomia subaustralica Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 105, 1910, ©. 
Hab. : Finke River, Tennant’s Creek, S.A. 


*Nomia submoerens Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 307, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Bridport, Eaglehawk Neck, George Town, T. 


Nomia tenuihirta Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 219, 1905; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7). 
xvi, p.-304, 1905, ¢ @. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
*“Nomia tomentifera (Iriese). ~ 
Nomia cincta var. tomentifera Friese., Ann. Mus. Hung., p. 191-207, 1909. 
Nomia tomentifera Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 222, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Cooktown, Dunk Island, Q. 


Nomia victorize Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 107, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Ararat, V. 


Genus NOM OIDES Schenck., Berlin, Entom. zeitschr., x, p. 333, 1866. 
Nomioides perditellus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 221, 1905, 9; Trans. 
Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p.. 245, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 135 


Genus REEPENIA Friese. (no reference obtainable). 
Reepenia brevicornis (Sm.). 
Tetralonia brevicornis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 303, 1854, 3. 
Reepenia brevicornis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus. vii, pt. 3, p. 81, 1921. 
Hab.: Moreton Bay, Q. 


*Reepenia eboracina Ckll. 
Nomia (Reepenia) eboracina Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 377, 1912, 3. 
Reepenia eboracina Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus. vii, pt. 3, p. 81, 1921, 4. 
Hab. : Cape York, Gordonvale, Q. 


Subfamily HALICTIN 4E. 
Genus HALICTUS Latr., His. Nat., xiii, p. 364, 1805. 
(Including Subgenus Chloralictus Rob., Canad. Ent., xxxiv, p. 248, 1902.), 
Halictus asperithorax Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 274, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V. 
Halictus bassi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 102, 1915, 3. 
Hab. : Mount Wellington, T. 
Halictus baudini Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 102, 1915, ¢. 
Hab. : Mount Wellington, T. 
Halictus bebri Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 228, 1910, &. 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T. 
Halictus behri transvolans Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 385, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


*Halictus bicingulatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 57, 1853, 9. 
Var. A CkIl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 231, 1910, 9; CkIl., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 508, 1914. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V ; Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 
*Halictus bicingulatus var. leai Ckll. 
Halictus leai Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p- (238,110, 9: 
Halictus leai Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad,. p. 32, 1913, ¢. 
Halictus bicingulatus var. lear Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 508, 1914. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. | 


*Halictus blackburni Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 282, 1910, 3 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 

Halictus blighi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 102, 1915, 3. 
Hab. : Mount Wellington, T. 

Halictus boweni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 103, 1915, 4. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. 


136 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Halictus brazieri Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 367, 1916, ¢. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A. 

*Halictus brisbanensis Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vi, p. 117, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 

Halictus burkei Ckil., The Entomologist, p. 58, 1906. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 

*Halictus bursariz Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., v, p. 203, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 

*Halictus callaspis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 6, 1915, 2. 
Hab. : Bribie Island, Q. 

*Halictus caloundrensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 505, 1914, 2. 

_ Hab. : Caloundra, Bribie Island, Q. 

Halictus cambagei Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 236, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 

Halictus carbonarius Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,1, p. 58, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. 

Halictus cassizefloris Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 514, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 

Halictus chapmani Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 273, 1910, 2. 
Hab.: Western Australia. 

Halictus circumdatus Ckll., Ann Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 512, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Rutherglen, V. 

*Halictus clarigaster Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 117, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Caloundra, Q. 

Halictus clelandi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 272, 1910, ¢&. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 

*Halictus cognatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., 1, p. 59, 1853, 3. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 

Halictus confusellus Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 374, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 

Halictus conspicuus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 34, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 

Halictus convexus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 35, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

Halictus cyclognathus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 511, 1914, 3. 

Var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 97, 1915, 3. 

Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. : Croydon, V. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 137 


*Halictus cyclurus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 99, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Tambourine, Q. 
*Halictus (Chloralictus) dampieri Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 270, 1905; Trans. 
Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 228, 1910, ¢; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, 
p. 385, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Kuranda, Cairns, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
Halictus davidis Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 234, 1910, 3 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Halictus demissus Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 371, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 


Halictus disclusus Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 243, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : South-east Tasmania. 
*Halictus doddi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 368, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 
Halictus dolichocerus Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 370, 1916, 3. 
Hab. ; Yarrawin, N.S.W. 
Halictus dotatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 384, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. 
*Halictus eboracensis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 117, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Ebor, N.S.W. 
*Halictus erythrurus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 504, 1914, 9; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (9), i, p. 165, 1918; Mem. Queens]. Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918; 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (9), 11, p. 125, 1919, 9. 
Hab. : Croydon, V.; Launceston, T.; York, W.A.; Brisbane, Q. 
*Halictus erythrurus var. atrocyaneus Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 117, 1918, 9. 
‘Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
Halictus etheridgei Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvii, p. 433, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Halictus eurhodopus Ckl]. Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 514, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 
Halictus ewarti Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 230, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 
Halictus expansifrons Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 521, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : N.S.W. 
*Halictus eyrei Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 226, 1910, 2; Mem. Queens. 
Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 


138 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Halictus flindersi Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 271, 1905. 
Var. A Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 228, 1910. 

Hab. : Mackay, Q. 

Halictus flindersi leucurus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 366, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Bribie Island, Q. 

Halictus floralis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 57, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 

*Halictus forresti Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 60, 1906; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 

Xxxvi, p. 232, 1910, ¢; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 385, 1912. 

Hab. : Mackay, Q. 

Halictus forticornis (kIl., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 372, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W.A. 

Halictus furneauxi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 101, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. 

Halictus gilesi Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 304, 1905. 
Hab. : Australia. 

Halictus globosus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 59, 1853. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 

Halictus granulithorax Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 519, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

*Halictus griseovittatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 509, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 

*Halictus hackeriellus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 507, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 

*Halictus heematopus Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 307, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 

Halictus heematostoma Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiti, p. 506, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Windsor, V. 

Halictus hedleyi Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 231, 1910, 3. 

Var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 504, 1914, ¢. 

Hab. : Cheltenham, Port Phillip, V. 

*Halictus helichrysi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 515, 1914, 9 
Hab. : Mount Tambourine, Brisbane, Bribie Island, Q. 


Halictus holochlorus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 507, 1914, 2. 
Hab. : Cheltenham, V. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES—HACKER. 139 


Halictus humei Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 303, 1905. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Halictus (Chloralictus) humilis Sm. 
Halictus humilis Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 36, 1879, 9. 
Halictus (Chloralictus) humilis Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 228, 
1910, 9. 
Hab.: Champion Bay, W.A.; Adelaide, S.A. 


*Halictus idoneus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (&), xiii, p. 517, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


Halictus imitans Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p 516, 1914. 
Hab.: Victoria ; Tasmania. 


Halictus inclinans Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 36, 1879, 2; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), ix, p. 386, 1912. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. ; Windsor, V. 


Halictus instabilis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 510, 1914, © 
Hab. : Croydon, V. 
Halictus isthmalis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 367, 1914, 9; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 97, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. 


Halictus kesteveni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix. p. 386, 1912, ¢. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Cairns, Cape York, Q. 


Halictus kurandensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 515, 1914. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Halictus lanariellus Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 373, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, N.S.W. 
*Halictus lanarius Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 57, 1853, 2; CkIl., Trans. Amer. 
Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 235, 1910, 2 ¢. 
Hab. : Devonport, T.; Adelaide, S.A.; Hunter River, N.S.W.; Brisbane, 
Mount Tambourine, Q. ; Murwillumbah, N.S.W.; Launceston, T. 
*Halictus lanuginosus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 34, 1879, 24. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Mount Tambourine, Q. 


*Halictus leichardti Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 59, 1906; CkIL, Ann. Mag. Nat. His. 
(8), x, p. 486, 1912. 
Halictus paracolletinus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxxvi, p. 201, 1910, 9. 
Halictus paracolletinus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 387, 1912, 3. 
Hab, : Mackay, Kuranda, Q. 


140 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Halictus limatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., 1, p. 59, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 
*Halictus littleri Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 307, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 
Halictus macrops Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 373, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 
Halictus maitlandi Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 233, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 
Halictus mediopolitus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 518, 1914, 2. 
: Hab. : Murray River, §.A. ; 
Halictus melanopterus Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 243, 1914, 2. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W A. 
Halictus melanurus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (9), ii, p. 125, 1919, 9. 
Hab. : York, W.A. 
Halictus mirandus Turn., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 8, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Halictus mitchelli Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 58, 1906. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 
Halictus mjobergi Friese., Arkiv. fér. Zool. Band ii, p. 5, 1917, 9°. 
Hab. : Mt. Tambourine, Q. 
Halictus mundulus Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 366, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W.A. 
Halictus murrayi Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 272, 1905. 
Hab. : Australia. 


*Halictus musicus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 540, 1913, 9. 


2 


Hab. : Mount Tambourine, Q. 

Halictus nigroscopaceus Friese., Arkiv. for Zool. Band ii, p. 4, 1917, § 9. 
Halictus niveifrons Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 520, 1914, ¢ 

' Hab. : Tasmania. 
Halictus oblitus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 35, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 

Halictus opacicollis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 519, 1914, Q. 
Hab. : Hobart, T. ; Victoria. 


Halictus orbatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 58, 1853, 2; CkIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. 
(8), xiii, p. 511, 1914. ; 
Hab. : Tasmania; Fern Tree Gully, V. 


. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES—HACKER. 141 


Halictus oxleyi Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 303, 1905. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Halictus oxoniellus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 369, 1914, 9; Mem. Queensl. 
Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918. 
Hab. : Bribie Island, Q. 


Halictus pachycephalus Ckll., Proc. Acad, Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 369, 1916, ¢. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, N.S.W. 


Halictus pavonellus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 5, 1915, &. 
Hab.: Bribie Island, Q. 

*Halictus peraustralis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xiv, p. 211, 1914, @ 
Hab. : South Australia ; Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 

Halictus plebeius Cklil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 517, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Murray River, 8.A. 

*Halictus pulvitectus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 98, 1915, ¢. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, Launceston, T. _ 


Halictus punctatus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., i, p. 36, 1879, 9; Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), ix, p. 384, 1912. - 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A.; Rutherglen, Melbourne, V.; Sydney, N.S.W. 


Halictus punctatus var. exlautus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 300, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Halictus (Chloralictus) purnongensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 393, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Purnong, 8.A. 


*Halictus repertulus Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 203, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 

Halictus repertus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 521, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V. 


Halictus repreesentans Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 60, 1853, 9 3. 
Hab. : Australia. 


Halictus rowlandi Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 226, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 

Halictus rufipes Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 56, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V. 


*Halictus rufotinctus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 7, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


Halictus sanguinipes Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 513, 1914. 
Hab. : Windsor, V. 


142 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Halictus saycei Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 386, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Halictus seductus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 512, 1914, &. 


Hab. : Windsor, V. ; Tasmania. 


*Halictus semipolitus Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., v, p. 202, 1916, 2; Mem. Queens!. 
Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918. 
Hab. : Bribie Island, Brisbane, Q. 


Halictus semipolitus expulsus Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc., Philad. p. 372, 1916, °. 
Hab. : Georgetown, T. 


*Halictus speculellus Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vi, p. 117, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


Halictus spenceri Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 368, 1916, 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


Halictus sphecodoides Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., rR abso Cole eed 
Hab. : Australia. 


Halictus sphecodopsis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 300, 1905, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Halictus stirlingi Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 232, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


*Halictus sturti Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 59, 1906; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, 
p. 386, 1912, 2. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


*Halictus subinclinans CklJ., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 8, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 


Halictus supralucens Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 371, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W.A. 


Halictus tamburinei Friese., Arkiv. for. Zool. Band ii, p. 6, 1917, ¢ 8. 
Hab. : Mt. Tambourine, Q. 


Halictus tasmaniee (Ckll.) 
Sphecodes tasmanicee Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 299, 1905, ¢. 
Halictus tasmanie Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxxvi, p. 231, 1910. 
Halictus tasmanie Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (93,1, p. 165, 1918. 
Hab. : Hobart, St. Helens, T. 


Halictus tatei Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 227, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 143 


Halictus tertius D.T. 
Halictus rufipes Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 56, 1853, Q (nec Fabr., nec 
Schenck). 
Havictus tert'us D.T., Cat. Hym., x, p. 86, 1896; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. 
(8), xiii, p. 508, 1914. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V. 
*Halictus (Chloralictus) urbanus Sm. 
Halictus urbanus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 35, 1879, 9. 
Halictus (Chloralictus) urbanus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 227, 
1910 ; Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918. 
Hab.: Champion Bay, W.A.; Port Darwin, N.T.; Sydney, N.S.W.; Bris- 
bane, Q. 
Halictus (Chloralictus) urbanus baudinensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 307, 
1905, 9. 
Hab. : Baudin Island, N. W.. Australia. 
*Halictus (Chloralictus) urbanus var. stradbrokensis Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. 
Philad., p. 366, 1916, . 9. 
Hab. : Stradbroke Island, Bribie Island, Q. 
Halictus victoriellus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 517, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 
*Halictus vitripennis Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 34, 1879, 9; CkI!., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 301, 1905, 9; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 504, 
1914, 9, var. A; Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 116, 1918. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A.; Purnong, V.; Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 
Halictus vividus Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M_., p. 35, 1879, 2 ¢. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 
Halictus warburtoni Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 58, 1906. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 
Halictus waterhousei Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 4, 1915; 9 <. 
Hab. : Woodford, N.S.W. 
Halictus willsi Ckll.. The Entomologist, p. 59, 1906. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Halictus woodsi Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 229, 1910, ¢ 9. 
Hab. : Cooktown, Q. ; Port Darwin, N.T. 


Genus MELLITIDIA Guér., Voy. Coq. Zool., ii, p. 269, 1830. 
Mellitidia australis (Guér). RAN 
Andrena australis Guér., Voy. Coq. Zool., ii, p. 269, 1830. 
Mellitidia australis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 119, 1853. 
Hab.: Australia. 


144 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Genus STENOTRITUS Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 119, 1853. 
Stenotritus elegans Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 119, 1853, 9. 
Var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 136, 1914. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. ; Tennant’s Creek, Cent. Australia. 
*Stenotritus elegantior Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 91, 1920, 9. 
Hab. : Queensland. 
Stenotritus smaragdinus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 254, 1868, 9; Brenchly, 
Cruise of the Curagoa, p. ?, 1873, 9 T. 45 F. 6. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. 


Subfamily SPHECODIN ©. 
Genus PARASPHECODES Sm., MSS. Cat. Hym. B.M, i, p.39, 1853. 
Parasphecodes adelaidee CkJI., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 297, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
Parasphecodes altichus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 42, 1853, 3. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 
Parasphecodes arciferus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 142, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Mordialloc, V. 
*Parasphecodes atronitens Ckll,. The Entomologist, p. 242, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Caloundra, Q. 
Parasphecodes atrorufescens Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xin, p. 145, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Purnong, V. 
*Parasphecodes aurantiacus Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 200, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
Parasphecodes basilautus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 242, 1910, 2 6. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 
*Parasphecodes bribiensis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 201, 1916, 2; Mem. 
Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 118, 1918. 
Hab.: Bribie Island, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
Parasphecodes bryotrichus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 225, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Cheltenham, V. 
*Parasphecodes bryotrichus sordidulus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 369, 
1914. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
*Parasphecodes callomelittinus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 237, 1910, 92; 
Mem. Queens]. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 88, 1921. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V.: Bribie Island, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 145 


Parasphecodes cervicalis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 96. 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. 

*Parasphecodes cirriferus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 241, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

Parasphecodes contaminatus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Eat. Soc., xxxvi, p. 238, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda. 

Parasphecodes dissimulator Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 145, 1914, Q. 
Hab. : Carrom, V. 

Parasphecodes excultus Ckll., P.L.S. N.S.W., xxxvii, p. 596, 1912; Ann. Mag. Nat. 

Hiss); x5, p..d7e, 913;, 9. 

Hab. : Magnet, Mount Wellington, T. 

Parasphecodes frenchi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His., (7), xiv, p. 210, 1904. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V. 

Parasphecodes iroggatti Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 296, 1905, ¢. 
Hab. : Victoria ; Bathurst, V. 

Parasphecodes fultoni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 143, 1914, 9, 
Hab. : Croydon, V. 

*Parasphecodes fumidicaudus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 144, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Stradbroke Island, Brisbane, Bribie Island, Q. 

Parasphecodes hilactus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 39, 1853, ¢. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 


Parasphecodes hiltacus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 39, 1853, 3. 
Hab.: Australia. 

Parasphecodes hybodinus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 227, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Windsor, V. . 

Parasphecodes infrahirtus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (9), v, p. 118, 1920, 2. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 

*Parasphecodes insculptus Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 118, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Tambourine, Q. 

Parasphecodes lacthius Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 40, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 

*Parasphecodes latissimus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvi, p. 96, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Bridport, T. . 

*Parasphecodes leptospermi Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., v, p. 202, 1916, 2. 


Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 
K 


146 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Parasphecodes lichatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 40, 1853, &. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 

Parasphecodes lithusca Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 41, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 

Parasphecodes loweri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 298, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 

Parasphecodes melbournensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xiv, p. 210, 1914. 


Hab. : Melbourne, V. 
Parasphecodes microdontus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 226, 1912, 9. 


Hab. : Melbourne, V. 

Parasphecodes noachinus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 144, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Ararat, V. 

Parasphecodes perustus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 52, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Mount Wellington, T. 

Parasphecodes plorator Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 274, 1910, 2; Ann. 

Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 143, 1914. 

Hab. : Croydon, Melbourne, V. ; Mount Wellington, T. 

Parasphecodes recantans Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 227, 1912, ¢. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

Parasphecodes recessus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 51, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Wellington, T. 


Parasphecodes rhodopterus Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 306, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 
*Parasphecodes rufotegularis Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 306, 1914, ¢. 
Hab. : Launceston, T. 
Parasphecodes schomburgki Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 239, 1910, Q. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
Parasphecodes sextus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 239, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 
*“Parasphecodes speculiferus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 228, 1912, 9; Mem. 
Queensl. Mus., v, p. 201, 1916, 9. 
Var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 229, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria ; Sydney, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Q. 
Parasphecodes stuchila Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 42, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 


Parasphecodes sulthica Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 40, 1853, ¢. 
Hab. : Australia. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 147 


Parasphecodes talchius Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 42, 1853, 9; CkIL, Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 296, 1905, ¢. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 


Parasphecodes taluchis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 43, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : ‘Tasmania. 


Parasphecodes tepperi Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 299, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 

Parasphecodes tilachiformis Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 234, 1907, @ 
Hab. : New South Wales. 

Parasphecodes tilachus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 41, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 

Parasphecodes tuchilas Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 41, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 

Parasphecodes turneri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 50, 1914, 2 3. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. 

Parasphecodes vau Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 242, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : N.W. Australia. 

Parasphecodes vermiculatus Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 141, 1914, 3. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

Parasphecodes vulneratus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 240, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Victoria, 

Parasphecodes wellingtoni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 49, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Mount Wellington, T. . 


Genus SPHECODES Latr., His. Nat., xiii, p. 368, 1805. 
*Sphecodes profugus Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 244, 1910, 2 ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Birkdale, Q. 


Family NOMADIDA. 
Genus NOMADA Scop., Annus His. Nat., iv, p. 44, 1770. 


Nomada australensis Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 116, 1912, 3 9. 
Hab. : Cairns, Mackay, Q. 


Family MELECTIDA: 
Genus CROCISA Jurine, Nouv. méth. class. Hym., p. 239, 1807. 
*Crocisa albomaculata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 258, 1868, 9. 
| Hab. : Champion Bay, King George’s Sound, W.A. 


148 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Crocisa albopicta Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 217, 1910. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
Crocisa australensis Rad.. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscow, p. 177, 1893, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Crocisa beatissima Ckll., Entomological News, p. 46, 1907, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, 8.A. ; 
*Crocisa ceeruleifrons Kirby. 
Var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 219, 1905. 
Var. B darwini Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 219, 1905. 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T.; Gordonvale, Dunk Island, Townsville, Stradbroke 
Island, Q. 
Crocisa czeruleopunctata Bl., His. Nat. Insect., iii, p. 411, 1840. 
: Hab. : Australia. 
*Crocisa lamprosoma Boisd. Voy. de |’Astrolabe, p. 653, 1834. 
Crocisa novahollandie Lep., His. Nat. Insect. Hym., il, p. 450, 1841, ¢. 
Crocisa. lamprosoma Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 219, 1905; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 372, 1913. 
Hab. : Blue Mountains, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Duaringa, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
rocisa lugubris Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 107, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Australia. 
*Qrocisa macleayi Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxii, p. 232, 1907, 9. 
Hab. : New South Wales ; Brisbane, Buderim Mountain, Q. 
Crocisa quadrimaculata Rads., Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscow, p. 171, 1893, 2 g; CkIL, 
Jour. New York Ent. Soc. xviii, p. 100, 1910. 
Hab. : Finke River, S.A. 
Crocisa quartinee Grib., Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., xvi, p. 272, 1884, 2 ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Cooktown, Q. 
Crocisa tincta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 219, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Toowoomba, Q. 
*Qrocisa waroonensis Ckll., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., p. 594, 1912, g; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His, (8), xii, p. 373, 1913. 
Hab. : Waroona, Swan River, W.A. 


Family ANTHOPHORIDA. 
Genus ANTHOPHORA Latr., His. Nat. Cr. et Ins., xiv, p. 45, 1804. 
(Including subgenus Sarapoda Latr., Gen. Crust. et Insect., iv, p. 177, 1809 ) 


Anthophora adelaide Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 397, 1905. 3 
Hab. : Adelaide River, N.T. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 149 


*f nthophora eeruginosus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 336, 1854, 2 9; Dours., Monogr. 
icon. Anthophora, p. 82, 1869, 2 3; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, 
D2 290, 19055 Od: 
Hab.: Bribie Island, Duaringa, Townsville, Gordonvale, Q.; Port Darwin, 
N.T. ; Hunter River, N.S.W. 
Anthophora (Saropoda) alpha Ckll. 
Saropoda alpha Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xiv, p. 204, 1904. 
Hab. : Toowoomba, Mackay, Q. 
*Anthophora (Saropoda) bombiformis Sm. 
Saropoda bombiformis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 318, 1854, 3 9. 
Anthophora bombiformis Dours., Monogr. icon. Anthophora, p. 202, 1869, 2 3. 
Saropoda bombiformis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 296, 1905. 
Hab. : Richmond River, N.S.W.; Toowoomba, Brisbane, Buderim Mtn., Q. 
Anthophora chlorocyanea CkIl. 
Anthophora cingulata Ck\l., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 397, 1905, 9. 
Anthophora chlorocyanea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 469, 1914. 
Hab. : South Australia. 


*Anthophora cingulata (Fabr.). 
Megilla cingulata Fabr., Syst. Piez., p. 332, No. 18, 1804. 
Anthophora cincta Dours. (nec Fabr.), Mon. Icon. Anthophora, p. 58, 1869, 2 
Anthophora emendata Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 123, 1879, 3 (nee 9). 
Anthophora emendata Sm., var gilberti Cklil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, 
p. 396, 1905, . 
Anthophora cingulata M.-Waldo, Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiii, p. 58, 1914. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Blackall Range, Q. 
Anthophora darwini Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 409, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T. 
*Anthophora lilacina Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 84, 1921, 4. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 
*Anthophora pulchra Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 335, 1854, 9. 


Anthophora zonata var. pulchra Dours., Monogr. icon. Anthophora, p. 190. 
1869, 9°. 


Anthophora pulchra Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 83, 1921. 
Hab.: Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Tambourine Mountain, National Park, Q. 
Anthophora preissi Ckll., Jour. New York, Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 107, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : West Australia. 


Anthophora preissi froggatti Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 468, 1914, 2 
Hab. : Brewarrina, N.S.W. 


150 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Anthophora rhodoscymna Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 395, 1905, 3; 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 12, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Pialba, Q. 


Anthophora salteri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 398, 1905, ¢. 
Hab. : Parramatta, N.S.W. 


Anthophora scymna Grib., Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., v, p. 79, 1873, 2: CkIl., Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 395, 1905. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. ; West Australia. 


*Anthophora walkeri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 396, 1905, 2 ¢. 
Hab.: Baudin Island, W.A. 
Anthophora zonata L., Syst. Nat., p. 576, 1758; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), 
xvi, p. 396, 1905; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 412, 1910; Ckll., 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vii, p. 491, 1911. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Anthophora zonata subceerulea Lep. 
Anthophora subcerulea Lep., His. Nat. Insect. Hymén., ii, p. 30, 1841, 3 9. 
Anthophora zonata subcerulea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 396, 
1905, 3. 
Hab. : West.Australia ; Adelaide, S.A.; Mackay, Q. 


Genus GASTROPSIS Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Proc., p. xxxix, 1868 ; Ckll., The 
Can. Entom., p. 304, 1904. 
*Gastropsis pubescens (Sm.). 
Oestropsis pubescens Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 253, 1868, ¢. 
Gastropsis pubescens Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Proc., p. xxxix, 1868. 
Gastropsis pubescens Ckll., The Can. Entom., xxxvi, p. 304, 1904, ¢. 
Hab. : Western Australia; Victoria: Brisbane, Q. 
Gastropsis victorize Ckll., The Entomologist, xxix, p. 15, 1906. 
Var. A Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 381, 1912, ¢. 
Hab. : West Australia. 
*Gastropsis victorie rufocollaris Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vil, pt. 3, p. 91, 1921, d. 
Hab. : Mallee, V. 


Division MEGACHILIFORMES. 
Family MEGACHILID/. Subfamily CAGLLIOXYN &. 


Genus COLLIOXYS Latr., Gen. Crust. et Ins., iv, p. 166, 1809. 


Coelioxys albiceps Friese., Ann Mus. Hung. (7), p. 268, 1909; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), v, p. 501, 1910, J. : 
Hab. : Cairns, Q. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. alan! 


*Coelioxys albolineata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 222, 1905, 2; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 501, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 
Coelioxys froggatti Ckll., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxvi, p. 170, 1911, 9; 
M.-Waldo, Ann, Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 458, 1914, ¢ 9. 
Hab.: Victoria ; Eaglehawk Neck, T. ; Yallingup, W.A. 
*Qoelioxys reginee Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 221, 9; Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), v. p. 501, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 


Subfamily MEGACHILIN At. 
Genus ANDROGYNELLA CkIL., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8). vii, p. 313, 1911. 


Androgynella detersa (Ckll.). Genotype. 
Megachile detersa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 283, 1910, 9. 
Androgynella detersa Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vii, p. 313, 1911. 
Hab. : Mackay, Kuranda, Q. 


Genus LITHURGUS Latr., Fam. Nat. Regn. Anim., 1825 ; Gen. Crust. et Ins., 
ii, p. 350. 
*Lithureus atratiformis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 295, 1905, 9; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His.(7), xvii, p. 529, 1906, g; Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 119, 
1918. 
Hab. : N. W. Australia ;. Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
Lithurgus dentipes Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 146, 1853, 3. 
Hab. : Australia. 
Lithurgus rubricatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 146, 1853, 2 3; Ckll., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 295, 1905, 9. 
Lithurgus cognatus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 255, 1868, 9. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. 


Genus MEGACHILE Latr., His. Nat., iii, p. 382, 1802. 


*Megachile abdominalis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 169, 1853, g; Rad., Bull. Soc. 
Nat. Moscow, xlvii, p. 143, 1874, Q¢; CkIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), 
xvii, p. 530, 1906. 
Hab. : Townsville, Mackay, Brisbane, Q. 
Megachile adelaidee CklJ., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 111, 1910, &. 
Hab. : Adelaide, 8.A. 


Megachile albobasalis Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 65, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Murray Island, Torres Strait. . 


152 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Megachile annze castaneipes Friese, Res de Exped a la Nouvelle Guinée Zool., v, 
p. 356, 1908. 


Hab. : Queensland. 


Megachile apicata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 172, 1853, 9; CkIl., The Entomologist, 
p. 167, 1913, g; Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 224, 1907; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His., xvii, p. 531, 1906 (reported as modesta, should be 
apicata). 
‘Hab. : Yallingup, W.A.; Adelaide, S.A. ; Mackay, Q. 


Megachile atrella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 532, 1906, 9. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 


*Megachile aurifrons Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 168, 1853, 2; CkIl., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 277, 1910, 9. 


Hab. : Perth, W.A. ; Brewarrina, N.S.W. ; Mackay, Winton, Q. 


Megachile austeni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 539, 1906, 3; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 282, 1910. 
Hab. : Mackay, Cairns, Q. 


Megachile australasiz D.T. 
Megachile imitata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 257, 1868 (nec Smith 1853). 
Megachile australasie D.T., Cat. Hym., p. 421, 1896. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. 


Megachile axillaris M.-Waldo., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 328, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


Megachile barvonensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 467, 1914, 3. 
Hab.: Yarrawin, N.S.W. 


Megachile beutenmulleri Ckll., Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 222, 1907, 3. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

Megachile blackburnii Fret., Trans. Roy. Soc. §.A., xvi, p. 72, 1893. 
Hab. : Central Australia. 


Megachile calida Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 64, 1879, 2 3. 
Hab. : Queensland. 


*Megachile canifrons Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 171, 1853, 3; Ckll., Mem. Queens. 
Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 88, 1921, 3. 
Hab. : Western Australia ; Brisbane, Q. 


Megachile captionis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 466, 1914, 3 9%. 
Hab. : Brewarrina, N.S.W. ; Woodend, V. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 153 


*Megachile cetera Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 220, 1912, 9; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), x1, p. 537, 1913 ; Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, p. 204, 1916. 


Hab.: Nagambie, Gippsland, V.; Sydney, Cooma, N.S.W.; Brisbane, 
Bribie Island, Q. 
*Megachile chrysopyga Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 173, 1853, 2 3. 
Megachile maculariformis Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 223, 
1907, 9. 
Megachile chrysopyga Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), v, p. 29, 1910. 
Hab. : Tasmania; N.S. Wales;' Geraldton, Perth, W.A.; Brisbane, Bribie 
Island, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
*Megachile ciliatipes Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 89, 1921, 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Kuranda, Q. 
Megachile cincturata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 222, 1912, 2 3. 
Hab. : Cape York, Q. 
Megachile clypeata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 170, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Busselton, Yallingup, W.A. 
Megachile cornifera Rad., Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscow, xlvii, p. 148, 1874; CklIl., The 
Entomologist, p. 164, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : Southern Cross, W.A. 
Megachile cygnorum Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 536, 1906, g; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv. p. 466, 1914. 
Hab. : Perth, W.A. ; Adelaide, S.A. ; Woodend, V. ; N. S. Wales ; Mackay, Q. 
Megachile darwiniana Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 535, 1906. 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T. 
*Megachile derelicta Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 166, 1913, 2 3. 
Hab. : Windsor, V.; Brisbane, Q. 
Megachile doddiana Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 530, 1906, 9. 
5 Hab. : Townsville, Q. 
Megachile doddiana var. clarkei Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 464, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Geraldton, W.A. 
Megachile erythropyga Sm.. Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 167, 1853, 2 ¢ 
Hab. : Yallingup, Kalamunda, Perth, W.A. 
Megachile eucalypti Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 360, 1910, 2 & 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Megachile fabricator Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 256, 1868, 2 3. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, Kalamunda, Perth, W.A. 


154 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Megachile ferox Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 64, 1879, 3; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (8), xi, p. 531, 1913, 2; M.-Waldo, Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, 
p. S02; 1915, 9. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A.; Ararat, V.; Brisbane, Q. 


Megachile fultoni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 535, 1913, Q d. 
Hab. : N. W. Australia ; Purnong, V. 


Megachile fulvomarginata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 531, 1906, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Megachile fumipennis Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 257, 1868, 9. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. 


Megachile fuscitarsis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8),*ix, p. 223, 1912, 3. 
Hab. : Queensland. 


Megachile gahani Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi:, p. 537, 1906, 3. 
Hab. : Australia, 
Megachile gilbertiella Ckll. (vel apicata, subsp. ?) Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8) vi, p. 362, 
1910, Q. 
Hab. : Cooktown, Q. 
Megachile glaberrima Friese, Deutsche ent Ze:tschr., p. 217, 1911; Ckll., Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 221, 1912. 
Hab. : Cairns, Mackay, Q. 
*Megachile hackeri Ckll., The Entomologist, xlvi, p. 166, 1913, 3 9. 
Hah. : Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
*Megachile heematogastra Ckll., Mem. Queens]. Mus., vu, pt. 3, p. 99, 1921, 2. 
Hab. : Cairns, Q. 
Megachile hampsoni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 533, 1906, °. 
Hab. : Freemantle, Yallingup, W.A. 
*Megachile heliophila Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 103, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


Megachile henrici Ckll., The Entomologist, xl, p. 228, 1907, 2; Ckll., Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 223, 1907, 9. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W.; Adelaide, S.A. 


“Megachile heriadiformis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 172, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, 8.A.; Yallingup, W.A. 


Megachile holura Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 221, 1912, 3 
Hab. : Rutherglen, V. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 155 


Megachile horatii Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 165, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : Southern Cross, W.A. 


Megachile ignita Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 169, 1853, 3. 
Hah. : eee 


Megachile imitata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 257, 1868, 9. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A. 


Megachile kirbyana Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 537, 1906, 3 
Hab. : Freemantle, Yallingup, W.A. 

Megachile kurandensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 359, 1910, ¢ 
Hab. : Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 

*Megachile latericauda Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 88, 1921, 2 3 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A. 

Megachile latipes Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 169, 1853, 3 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. ; Adelaide, S.A. 

Megachile leeuwinensis M.-Waldo., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 330, 1915, 2 3 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Megachile leucopyga Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 173, 1853, &. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 

Megachile lineatipes Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 364, 1910, 3 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 


Megachile longiceps M.-Waldo., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 332, 1915, 9. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A. 

Megachile lucidiventris Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 168, 1853, 9. 
Hab.-: Liverpool Plains, N.S.W. 


*Megachile mackayensis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 279, 1910, 2 3; Mem. 
Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 88, 1921. 
Hab. : N. 8. Wales ; National Park, Mackay, Q. 


Megachile macleayi Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 222, 1907, 2. 
Hab.:: N.S. Wales: ; 


*“Megachile macularis D.T. 
Megachile maculata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 170, 1853, 2 (nec Smith, p. 160). 
Megachile macularis D.T., Cat. Hym., x, p. 437, 1896. 
Megachile macularis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat, His. (7), xvii, p. 533, 1906. 
Hab. : Port Philip, V.; Brisbane, Townsville, Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Megachile micrerythrura Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 281, 1910, 3 ¢ 
Hab. : Port Darwin, N.T. 


156 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Megachile modesta Sm. 
Megachile modestus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ii, 3, p. 62, 1862-64, 9 3. 
Megachile modesta Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His. xxiii, p. 224, 1907. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 
*Megachile monstrosa Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 256, 1868 ; Brenchley’s Cruise 
of Curacoa, p. 463, pl. xlv, fig. 5, 18738, 9; CklIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. 
(7), xvu, p. 531, 1906. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, W.A.; Townsville, Q. 


*Megachile mundifica Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 90, 1921, 9. 
Hab. : National Park, Q. 
*Megachile mystacea (Fabr.). 
Apis mystacea Fabr., Syst. Entom., p. 385, 1775. 
Megachile mystacea Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 166, 1853, 2 3. 
Megachile rufiventris Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 178, 1853, 2 3. 
Megachile mystacea Grib., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi, p. 235, 1881. 
Megachile mystacea Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 530, 1906. 
Hab.: Port Essington, N.T.; Townsville, Kuranda, Brisbane, Stradbroke 
Island, Q. 
Megachile nasuta Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 258, 1868, 9. 
Hab. : Champion Bay, Yallingup, W.A. 
Megachile nasuta argentifer Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 110, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Melbourne, V. 
Megachile nigrovittata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 535, 1906, ¢. 
Hab. : N.W. Australia. 
Megachile oblonga Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 65, 1879, 9. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 
Megachile obtusa Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 170, 1853, 2. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 
Megachile oculipes Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 363, 1910, 2. 
Hab. : Perth, W.A. ; Townsville, Q. . 
Megachile ordinaria Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,1i, p. 174, 1853, 9. 
Hab. : Tasmania. 


Megachile pararhodura Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 278, 1910. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Megachile phenacopyga Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 109, 1910, 3; 
The Entomologist, p. 165, 1913, 9. . 
Hab. : Eastern Australia. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 157 


*Megachile pictiventris Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 160, 1853, 2; Sm., New Sp. Hym., 
p-0D; Lolg,, ©. 
Megachile senex Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 61, 1862, 2 (nee 1853 
and 1864); Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 530, 1906. 
Hab.: Clarence River, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Cairns, Kuranda, Q. 


Megachile preissi Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soe., xviii, p. 110, 1910, 2. 
Hab. : Eastern Australia. 
Megachile pretiosa Friese, Ann. Mus. Hung., vii, pp. 222-257, 1909. 
Hab. : Cairns, Q. 
Megachile punctata Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 168, 1853, ¢. 
~ Hab. : Australia. 


*Megachile quinquelineata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 534, 1906, 9; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 282, 1910. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W.A.; Melbourne, V.; Brisbane, Mackay, Kuranda, 
Cape York, Q. . 
Megachile ramulipes Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 534, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : Kewell, V. 


*Megachile recisa Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 534, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : Kewell, V.; Brisbane, Q. 


Megachile relicta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 538, 1913, 9°. 
Hab. : Tennant’s Creek, S.A. 


Megachile remeata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 538, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 


Megachile remotula Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 111, 1910, 2. 
Hab. : Eastern Australia. 

*Megachile resinifera M.-Waldo., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 329, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 

Megachile revicta Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 539, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Perth, W.A. 


*Megachile rhodogastra Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 283, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, Q. : 


*Megachile rhodura Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 539, 1906, ¢; Ann. Mag. 
Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 278, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Caloundra, Brisbane, Q. 


Megachile rufolobata Ck!l., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ii, p. 536, 1913, 3. 
Hab.:: Perth, WA. 


158 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Megachile rugosa Sm., New Sp. Hym. B.M., p. 65, 1879, 3. 
Hab. : Western Australia. 


Megachile semicandens Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xvii, p. 108, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. 


*Megachile semiluctuosa Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., i, p. 172, 1853, Q 3. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. ; Mallee, V. 


*Megachile sequior Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 108, 1910, 3; Ann, 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 278, 1910, 9. 
Hab. : Adelaide, S.A. ; Eidsvold, Q. 


Megachile sericeicauda Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 364, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


*Megachile serricauda Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 361, 1910, 3. 
Hab. : Perth, W.A.; Brisbane, Mackay, National Park, Q. 


Megachile sexmaculata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 257, 1868, 9. 
Hab. : Perth, Yallingup, Champion Bay, W.A. 


*Megachile simplex Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.,i, p. 169, 1853, 9; CkIL., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
is (3), xa. bass LOIS, 2 
Hab. : Ararat, V.: Brisbane, Q. 
*Megachile simpliciformis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 119, 1908, 9. 
Hab. : Stradbroke Island, Q. 


Megachile speluncarum M.-Waldo., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 329, 1915, 9. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


Megachile stalkeri Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 282, 1910. 
Hab. : Alexandria, North Australia. 


*Megachile subferox M.-Waldo., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 333, 1915, 2 3. 
Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. . 


*Megachile suffusipennis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 531, 1906, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Brisbane, National Park, Bribie Island, Q. 


*Megachile tasmanica Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xvii, p. 277, 1916, 3; CkIL, 
Mem. Queensl. Mus., vii, pt. 3, p. 88, 1921, 3. 
Hab. : George Town, T.; Brisbane, Q. 
Megachile tomentella Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 538, 1906, 3. 
Hab. : Swan River, W.A.; Victoria. 
*Megachiie trichognatha Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xviii, p. 112, 1910, 9; 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 278, 1910. 
Hab. : Kalamunda, W.A.; Adelaide, S.A. ; Victoria. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 159) 


Megachile trichognatha tosticauda CkIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 221, 1912, 9, 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. . 

*Megachile ustulata Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ii, 3, p, 61, 1862-64, °. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Brisbane, Pialba, Q. 


Megachile ustulatiformis Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 280, 1910, ¢. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Q. 
Megachile vestitor Ckll., Jour. New York Ent. Soc., xvii, p. 109, 1910, 3; Ann. 
Mag. Nat. His. (8), xi, p. 538, 1913, ¢. 
Hab. : Western Australia; Eastern Australia. 
Megachile victorize Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 167, 1913, ¢; Ann, Mag. Nat. His. 
(8), x1, p- 537, 1913, J. 
Hab. : Victoria. 
Megachile waterhousei Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvii, p. 534, 1906, 9. 
Hab. : Mackay, Q. 


Genus THAUMATOSOMA Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 394, 1864. 


Thaumatosoma callurum Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xiv, p. 467, 1914, 3°. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, W.A. 
Thaumatosoma duboulayi Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., .i, 3, p. 395, 1864, 4; Ckll., 
Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 221, 1905; M.-Waldo, Ann. Mag. Nat.. 
His. (8) xv, p. 334, 1915, 9. 
Hab.: Yallingup, W.A. ; Port Darwin, N.T. 
Thaumatosoma turneri M.-Waldo, Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xii, p. 491, 1913, 3. 
Hab. : Kuranda, Mackay, Q.; Port Darwin, N.T.; Baudin Island, W.A. 


Division XYLOCOPIFORMES. 
Family XYLOCOPID. 
Genus XYLOCOPA Latr., Nat. His. Ins., iii, p. 379, 1802. 
Subgenus MESOTRICHIA Westw., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ii, p. 112, 1838. 


*Xylocopa (Mesotrichia) bryorum (Fabr.). 
Apis bryorum Fabr., Syst. Entom., p. 381, 1775. 
Xylocopa bryorum Sm., Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond., p. 275, 1874, 2 3. 
Xylocopa aruana Rits., Tijdschr. v. Entom., xix, p. 178, 1876. 
Xylocopa bryorum W. F. Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (5), xii, p, 412, 1884. 
Xylocopa bryorum subsp. dimidiata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p.224, 

1905. 

Xylocopa bryorum Ckll., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. His., xxiii, p. 228, 1907. 


Hab.: N.S. Wales; Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Dalby, Dunk - Island, 
Cairns, Gordonvale, Cape York, Q. 


160 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Genus LESTIS Lep., 


*Lestis aerata Sm. 
Lestis aeratus Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (2), i, p. 180, 1851, 2 3. 


Lestis aerata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 224, 1905. 


Hab. : Hunter River, Sydney, N.S.W.; Mallee, V. 


Encycl. Méthod. Insect., x, p. 795, 1825. 


*Lestis bombylans (Fabr.). 
Apis bombylans Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, p. 338, 1775. 


Centris bombylans Fabr., Syst. Piez., p. 358, 1804. 
Lestis bombylans Lep., Encycl. Méthod. Insect., x, p. 795, 1825. 
Lestis bombylans Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (2) 1, p. 180, 1851, 2 J. 


Hab. : Brisbane, Bribie Island, Stradbroke Island, Caloundra, Q. 


Family CERATINID. 


Genus ALLODAPE Lep., Encycl. Méthod. Insect., x, p. 18, 1825. 


2: Mem. Queensl. Mus. 


*Allodape bribiensis Ckil., The Entomologist, p. 200, 1914, 
v, p. 204, 1916. 


Hak.: Bribie Island, Q. 


*Allodape diminuta Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), xv. p. 266, 1915, 3. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Q. 
Allodape picta Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 231, 1854, 3. 
Hab. : Australia. 
., Cat. Hym. B.M., ti, p. 229, 1854,2; Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
, p. 294, 1805; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 383, 1912, g. 


Brisbane, Stradbroke Isiand, Mackay, Towns- 


*“Allodape simillima Sm 
His. (7), xvi 
Hab.: Western Australia ; 
ville, Q. 
Allodape unicolor Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 230, 1854,2; CkIL., 
is...((7); xvi; (p. 295, 1905. ; 
Hab. : N. W. Australia; Baudin Island, Queensland. 


Ann. Mag. Nat. 


Genus EXONEURA Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 232, 1854. 


*Exoneura angophoree Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 224, 1912, 9. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Q. 


*Exoneura angophoree var obliterata Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 29, 19138, 2. 


Hab.: Brisbane, Q. 
*Exoneura angophoree occidentalis Ckll., The Entomologist, p. 200, 1914, 9. 


Hab. : Yallingup, W.A. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES—HACKER. 16] 


*Exoneura aterrima Ckll. 
Exoneura botanica var. aterrima Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., v, Dp. 204, 1916, §. 
Exoneura aterrima Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 119, 1918. 
Hab.: Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 


*Exoneura bicolor Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 232, 1854,9; CkIl., Ann. Mag. Nat. 
His. (7), xvi, p. 465, 1905; Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), vi, p. 357, 1910, 3. 
Hab.: Franklin, Hobart, T.; Melbourne, V.; Ebor, N.S.W. 


Exoneura botanica Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 465, 1905, 9. 
Hab. : Botany, N.S.W. 


*Exoneura briskanensis Ckl]., Mem. Queensl. Mus. v, p. 204, 1916, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 


Exoneura clarissima Ckll., Ann. Mag., Nat. His. (8), xv, p. 267, 1915, 3. 
Hab. : Yarrawin, N.S.W. 


Exoneura concinnula Ckil., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 31, 1913, 2. 
Hab. : N.S. Wales. 
Exoneura froggattii Friese, Ent. Nachr., xxv, p. 210, 1899; Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sc. Philad., p. 31, 1913,2: Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 465, 1905. 
Hab. : Thornleigh, N.S.W. 


Exoneura fultoni Ckll., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 31, 1913, 9. 
Hab. : Victoria. 

*Exoneura gracilis Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus. vi, p. 119, 1918, 9. 
Hab.: Brisbane, Q. 


*RExoneura hackeri Ckll. 
Exoneura angophore var. hackeri Ckil., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 29, 
19iS;. 9; 
Exoneura hackert Ckil., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 120, 1918. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 


*Exoneura hackeri var incerta Ckll., Mem. Queens!. Mus. vi, p. 120, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Brisbane, Q. 


*Exoneura hamuiata Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 466, 1905, 9; Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Se. Philad, p. 30, 1913, ¢. 


Var. A, The Entomologist, p. 308, 1914,9, Mem. Queens]. Mus., vi, p. 120, 
1918, 9. 


Hab.: Moss Bay, N.S.W.; Stradbroke Island, Brisbane, Caloundra, Q. 
*Exoneura insularis Cki!., The Entomologist, p. 200, 1914, 9. 


Hab. : Stradbroke Island, Q. 
oe ; 


162 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


*Exoneura meleena Ckll., Mem. Queensl. Mus., vi, p. 119, 1918, 9. 
Hab. : Caloundra, Q. 
*Exoneura ploratula Ckil., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), 1x, p. 224, 1912,2; Mem. Queensl 
Mus., vi, p. 119, 1918. 
Hab. : Sydney, N.S.W. ; Brisbane, Q. 
*FExoneura tau Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 466, 1905; Mem. Queensl 
Mus., v, p. 204, 1916, 2. 
Hab. : Moss Bay, N.S.W.; Brisbane, Q. 
Exoneura turneri Ckll., The Entomolcgist, p. 199, 1914, 9. 
Hab. : Eaglehawk Neck, T. 


Genus NEOCERATINA, Perk. Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 117, 1912. 


Neoceratina australensis Perk., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 117, 1912, 9. 
Hab.: Bundaberg, Q. 


Division APIFORMES. (Social Bees.) 
Family APID. Subfamily MELIPONIN AL. 
Genus TRIGONA Jurine, Nouv. Méth. Class. Hymén., p. 245, 1807. 
Trigona angophoree Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (8), ix, p. 225, 1912. 
Hab.: Sydney, N.S.W. 
Trigona australis Friese, Termes Fuzetek, xxi, p. 430, 1898. 
Hab. : Queensland. 
Trigona canifrons Sm., Journ. of Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool., ii, p. 51, 1857; Ckll., Ann 
Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 220, 1905. 
Hab. : Adelaide River, N.T. 
*Trigona carbonaria Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M., ii, p. 414, 1854. 
Hab. : Australia (widely distributed). 
“Trigona cassie Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 247, 1910; Ann. Mag. Nat 
His.. (8), 1x, p: 139, 1912. 
Hab. : Mackay, Caloundra, Brisbane, Q. | 
Trigona cincta Friese, Termes Fuzetek, xxi, p. 430, 1898; Ckll., Trans. Amer. Ent. 
Soc., xxxvi, p. 247, 1910. 
Hab.: Hermannsberg, Finke River, Central Australia. 
Trigona essingtoni Ckll., Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7), xvi, p. 220, 1905. 
Hab.: Port Essington, N.T. 
Trigona mellipes Friese, Termes Fuzetek, xxi, p. 429, 1898. 
Hab. : South Australia. 


CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN BEES.—HACKER. 163 


Subfamily APINAL. 
Genus APIS Linn., Syst. Nat. (Ed. la, 1735), Ed. 10a, i, p. 343, 1758. 


Type: *Apis mellifera Linn. 1758 (—mellifica, L. 1767, Lmk. 1801, Jrn. 1801, Ltr. 
; 1802-10). 


Hab.: All parts of Australia. (Introduced.) 


The species listed may be tabulated as follows :— 


Family. Genus. Species, 
Colletidee .. Ss as Agee sh, 133 
Prosopididee 18 299 
Andrenidz 8 246 
Nomadide ] 1 
Melectidze 1 13 
Anthophoridee 2 20 
Megachilide 5 122 
Xylocopide 2 3 
Ceratinidz 3 26 
Apidee 2 9 

Total 50 872 


164 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF QUEENS- 
LAND FISHES, No. 2. 


By ALLAN R. McCuLtocu, ZooLocisT, AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 


(Plates VIII—XI.) 


Tur specimens dealt with in the following pages were secured by Captain 
Hoult during the trawling operations of the Queensland State trawler 
‘‘Bar-ea-mul.’’ This vessel worked along the entire coast between the southern 
boundary of the State and Cairns, principally in the ship channels inside the 
Barrier Reef, but cccasionally in the passages through the reef to its outer edge. 
Captain Hoult found the area between Rockhampton and the Whitsunday 
Passage to be swarming with small fish of many kinds, but too small to be of 
commercial value. Even the Cato Bank in the Coral Sea, eastward of Rock- 
hampton, was investigated, but, though the trawl was hauled successfully over 
the rough coral ground, fish were not secured in payable quantities, and the 
investigations were brought to an end early in 1921. Line fishing, on the other 
hand, produced an abundance of large edible fishes, and the ship was sometimes 
stocked up with supplies so obtained. 


Famitry SYNODONTID A. 
GeNus SYNODUS (Gronow) Bloch & Schneider. 


The status and affinities of the new species here described may be expressed 
in the following key :— 
a, Scales larger, 1. lat. 43-52. : 
b. Anal fin about a3 long as the dorsal, with 10-12 rays.. intermedius, evermanni, poeyi, 
and dominicensis. 
bb. Anal fin longer than the dorsal, with 15 rays .. ne 56 Su ae sageneus. 
aa. Seales smaller, 1. lat. 58-68. 
c. Anal fin with 8-10 rays. 
d. Mouth extending little beyond the eye Se ee ae re wie simulans. 
dd, Mouth extending well beyond the eve. 
e. 44-5 scales between the lateral line and the dorsal fin. 
f. Li. lat. 58-61. 
g. Indian and Pacific Ocean species. 
h. Eve little wider than interorbital space, and scarcely more than half as long 
as the snout ; hody markings indefinite, fins plain .. rf houlti. 


hh. Eye much wider than interorbital space, and more than half as long as the 
snout; hody with distinct dark cross-bars, and fins with b own spots 
japonicus. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vout. VII, Puate VIII. 


> ~~ 
(Nx ay é ( EA A YY A 


ad 


Fig. 1—SyYNODUS HOULTI sp. nov. Holotype, 203 mm. long. 


Fig. 2.—SyNopus SIMILIS sp. nov. Holotype, 185 mm. long. 


A. R. McCulloch, del. 
Face page 165. 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 165 


gg. Atlantic Ocean species .. ~ we 26 ic synodus and a‘lanticus. 
ff. L. lat. 68. 

i. 10 anal rays; light-coloured with dark cross-bars .. = .. dermatogenys. 

ii. 8 anal rays; black with dark cross-bars .. Se a * lacertinus, 


ee. 34 scales between lateral line and dorsal fin. 

j. 11 dorsal and 10 anal rays: snout slightly longer than broad; eye about 
44 in the head =: oe A ae Fe a ee katanus. 

jj. 13 dorsal and 8-9 anal rays. 
k. Snout as broad as long; dorsal and caudal fins spotted, gill-membranes 
plain oe Pe = ME oh SE Be a indicus. 
g; dorsal and caudal fins plain, upper pari of gill- 
membranes with black blotches a. a a se similis. 


kk. Snout broader than long ; 


ce. Anal fin with 11 or more rays .. acu'us, altipinnis, saurus, scituliceps, jenkinsi, 
fetens, and lucioceps. 


The characters of S. erythreus Klunginger, from the Red Sea, are 
unknown to me. 


SYNODUS JAPONICUS Houttuyn. 


Cobitis japonica Houttuyn, Verh. Holl. Mat. Har!em., xx, 1782, p. 450. 

Salmo variegatus Lacepéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v, 1803, p. 157. 

Saurus varius Ginther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., v, 1864, p. 395—part. 

Synodus japonicus Jordan & Herre, Proc..U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxil, 1907, p. 517—synonymy. 


A single specimen 131 mm. long, from Murray Island, Torres Strait, enables 
“me to add this species to the Australian list. Nine others from Lord Howe 
Island and one from Amboyna agree in having the postoral portion of the cheek 
naked as in S. dermatogenys Fowler, but have eight or nine anal rays instead of 
ten as in that species. The two species are evidently very similar. 


SYNODUS HOULTI sp. nov. 
(Plate VIII, fig. 1.) 


Br.dd; Dal2: A.9: P 135 V083.C. 19. Blatt. 59 =, tr. 44/7- Depth ofthe 
body before the ventrals less than its breadth, and 6-5 in the length to the hypural 
joint; head 3-3 in the same. Eye 1-8 in the snout, and 8-1 in the head; 
interorbital width 1-1 in the eye. Third dorsal ray 2-4, and pectoral fin 3 in 
the head. 


Body subeylindrieal, a little broader than deep, tapering backwards. Snout 
pointed, its width at the base distinctly greater than its length; jaws subequal. 
Nostrils close together, nearer the eye than the end of the snout; the opening 
of each is quite small, and the first has a posterior cutaneous lobule. Eye with 
very narrow adipose membranes anteriorly and posteriorly. Interorbital space 
concave. Cranium with some radiating ridges behind the eye and across the 
occiput. Mouth oblique, the premaxilla extending about two eye-diameters 
beyond the eye. Preopercular margin rounded, with a membranous border 
bearing mucigerous canals. Opereculum unarmed, with a membranous border. 


166 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


A single row of fixed, spaced, and compressed teeth along the outer edge of 
each premaxillary bone is covered by the lips; directly inside this row is another 
of longer, more numerous, and depressible teeth which are exposed when the 
mouth is closed. Mandibular teeth similar, in three rows, the outer row smallest 
and fixed, the other two depressible and the innermost largest. The symphyses 
of both jaws are toothless, but there are one or two larger teeth on each side of 
that of the mandible. A long band of depressible teeth on each palatine bone, 
arranged in four rows; the innermost teeth are largest, and they increase in 
size forwards, and are enlarged anteriorly. Tongue covered with large 
depressible teeth anteriorly, and a band of smaller ones posteriorly. 


Body covered with cycloid scales, which have broad membranaceous borders. 
There are about sixteen rows between the occiput and the dorsal fin. Lateral 
line straight from the shoulder to the caudal pedunele; its scales are not raised, 
and are scarcely differentiated from the others. Five or six rows of scales on 
the cheeks, and a few on the upper’ portion of the operculum. ‘Some rather 
elongate scales are present both above and below the base of the pectoral and 
above that of the ventral; an enlarged pinnate scale on the base of each caudal 
lobe. 

Origin of dorsal fin slightly nearer the adipose dorsal than the tip of the 
snout; the third and longest ray just reaches the base of the last when adpressed ; 
the two anterior rays are simple, and the last is double. Adipose dorsal finlet 
inserted above the middle of the anal. All the anal rays are simple, and the 
last is double. Pectoral fin short, not nearly reaching the vertical of the first 
dorsal ray. Ventrals inserted about midway between the verticals of the pectoral 
and dorsal origins; the inner and outer rays are simple and the others are bifid; 
the sixth ray is longest, and reaches about half its distance from the anal origin, 
and to the vertical of the last dorsal ray. Caudal forked. 


Colour-markings.—Greyish on tle back, the sides and lower surfaces white. 
Some very ill-defined cross-bars on the back, the most prominent of which is at 
the base of the tail, and some darker markings above the lateral line. Upper 
surface of the head with vermiculating grey lines which extend onto the lips 
near the end of the snout. Fins without markings. 


Described and figured from the holotype, 203 mm. long from the snout to 
the end of the middle caudal rays. 


Locality.—Near the Capricorn Group, Queensland, 25-30 fathoms. 


This species differs from SN. similis in having a much smaller eye, 43 instead 
of 34 supralateral scales, and small instead of large nostrils. It also lacks the 
dark marking on the upper portion of the gillmembranes. It is nearer 
S. japonicus Houttayn, but has a much smaller eye and less rugose cranium, 
and the characteristic dark body markings and spots on the fins of that species 
are wanting in S. houlti. 


_— 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 167 


SYNODUS SIMILIS sp. nov. 
(Plate VIII, fig. 2.) 


Br. 15; D.13; A.9; P.13; V.8; C. 19; L. lat. 58; L. tr. 33/6. Depth of the 
body before the ventrals slightly less than its breadth, and about one-seventh of 
the length to the hypural joint; head 3-5 in the same. Eye 1-2 in the snout, and 
5-1 in the head; interorbital width 1-3 in the eye. Third dorsal ray 1-8, third 
anal ray 3-1, and pectoral fin 2-1 in the head. 


Body subeylindrical, a little broader than deep. _Snout pointed, its width 
at the base distinctly greater than its length; jaws subequal. Nostrils close 
together, nearer the eye than the end of the snout; each has a rather large 
opening, and the first has a cutaneous lobe posteriorly. Eye with narrow adipose 
membranes anteriorly and posteriorly. Interorbital space a little concave. 
Cranium with some radiating ridges behind the eye and across the occiput. 
Mouth oblique, premaxilla extending about two-thirds of an eye-diameter beyond 
the eye. Preopercular margin rounded, without a free edge, with numerous 
mucigerous canals extending from it onto the operculum; operculum unarmed, 
with a broad membranaceous border. 


A single row of fixed, spaced, and compressed teeth along the outer edge 
of each premaxillary bone is covered by the lips; directly inside this row is 
another of more numerous, longer, and depressible teeth which are exposed when 
the mouth is closed. Mandibular teeth similar, in three rows, the outer row 
smallest and fixed, the other two depressible and the innermost largest. The 
symphyses of both jaws are toothless, but there are a few enlarged teeth on each 
side of that of the mandible. A long band of depressible teeth on each palatine 
arranged. in four rows; the innermost teeth are largest and they increase in 
size forwards and ‘are enlarged anteriorly. Lingual teeth depressible in about 
five rows anteriorly, the outermost of which are largest; these are followed by 
a band of small teeth. 


Body covered with cycloid scales which have broad membranaceous 
borders. There are about fifteen between the oceiput and the dorsal fin. Lateral 
line straight from the shoulder to the caudal pedunele; its scales are not keeled, 
and scareely differentiated from the others. About five transverse rows of 
eycloid scales on the cheek, and two on the upper portion of the operculum. A 
few rather elongate scales both above and below the base of the pectoral fin, and 
above that of the ventral; an enlarged pennate scale cn the base of each caudal 


lobe. 
Origin of the dorsal fin almost midway between the end of the snout and 


the adipose dorsal; the third and longest ray reaches a little beyond the base of 
the last when adpressed. The two anterior dorsal rays are simple, and the last 
is double. Adipose dorsal inserted above the middle of the anal fin. The latter 
is short and composed of simple rays; the last is double. Pectoral fin short, not 
quite reaching the vertical of the first dorsal ray. Ventrals inserted between 
the verticals of the pectoral and dorsal origins; the inner and outer rays are 


168 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


simple, and the others are bifid; the sixth ray is longest and reaches almost half 
its distance from the base of the last anal ray, and well beyond that of the 
dorsal. Caudal forked. ' 


Colour-marking.—Greyish on the back, the sides and lower surface white. 
Ill-defined grey markings form indefinite cross-bars and about eight imperfect 
rings on the lateral line. Grey lines form narrow interrupted rows along each 
series of scales on the upper half. Head with grey spots on the opereles, and 
the gill-membranes are ornamented with two large black spots on each side 
above the operculum. Fins without markings. 


Deseribed and figured from the holotype, 185 mm. long from the snout to 
the end of the middle caudal rays. 


This species is apparently very similar to S. indicus Day, but its vertical 
fins are without markings, and the gill-membranes are ornamented with a black 
blotch which is not present in the Indian species. According to Day’s deserip- 
tion the ventral fins of N. andicus are shorter than in S. similis, the snout is as 
long as broad instead of broader than long, and the adipose membranes around 
the eye of S. similis are said to be wanting in NS. indicus. 8S. similis differs from 

kaianus Giimther in the number of dorsal and anal fin-rays, and in the 
proportions of the snout. 


Locality—Near the Capricorn Group, Queensland, 25-30 fathoms. 


Famity APOGONIDA. 


APOGON BREVICAUDATUS Weber. 


Apogon brevicaudatus Weber, Notes Leyden Museum, xxxi, 2, 1909, p. 158, and Siboga Rept., 
Fische, lvii, 1913, p. 232. pl. viii. fig. 3. 


Amia berthe Ogilby, Ann. Qld. Mus. x, 1911, p. 47, pl. v, fig. 1, and Mem, Qld. Mus. ree (Be 
p. 50. 
A fine example 112 mm. long, agrees in all details with Weber’s figure of 
this species, its markings being even better defined than in his illustration. A 
comparison of it with a smaller example of A. berthw, which was received by the 
Australian Museum from Mr. J. D. Ogilby, proves the two to be synonymous; 
the vertical bands shown in Ogilby’s figure disappear with age. 


Localities —Capricorn Group, 25-30 fathoms; coll. Queensland State 
trawler. 
Wide Bay, Queensland; Australian Museum, exch. J. D. Ogilby. 


Famity POMACENTRID. 


The following key to the genera of this family is submitted as tentative 
only. It is largely a compilation derived from various smaller keys published 
by Giinther, Jordan and Evermann, and others. 


a. Teeth fixed, extending along greater portion of free edge of each jaw. 
b. Teeth conical or villiform, not compressed. 
c. Preorbital with a strong spine directed backwards. 40 a sys PREMNAS. 
cc. Preorbital without a strong spine. 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 169 


d. Atleast some of the opercles serrated. 
e. All the opercles serrated .. ie a 38 = : .. AMPHIPRION. 
ee. Only the preoperculum and sometimes the preorbital pe 
f. 12-13 dorsal spines. 


g. Less than 30 transverse series of scales... aie .. Dascy3uus. 
gg. More than 30 transverse series of scales .. ve ore .. Leprpozyeus. 
# 17 dorsal spines ae .- .s +. .. ACANTHOCHROMIS. 
dd. None of the opercles ser eaap 
h. Lateral line not developed on the tail .. ae we 2. CHROMIS. 
hh. Lateral line almost complete .. us sic AF st AZURINA. 


bb. Teeth more or less compressed. 
:. Lips greatly thickened, fimbriate, and curled back over the snout .. CHEILOPRION. 
vi. Lips normal. 
j. Preoperculum serrated. 
k, Spinous portions of dorsal and anal scaly like the soft portions; suboperculum 
and interoperculum entire .. st aa af “ee POMACENTRUS, 
1. Teeth biserial, truncate; soft dorsal short, often elevated; caudal deeply 


forked wae oe ae os ae ae Subg. PoMacENTRUS. 
. Teeth rounded ; preorbital notched; caudallunate Subg. PsrupOPOMACENTRUS, 


ho 


3. Teeth uniserial; snout and lower jaw scaly; spinous dorsal with membrane 
incised and lobed .. a ss oe -.. Subg. PARAPOMACENTRUS. 
4. Snout and lower jaw naked ... ay 3 .. Subg. AMBLYPOMACENTRUS, 
5. Snout scaly, lower jaw naked; teeth uniserial; membrane of spimous dorsal not 
notched an age ce - he er Subg. EUPOMACENTRUS, 
6. As above, but membrane of spinous Seven deeply notched : a 
Subg. BRACHYPOMACENTRUS, 
kk, Spinous portions of dorsal and anal naked; suboperculum and interoperculum 
serrated ae Sia ar fs = be srg sa ae, - DAWA? 
jj. Preoperculum smooth. 
1. 30 or less transverse series of scales. 
m. Suborbitals adnate to the cheeks. 


n. Suborbitals completely covered by scales He oF .. NEXIDARIUS 
nn. Suborbital scales not well formed we ts ae: fe NEXILOSUS, 

mm. Suborbitals not adnate to the cheeks. 
o. Teeth emarginate, in a single row 5 sae at . .GLYPHISODON, 


1. Preorbital very narrow, snout rather acute; 12 anal rays ay, 
Subg. GLyPHIsODON. 


2. Preorbital broad, snout blunt, 10 anal rays .. Subg. Eucuistopwts. 

3. Lower pharyngeals quadrate ae -. Subg. HemMicLyPHIDODON. 

4. Scales above lateral line in 1-2 rows .. Subg. AMBLYGLYPHIDODON. 

oo. Teeth not emarginate. 

p. Teeth in two rows .. as ee oe ae .. CHRYSIPTERA, 

pp. Teethinone row .. oe oe at ag ..  HYPSYPOPS. 

il, More than 30 transverse series of scales oe A a pee .. PARMA. 

aa. Teeth uniserial, movable, those of lower jaw confined to front portion. 

q. Vertical fins not elevated, caudal simply lunate .. als ade ie AZURELLA. 


qq. Vertical fins much elevated, caudal lobssfaleate .. ae ie MICROSPATHODON, 


= 
~! 
=) 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Genus DAYA Bleeker. 
Daya Bleeker, Verh. Holl. Mij. Haarlem, 1877, p. 71 (Pomacentrus jerdoni Day). Id. Weber, 
Siboga Fische, lvii, 1913, p. 343. 


This genus differs from Pomacentrus in having no scaly sheaths at the 
bases of the spinous dorsal and anal fins, and the membrane between the spines 
naked instead of sealy. The edges of the subopereulum and interoperculum are 
finely serrated like the preoperculum, and the suborbital bones are small and 
inconspicuous; operculum with two spines. The anterior teeth of each jaw are 
enlarged, and, though compressed, have more or less rounded points; the lateral 
teeth small. Snout and mandible naked. Caudal fin forked. Scales in about 
thirty rows. Membrane of spinous dorsal scarcely incised and without distinct 
lobes. 

DAYA JERDONI Day. 
(Plate IX, fig. 1.) 
Pomacentrus jerdoni Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 237; and Fish. India, 1877, p. 383 
pl. Ixxx, fig. 7. 
Daya jerdoni Weber, Fische Siboga Exped., lvii, 1913, p. 344. 
Pomacentrus dolii Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales vi, 1881, p. 65, pl.i, fig. 1. 


D. xiii/13; A.ii/14; P.18; V.i/5; C.15; L. lat. 19; 30 scales between the 
origin of the lateral line and the hypural joint, 5 between the origin of the 
dorsal and the lateral line, and 10 more to the origin of the anal. 

Depth before the ventrals 2-6 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3-5 
in the same. Eye 3-4 in the head and a little longer than the snout, which is 
4.2 in the head; interorbital width a little greater than the length of the eye, 
3-1 in the head. Sixth dorsal spine 2-1 in the head, longer than the last, but 
‘much shorter than the ninth ray; pectoral 1-2 in the head. 


3ody longer than is usual in Pomacentrids, with the upper and lower 
profiles equally curved from the obtusely conical snout. Suborbital bones small 
and inconspicuous, the first wider than the others and hinged with the preorbital ; 
free edge of the preorbital notched and feebly serrated. Hinder edge of the 
preoperculum serrated, as is that of the suboperculum, and the interopereculum 
also has a few serrations. Operculum armed with two flat spines, the lower of 
which is the larger. Each jaw with about six large flattened teeth in a row 
anteriorly, and a row of much smaller ones on each side; palate toothless. 
Nostril a simple opening on each side. 

Scales ctenoid with narrow ciliated borders. _They extend forward on the 
upper surface of the head to before the middle of the eye, and cover the whole 
head with the exception of the snout, lips, and mandible. There is an enlarged 
scale at the base of each ventral fin, and two others are present between those 
fins. Seales cover the bases of the pectoral fins, and extend up between the 
dorsal, anal, and caudal rays, but the spinous portions of the dorsal and anal 
are naked. Lateral line formed by a broad canal, with two or three pores 
opening on each scale; the scales of the median series on the caudal pedunele 
also bear minute pores. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, PLaTE IX. 


psgh® 34 
elds 


y 


Fig. 1—DaAya sERDONI Day. A specimen 108 mm. long. 


Fig. 2.—DAYA JERDONI, var. FUSCA, var. nov. Holotype of variety, 99 mm. long. 


A. R. McCulloch, del. 
Face page 170. 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 171 


Median dorsal spines highest, the others decreasing slightly in length 
backwards; the rays increase again to the ninth, which is longer than the longest 
spine. The margin of the dorsal fin is slightly sinuous between the spines, and 
obtusely pointed posteriorly. Anal similar in form to the soft dorsal. Pectoral 
rounded, the fifth upper ray longest. Ventrals rounded, without produced rays, 
and reaching backwards to the vent. Caudal forked. 


Colour.—Yellow, with blue spots, the fins darker. The body is much 
lighter than the fins after preservation, and the scales have olivaceous markings 
which combine to form the pattern illustrated in the accompanying figure. Two 
dark stripes cross the preorbital, one extending under the eye, and the cheeks 
und opercles are marked with dark spots and short lines. A large blackish spot 
at the upper base of the pectoral. Vertical fins slate-coloured in formaline; 
the dorsal and anal have narrow white borders followed by a very narrow 
darker line, and there is a blackish spot between the anal spines; a dark horizontal 
line extends along the soft portion of each. Caudal with irregular rows of grey 
spots. Pectorals and ventrals whitish. 


Described and figured from a specimen 108 mm. long, which was taken 
by the Queensland State trawler around the Capriccrn Group, Queensland, in 
25-3C fathoms. Two others taken with it exhibit some little variation in the 
degree of colour-marking on the fins, and one bears indications of blue spots 
on each scale; the extreme outer rays of the caudal! fin may also be light-coloured. 


Synonymy—An examination of the two typical specimens of Pomacentrus 
dolii Macleay, in the Macleay Museum, proves them to be similar in all details 
to the example deseribed above. They were found in a large Dolium shell in 
Port Jackson, and were doubtless mere stragglers southward from the warmer 
waters of Queensland. 


DAYA JERDONI, var. FUSCA, var. nov. 
(Plate IX, fig. 2. 


A series of twenty-one specimens, 59-104 mm. long, which were trawled 
by the F.L.V. *‘Endeavour’’ in Queensland waters, includes several specimens 
which cannot be separated from those described above; also others which differ 
somewhat in both form and colour, and others which are intermediate between 
the two. In a specimen 99 mm. long, which is figured on the accompanying 
plate, the depth at the ventrals is 2-4 in the length to the hypural joint. The 
body is brown lke the vertical fins, and cach seale bears a basal darker (blue) 
spot. The dark lines on the dorsal and anal are wanting in this specimen, but 
are indicated in another somewhat larger example. The outer rays of the caudal 
fin ave whitish like the margins of the dorsal and anal. 


Although the two forms illustrated differ in their general appearance, 
they are evidently specifically identical, since other specimens are intermediate 
between them, and can be as readily assigned to the one as the other. 


172 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 
Localities—Twenty miles N.N.E. of Double Island Point, Queensland; 
3U fathoms. 
Thirteen miles 8.E. of Cape Capricorn, Queensland; 13 fathoms. 
Four to five miles 8.E. of Bustard Head Light, Queensland; 11-16 fathoms. 
Ten miles N.W. of Bustard Head Light, Queensland; 14-17 fathoms. 


Three to seven miles N.W. of Hervey Bay fairway buoy, Queensland; 
9-11 fathoms. 


Twelve miles N.E. of Bowen, Queensland; 19-25 fathoms. 


Port Jackson, New South Wales: types of P. dolii Macleay. 


GENUS GLYPHISODON Lacepéde. 
GLYPHISODON PALMERI Ogilby. 
(Plate X, fig. 1.) 
Glyphisodon palmeri Ogilby, Mem. Qld. Mus., ii, 1913, p. 87, pl. xxii, fig. 2. 


As the original figure of this species is imperfect in several details, I have 
figured another specimen, 135 mm. long from the snout to the end of the middle 
caudal rays, which is well preserved though it has lost many of its scales. 
Fourteen specimens, 42-135 mm. long, show that the disposition of the transverse 
bands and the other characters of the species are very constant, and indicate that 
G. palmeri is a valid species. 

Localities —This species is evidently not uncommon on the Queensland 
Coast. I have speared it among coral on the surface of the reef at Masthead 
Tsland, while the Queensland State trawler has taken it in 25-30 fathoms near 


the Capricorn Group. It has also been taken in a hauling net on a beach at 
Cape Bedford and in a reef pool near-by on Two Isles. 


Capricorn Group, surface to 30 fathoms. Caloundra. Cape Bedford. Two 
Isles, off Cape Bedford. Torres Strait. Sweers Island, Gulf of Carpentaria. 


Famity SCORPANIDA. 


Genus PARACENTROPOGON Bleeker. 
? Hypodytes Gistel, Naturg. des Theirreichs, viii, 1848, Genotype uncertain, vide Jordan, Gen. 
Fish., ii, 1919, p. 235. 


Paracentropogon Bleeker, Versl. Akad. Amsterdam (2), ix, 1876, p. 297 (Apistus longispinis. 
Cuv. & Val.). 


Daia Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld. xviii, 1903, p. 9 (Centropogon indicus Day). 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, PuaTE X. 


Fig. 1.—GLYPHISODON PALMERI Ogilby. A specimen 135 mm. long. 


Fig. 2.—PARACENTROPOGON VESPA Ogilby. Holotype?, 87 mm. long. 


A. R. McCulloch, del. 
Face page 172. 


~~ 


— 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 173 


PARACENTROPOGON VESPA Ogilby. 
(Plate X, fig. 2.) 
Paracentropogon vespa Ogilby, New Fish. Qld. Coast, 1910, p. 116. 


Br. 7; D. xiv/8; A.iii/5; P.10; V.1/4; C.18; 22 tubular pores. on the 
lateral line between its origin and the hypural joint, and 1 on the base of the 
caudal. 

Depth before the ventral fins almost 3 in the length to the hypural joint ; 
head, to the end of the opercular lobe, 2-7 in the same. Eye 3-7 in the head, and 
slightly longer than its distance from the end of the snout. Interorbital space 
much less than the length of the snout, 1-5 in the eye. Third dorsal and anal 
spines equal in length to the anterior dorsal and anal rays, and 1-6 in the head. 
Pectoral fin 1-1 in the head. 


Profile very oblique from the snout to the origin of the dorsal fin, with 
a depression above the premaxillary processes.. Interorbital space with two bony 
ridges on the upper end of which are two short tentacles; behind these is a 
median ridge before the first dorsal spine. Supracrbital ridges very prominent, 
each with a short tentacle. Another ridge extends backward from the upper 
margin of the orbit, and there are two short ridges between the eye and the 
origin of the lateral line. Mandible projecting very slightly beyond the pre- 
maxillaries. Mouth oblique, maxilla extending backward to below the anterior 
third of the eye. Anterior nostril situated just behind the middle of the snout, 
with a short dermal tentacle; posterior nostril preceded by a large open pore, 
and placed just in front of the eye. Preorbital with two spines directed back- 
ward, the anterior short, the posterior large and reaching to below the hinder 
portion of the eye. Suborbital bone flat and unarmed. Preoperculum with 
five spines, the uppermost of which extends well beyond, the middle of the 
operculum; the others are small and scarcely project beyond the rounded 
preopercular edge. Operculum with two diverging ridges which end in obtuse 
spines; its posterior portion forms a narrowly rounded lobe. Minute pores open 
on the preopercular margin between each spine, while others are placed sym- 
metrically on the head and neck above and behind the eye, and on the cheek, 
preorbital, and mandible. A broad band of minute teeth on each of the pre- 
maxillaries and one on each side of the mandible; a A-shaped patch of similar 
teeth on the vomer, and a patch on the end of each palatine bone. In the specimen 
described and figured there is a rounded patch of teeth attached to the palatal 
membranes in the angle of the vomerine patch, but this is not developed in other 
specimens. Pseudobranchize well developed; no slit behind the last gill-arch. 


The back is highest at the base of the fifth dorsal spine, behind which it * 
descends evenly to the caudal pedunele. Head, anterior portion of the back. 
pectoral region, and abdomen naked, but imperfect scales are present beneath 
the skin on the greater portion of the sides and caudal peduncle. Lateral line 
extending in an oblique line from the shoulder to the middle of the caudal 
pedunele; it forms a complete canal from which minute tubules open obliquely 
upwards. 


174 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


First dorsal spine inserted over the middle of the eye; the first five spines 
are widely separated though connected by membrane; the third is longest, is 
but little longer than the last, and is as long as the anterior dorsal and anal 
rays. Soft dorsal rounded, formed of branched rays, of which the last is broadly 
united with the caudal peduncle by membrane. Anal originating below the 
twelfth dorsal spine, its third spine as long as that of the dorsal; soft portion 
rounded, the last ray united ‘with the caudal peduncle. Pectoral formed of 
branched rays, the median of which are longest and almost reach the vertical 
of the anal origin. Ventrals inserted behind the bases of the pectorals, each 
with a strong spine and four branched rays, the longest of which reach the vent. 
Caudal rounded, with ten branched rays. 


Colour-marking—Light brown after preservation, variegated with darker 
brown marblings; these are not well defined in the specimen described so they 
have been copied from another taken with it and of the same size in the 
accompanying figure. A darker patch is present on the dorsal fin between the 
fifth and eighth spines, and the whole of the fin is marked with oblique wavy 
cross-bands. A light spot is situated above the lateral line over the posterior 
half of the pectorals. Pectorals and caudal with darker ecross-bars, the basal 
portion of the latter whitish. Ventrals blackish with a light patch near the 
middle of the spine and anterior ray. 


Deseribed and figured from a specimen in the ‘‘ Endeayour’’ collection, 
87 mm. long, of which both the length and data differ from those given by 
Ogilby. No specimen in the collection agrees exactly with his description, which 
was prepared under unfavourable conditions on board the ‘‘Endeavour,”’ and 
it is not improbable that this specimen is the actual type of the species. 


Affinities.—This species is very similar to P. longispinis, with a small 
and bleached example of which I have been able to compare it, though its third 
dorsal spine is proportionately shorter. In all other structural details the two 
appear to be similar, but colour differences may be found which will maintain 
them as separate species. 


P. vespa differs from P. rubripinnis in having much finer teeth, lower 
anterior dorsal spines, better developed scales, and in colouration. The black 
dorsal spot is largely restricted to the dorsal fin instead of descending onto the 
back, and the ventrals are dark instead of light m colour. 


Localities—Platypus Bay, Queensland; 7-9 fathoms. ‘‘ Endeavyour’’ 
collection, two specimens. 


Rat Island, Port Curtis, Queensland; coll. A. R. McCulloch. One specimen 
with abnormal dorsal spines, but exhibiting all the other characters shown in the 
figure. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, PLATE XI. 


Fig. 1.—Lr10craAniuM scorpio Ogilby. Holotype, 75 mm. long. 


Fig. 2.—Erosa ErOsA Cuvier & Valenciennes. Holotype of E. mrmEA Ogilby, 80 mm. long. 
A. R. McCulloch, del. 


Face page 175. 


Ou 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 17 


Genus LIOCRANIUM Ogilby. 


Liocranium Ogilby, Proce. Roy. Soe. Qld., xviii, 1903. p. 24 (Orthotype L. prepositum Ogilby). 
Jd, McCulloch, Biol. Res. Endeavour, iv, 4, 1916, p. 195. 
a. Diameter of eye much greater than width of interorbital space; gill-rakers of first arch 


short, thick, and rounded .. Hs : preposiium. 
aa, Diameter of eye much less than width of ‘interdibitar space ; “a: Zo of first arch 
long, slender, and flattened ae ae ys Ale ae ve ar scorpio. 


LIOCRANIUM SCORPIO Ogilby. 
(Plate XI, fig 1.) 
Paracentropogon scorpio Ogilby, New Fish. Qld. Coast, 1910, p. 115, 


Br.7; D. xiv/6; A. 11/7; P.6/8; V.i/4; C.13; 22 to 24 tubules on the 
lateral line between the shoulder and the Higteal joint. 


Depth before the ventrals 3 in the length to the hypural joint; head, to 
the end of the opercular lobe, 2-6 in the same. Eye 4-3 in the head, slightly 
shorter than the snout, which is 3-5 in the head. Interorbital width greater than 
the length of the snout, 3-1 in the head. Third dorsal spine and third anal spine 
2-4 in the head, and a little shorter than the fourteenth dorsal spine. Pectoral 
1-1. caudal 1-2 in the head. 


Snout with a prominent hump caused by the posterior processes of the 
premaxillaries ; interorbital space broad and slightly convex, with a median bony 
ridge which is bifurcate anteriorly. The back is highest at the bases of the 
fourth and fifth dorsal spines, and thence descends evenly to the caudal peduncle. 
Mandible projecting beyond the premaxillaries when the mouth is closed. Mouth 
oblique; maxilla broad, its hinder margin oblique, the upper posterior angle 
reaching a trifle beyond the vertical of the hinder margin of the eye. Eye with 
prominent bony margins. Nostrils in the posterior half of the snout, separated 
by a narrow interspace, the anterior with a dermal lobe. Preorbital with two 
spines directed backward, the posterior large and reaching beyond the middle 
of the eye. Suborbital ridge unarmed. Preopereulum with five spines, the upper- 
most of which is largest; the others decrease in size downwards, and the lowest 
is minute. Operculum a weak flat bone without ridges or spines, and terminated 
by a pointed lobe. Minute pores open cn the preopercular margin between each 
spine, while others are placed symmetrically on the head and neck above and 
behind the eye, on the preorbital and mandible. A band of villiform teeth in 
each jaw which is interrupted at the symphysis; vomer with a curved patch of 
similar teeth, palatines toothless. No slit behind the last gill-arch; about fifteen 
gill-rakers on the lower limb of the first gill-arch, the posterior of which are 
slender and flattened and about half as long as alte eye. 


Skin almost naked, only rudimentary scales appearing on the sides of the 
body and caudal peduncle. Lateral line extending obliquely from the shoulder 
to the middle of the caudal peduncle, and terminating on the base of the tail; 
it forms a complete canal from which small tubules extend obliquely upwards and 
backwards. 


176 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


First dorsal spine inserted over the anterior third of the eye; the first 
four spines are widely separated but connected by membrane, and the third is 
but little shorter than the last though distinctly longer than those immediately 
before and after it. The first dorsal ray is as long as the last spine, and is 
unbranched; the four following rays are bifurcate, while the last is simple and 
joined by membrane to the caudal peduncle. Anal fin originating below the 
thirteenth dorsal spine; its spines increase in length backward, and the third 
is about as long as the last dorsal spine but distinctly shorter than the succeeding 
rays. Soft portion of the anal rounded; its two outer rays are simple and the 
others bifurcate, and the last is united with the caudal peduncle by membrane. 
Pectoral rounded, its middle rays longest and reaching to the vertical of the anal 
origin ; five of the upper rays are bifurcate, and the eight lower ones are simple 
and thickened. Ventrals inserted behind the bases of the pectorals, each with 
a strong spine and four weak rays, of which three are bifurcate; the longest 
does not nearly reach the vent. Caudal rounded, with eleven branched rays. 


Colour.—Light brown changing to whitish below, with a paler stripe along 
the back at the base of the dorsal spines; some very indefinite darker .cross-bands 
are apparent on the back which become more distinct on the caudal peduncle. 
Some irregularly placed dark-brown spots with lighter edges are scattered over 
the neck and back above the lateral line, and several lighter ones occur on the 
scapular region. Upper surface and sides of head closely covered with rounded 
brown spots with lighter edges, some larger ones of which are situated above the 
operculum and one at the postero-inferior angle of the eye. Lips erossed by 
pale-brown narrow bands. Spinous dorsal irregularly marbled with brown, and 
crossed by oblique darker-brown bands which become narrower and more 
numerous on the soft portion, and coalesce so as to leave only a series of white 
spots on the rays. Anal with a few iight-brown cross-bars on the rays. Pectoral 
and caudal fins barred with dark brown. Ventrals whitish. 


Described and figured from the holotype of the species, which is 75 mm. 
long from the snout to the end of the tail. It differs in several small details 
from Ogilby’s description owing to the fact that the latter was written on board 
the ‘‘ Endeavour,’’ where the conditions rendered accuracy impossible. 


Variation—A second specimen 79 mm. long differs in having the third 
dorsal spine distinctly longer than the last; the cross-bands on the back are more 
distinct, and the spots of the head extend on to the lower portion of the sides of 
the body. <A third specimen, 99 mm. long, has only six anal rays; its light dorsal 
stripe is more pronounced and it has no dark spots on the back or sides, while 
the head markings are reduced to brown rings around pale pinkish spots; the 
fin-markings also are more or less obsolete. 


Affinities —This species differs from Paracentropogon, in which genus it 
was placed by Ogilby, in the absence of palatine teeth and the form of its 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 177 


operculum and pectoral fins. It is clearly related to Liocranium prepositum 
Ogilby. Paracentropogon cynocephalus Weber’ is perhaps only the young of 
LL. scorpio. 

Localities —Fourteen miles S.E. of Cape Capricorn, Queensland; 13 
fathoms. ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection, holotype. 


? 


_Near Bowen, Queensland. ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection, paratype. 


Capricorn Group, Queensland ; 25-30 fathoms. Queensland State trawler. 


Genus SEBASTOPSIS Gill. 


SEBASTOPSIS GUAMENSIS Quoy and Gaimard. 
Sebastopsis guamensis Jordan & Seale, Bull. U.S. Fish. Bureau, xxv, 1905, p. 374. Id, 
McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus. ix. 3, 1913, p 388. 
Sebastopsis scabra Jordan & Seale, Bull. U.S. Fish Bureau, xxv. 1905, p. 374, fig. 71. (Not 
Sebastes scaber Ramsay & Ogilby.) 
Centropogon echinatus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, v, 3, 1881, p. 436. Id. Ogilby, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Qld. xviii, 1903, pp. 8, 9. 


An examination of the type of Centropogon echinatus in the Macleay 
Museum proves it to be specifically identical with Sebastopsis guamensis. Its 
identity was suggested to me by Mr. J. Douglas Ogilby in 1916, but, as he does 
not appear to have recorded the synonymy, I take this opportunity of doing so. 


Locality Endeavour River Estuary, North Queensland. 


GENUS EROSA Swainson. 
EROSA EROSA (Langsdorf) Cuvier & Valenciennes. 
(Plate XI, fig. 2.) 
Erosa erosa Jordan & Starks, Proc. U.S. Na‘. Mus., xxvii, 1904, p. 156, fig. 16. Id. McCulloch, 


Rec. Austr. Mus. xii, 8, 1919, p. 177. 
Erosa iridea Ogilby, New Fish. Qld Coast, 1910, p. 113. _ 


Br. 6; D. xiv/7; A. 11/6; V.i/4; P.15; C.14. Depth at the origin of the 
dorsal fin 2-1 in the length to the hypural joint. Width of the head between the 
bony bosses of the cheeks almost as great as its length, which is 2-2 in the length 
to the hypural joint. Eye shorter than its distance from the premaxillary 
symphysis, and equal to about half the interorbital width. Third dorsal spine 
3-2 in the head and as long as the last, which is considerably shorter than the rays. 


Head with bony structures arranged as in the figure; the nape is hollowed 
out into a large quadrangular depression which is widest posteriorly, and is 
bounded anteriorly by an interorbital bridge. Maxilla broad and reaching 
backward to below the posterior third of the eye. A band of villiform teeth 
on each jaw, and a patch on the vomer; palatines toothless. Gill-membranes 
broadly united with the isthmus. 


1Weber, Siboga Rept., Pisces, lvii, 1913, p. 500, fig. 103. 
te 


178 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Back elevated anteriorly, somewhat hollowed in the middle. Body naked, 
the upper portion of the sides covered with numerous warts and minute papille. 
Lateral line marked by a groove with eleven papilla along its length, the last 
being on the base of the tail. A row of papille across the base of the pectoral. 
Each ventral with a rounded knob at the base of its spine. 


Colour-marking arranged as shown in the figure. 


The above characters are taken from the holotype of EKrosa iridea Ogilby, 
80 mm. long, which is figured on Plate XI. A second example, 102 mm. long, 
only differs in having its colour-markings rather better defined. 


Synonymy.—As already noted (loc. cit.), I have compared the holotype 
of E. iridea with a small Japanese example of F. erosa and find no characters to 
distinguish them as separate species. 

Localities —Nineteen miles N. 30 degrees W. from Double Island Point, 
Queensland; 33 fathoms. Holotype of E. iridea. 


Capricorn Group, off Port Curtis, Queensland; 25-30 fathoms. Queens- 
land Museum. 


i 


» 


if nal hi 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Puate XII. 


NYCTIMENE TRYONI Longman, 


A NEW NYCTIMENE.—LONGMAN. 179 


A NEW NYCTIMENE FROM SOUTH 
QUEENSLAND. 


By HEBER A. Loncman, F.L.S., DIRECTOR. 
(Plate XII.) 


THrouGeH the kindly interest of Mr. Henry Tryon, Government Ento- 
mologist, the Queensland Museum obtained on October 1, 1920, a new species of 
Nyctimene secured by Mr. D. Lahey at Canungra, near the boundary of our 
National Park in the Macpherson Range, South Queensland. 


Two species of Nyctimene (N. papuanus and N. robinsoni from Cape York 
and Cooktown respectively) have been previously recorded from North Queens- 
land, but the occurrence of this genus south of Brisbane is somewhat surprising. 
Since the publication of Knud Andersen’s masterly Catalogue of the Chiroptera, 
vol i, by the British Museum authorities in 1912, the determination of our 
Megachiroptera has been simplified. Fourteen species have been deseribed, the 
majority being from Papua and the surrounding islands. 


The absence of lower incisors, the presence of tubular nasal appendages, 
yellow spots in the membranes, a dark dorsal stripe, together with the four 
cireumvallate papille, form striking and unmistakable generic characteristics. 


NYCTIMENE TRYONI n. sp. 

Alhed to N. robinsont O. Thomas, but readily distinguished by its general 
larger size, by the smaller and more cireular ears, the greater length (chiefly 
contained in the metacarpal) of the second digit, the longer tibia, the shorter 
tail, and other features as set out. 


Measured in the flesh, the length from head to tail-tip is 105 mm., and 
the approximate diameter across wings is 200. 


General colour above smoke-gray (Ridgway) ; bases of the hairs gray: a 
narrow dark spinal stripe is present; hairs about 10 mm. in length; on the 
ventral surface the prevailing colour is fawn, but the tips of the hairs give a 
silver-gray effect; the fur on the flanks and to the proximal third of the fore- 
limbs becomes fulvous. The characteristic yellow spots of the genus are sparsely 
distributed on the membranes, but are not so large as in our specimens of 
papuanus and geminus. 


The ears are evenly rounded, and the antero-lateral margin is scalloped. 
The tongue has the typical four cireumvallate papille, the posterior pair being 
much closer together than the anterior; reflexed tridentate papille are present 
on the median anterior portion. About 20 ridges are developed on the palate; 
with the exception of the anterior ridge, the first 14 are convex, 3 are fairly 
‘straight, the posterior ridges being undulating. There appear to be no very 


180 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


remarkable dental or cranial characteristics. As in N. robinsoni, the interorbital 
portions of the frontals are considerably swollen. The posterior edge of the 
bony palate is subtriangular. No secondary cusps are developed from the 
cingulum of the upper canines. Posterior heels are well developed in the third 
and fourth upper and lower premolars, and the usual inner cusp is present on 
the third. In transverse section the crowns of p* and m* are subequal. The 
angular processes of the mandible are prominent outwardly. An angle of 120° 
to the base line is formed by the coronoid process. 


The specimen is fully adult, and there are no signs of the premaxillary 
sutures. 


Measurements, 

Forearm .. “2 ae oe oe ve Se ite 68 
Pollex— 

Total Jength with claw as oh «'s 3 se 32 

Metacarpal .. ae aA Sic Es ues a: 16 

Ist phalanx .. Be Be at Bet AC eS 12 
2nd digit— 

Metacarpal .. af a, ai ah: ar az 38 

Ist phalanx .. ore ae te oe ck ie 6 

2nd—3rd phalanx, with claw ane Fg =n cae nig 11 
3rd digit— 

Metacarpal .. a5 site ae ene ie ee 50 

Ist phalanx .. Per aH oe it aa ar 37 

2nd phalanx .. ee = te te = oe 46 
4th digit— 

Metacarpal .. be Ee aA ate ae oe 45 

lst phalanx .. ar ae 5¢ a a He 28 

2nd phalanx .. Ae Sy fe bi ne a. 30 
5th digit— 

Metacarpal .. se ae Se ae es oe 49 

Ist phalanx .. Ac 35 54 25 ae ce 24 

2nd phalanx .. a -% ie - 7 = 26 
EKar— 

Length from orifice .. at ae xe ae ae 16 

Greatest breadth, flattened Ave 20 534 Pie 12 
Tail an oe Si “8 ae ae 28 i 23 

Free portion from dorsal eurface .. Fe aS ee 13 
Tibia i oa ne +e - ae eh ans 28 
Foot, with claw .. ys a a 3 is a3 17 


Calear ts ug ey am ey se KD re 9 


A NEW NYCTIMENE.—LONGMAN. 181 


Cranial and dental: 


Skull— 
Lambda to gnathion ae ok ae aoe ee 36 
Condylo-basal length ae a ae se Se 34 
Palation to incisive foramina us a ne Sa ytoso 
Palation to basion .. <a Ac ers ee ape ale his 
Rostrum, length orbit to nares... = ge ae 7:5 
Rostrum, height at alv. of canine. . ae a se 8 
Width of brain-case at zygomata Bye 3S or 15 
Zygomatic width .. i 3 at aA ee 23 
Across crowns of m!-m1, externally ag ie Pe ll 
Lachrymal width .. oa oe ae Se ae 9 
_ Across crowns of canines, externally os #2 i 7 
Premaxille, depth at symphysis . . £3 4s ae 3-5 
Postorbital width .. et am AP Ae ois 5-5 
Interorbital width .. Ae. ae Se ~ St 65 
Mesopterygoid fossa, width sie = ae sa / 20-25 
Between p*-p? ric “ZB ae < os we 6-5 
Between bases of canines .. aN 4. re ee 2-5 
Orbital diameter .. oe ne te rs a 9-5 
Mandible— 
Length from condyle ar vA ae Lig .. 25-25 
Height at coronoid .. ate “i as a mL O-0 
Upper teeth, c-m1, crowns oF ae ay = Be erita ty” 
Lower teeth, c-m?, crowns ae es “4 ie ss 15 


Type in Queensland Museum, Reg. No. J. 3436, adult male. Type locality: 
Canungra, South Queensland. 


This latest addition to our non-marsupial mammals is almost certainly 
descended from early Papuan emigrants, but it has been sufficiently long in the 
land to become specifically distinct. . 


A specimen of N. papuanus from Cape York. in our collections has the 
forearm 60 mm. in length, being slightly larger than Knud Andersen’s maximum. 
In view of the revision in the latest monograph, Edgar R. Waite’s record of 
‘‘Uronycteris cephalotes’? (Records Austr. Mus., iv, 1912, p. 144) should 
probably be attributed to either N. robinsoni or papuanus. 


182 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


On COLEOPTERA, mostly from Queensland. 


By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM. 
(Contribution from South Australian Museum.) 


(Plate XITT.) 


THERE are probably in Queensland more species of beetles than occur in 
the rest of Australia, and the wealth of life in its coastal districts can be 
surpassed in but few parts of the world; so far as these are concerned many 
of the species extend into the ‘‘ Big Serub’’ and Illawarra districts of New South 
Wales, and in the Far North many New Guinea and Malayan forms occur. 
Comparatively few districts in Queensland have been well worked for beetles; 
the Brisbane district (including Mount Tambourine and Moreton Bay islands), 
Gayndah, Cairns (including Kuranda, Atherton, Malanda, &c.), Rockhampton, 
Bowen (Port Denison), Cooktown (Endeavour River), Somerset (including 
Thursday Island), Townsville, and a few other coastal towns have been compara- 
tively well worked, but the islands north of Brisbane and in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria, and almost the whole of the western districts, have been greatly 
neglected. 


Even in the comparatively well-worked districts the smaller species are 
often overlooked, the passing collector usually keeping a watchful outlook for 
large or brillant species; neglecting the minute forms that must be searched 
for on sea-beaches, amongst fallen leaves, in moss, associated with ants, and that 
may be seen in enormous numbers during floods. 


Specimens of all the species here described as new are in the collection 
of the Queensland Museum; many were originally taken by Mr. Henry Hacker, 
the entomologist of that institution. 


Famity NITIDULIDA. 
CYCHRAMUS PICTICOLLIS sp. nov. 


Castaneo-flavous, or flavous, some parts more or less deeply infuscated or 
black. Moderately densely clothed with subdepressed, ashen pubescence. 


Head wide; with fairly dense and sharply defined but -subasperate 
punctures; labrum rather feebly bilobed. Antenne with third joint thinner than 
second, and about once and one-half as long; club large, almost twice as long as 
wide. Prothorax rather strongly and evenly convex, base more than twice as 
wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded and very finely margined, 
hind angles rounded off, apex about half the width of base, and rather deeply 
emarginate ; punctures not quite as dense as on prothorax. Scutellum large and 
semicircular. Hiytra, when at rest, with outlines continuous with those of 
prothorax, sides feebly diminishing in width from near base, apex widely 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA, 183 


rounded; punctures much as on prothorax; nonstriated. Intercoxal process of 
prosternum just passing hind coxe, its tip truncated; middle cox separated 
slightly more than front ones, and about half the distance of hind ones. Legs 
stout, three basal joints of front and of middle tarsi wide, of the hind ones 
rather narrow. Length, 3-4-5 mm. 


Hab.—wNorthern Queensland (Blackburn’s eollection); Brisbane (H. 
’ Hacker and C. McGregor). New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron).—Type, 
f. 12058 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2270 in Queensland Museum. 


The markings of the prothorax readily distinguish this species from 
C. niger and all others known to me. The dark parts vary from rather lightly 
infuscated to deep black; they irregularly cover the head between the eyes and 
about two-thirds of the prothorax, so that several pale spots are enclosed in front, 
and the hind margin has four lobes; the elytra vary from entirely pale, or with 
the sides faintly infuscated, to almost entirely dark, but usually they have a 
large obscurely pale triangle about the scutellum; the club (except part of the 
apical joint) and parts of the metasternum are also dark. The dark markings 
of the head are usually extended so as to leave but two small pale spots at the 
base; on one Brisbane specimen the prothoracic markings are reduced to three 
irregular, disconnected, infuscated spots. On many specimens the abdomen is 
covered by the elytra, on others part of the pygidium is exposed. 


CYCHRAMUS INCONSTANS sp. nov. 
Colour and clothing variable. 


Head with rather dense but partially concealed punctures; clypeal suture 
shallow and semicircular; labrum deeply notched. Antenne long and thin, first 
joint slightly longer than third, and about thrice the length of second, ninth 
elongate-triangular, apex incurved, tenth shorter than ninth but of the same 
width and longer and slightly wider than eleventh, sides gently rounded, apex 
incurved, eleventh subcireular. Prothorax at base more than twice as wide as 
the median length, sides strongly rounded and finely margined, apex gently 
incurved to middle, and about two-thirds the width of base; punctures as on 
head. Scutellum rather large and semicircular. Elytra, when at rest, with sides 
continuous with those of prothorax, gently decreasing to apex, leaving most of 
pygidium exposed; punctures dense, partially concealed, and more or less. 
asperate. Intercoxal process of prosternum evenly convex, truncated posteriorly. 
Legs stout, three basal joints of front and of middle tarsi wide, of the hind ones 
less wide. Length, 4-8 mm. 

Hab.— Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum, H. Hacker and A. M..Lea) ; 


Barron Falls (A. Koebele); South Johnstone River (H. W. Brown).—Type, 
I, 12063 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/22771 in Queensland Museum. 


The long antennz with loosely articulated club are at variance with other 
species of Cychramus, but as I am not prepared to propose a new genus for the 


184 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


reception of the present species it has been referred to that genus. The seven 
specimens, under examination, appear to belong to but one species, although no 
two are alike in their size, colour, and markings. The type is 5 mm. in length, 
of a dull reddish-brown colour, with two elongated dark spots on the pronotum 
and some vague infuseations on the elytra; it is rather densely clothed with ashen 
pubescence, becoming denser on the scutellum, and on an apical triangle on the 
elytra; the triangle commences on the suture just beyond the middle, and is. 
dilated so as to cover the entire apex: it is distinct on all the specimens and 
accentuated by a dark oblique line on each elytron immediately before it, although 
on two specimens the dark lines are very faint. The largest specimen is some- 
what paler than the type, and has four spots on the prothorax (the lateral ones 
very feeble) and one on each shoulder, in addition to the postmedian ones; 
three specimens are darker, with the dark markings on the prothorax ill-defined, 
and the elytral markings connected so as to appear like a reversed M. The 
smallest specimen is entirely pale, the oblique lines before the apical triangle 
being represented by semi-nude spaces that are scarcely perceptibly infuscated. 
On some specimens the club is hardly darker than the rest of the antenne. The 
sides of the prothorax are usually widest almost at the base, but on several of 
the smaller ones the greatest width is median; the emargination of the apex is 
an even incurvature, not a three-sided incision as on others of the genus; there 
are vague remnants of striation on the elytra. 


GYMNOCYCHRAMUS nov. gen. 


Head wide between eyes; clypeus narrow, hind suture obliterated; labrum 
rather large, deeply bilobed. Eyes fairly large, lateral, prominent, moderately 
faceted. Mandibles strong, dentate near apex. Antenne thin; club large, 
compact, almost circular, three-joimted. Palpi small, approximate at base. 
Prothorax wide, sides finely margined and strongly rounded. Scutellum large, 
semicircular. EHlytra covering abdomen except part of pygidium. Prosternum 
in middle about half the length of pronotum, ridged along middle in front, 
produced as an equilateral triangle behind coxe, the tip of the triangle marking 
the summit of an acute ridge; coxal cavities large, transverse, each closed by a 
narrow strip. Metasternum elongate; axillary piece on each side rather wide 
and traceable, but very narrow, to beyond the middle. Abdomen with first 
.segment, along middle, longer than fifth, the others short and equal. Legs rather 
short and stout; femora grooved and edentate; tibiz with two spines at inner 
apex, the front ones with a strong spur at outer apex; tarsi with three basal 
joints, wide and densely clothed on under surface, fourth small, fifth long 
and thin. 

Allied to Cychramus, but labrum more conspicuously notched, intercoxal 
process of prosternum triangular posteriorly, and upper surface polished and 
glabrous; the notch in the labrum is so deep that, from behind, it appears to 
extend to the clypeus; there is a groove in front of each eye for the reception 
of the basal joints of antenne. 


Ol 


COLEOPTERA—LEA, 18: 


GYMNOCYCHRAMUS POLITUS sp. nov. 


Blackish, or dark reddish brown: scutellum, mesosternum, metasternum, 
abdomen, and antennz (except club) more or less castaneous. Upper surface 
glabrous and polished; under surface and appendages sparsely pubescent. 


Head across eyes about one-third wider than at base; with fairly dense 
and sharply defined but small punetures; a deep impression at each side of 
elypeus; lobes of labrum with a short but distinct fringe. Antenne with basal 
joint stout, slightly larger than each lobe of labrum, second small, about half 
the length of third, and slightly shorter than fourth, ninth and tenth widely 
triangularly excised at apex, eleventh with its tip slightly produced in middle. 
Prothorax evenly convex, base about twice as wide as the median length, sides 
strongly rounded and finely margined, apex semicircularly emarginate and about 
half the width of base, front angles rounded off, hind ones slightly produced 
and feebly clasping shoulders; towards sides with minute punctures, the middle 
impunctate or almost so. Scutellum impunctate, at base the width of three 
elytral interstices. Elytra at base slightly narrower than prothorax, sides 
narrowed and finely margined to apex; with rows of distinct but not very large 
punctures, towards the sides and apex the rows with feeble evidences of stria- 
tion; interstices with minute punctures. Abdomen with a row of punctures at 
the base of each segment, the apical segment and the pygidium with numerous 
punctures, slightly coarser than on head. Front tibiz finely serrated externally, 
the apical spur slightly curved, and about two-thirds the length of claw-joint. 
Length, 5-5-6-5 mm. 


Hab—New South Wales: Richmond River, in fungi.i—Type, C/2272 in 
Queensland Museum; cotype, J. 12056 in South Australian Museum. 


On several specimens the elytra are deep black, on one the head and 
prothorax are reddish-castaneous, on all of them the seutellum is the palest 
part of the upper surface. The flap-like margins of the prothorax, as seen from 
below, are about twice as wide at the base as at the apex. 


CIRCOPES VAGANS scp. nov. 


Black; antennz, palpi, and legs more or less castaneous. Densely clothed 
with depressed ashen pubescence, on the elytra in numerous closely placed series. 


Head with fairly dense, partially concealed punctures. Antenne short, 
club almost circular. Prothorax evenly convex, base more than twice as wide as 
the median length, sides strongly rounded and very finely margined, hind angles 
shghtly embracing shoulders, apex moderately emarginate, about half the width 
of base; punctures much as on head. Scutellum rather large and semicircular. 
Elytra at base slightly narrower than prothorax, sides feebly diminishing in 
width to apex; with numerous regular rows of subasperate punctures, becoming 
irregular about tip; not covering pygidium. Intercexal process of prosternum 
slightly produced beyond cox and obtusely pointed. Legs rather short and stout. 
Length, 2-2-25 mm. 


186 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection); Cairns (F. P. 
Dedd) ; Brisbane (H. Hockings) ; Stradbroke Island (J. H. Boreham and H. J. 
Carter) ; Bribie Island (H. Hacker and A. M. Lea). New South Wales: Dorrigo 
(W. Heron); Sydney (Lea). Northern Territory: Darwin (W. K. Hunt).— 
Type. J. 12042 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2273 in Queensland 
Museum. 


Structurally close to C. adelopiformis, but derm of upper surface usually 
entirely dark. The club of the antenne is usually infuseated, but is often no 
darker than the other joints; on a few specimens the basal angles of the pro- 
thorax are obscurely reddish, and on many parts of the prosternum and the tips 
of the elytra are also obscurely reddish. There are about twenty lines of 
pubescence on each elytron. 


CIRCOPES CASTANEUS sp. nov. 


Castaneous; under surface, legs, and antenne somewhat paler than upper 
surface. Rather densely clothed with depressed pale pubescence. Length, 
1-25-1-5 mm. ; 


Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection) ;: Cairns district 
(E. Allen, F. P. Dodd, H. Hacker, and A. M. Lea) ; Dunk Island (F. E. Wilson 
from C. L. Barratt) —Type, J. 12043 in South Australian Museum; ecotype, 
(/2274 in Queensland Museum. 


Structurally very close to the preceding species, from which it differs in 
being paler and much smaller; it is also decidedly smaller and somewhat darker 
than C. adelopiformis. The lnes of pubescence on the elytra are as numerous 
as on the preceding species, but the alternate ones are rather less even. 


CARPOPHILUS SUTURALIS sp. nov. 


Blackish brown; muzzle, sides of prothorax, scutellum, shoulders, sides, 
suture, and tips of elytra, under surface, legs, antenne, and palpi more or less 
castaneous. Moderately clothed with depressed ashen pubescence. 


Head with dense and sharply defined but rather small punctures; a 
small depression on each side in front. Antenne short, club almost circular. 
Prothorax about once and one-half as wide as long, sides finely margined, parallel 
on basal half, evenly rounded in front, apex gently incurved to middle; punc- 
tures in middle of apex much as on head, somewhat larger elsewhere. Scutellum 
semicircular ; with distinct punctures, except at tip. Elytra at base slightly wider 
than median length, sides almost parallel, tips obliquely narrowed to suture; 
punctures at base more crowded than on base of prothorax, but no larger, 
becoming smaller and sparser posteriorly. Dorsal portion of abdomen subtri- 
angular, and with dense, sharply defined punctures on the two exposed segments. 
Length, 3-3-75 mm. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA., 187 


Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection); Bribie Island 
(H. Hacker and A. M. Lea). New South Wales: Sydney (Lea).—Type, 
J. 12049 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2275 in Queensland Museum. 


An ordinary-looking species, not as dark as C. planatus, slightly more 
convex and with more sharply defined elytral punctures; larger than C. dimi- 
diatus, and differently coloured. Some specimens are of a very dark brown, 
with the paler parts of the upper surface narrow and rather sharply defined; 
others are paler, almost uniformly castaneous-brown, with the paler parts less 
defined. 

ZETHINODES VARIABILE sp. nov. 
Colours variable. Moderately clothed with depressed, pale pubescence. 


Head with dense punctures between eyes (these prominent), a narrow 
impressed line at base, and two impressions in front. Antenne rather short, 
club briefly elliptic. Prothorax slightly more than twice as wide as long, base 
gently bisinuate and about one-fourth wider than apex, hind angles acute and 
slightly embracing shoulders, sides somewhat flattened, rather strongly rounded 
in front, apex gently incurved to middle, with fairly dense subasperate punc- 
tures of moderate size, becoming smaller in middle of apex and on sides. Elytra 
with outlines continuous with those of prothorax, sides strongly rounded beyond 
middle, with fairly deep punctate strizw, the punctures larger towards base and 
strie deeper towards apex; interstices rather narrow, the alternate ones slightly 
more elevated. Intercoxal process of prosternum continued beyond cox, its tip 
triangular. Abdomen with tip frequently uncovered by elytra; basal segment 
almost as long as three following combined. Length, 2-2-5 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland: Cairns district (E. Allen, F. P. Dodd, H. Hacker, 
No. 929, and C. J. Wild) ; Mount Tambourine. New South Wales: Ourimbah, 
National Park (A. M. Lea).—Type, J. 12051 in South Australian Museum; 
cotype, C/2276 in Queensland Museum. 


In general appearance like A. marmoratum on a greatly reduced scale, 
but elytral markings differently placed, and third and fifth interstices not 
terminated before apex. The colour varies from a pale dingy flavous with paler 
markings on slightly infuseated elytra, to almost black with sharply defined 
markings on elytra. The darker form, one of which is the type, is piceous brown; 
muzzle, sides of prothorax, spots on elytra, antenne (except club), legs, and 
parts of under surface more or less flavous; there are often eighteen spots on 
the elytra so placed as to form an irregular circle about the basal half of the 
suture, a postmedian fascia (the fascia may be composed of connected or discon- 
nected spots), and a semicircle on each side of base; the most conspicuous spots 
are on each side of the scutellum, and these form parts of the circle and semi- 
circles; on one almost black specimen, the only spots on the elytra are those 
adjacent to the scutellum. The pale form has parts of the head, prothorax, and 
under surface slightly infuseated (sometimes scarcely darker than the adjacent 
parts) ; the elytral spots may be disposed as on the dark form, although less 
sharply defined, or so extended that the basal semicircles are entire instead of 


188 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


formed of spots, and the postmedian fascia also entire; on one specimen it is 
widely advanced along the suture so as almost to touch the semicircles; on some 
of the pale specimens there are also traces of pale subapical spots. On about 
half of the specimens there are two shallow impressions on the dise of the 
pronotum, but on others these are not, or scarcely, traceable. The specimens 
from Mount Tambourine and New South Wales were all sifted from rotting 
leaves; the specimen from Mr. Dodd was taken from a sticky seed of Pisonia 
brwnonana. 


This species is certainly congeneric with A. marmoratum, but it is doubtful 
if the genus Athinodes can be maintained as distinet from Lasiodactylus. 


Famity TROGOSITIDA. 
PHYCOSECIS HILLI sp. nov. 


Black ; under surface, legs, and antenn of a dingy brown. Upper surface 
with silvery-white adpressed scales, almost evenly plating the prothorax, some- 
what thinner and sublineately arranged on elytra; under surface and legs with 
sparse pubescence or short sete. 


Head wide. Prothorax transverse, hind angles widely rounded off, 
median lobe wide, semicircular, and concealing head from above. Elytra sub- 
ovate, base slightly wider than widest part of prothorax; with large shallow 
punctures, each containing and almost concealed by a scale. Legs thin, but not 
very long. Length, 2 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (G. F. Hill, No. 1054, and A. M. Lea) ; 
Cairns (E. Allen) —Type, J. 11589 in South Australian Museum; eotype, 
C/2277 a Queensland Museum. 


In size and general appearance close to P. ammophilus, but prothoracie 
scales not quite as dense, and elytral clothing true scales instead of more or less 
stout sete. The derm of the elytra is usually black, but on several specimens is 
a dingy brown. Ten specimens were obtained at the roots of beach-growing 
plants. 


Famity SCARAB AIID A. 
PHYLLOTOCIDIUM BIMACULIFLAVUM Lea. 


A specimen from Dorrigo (in the Queensland Museum) differs from the 
type in being flavous with a greenish gloss, the gloss very conspicuous on the 
head, and on some dark markings on the prothorax and elytra; these consist of 
four spots on the prothorax—a fairly large one on each side of the middle, and 
a small one on each side; on each elytron there is a small humeral spot and a 
transverse mark about the middle; only comparatively small parts of the legs 
are infuscated. A specimen from Comboyne is even paler, on the prothorax 
only the lateral spots are present, and on the elytra only the transverse ones. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA, 189 


Famity MALACODERMID 2. 
METRIORRHYNCHUS. 


The rostrum long, short, or absent, antenne serrate, pectinate, or ramose, 
prothorax three-, four-, five-, or seven-areolate, subsutural costa simple, bifurcate 
or trifureate, and elytral punctures in single or double series or irregular, are 
characters amongst which there are so many intervening ones that probably the 
names Achras, Cladophorus, Metriorrhynchus, Stadenus, Synchonnus, Trichalus, 
Porrostoma, and Xylobanus should be regarded as synonymous, or at the most 
as representing sections of a genus; but as C. O. Waterhouse and others have 
regarded some or all of them as valid I do not purpose proposing new specific 
names for some that have been used more than once; these names (of which 
at least one of each was for an Australian species) are as follows :— 


amphatus (Trichalus) Waterhouse, 
1877. 
ampliatus 
1887. 
angustulus (Metriorrhynchus) 
Waterhouse, 1879. 
angustulus (Trichalus) 
1887. 
apicale (Porrostoma) Waterhouse, 
1877. 
apicalis 
1886. 
apicalis (Trichalus) Macleay, 1886. 
ater (Metriorrhynchus) Waterhouse, 


(Xylobanus) 


Macleay. 


Macleay, 


(Cladophorus) Macleay, 


ater (Yylobanus) Macleay, 1887. 

lineatus (Metriorrhynchus) THope, 
1831. 

lineatum (Porrostoma) Waterhouse, 
1877. 

longicornis (Cladophorus) Macleay, 
1886. 

longicornis (Xylobanus) Macleay, 
1887. 

serraticornis (Lycus) Fabricius. 
Syst. Ent. p. 203; transferred by 
Waterhouse to T'richalus, 1877. 

serraticornis (Metriorrhynchus » 
Macleay, 1887. 


1879. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS CLIENTULUS Waterh. 

Seven specimens from Mount Tambourine, one from Brisbane, and one 
from the Tweed River agree with the original description and figures of this 
species, of which only a female was known to Waterhouse, but in his second 
description the elytra were described as having the apical fifth black, and were 
so figured. Of the specimens before me three have at least two-fifths black, and 
one of the others from one-fourth to one-third; as they are certainly conspecific 
and the markings somewhat variable, it is probable that the type had less of 
the apex dark than the average. The male differs from the female in having 
longer antennz, with the serrations more pronounced, the legs somewhat longer, 
and in the abdomen. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS CGENOSUS Lea. 

Two specimens, from the Queensland National Park, evidently belong to 
this species, but differ from the types in having the lateral third and rather 
more than the apical third of each elytron flavous, instead of the margins and 
tips only. 


190 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS BASALIS sp. nov. 
& Black, basal portion of elytra brick-red. 


Head with muzzle very short. Antenne moderately long, third to tenth 
joints moderately wide and somewhat serrated. Prothorax small, conspicuously 
seven-areolate, sides strongly narrowed to middle; front angles rounded off, hind 
ones produced and acute. Hlytra thin, slightly dilated posteriorly; with single 
rows of large quadrangular punctures, doubled on basal fourth or fifth. Length 
(¢Q), 5-5-7-5 mm. 


Q Differs in having the antennse somewhat shorter, wider, and less 
serrated, and abdomen wider, with the subapical segment not notched. 


Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (H. J. Carter and H. Hacker) ; 
-Cairns (E. Allen) ; Atherton and Cedar Creek (Dr. E. Mjoberg).—Type, I. 12267 
in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2278 in Queensland Museum. 


The pale portion of the elytra varies (independently of sex) from rather 
less than one-third to slightly more than half, on seven specimens being about 
one-third, and on another seven about half. In my tablet would be placed with 
M. meyricki (from West Australia), which has the black of the elytra continued 
along the suture to the base, instead of abruptly terminated some distanée 
before it. In general appearance it is like M. ramosus (which has the antenn 
flabellate in the male), M. simplicicornis, M. dichrous, and M. chentulus (which 
have less than seven prothoracic areolets), and M. batesi, M. togatus, and M. 
brisbanensis (which have the elytral punctures in double series). 


METRIORRHYNCHUS MINOR sp. nov. 
d Black, elytra brick-red. 


Head with muzzle produced to form a short rostrum. Antenne short 
and very feebly serrated, third joint almost twice as long as wide, the others 
shorter, but none transverse. Prothorax slightly longer than apical width, con- 
spicuously seven-areolate, apex slightly produced in middle, sides rather strongly 
elevated near base. Elytra rather narrow; with single rows of quadrangular 
punctures, except on basal fourth, where they are doubled, and with rather 
strongly elevated alternate interstices. Hind femora stouter than usual; hind 
tibiw wide, the apex notched. Length (¢@Q), 4-6-5 mm. 


@ Differs in having the antenne somewhat shorter and wider, hind legs 
similar to the middle ones, and abdomen not notched. 


Hab.— Queensland: Brisbane in December (H. Hacker). New South 
Wales: Inverell (H. J. Carter from J. Stevens).—Type, /. 11812 in South 
Australian Museum; cotype, C/2279 in Queensland Museum. 


The part of the head in advance of the eyes is slightly wider than long; 
the median areolet of the prothorax is produced so that the carina connecting 


1 Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 51. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA, 191 


it with the apex is about two-thirds the length of the other carime connected 
with it; the hind tibie of the male are decidedly wider than the others; from 
- some directions they appear to be widest in middle and narrowed to apex, but 
from others the apex itself is seen to be dilated and notched; the antenne differ 
but little sexually. In general appearance like M. rhipidius in miniature; the 
colours are much as in M. uniseriatus. with which it would be associated in my 
table, but distinguished from that species by the very different antennx, longer 
(although short) rostrum, irregular punctures at base of elytra, and irregularly 
elevated coste, &c. There are nineteen specimens from Brisbane before me and 
eleven from Inverell. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS TRICAVICOLLIS sp. nov. 


Q Flavous-red; part of head, antenne, palpi, apical two-fifths of elytra, 
and abdomen black; tarsi and tips of tibizw infuscated. 


Head with very short muzzle. Antenne rather short, slightly serrated, 
thicker and more densely pubescent than usual, second joint minute, third much 
longer than first and distinctly longer than fourth, the others gradually decreas- 
ing in width, tenth slightly longer than ninth, and distinctly shorter than 
eleventh. Prothorax strongly transverse, all margins thickened and strongly 
elevated (the base less strongly than the others), triareolate, the median areolet 
connected with base and apex, and unusually wide (about one-third the width 
of prothorax near its apex) ; front angles rounded off, hind ones produced and 
acute. Hlytra moderately wide; with single rows of large transversely oblong 


punctures, near base feebly doubled. Length, 5 mm. 


Hab—Queensland: Cairns (A. P. Dodd); Blackall Range in April 
(C. J. Wild).—Type, C/2280 in Queensland Museum. 


A curious velvety species, very different from any other species before 
me; in my table it would be associated with M. basiflavus, but the prothorax is 
more transverse, with the median areolet very different, legs paler, &. Hach 
elytron almost throughout has but five series of punctures, as the doubling of 
the rows near the base is but faint, the punctures about the apex are irregular, 
and near the apex the outer row is feebly doubled. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS FLAVOLIMBATUS sp. nov. 
d Black; sides of prothorax rather widely, and much of elytra pale. 


Head with muzzle very short. Antenne rather long, third to tenth joints 
moderately serrated, third longer than fourth, eleventh slightly longer than 
tenth. Prothorax moderately transverse, seven-areolate, front obtusely produced 
in middle, sides strongly elevated and narrowed to middle; front angles rounded 
off, hind ones produced and sharply acute. Elytra slightly dilated posteriorly ; 
with double rows of irregular punctures, alternate interstices distinctly elevated. 
Length (¢@), 6-11 mm. — 


192 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Q Differs in having somewhat shorter and less strongly serrated antenne, 
and abdomen not notched. 


Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (H. Hacker, Dr. A. R. Pulleine, 
and Dr. E. Mjoberg) ; Killarney (Hacker). New South Wales (J. A. Kershaw) ; 
Illawarra (H. W. Cox); Woolgoolga (H. J. Carter).—Type, I. 12268 in South 
Australian Museum ; cotype, C/2281 in Queensland Museum. 


In general appearance close to M. limbatus, but the median areolet of 
the prothorax shorter, and the coste# connected with it differently placed; 
from each side of the areolet at its widest part a costa extends only halfway to 
the front margin (instead of towards each side as in limbatus) ; a feeble ridge 
(hardly a costa) extends across part of the middle from the areolet, so that 
. although seven areolets are indicated only the median one is completely isolated. 
The extent of black on the elytra varies considerably, but the sides, tips, and 
part of the suture are pale on all the specimens (eleven) before me; on only one 
of them the suture is pale to the base; the second stout costa on most of them 
is pale throughout, for most of its extent it traverses black surface, but near the 
base and apex the parts traversed are flavous. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS QUINQUECAVUS sp. nov. 
¢ Black, elytra and sides of prothorax brick-red. 


Head with muzzle very short. Antenne rather long, moderately serrated, 
third joint slightly longer than fourth, and eleventh slightly longer than tenth. 
Prothorax moderately transverse, five-areolate, median areolet continuous from 
base to apex, at its widest part a carina connecting it with each side, latero-basal 
areolets about one-third larger than the latero-apical ones; front angles rounded 
off, hind ones produced and sharply acute. Elytra very little wider near apex 
than at base; punctures irregular. Length, 7 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland: National Park (H. Hacker).—Type, C/2282 in 
Queensland Museum. 


On each elytron of the type there is a small black stain near the suture, 
about one-third from apex. The elytral punctures in places are almost in single 
series, but many of them are like Y’s transversely placed; at the basal fourth 
they are distinctly in double rows, but elsewhere the rows are usually feebly 
doubled, so that they could not fairly be regarded as being in single series. In 
general appearance the species resembles M. lateralis and M. irregularis, but 
distinguished by the five-areolate prothorax; in M. flavolimbatus the central 
areolet has short spurs, denoting the partial presence of seven areolets, but on 
this species these are entirely absent. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS FRATER sp. nov. 
S$ Black, basal three-fourths of elytra brick-red. 


Head with long and rather thin rostrum. Antenne rather long, 
moderately wide and strongly serrated. Prothorax moderately transverse, 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 193 


sharply seven-areolate, apex produced in middle and truncated, sides strongly 
elevated, angularly narrowed to middle; front angles rounded off, hind ones 
produced and acute. Hlytra almost parallel-sided; with regular double rows of 
punctures, the alternate interstices elevated. Hind tibie somewhat thickened 
in middle, lower edge bisinuate, apex thickened and notched. Length (¢ Q), 
10-12 mm. 

Q Differs in having shorter and less strongly serrated antenne, hind 
tibiz not so wide, the apex not thickened, and abdomen not notched. 


Hab.— Queensland: Mount Tambourine in November and National Park 


in December (H. Hacker)—Type, €/2283 in Queensland Museum; cotype, 
I, 12269 in South Australian Museum. 


There are many other species of the allied genera having the prothorax 
and apex of elytra black, but this is the only known one in which the rostrum is 
long, its length being about two-thirds that of the prothorax; in my table it 
would be placed with MW. disconiger, but the black of the elytra is confined to the 
apex. The hind tibiz of the male are dilated to the apex as viewed from behind, 
but they seem ta be narrowed there from some directions. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS CRYPTOLEUCUS sp. nov. 
‘6 Black, elytra and sides of prothorax brick-red. 


Head with rostrum rather long and moderately wide. Antenne rather 
long, strongly serrated, third joint stouter and slightly longer than fourth, 
eleventh conspicuously longer than tenth. Prothorar moderately transverse, 
distinctly seven-areolate, front somewhat rounded in middle, front angles widely 
rounded off, sides feebly increasing in width and height to base, but hind angles 
projecting outwards. Elytra almost parallel-sided; with regular double rows 
of transversely oblong punctures, the odd interstices regularly elevated. 
Subapical segment of abdomen with a wide median notch almost to base. Hind 
tibie somewhat thickened. Length (¢ Q ), 14-20 mm. 


@ Differs in having antennez shorter and less strongly serrated, subapical 
segment of abdomen not notched, the apical one with a slight median notch at 
apex, on each side of which is a small elevation, and hind tibix thinner. 


Hab.—Queensland (National Museum): Mount Tambourine (Dr. E. 
Mjoberg and A. M. Lea) ; National Park and Mapleton in November (H. Hacker). 
New South Wales: Acacia Creek (H. J. Carter).—Type, I. 12270 in South 
Australian Museum; cotype, C/2284 in Queensland Museum. 


A rather large species, in some respects close to M. varuipenns, and elytra 
sometimes partly dark (on twelve specimens entirely pale), but rostrum somewhat 
shorter, and sides of prothorax not angularly dilated near base; from above the 
margins of the prothorax appear to be gently and evenly (except for a feeble 
sinuation) dilated to the base, from the sides they appear to be gently and evenly 
convex; but on that species the margins, from all points of view, are seen to be 


suddenly and angularly dilated near the base. On most of the specimens the 
a 


194 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


‘sixth and seventh segments of the abdomen, or sometimes only the sixth, have a 
small waxy-white strip on each side. The rostrum is more than half the length 
of the prothorax and its upper surface is about twice as long as wide, but the 
lower surface is dilated at the base. In my table would be placed with 
M. lateralis, from which they differ in being larger and in having the rostrum 
and antenne decidedly shorter. 


Var.—F our specimens from New South Wales (Dorrigo, W. Heron; and 
Illawarra, H. W. Cox) have the elytra black, with the sides, apex, and suture 
pale; the pale parts are somewhat dilated on the shoulders, and continued for a 
short distance along some of the cost; about one-fourth or one-fifth of the tips 
are pale. The size ranges 10-17 mm. and the under parts are as on the typical 
form. In my table the variety would be associated with M. varupennis, from 
which it differs structurally as the types. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS DENTIPES sp. nov. 
S Black and flavous, inclining to brick-red. 


Head with rostrum of moderate length (about as long as its basal width). 
Antenne rather long, most of the joints strongly serrated, second minute, third 
to fifth with some long straggling hairs on under surface, third about twice as 
long as wide, its tip slightly produced on one side of apex, fourth distinctly 
shorter than third, and scarcely longer than fifth, their tips more distinctly 
produced than on third, sixth to tenth with serrations commencing at base. 
Prothoraz along middle about as long as greatest width, conspicuously seven- 
areolate; apex subtriangularly produced in middle, sides subparallel to middle, 
then dilated to base, hind angles subacute. Elytra with regular double rows of 
punctures, the alternate interstices elevated. Tibie wide, the hind ones each 
with a large obtuse tooth about one-third from apex, and a large truncated 
process on the inner side. Length (¢@Q ), 8-10 mm. 


Q Differs in having antenne with shorter and less strongly serrated 
joints, the subbasal ones without special clothing, abdomen not notched, and 
hind tibiz unarmed. 


Hab.— Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd).—Type, J. 11822 in South 
Australian Museum; cotype, C/2285 in Queensland Museum. 


The pale parts are the prothorax, scutellum, elytra (except from about 
one-fourth to about one-seventh of the tips), parts of front and of middle legs 
(on some specimens the only parts of these that are dark are the tarsi, on others 
the tibiz and part of the femora are dark, on some more of the middle than of 
the front legs are dark), and parts of under surface of from three to five basal 
joints of antenne; on three males and two females most of the head is pale, on 
seven other males it is entirely dark. The rostrum is the exact length of that 
of M. rufirostris, noted in my table as of ‘‘moderate’’ length, but the female 
differs from the female of that species (the only sex at present known) in having 
the elytra tipped with black, and more of the legs pale; regarding the rostrum 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 195 


as long, the species would be associated with M. abdominalis. whose male has 
very different hind tibie; regarding it as short, with M. fallax, whose rostrum 
is distinctly shorter, legs darker and less of elytra black; at first glance it 
resembles M. apicalis, M. abdominalis, and M. melaspis; it is, however, distinct 
from all species of the genus, except MW. tibialis, by the peculiar hind tibie ; from 
tibialis itself it is distinct by the larger size, longer rostrum (about twice its 
length), longer antenne (of different colour, clothing, and proportions), prothorax 
and scutellum entirely pale, and more of legs and of elytra pale; the dark part 
of the elytra is narrowest at the suture, instead of widest there; the projection 
itself is also somewhat different from that of t7bialis—it can be partially received 
into an excavation near the base of the hind femora. The outer walls of the 
latero-posterior areolets are considerably higher than the others. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS FLAVIPENNIS sp. nov. 
6 Black, elytra flavous. 


Head without distinct rostrum. Antenne rather long, third to tenth joints 
feebly serrated (eleventh missing); third slightly longer than fourth, the 
following ones gradually decreasing in width, but not in length. Prothoraxr 
moderately transverse; conspicucusly seven-areolate; apex slightly produced in 
middle, sides dilated from middle to base, front angles obtuse, hind ones produced 
and acute. Scutellum with tips produced. Elytra thin, almost parallel-sided ; 
each with ten regular rows of punctures, becoming irregular at base and tips. 
Length, 7 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland: National Park in November (H. Hacker).—Type 
(unique), C/2286 in Queensland Museum. 


A narrow species, at first glance apparently belonging to one of the forms 
of M. rufipennis, with which it would be associated in my table, but the 
antenne very feebly serrated (much less strongly than even on the female of 
that species), and punctures, owing to the non-elevation of the alternate inter- 
stices, in ten regular rows on each elytren, instead of in five double rows. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS MEDIONIGER sp. nov. 
6 Black, sides of prothorax and most of elytra brick-red. 


Head with rostrum very short. Antenne moderately long, rather wide 
and rather strongly serrated, but without a tendency to pectination. Prothorax 
about as long as wide; conspicuously seven-areolate; apex obtusely produced in 
middle, sides feebly dilated to base, front angles widely rounded off, hind ones 
almost rectangular. Hlytra feebly dilated posteriorly; with regular double rows 
of punctures, the alternate interstices elevated. Length (¢@), 8-10 mm. 


2 Differs in having antennze somewhat shorter and slightly less serrated, 
abdomen wider, subapical segment not notched, and legs somewhat shorter. 


Hab.—Queensland: National Park in October (H. Hacker).—Type, 
C/2287 in Queensland Museum; cotype, J. 12266 in South Australian Museum. 


196 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


The prothorax is about as long as wide in the male, but slightly transverse 
in the female; in my table, therefore, it could not be associated with any of the 
species of EEE, but it is a rather shorter and more compact one than any of 
those there noted, and the dark part of the elytra is confined to the scutellar 
region; on each elytron it extends across three rows of punctures at the base, 
and across two where it terminates at the basal third; in general appearance it 
is like some small forms of M. variipennis, and of Trichalus ampliatus. Parts of 
the head, and on one male parts of three basal joints of antenne, are obscurely 
diluted with red. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS APICIVARIUS sp. nov. 


& Prothorax, scutellum, and elytra (except extreme tips) brick-red, else- 
“where black. 


Head with very short rostrum. Antenne with third to tenth joints ramose, 
and clothed with distinct hairs. Prothorax moderately transverse ; conspicuously 
seven-areolate; front obtusely produced in middle, front angles widely obtuse, 
hind ones almost rectangular, base very little wider than apex. Elytra thin; 
with regular double rows of punctures, alternate interstices slightly elevated. 
Length ( ¢ Q ), 8-10 mm. 


2 Differs in having shorter and strongly serrated antenne, and subapical 
segment of abdomen not notched. 


Hab.—Northern Queensland (H. J. Carter from H. Hacker); Cairns 
(E. Allen, A. P. Dodd, and Hacker) ; Gordonvale in July (E. Jarvis).—Type, 
I, 12275 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2288 in Queensland Museum. 


The ramus of the third joint is more than twice as long as its support, 
on some of the others it is almost four times as long as its support; the eleventh 
joint is more than twice as long as the non-ramose portion of the tenth. Three 
males and one female have the elytra as described, but on two males the elytra 
are entirely red; these two also have the central areolet deeply infuscated (almost 
black) ; one of the males with black tips has the mesosternum, trochanters, and 
front and middle coxe flavous. From M. trichocerus (which has very similar 
antennex) it differs in being more brick-red than flavous, and the elytra entirely 
pale or with only the extreme tips dark. The difference in the tips of the 
elytra would distribute the specimens in my table as follows:—Those with the 
tips black with M. gracilis, from the description of which they differ in having . 
much longer antennal rami, all of these being much longer than their supporting 
joints; those with the elytra entirely pale with WM. miniatus, from which they 
differ in having the central areolet much shorter, and the rami much longer. 


TRICHALUS GRIFFITHI Lea. 


On specimens of this species the black apical portion of the elytra varies 
from one-sixth to more than one-third in length. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 197 


Supramity LAMPYRIDES. 

The fireflies of Australia, on the whole, have not been carefully collected, 
and of many of the species only males are known; with some species the female 
is much like the male, except on the under surface; on the female of Atyphella 
scintillans there are no flight wings, and the elytra are greatly abbreviated, 
and in Queensland there is at least one species with a larva-like female.’ 


The species are as follows :— 
Both Sexes Known. 


Atyphella lychnus OU. L. humilis Oliv. 
A. scintillans Oll. (decora Oliv.). L. platygaster Lea. 
Luciola complicata Lea. DL. pudica Ol. 


L. flavicollis Macl. (coarcticollis Oliv., 
gestrot Oliv.). 
Male only Known. 


A. atra Lea. L. cowleyi Blackb. (abundant). 
A. brevis Lea (abundant) L. dejeani Gemm. (apicalis Boi.) 
A. flammans Ol. ia L. inconspicua Lea. 

A, olivieri Lea (abundant). L. majuscula Lea. 


L. costata Lea. 
Not Identified in Australian Collections. 


L. australis Fab. (guerini Cast., nigripennis Latr.). 


LUCIOLA INCONSPICUA sp. nov. 


6 Of a dingy brown; head and three basal segments of abdomen black, 
prothorax (one large and some smaller spots excepted), scutellum, and parts of 
legs of a rather dingy flavous, two apical segments of abdomen white. 


Head largely concave and with numerous punctures between eyes. 
Antenne with third joint slightly shorter than fourth, and slightly shorter and 
thinner than second. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, apex obtusely 
produced in middle, a large depression on each side, smaller ones in middle of 
base, median line distinct ; punctures crowded and in places subasperate. Elytra 
parallel-sided to near apex, each with two distinct discal cost, thickened much 
lke the suture but becoming thinner posteriorly ; punctures crowded and some- 
what smaller than on prothorax. Length, 5-6 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland: Cairns district (E. Allen). —Type, J. 11845 in South 
Australian Museum; cotype, C/2289 in Queensland Museum. 


Mr. Allen obtained twenty-eight specimens, all males; at first glance they 
look close to L. cowleyt, but differ in being slightly narrower, prothoracic mark- 
ings as an isolated spot no wider than the interocular space, and usually narrower, 
a minute spot on each side, and two or four minute ones at the base; basal 
segments of abdomen black, and the two apical segments white on both surfaces. 


1Mr. E. Allen sent two specimens of it from Cairns. They are much like small females 
_of the European Lampyris noctiluca, but as its male is unknown I have not named it. 


198 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


The elevated parts of the elytra are usually slightly paler than the adjacent 
surface. The species might almost as well have been referred to Atyphella 
as to Luciola; in fact, the phosphorescent portion of its abdomen is exactly as in 
A. lychnus. 


ATYPHELLA ATRA sp. nov. 


6 Black; margins of prothorax, and an oblique line on each side of and 
connected with the base, seutellum, and greater portion of legs of a dingy 
flavous ; two apical segments of abdomen white. > 


Head almost entirely concealed from above; deeply coneave, highly 
polished and with small punctures between eyes. Antenne with third joint 
thinner and slightly longer than second and fourth, sixth to tenth slightly 
transverse. Prothorax about thrice as wide as long, sides strongly rounded and 
“mereasing in width to base; surface uneven and with fairly large, shallow, 
crowded punctures. Elytra rather wide, sides feebly dilated, each with three 
discal coste, of which the two inner ones are long and almost as stout as the 
sutural thickening, the other is finer, submarginal, almost as distant from the 
second as the second is from the suture, commences ‘near the shoulder (this eon- 
siderably thickened and slightly paler than the adjacent surface), and terminates 
before the others; punctures dense, sharply defined and somewhat smaller than 
on prothorax. Abdomen with first white segment slightly more than half the 
length of the preceding one, the following segment considerably longer, with its 
tip produced in middle. Legs thin, but rather short. Length, 6-5-7 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: National Park in November (H. Hacker).—Type, 
C/2290 in Queensland Museum; cotype, J. 12282 in South Australian Museum. 

The interocular space and the abdomen (except the two apical segments) 
are of an intense black, the other black parts have a more or less brownish tinge; 
the pale margins of the prothorax are very distinct, at the base from each side 
the elevated part curves round and is directed obliquely inwards for a short 
distance, but the base between has also a pale marginal strip. Structurally it 
is close to A. brevis and A. olivier’: Mr. Hacker obtained twelve specimens, all 
males. 


ATYPHELLA SCINTILLANS Oll. 


Mr. H. J. Carter sent for examination a pair of this species, 
taken in cop. on Bunya Mountain. The female is almost entirely 
pale (the antennx and elytra are slightly infuscated only), the 
abdomen has a mottled appearance, as if the phosphorescent 
material had been irregularly scattered through it (but no doubt 
would look different on living specimens). The prothorax is 
shightly larger than on the male, and has the sides and apex 
conjoined to form an almost perfect semicircle, but the base is 
somewhat sinuous, the elytra (each of which has two diseal costa) | 
: are very short, being less than their combined width; they leave 
eee | 2 six abdominal segments exposed and most of the preceding one. 


Fic. 1—Atyphella 
seintillans Ol). 


COLEOPTERA—LEA. 199 


TELEPHORUS VARIIVENTRIS sp. nov. 


$ Flavous; antennx, palpi, most of elytra, knees, tibie, and tarsi black. 
Densely clothed with short pubescence, golden on the pale parts, blackish on the 
dark parts. 

Head rather wide; with minute punctures. Antenne rather long, 
moderately stout, joints after the fourth slightly decreasing in width, and slightly 
inereasing in length. Prothoraz strongly transverse, disc uneven; with very 
minute punctures. Elytra rather long, almost parallel-sided ; with crowded 
rugose punctures, smaller about base than elsewhere, and with remnants of 
feeble coste#. Apical segment of abdomen deeply notched. Legs moderately 
long. Length (¢@ ), 7-5-10 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, with shorter antenne, rather more 
of the elytra pale, metasternum and abdomen (except apical segment, which is 
not notched) black or infuscated, and more of femora dark. 


Hab.—Queensland: South Johnstone River (H. W. Brown); Malanda 
(Dr. E. Mjoberg).—Type, J. 12207 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2291 
in Queensland Museum; others in Stockholm Museum. 


In my table? would be associated with 7. rubriceps and T. rufiventris ; the 
many species allied to 7. mastersi differ from it as follows:—T. mastersi and 
T. froggatti have base of elytra and part of head black or blackish; 7. mossman 
and 7. macrops have elytra entirely pale; T. palmerstoni has thicker and shorter 
antenne, and base of elytra dark; 7. rufiventris has much less of elytra dark; 
and T. rubriceps has basal joint of antenne distinctive in the male. On the 
male the base of the elytra, for a distance about equal to the length of the 
prothorax, is pale, but the sides are narrowly pale almost to the middle, or even 
beyond it, and the suture is very narrowly pale also for a short distance. 


TELEPHORUS ATRICORNIS sp. nov. 
S Black and flavous. With rather sparse, ashen pubescence, and fairly 
numerous, suberect, dark hairs. 


Head wide and gently convex between eyes, strongly narrowed to base; 
with dense minute punctures. Antenne moderately long, fairly stout, but 
‘ becoming rather thin towards apex, third joint about half the length of fourth. 
Prothorax slightly longer than wide, dise somewhat uneven, sides and suture 
thickened. Elytra long, thin, and parallel-sided to near apex, sides and suture 
thickened, a fairly distinct discal costa to beyond the middle; with crowded, 
rugose punctures. Legs rather long and thin. Length (9d), 7-13 mm. 


Q Differs in being rather more robust, head narrower across eyes and 
wider at base, much less of muzzle pale, and legs slightly shorter. 


Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea). New South ‘Wales 
(H. J. Carter) ; Dorrigo (W. Heron) ; Tweed River (R. Helms).—Type, I. 9240 
in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2292 in Queensland Museum. 


2Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 113. 


200 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


At first glance apparently belonging to T. imperialis, with which it would 
be associated in my table, but antenna decidedly shorter, thicker, and hairier, 
the ninth and tenth joints no paler than the adjacent ones, apical joint of palpi 
smaller, prothorax longer, elytra with a distinct costa on each, and the black 
part at the base rounded posteriorly, instead of truncated. There are numerous 
specimens of both species before me, and the differences noted are constant. On 
both species the antenne are slightly thicker on the male than on the female. 
On the male the flavous parts are much of the muzzle, a narrow space at apex 
of prothorax, and more of its base (the basal portion advanced on the sides), 
elytra (except for a small space at base and another at apex), parts of sterna, 
much of under surface of abdomen, trochanters, and parts of coxe. On the 
male the extreme base of the head is about half the width across the eyes, on the 
female it is about two-thirds. 


HETEROMASTIX PUSILLUS Boh. 


Five specimens from Mount Tambourine, and one from the Queensland 
National Park, probably represent another variety of this species; they differ 
from Sydney (the type locality) ones, in being smaller (2-2-75 mm.), and in 
having the legs flavous, except that the femora on most of them are partly 
infuseated. Another, from Brisbane, in the Queensland Museum, measuring 
2 mm., has much of the prothorax infuscated. 


HETEROMASTIX PALLIPES Lea. 

A specimen from the National Park, in the Queensland Museum, appears 
to belong to this species, but is slightly larger (4 mm.) than the type, the apical 
joint of its antenn:e is slightly stouter, and the two basal joints are dark on the 
upper surface. 


5 i WV i) E r G if 1 J K 
\ \ \ 2 f \ 
Fic. 2.—Tips of antenne of species of Heteromastiz. A, B, C, spinicornis Lea; D, E, 
melanocephalus Lea; F, G, castor Lea; H, I, pollex Lea; J, K, scutellaris Lea. 


HETEROMASTIX SPINICORNIS sp. nov. 


¢ Black, basal two-thirds of elytra flavous. Densely clothed with dark 
pubescence, becoming golden on pale portion of elytra. 


Head with dense and minute punctures. Antenne moderately long, first 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 201 


joint scarcely longer than third and at apex no wider, second about half the 
length of third, third-ninth subequa! in length and apical width, tenth distinctly 
wider and with a small spine at inner apex, eleventh longer than ninth and 
tenth combined, base irregularly compressed. Prothorax more than twice as 
wide as long, distinctly margined throughout. Elytra parallel-sided to near 
apex; with crowded and small rugulose punctures, and vague remnants of coste. 
Length, 6-5 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (H. J. Carter).—Type, J. 11861 
in South Australian Museum. 


In my table would be associated with H. luridicollis, but distinguished 
from that, as from all other species having the apical joints of antennz distorted, 
by the black prothorax and bicolorous elytra. The eleventh joint of antenne 
appears to alter in shape with the point of view; from one direction it appears 
to have a subbasal notch and to be narrower than the tenth joint; on its under 
surface it has a short longitudinal groove which appears to be continued on to 
the tenth; the spine on the latter joint, although small, is quite distinct from 
above. 

Var.—Another male, from Mount Tambourine (taken by Mr. Hacker and 
in the Queensland Museum), has the prothorax entirely pale, the black part 
of its elytra is slightly advanced near the suture, and decreased towards the 
sides; as a result it appears to have an almost circular outline. A female (taken 
by Mr. Carter), also with flavous prothorax, differs from the male in the usual 
particulars of antenne, legs, and abdomen. 


HETEROMASTIX MELANOCEPHALUS sp. nov. 


¢ Black; prothorax, basal two-thirds of elytra, tibie, parts of femora 
and of tarsi, and three basal joints of antennex flavous. With moderately dense 
pubescence, varying in colour with the derm. 


Head gently convex between eyes (these rather small and prominent), 
slightly depressed in front. Antennze moderately long, second joint very short, 
tenth and eleventh distorted. Prothorax almost twice as wide as long, margined 
throughout, the lateral margins somewhat thickened near apex. Elytra almost 
parallel-sided to near apex; with dense and small, rugulose punctures. Length 
($2), 44-5 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller with shorter and somewhat thinner 
antennex, tenth joint similar to the ninth, and their combined length slightly 
less than the eleventh, only about one-fourth of the elytra black, legs somewhat. 
shorter, and abdomen not notched. 


Hab.—Queensland : Bribie Island in August (H. Hacker and A. M. Lea). — 
Type, I. 11862 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2293 in Queensland 
Museum. ; 

In my table would be placed with H. luridicollis, from the description of 
which it differs in being smaller, head entirely black, legs not entirely pale, and 


202 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


in the bright flavous colour of its elytra, of which less of their tips are black, 
The tenth joint of the antenne of the male is shghtly longer than the ninth, and 
more produeed on one side (and curved on it) than on the other; the eleventh 
is about as long as the ninth and tenth combined, closely applied to the latter 
and with a narrow notch on one side near the base, the notch invisible from most 
directions. Mr. Hacker and I obtained eleven specimens, but only one male. 


HETEROMASTIX CASTOR sp. nov. 


¢ Black; prothorax, parts of under surface of head, two basal joints of 
antennae, tibix, and parts of femora flavous; tarsi and part of second joint of 
antenne infuseated. With short, ashen pubescence. 


Head with a shallow interocular depression. Antenne rather long and 
not very thin, tenth and eleventh joints closely applied together. Prothorax 
about twice as wide as long, sides slightly dilated near apex, but scarcely thickened. 
Elytra almost parallel-sided to near apex; with dense and small subrugulose 
punctures. Length, 3-75-4 mm. ; 


Hab— Queensland: Brisbane (H. Hacker); Glen Lamington (Dr. E. 
Mjoberg) —Type, C/2294 in Queensland Museum. 


The tenth and eleventh joints are somewhat distorted but they are so 
closely applied together that from some directions they appear to be simple; the 
tenth, however, has a slight apical notch, in which is received a basal process 
from the eleventh; it is wider than the ninth, shghtly longer on one side, and 
more noticeably on the other; the eleventh is somewhat dilated at the base, and 
the process received into the tip of the tenth may be regarded as a remnant of 
a spine; its longest side is about twice the length of the tenth. So little of the 
muzzle is pale (scarcely more than the labrum) that the species might be regarded 
as belonging to ee of my table,® and there associated with H. gagaticeps, which 
has the apical joints very different; but, regarding the muzzle as pale, it would 
be associated with A. imitator, which is a smaller and more fragile species, with 
thinner antenne, the eleventh joint of which is much thinner than the tenth. 


HETEROMASTIX POLLUX sp. nov. 
6 Black; prothorax, two basal joints of antennse, and knees flavous. With 
short pubescence. 
Head with two faint interocular impressions. Antenne rather long and 
not very thin, two apical joints somewhat distorted. Prothorax and elytra as 
described in preceding species. Length ( ¢@), 3-5-4 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, antenne shorter, thinner, and 
simple, and abdomen not notched. 


Hab.— Queensland: Brisbane (H. Hacker). Type, C/2295 in Queensland 
Museum ; cotype, 7. 12260 in South Australian Museum. 


3Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lcnd., 1909, p. 130. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 203 


The black scutellum associates this species in my table with H. gagaticeps, 
which is a larger species, with two apical joints of antenne somewhat different : 
to the preceding species it is closer, but the tenth joint of antenne is different, 
and the knees are the only pale parts of the legs; the following species has the 
seutellum and middle tibize pale, and the apical joints are not quite the same. 
The tenth joint on one side is distinctly ineurved, with its tip shghtly produced 
beyond the base of the eleventh; on one side it is partly excavated for the recep- 
tion of the base of that joint; the eleventh is slightly wider than the tenth, but 
from some directions appears to be of the same width. 


HETEROMASTIX MINOR sp. nov. 


| ¢ Black; prothorax, scutellum, mesosternum, legs (tarsi slightly imfus- 
cated), and two basal joints of antenne flavous. With short, ashen pubescence. 


Head with a shallow interocular impression. Antennz not very long, two 
apical joints somewhat distorted. Prothorax and elytra as described in H. castor. 
Length, 3 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Buderim Mountain (H. Hacker).—Type (unique), 
C/2296 in Queensland Museum. 


The eleventh joint of the antenne is slightly longer than in H. decipiens, 
‘and is not quite simple; the tenth is much shorter, but at first glance the type 
appears to be a small specimen of that species. It is shghtly smaller and with 
antennx somewhat similar to those of H. castor and H. pollux, but the scutellum 
is pale; this character would associate the species, in my table, with 
H. pallipes, which has much longer antennz, with the terminal joints different. 
The tenth joint is somewhat similar to the ninth, but is slightly wider at apex, 
and a little lopsided; the eleventh also is lopsided and somewhat dilated at base, 
but the two joints are so closely applied together that it is diffieult to see their 
junctional parts. 


HETEROMASTIX SCUTELLARIS sp. nov. 
6 Black; prothorax, scutellum, mentum, mesosternum, legs (tarsi infus- 


eated), and under surface of three basal joints of antenne flavous. With very 
short pubescence. 


Head with two faint longitudinal impressions in front, terminating pos- 
teriorly in two faint interocular ones. Antenne long, two apical joints distorted. 
Prothorax and elytra as described in H. castor. Length (dQ ), 3-75-4-5 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, with shorter and simple antenne, 
and abdomen not notched. 


Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).—Type, J. 11867 in 
South Australian Museum ; cotype, C/2297 in Queensland Museum. 


The tenth joint of the antenne of the male is about the length of the 
ninth, but longer on one side than on the other; the eleventh is constricted 


204 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


somewhat nearer the base than apex, and one side of the base is produced into a 
short spine on to the shorter side of the tenth; the two joints, however, are so 
closely applied together that it is difficult to see their junctional parts. In my 
table would be associated with H. pallipes, but from the position in which the 
hasal spine of the eleventh joint is visible, on that species, the apical portion of 
‘he joint seems set at a tangent, very different from that of the present species; 
H. frater has a pale scutellum, but its muzzle is also pale; H. minor is more 
fragile, with thinner antennie, of which the two basal joints are entirely pale; 
H. major is a larger species, with legs mostly dark; H. castor has the scutellum 
black, legs mostly black, and two basal joints of antenne entirely pale; all these 
species also differ, inter se, in the eleventh joint of antenne. 


HETEROMASTIX TIBIALIS sp. nov. 
¢ Black and fiavous. With rather dense, suberect pubescence. 


Head rather large, with a shallow interocular depression. Eyes large and 
prominent. Antenne long and thin, ninth joint slightly longer than tenth, and 
shorter than eleventh. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, margined through- 
out; with distinct, submarginal punctures. Elytra almost parallel-sided to near 
apex; with dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size, becoming 
very small on tips. Front tibie dilated to apex and notched there, basal joint of 
front tarsi strongly inecurved on one side. Length ( 69), 5-5-5 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, with smaller and less prominent 
eyes, antenne shorter, subapical segment of abdomen not notched in middle, 
front tarsi only slightly thickened at apex and not notched, and basal joint of 
front tarsi symmetrical. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron); Tweed River (A. M. 
Lea).—Type, J. 11870 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2298 in Queens- 
land Museum. 


The black parts are the head (except part of its under surface), antenne, 
palpi, metasternum, and abdomen; the apical sixth of elytra, apical half of 
tibiz, and the tarsi, are more or less deeply infusecated or blackish. In the male 
the antenne almost extend to the tips of the elytra; the notch, at the tip of its 
front tibiz, has proceeding backwards from it a narrow groove on each side to 
about the apical third (as if the tibia had been split), the tibia itself is some- 
what produced on one side of apex. The general appearance is somewhat as in 
some forms of H. luridicollis, but the antenne of both sexes are simple. 


A male from Queensland (Gympie) appears to belong to this species, 
but has the flavous parts brighter, almost the whole of the apical half of elytra 
black, tibie infuscated only at tips, the front ones somewhat thicker at apex, 
not longitudinally impressed near apex, but quite as strongly notched there, 
and the basal joint of front tarsi longer and more strongly curved. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 205 


HETEROMASTIX PUNCTICORNIS sp. nov. 


6 Deep black; head, prothorax, two basal joints of antenne, and front 
coxe bright reddish flavous; front knees feebly diluted with red. With rather 
dense and short pubescence. 


Head with a faint impression near each eye. Antennz moderately long 
and rather thin, third to tenth joints each with a puncture on a small polished 
space near apex on the upper surface. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, 
margins fairly wide at base and sides, but feeble across apex, sides slightly wider 
near apex than at base, but not thickened; with distinct, submarginal punctures. 
Elytra almost parallel-sided to near apex; with dense and sharply defined 
punctures of moderate size. Length (¢Q), 4-4-5 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, with less prominent eyes, antenne 
shorter, without polished punctate spaces, legs shorter, and in the abdomen. 


Hab.— Queensland: Bribie Island in August (H. Hacker).—Type, 0/2299 
in Queensland Museum ; cotype, I. 12255 in South Australian Museum. 


In my table it would be associated with H. geniculatus, from which it 
differs in being smaller, middle and hind knees and scutellum black, antennze 
much shorter, &¢.; from H. compar it differs in being more robust, with darker 
legs and scutellum, antenne slightly stouter, and many of the joints with a 
polished punctate space. Structurally it is closest to H. mgripes, and in appear- 
ance it is much like the female of H. bryanti. The shining spots on the antennz 
from some directions look like granules. 


HETEROMASTIX TRICOLOR sp. nov. 


6 Head, prothorax, scutellum, two basal joints of antennx, parts of palpi 
and front legs (tarsi and tips of tibiw infuscated) flavous; rest of legs, mesoster- 
num, metasternum, and abdomen black; elytra deep purple. With rather dense 
pubescence. 

Head gently convex, with two feeble impressions in front. Antenne 
moderately long and fairly stout, third joint slightly shorter than fourth, eleventh 
thinner and conspicuously longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as wide as 
long, sides and base with fairly wide margins, front margin very short. EHlytra 
parallel-sided to near-apex; with crowded and sharply defined but rather small 
punctures, becoming smaller at base and apex. Length ( ¢ 9), 4-5-6 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, with less prominent eyes, antenne 
shorter and thinner, and abdomen not notched. 


Hab.—Queensland: Mackay (Blackburn’s and French’s collections from 
R. E. Turner) ; Mapleton in October, and Brisbane in April (H. Hacker). New 
South Wales: Galston (D. Dumbrell) ; Sydney (A. M. Lea).—Type, J. 12258 
in South Australian Museum; cotypes, C/2300 in Queensland Museum, and in 
National Museum. 


A rather wide species; on several specimens the middle and hind knees, 


206 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


the middle tibiwe, and part of the third joint of antenne are pale; on one female 
the scutellum is rather dark. In my table would be placed with H. anticus 
and #H. geniculatus, from each of which it is distinguished by its greater width 
and purple elytra; in the latter species the antennx are also decidedly longer and 
thinner; the former species is also considerably smaller, with elytra wider pos- 
teriorly, and antenne of male entirely pale. 


HETEROMASTIX TARSALIS sp. nov. 


¢ Black; prothorax, scutellum, parts of under surface of head, 
mesosternum, and legs flavous; tarsi and sometimes tips of tibia infuseated. 
With moderately dense pubescence. 


Head with slight interocular impressions. Eyes rather large and 
prominent. Antenne long and rather thin. Prothorax not twice as wide as 
long, margined throughout; with submarginal punctures. Hlytra moderately 
wide, almost parallel-sided to near apex, with dense and sharply defined but 
rather small punctures. Front tibie moderately dilated to, and notched on 
one side of apex; basal joint of front tarsi strongly curved on one side. Length, 
4-5-25 mm. : 


Hab Queensland: Mount Tambourine in December and January 
(H. Hacker and A. M. Lea) ; National Park (Hacker).—Type, I. 11875 in South 
Australian Museum; cotype, C/2302 in Queensland Museum. 


The front legs approach those of H. tibialis, but the noteh at the apex 
of the tibizw is less pronounced, and the incurvature of the basal joint of tarsi 
is less; the elytra are also entirely black. In my table would be placed at F, 
from all the species of which it is distinguished by its front legs and pale 
seutellum; in addition H. victoriensis is a narrower species, with much darker 
legs; H. pauxillus has longer and thinner antenne and black legs; and H. simplex 
has shorter antenne and darker legs. There are seven males before me, but 
I have been unable to identify the female amongst the many unidentified ones 
under examination. 


Var.—A male from the Blue Mountains (in Dr. E. W. Ferguson’s collec- 
tion) structurally agrees with the type, but has the femora and tibiw (except 
the knees) infuscated. 


HETEROMASTIX PUSILLIOR sp. nov. 


6 Black; prothorax, two basal joints of antenne, parts of under surface 
of head, and knees flavous. With short pubescence. 


Head with two feeble interocular impressions. Antenne long and rather 
thin, third to eleventh joints subequal. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, 
margined throughout, lateral margins slightly increasing in width to near apex, 
where they are slightly thickened; with submarginal punctures. Elytra long, 
thin, and parallel-sided to near apex; with dense and rather small but sharply 
defined punctures, becoming smaller at base and apex. Length, 2 mm. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 207 


Hab.—Queensland: National Park in December (H. Hacker).—Type 
(unique), C/2301 in Queensland Museum. 


The sides of the prothorax are dilated and thickened anteriorly, but not 
abruptly as in H. pusillus and allied species, so that in my table it would be 
associated with H. victoriensis, H. pauxillus, and H. simplex, from each of which 
it is distinguished by its minute size. The tenth joint of the antenue is slightly 
thicker than the ninth, but the difference is very slight, and not noticeable from 
several directions. 


LAIUS FLAVONOTATUS Lea. 


Specimens of this curious little species were taken by Mr. Hacker on 
mangroves, at Sandgate, in September. 


BALANOPHORUS SCAPULATUS Fairm. 
Several specimens, sexes, of this species from the Queensland National 
Park, and some females from the Richmond River and Dorrigo (New South 
Wales), have most of the head of a deep shining black, the tarsi and apical 
~ parts of middle and hind tibiz more or less infuscated. 


CARPHURUS LONGUS Lea. 
C. atricapillis Lea, var. 


Numerous specimens, all females, from the Cairns district, convince me 
that C. atricapillis should be regarded as one of many varieties of C. longus, and 
as the latter name was the first used it must be recognised as the typical one, 
although by no means the commonest. Starting with it the various forms before 
me, represented by four or more specimens, may be thus noted (the clothing and 
apical half of antenne, which are dark on all the forms, not here taken into 
consideration ) :— 


Form 1, 2 .—Typieal longus. Entirely pale. 


Form 2, 2 .—lLike 1, except that half or more of the hind femora are 
deeply infuseated, or black. 


Form 3, 9.—Var. atricapillis. Like 1, except that part of the elytra is 
black or infuscated; the dark part sometimes continued along the suture for a 
short distance towards the base, and sometimes encroached upon by the suture; 
it occupies from one-fourth to three-fourths of the elytra, usually about one- 
third; occasionally the tip of the abdomen is dark. 


Form 4,9.—Like 3, but with a conspicuous black or infuscate, slightly 
curved fascia, connecting the eyes; tip of abdomen always black. 


Form 5,9 .—Head with a fascia as in 3, elytra black, with a wide but 
somewhat irregular median flavous fascia, metasternum, tip of abdomen and 
parts of hind legs black, middle legs sometimes partly dark, and some of the 
other segments of abdomen infuscated in parts. 


208 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


There is a single specimen with the elytra almost entirely dark, the hind 
femora and cox and part of the metasternum dark, and the interocular fascia 
distinct; another has the head entirely pale, the elytra entirely dark, and parts 
of the middle and hind legs and of the metasternum dark. 


So many females of this species have been before me that I think it almost 
certain that I have seen males, but not associated them with the species. If the 
male is really before me it may be C. elegans, of which only the male is known, 
and which has remarkable front tarsi. 


CARPHURUS PISONIZ sp. nov. 
d Flavous; two spots near base of head (sometimes conjoined) and 
-metasternum black, five -to seven apical jomts of antennz infuscated. With 
sparse white pubescence and straggling black hairs. 


Head rather wide and irregularly impressed between eyes, with two 
oblique median elevations; with irregular punctures, becoming crowded near 
eyes. Antenne moderately long and scarcely serrated. Prothorax slightly 
longer than greatest width (near apex), a shallow open depression near base; 
with a few scattered punctures. Elytra almost twice the length of prothorax, 
and much wider at base, each side near apex with a deep semicircular notch, 
the anterior end marked by a subtriangular portion of the elytron, the posterior 
by a long acute spine directed forwards and outwards; with dense and sharply 
defined punctures, suddenly terminated near apex. Basal joint of front tarsi 
with a small black comb. Length, 3-4 mm. 


Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection) ; Cairns district, in 
abundance on sticky seeds of Pisonia brunomana (F. P. Dodd).—Type, I. 11938 
in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2341 in Queensland Museum. 


Allied to C. cristatifrons, and with similar elytral armature, but the head 
bimaculate and the elytra not; the head from the side appears evenly convex, 
whereas on cristatifrons the strong ridges, abruptly terminated in front, give a 
very different appearance ; its head also has much larger and deeper impressions 
than the present one. The impressions between the eyes are not very deep; 
there are two oblique elevations between them, and these, with a feeble Jongi- 
tudinal interocular elevation, appear to form a V (or feeble Y); each fork of 
the YV touches one of the black spots. The spines on the elytra are broken on 
many of the specimens, and when about half of each is left the notch from some 
directions appears as an almost circular hole; the part beyond the spines is 
sometimes of the same colour as the rest of the elytra, but is usually of a lemon- 
yellow colour, and is impunctate. The abdomen is of a somewhat redder tone 
than the other pale parts. Under the microscope the tarsal comb is seen to 
consist of ten or eleven teeth. More than one hundred specimens were removed 
from the seeds, but all are males. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Puate XIII. 


CARPHURUS PISONIZ Lea. Upper figure, anterior leg; lower figure, elytron. 
Photos.—H. Hacker. Face page 208. 


COLEOPTERA—LEA. 209 


CARPHURUS PURPUREIPENNIS sp. nov. 


¢ Flavous or reddish flavous; elytra deep purple; mesosternum, meta- 
sternum, cox, most of femora, and six or seven apical joints of antenne, black 
or blackish. With rather long, blackish hairs, rather dense in places; elytra 
with short, whitish pubescence. 


Head rather large, irregularly impressed between eyes, a rather wide and 
deep impression behind them, a hairy longitudinal ridge crossing its middle, an 
acute oblique ridge on each side of middle between eyes, a curved and slightly 
elevated line in front; base punctate and transversely strigose. Antenne long, 
moderately stout, most of the joints serrated. Prothorar shghtly longer than 
greatest width, a wide shallow subbasal depression; with a few scattered punc- 
tures. Hlytra more than twice the length of prothorax; each side at basal third 
with a triangular pale-tipped projection; punctures dense and sharply defined, 
becoming sparser and smaller on tips. Basal joint of front tarsi with a black 
inner comb. Length (dQ ), 6-8 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, with feeble depressions only, with- 
out ridges, and less hairy, apex of prothorax less produced, sides of elytra 
unarmed, legs and antennw shorter, and front tarsi simple. 


Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection) ; Cairns (E. Allen 
and F. P. Dodd); Yarrabah and Mount Bellenden-Ker (Dr. E. Mjoberg).— 
Type, J.12233 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2303 in Queensland 
Museum. 


Alhed to C. armipennis, but readily distinguished by the two acute ridges 
on head; these, when viewed from behind, appear as two conical tubercles. On 
several specimens the suture near the base is obscurely reddish; the base of the 
prothorax is sometimes of a different shade of colour from its other parts. On 
the middle of each elytron of the male, in a line with the lateral teeth, there is a 
space like a small scar; it appears at a glance to be accidental, but is alike on 
the six males under examination. 


CARPHURUS MACULICOLLIS sp. nov. 


S$ Black and flavous, or reddish flavous. With short whitish pubescence 
and long dark hairs. 


Head rather large and unevenly convex, a rather long, shallow, oblique 
depression each side in front; with unevenly distributed punctures; base trans- 
versely strigose. Antenne moderately long, fourth to tenth joints serrated. 
Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, widest at about apical fourth, apex not 
much wider than base, a wide shallow depression near base; punctures fairly 
numerous on sides, sparse elsewhere. Hlytra more than twice the length of 
prothorax, sides rather suddenly dilated near base, apex about one-third wider 
than base; with dense and small, but rather sharply defined punctures, becoming 
minute on tips. Basal joint of front tarsi with an inner comb from base to apex. 
Length (¢Q ), 5-7 mm. 

te) 


210 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, with shallower depressions and 
sparser hairs, eyes much smaller and less prominent, antenne shorter, legs 
shorter and front tarsi combless. 


Hab.—Queensland: Blackall Range in October (F. E. Wilson) ; Brisbane 
(HI. J. Carter) ; National Park (H. Hacker) ; Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).— 
Type, 7.12254 in South Australian Museum; cotype, (/2304 in Queensland 
Museum. 

The eyes of the male are larger and more prominent than usual, their 
combined width being almost equal to the space between them; on the female 
their combined width is scarcely half that of the intervening space; on the head 
of the male the dark hairs form two or three feeble fascicles. The species is close 
to C. pallidipennis, but the male has the head wider, with larger eyes, impressions 
different, and small black fascicles, elytra with smaller punctures, and a dark 
spot on each side near the scutellum; in my table the specimens with immaculate 
elytra would be associated with CU. pallidipennis, but the spotted ones not with 
C. marginiventris, as the spots are too short and the elytral punctures finer; the 
heads of the males are also differently sculptured. On typical males the pale 
parts are the head (except for a transverse black mark near the base—on some 
specimens owing to the projection of the prothorax it appears to be at the base’ 
itself), prothorax (except for a large black spot on each side not quite reaching 
the base), elytra (except for a rounded black spot on each side of the scutellum), 
scutellum, prosternum, mesosternumn, tips and sides of abdominal segments, 
three to five basal joints of antenne, trochanters, knees, and most of tibiz and 
tarsi. The typical females are coloured much as the males except that the black 
part of the head is larger, and that the outer apical angles of the elytra are 
infuscated, the basal spots are sometimes more extended. On most specimens, 
of both sexes, there is a dark streak, almost the entire length of the upper edge 
of the hind tibiz. 


Var. A.—Seven females, from Mount Tambourine, differ from typical 
females in having the head entirely pale (on one of them there is, however, a 
very small medio-basal spot), elytra entirely pale, and more of the antenne 
dark; they differ from females of pallidipennis in being larger, and with smaller 
elytral punctures; it would, however, be unsafe to identify specimens of either 
species from females only. 


Var. B.—A female, from Mount Tambourine, has the head entirely pale, 
as also the elytra; except for a slight infuscation on each side near the apex, 
most of its abdomen is pale. 


Var. C.—A male, in the Queensland Museum, has the prothorax and 
elytra entirely pale; it seems fairly close to the description of C. xanthochrous 
and (. tachyporordes, but its scutellum (as on all the other specimens before me) 
is pale instead of black. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 211 


NECCARPHURUS ANGUSTIBASIS sp. nov. 
© Black and Iighly polished; muzzle, basal half of antenne, and extreme 
base of prothorax favous. 


Head deeply impressed between eyes; inter-antennary space elevated and 
subtubereulate. Antenne rather long and thin, none of the joints transverse. 
Prothorax longer than wide, apex more than twice the width of base, sides 
strongly rounded and narrowed from apex to near base, and then subparallel to 
base, which is feebly bilobed, a deep, transverse, open, subbasal depression. 
Elytra slightly wider than widest part of prothorax, in parts slightly undu- 
lating; almost impunctate. Basal joint of front tarsi lopsided, with an inner 
comb. Length ( ¢Q ), 2-5-3 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head smaller, without transverse impression, 
inter-antennary space very feebly elevated, antennze thinner, and front tarsi 
simple. 

Hab.— Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd and A. M. Lea) ; Innis- 
fail—tType, J. 9182 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2305 in Queensland 
Museum. 

On several specimens the sides of the elytra near the base are obscurely 
diluted with red, on one female parts of the legs are obscurely reddish; from 
four to six apical joints of the antenne are more or less deeply infuscated. One 
of the specimens was attached to a sticky seed of Pisonia brunomana. In general 
appearance the species is close to \V. sobrinus, but the head of the male is 
differently excavated, and the inter-antennary elevations differ as follows :— 


sobrinus. angustibasis. 
From directly in front. 


They appear to terminate on an The median one is posterior to the 
even line posteriorly, each being others and on a lower level. 
separately rounded there. 


From behind. 


The head appears to have two The head appears to have a median 
small tubercles.. flat-topped convexity. 


From each side. 


The head appears to have a The head does not appear to have 
tubercle before each eye, one behind it a tubercle behind the eye and at its 
and one at its middle, the front one middle. 
being more conspicuous than the 
others, which disappear when viewed 
from a shghtly lower elevation.* 


4 Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, fig. 6. 


212 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


HELCOGASTER PUNCTIPENNIS Lea. 

A male of this species, from Cairns, has only five joints of each antenna 
dark; by a printer’s error® the female was described originally as having the 
head ‘‘absolutely’’ bifoveate in front. instead of ‘‘obsoletely’’; two other females 
have the fover rather distinct, and one of these has the inner apices of the elytra 
obscurely testaceous. 


HELCOGASTER VARIUS Lea, var. FLAVOPICTUS var. nov. 

Four specimens, two of each sex, from Bribie Island, appear to represent 
another variety of this species; they are rather larger than usual, up to 5-5 mm., 
and have the pale portion of the elytra larger; their dark parts are a narrow 
triangle about the scutellum, and the tips for about one-fourth their length at 
the suture, and sides (but more between) ; the pale parts of the legs are brighter 
and more extended than in other described varieties. On the males the black 
patch at the base of the head is terminated before the sides; on the females there 
is a narrow irregular reddish line near each eye, and on one of them the two are 
transversely connected. 


HELCOGASTER INSIGNICORNIS sp. nov. 
¢ Black and flavous. Upper surface with sparse, dark, erect hairs. 


Head wide, with a large excavation behind muzzle. Antenne with first 
joint thick, with a fovea near apex; second short, third to fifth rather wide, the 
following ones rather thin. Prothorax about as long as the greatest width, sides 
dilated from base to apex, near base with a large depression closed behind and 
at the sides, but shallowly connected, towards each side, with a shallow, latero- 
apical depression. Elytra rather long, with a few inconspicuous punctures. 
Basal joint of front tarsi with a small black comb. Length (¢@Q ), 2-25-3 mm. 


Q Differs in having the head narrower, with eyes slightly smaller, 
excavation replaced by a rather shallow depression, that is notched posteriorly 
in middle; antennx shorter, basal joint much smaller and non-foveate, third and 
fifth joints smaller; prothorax with subbasal depression not, or scarcely, con- 
nected with latero-apical ones (and these often scarcely defined) ; and legs shorter, 
with front tarsi combless. 


Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).—Type, J. 11911 in 
South Australian Museum ; cotype, C/2306 in Queensland Museum. 


Allied to H. foveicornis, but basal joint of antennze of male smaller and of 
different shape, elytra with a pale basal zone and, at most, only three apical 
segments of abdomen entirely black. The female is much like females of H. 
tuberculifrons, H. simpliciceps, H. maculiceps, and others having bicolorous 
elytra, but the male is at once distinctive. On the male the black parts are the 
apical three-fourths of elytra and the tip (one or two segments) of abdomen; the 


®Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. 225. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 213 


antenne have from three ‘to five basal joints and the tip of the eleventh pale, the 
others being deeply infuscated; the head and prothorax are of a slightly redder 
tone than the other pale parts. The excavation on its head occupies about one- 
third of the width across eyes, its bottom is somewhat irregular and hind margin 
semicircular ; only the five apical joints of its antenne are seen to be longer than 
wide from most directions, but from several the two preceding joints seem also to 
be longer than wide. On two males the metasternum is dark; on all the females 
it is dark, and sometimes the mesosternum as well. On many of the females the 
head, except at base, and upper portion of the first joint of antenne, are more or 
less deeply infuseated, on some only the muzzle is infusecated, on nine specimens 
the head is entirely pale; on several the apical joint of antenne is entirely dark; 
the dark segments of the abdomen vary in number from one to three. There are 
some fine punctures and strigosities behind the eyes, but they could be easily over- 
looked ; there are no sharply defined punctures on the elytra. 


One male (also from Mount Tambourine) differs from the others in having 
the excavation on the head larger, and at bottom with a distinct longitudinal ridge 
(on the others the bottom of the excavation is obscured by a mealy substance), 
and the antenne entirely pale, although the basal joints are paler than the apical 
ones. 


HELCOGASTER HACKERI sp. nov. 


6 Black; head, prothorax, and most of antenne and of legs flavous. 
Sparsely clothed with white pubescence, and with a few dark hairs. 


Head wide, with a large, deep, interocular excavation. Antenne rather 
long, moderately serrated, apical joint almost as long as two preceding combined. 
Prothorax distinctly transverse, apex wider than base, near base with a rather 
wide and deep, closed depression. Elytra moderately long; with rather dense 
and minute rugulose punctures. Basal joint of front farsi with a black imner 
comb. Length (¢ 9), 2-25-3-5 mm. 


2 Differs in being larger, head smaller, without tubercles or excavation, 
with a shallow depression each side in front, and a shallow median line, pune- 
tures sparser and more sharply defined, and black, except that the muzzle is 
obscurely reddish; the antenne are thinner and much darker, prothorax with 
only the base and sides pale, and narrower across apex, abdomen larger and 
wider, legs with hardly more than the knees pale, and front tarsi simple. 


Hab.— Queensland: Bribie Island in August (H. Hacker and A. M. Lea) ; 
Brisbane in October (Hacker).—Type, J. 17905 in South Australian Museum ; 
eotype, C/2307 in Queensland Museum. 


_ One of the most interesting beetles occurring on the island. It is close to 
H, foveiceps, to which the specimens at first glance appear to belong, but on that 
species the sub-basal fovew of the head leave a medio-basal space, which projects 
subtriangularly forwards, the projection itself longitudinally grooved; on the 
present species the place of the projection is taken by a rather large depression, 


214 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


which appears on some specimens to extend to the base itself, although it does 
not do so; from the inter-antennary space a wide and uneven elevation projects 
subtriangularly backwards into the excavation, and from directly behind the sides 
of this elevation appear like two minute tubercles (on foveiceps a smaller median 
one may also be seen). I have repeatedly compared the heads of the males from 
many points of view, and cannot satisfy myself that the two forms belong to 
but one species, despite the close similarity of all parts but the head, and the 
curiously coloured antenne; the females of the two species are practically indis- 
tinguishable. The middle of the base of the head cf the male is usually black, 
but, as that part is normally concealed, the head appears to be entirely pale; the 
antenn are usually entirely pale, but with the middle joits slightly darker than 
the others, but sometimes much darker; the tarsi and middle and hind tibie 
are usually distinctly infuscated; on the female the tip of the antenne is some- 
times black, but is usually obscurely paler than the preceding joints. The head 
of the male is densely punctate, but the punctures are not sharply defined, its 
prothorax also has fairly numerous punctures towards the sides; on the female 
those of the prothorax are more distinct but scarcely larger. 


HELCOGASTER TRIFOVEICEPS sp. nov. 


¢ Flavous; scutellum, abdomen (except tips of segments on upper 
surface), mesosternum, metasternum, apical half of antenne, and parts of legs, 
black or infuscated. With sparse, white pubescence ; denser on head and abdomen 
than elsewhere. 


Head wide, with a rather deep, transverse, interocular depression, its 
posterior margin trisinuate; front with an obtuse elevation having two small 
tubercles posteriorly. Antenne moderately long. Prothorar distinetly trans- 
verse, base much narrower than apex, near base with a large, deep, closed, 
transverse depression ; punctures rather dense on sides, sparse elsewhere. Elytra 
rather short, dilated posteriorly ; with sparse, small, rugulose punctures. Basal 
joint of front tarsi with a small black comb at inner apex. Length, 2-5-3 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler).—Type, 7. 12124 in South 
Australian Museum ; cotype, C/2508 in Queensland Museum. 


The sculpture of the head, which, with the prothorax and elytra, are 
entirely pale, readily distinguishes this species from all previously named ones. 
At least four of the basal joints of antennz are flavous, the fifth and sixth are 
also sometimes scarcely darker ; the cox and bases of femora are black, the tibiz 
are usually slightly infuscated in the middle. The head is opaque, owing to 
dense punctures; these are individually so small as to be scarcely traceable, and 
in addition are partly concealed by clothing ; from some directions the interoeular 
space appears to have three small fovex connected by a curved line; from directly 
in front the median one is seen to be much larger than the others; from behind 
the two small tubercles on the interocular elevation are quite distinct. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. : ; 215 


HELCOGASTER TRISINUATUS sp. nov. 


¢ Flavous; apical three-fifths of elytra, tip of abdomen, and six or seven 
apical joints of antenne black, metasternum infuscated. A few dark hairs 
seattered about. 


Head with a deep interocular excavation, its posterior end trisinuate, a 
large obtuse tubercle in front; with sparse and small punctures, becoming denser 
about base. Antenne rather long. Prothoraxr about as long as the greatest width, 
base decidedly narrower than apex, a large, rather deep, transverse, closed, sub- 
basal depression. Elytra moderately long, almost parallel-sided; with fairly 
numerous and small but (for the genus) rather sharply defined punctures. Tip 
of abdomen with two small processes. Basal joint of front tarsi with a small 
black comb. Length (¢@), 2-5-3-75 mm, 


@ Differs in having the head smaller, a shallow fovea representing the 
middle of the excavation, and a feeble depression on each side, its sides; frontal 
tubercle much smaller and more obtuse, antennz shorter and thinner, elytra less 
parallel-sided, abdomen with the tip simple, and front tarsi combless. 


Hab.— Queensland: Cairns distriet (A. M. Lea).—Type, J. 11949 in South 
Australian Museum; cotype, C/3209 in Queensland Museum. 


In my table® would be placed with F, from all the species of which it is 
distinguished by its pale head. At first glance it appears to belong to H. puncti- 
penns, but the sculpture of the head of the male is different, and the elytral 
punctures are smaller; from the male of H, seminigripennis it is distinguished 
by the large cephalic excavation, with its base conspicuously trisinuate, the 
median sinus wider than the others. Six males and twelve females were obtained. 


DASYTES SUBELLIPTICUS sp. nov. 


Black, parts of antenne and of legs flavous. With rather dense, depressed, 
ashen pubescence. 


Head with small and rather dense punctures; with two feeble depressions 
in front. Antenne slightly passing base of prothorax, most of the joints trans- 
verse. Prothorax widely transverse, base and sides finely margined; with very 
small punctures. Elytra at base scarcely wider than prothorax, sides slightly 
dilated to beyond the middle; with dense and small, but rather sharply defined 
punctures. Length, 1-75-2 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland: Bribie Island (H. Hacker and A. M. Lea).—Type, 
I, 12285 in South Australian Museum ; cotype, C/2310 in Queensland Museum. 


A minute elliptical species, much like D. ellipticus on a greatly reduced 
seale; in my table,’ on account of the bicoloured legs, it would be associated with 
D. bourgeoisi (now D. julest), but it is much smaller and wider in proportien; in 


_®Lea, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., 1909, p. 215. 
7 Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.. 1909, p. 240. 


216 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


size it is about equal to D. corticarioides. The femora are usually deeply infus- 
cated, except at base and apex; on some specimens the front legs are almost 
entirely pale; the apical half, or less, of the antenne is infuscated; on some 
specimens vague remnants of a subbasal depression may be seen on the pronotum, 
but from most of them even these are absent. 


Famity TENEBRIONID. 
PALORUS EUTERMIPHILUS sp. nov. 
Bright castaneous. Upper surface glabrous, under surface almost so. 


Head moderately wide, with rather dense punctures. Clypeus with smaller 
punctures than on rest of head, its hind suture semicircular. Eyes small, without 
canthi, extreme sides only visible from above but distinct from below. Antennz 


scarcely longer than their distance apart, parallel-sided except near base, third. 


to tenth joints distinctly transverse, the eleventh almost as long as wide. 
Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rounded, distinctly dilated to near apex, 
and finely margined, hind angles rectangular; punctures slightly larger but 
otherwise as on head. Scutellum widely transverse. Elytra opaque, parallel- 
sided to near apex, base wider than base of prothorax, but less than its greatest 
width; with deep strie containing rather shallow punctures, interstices acutely 
costate almost throughout. Under surface with dense punctures on prosternum, 
mesosternum, and sides of metasternum, much sparser and smaller elsewhere. 
Legs short. Length, 2-75-3 mm.. 


Hab.— Queensland: Townsville, twelve specimens from termites’ nest, 
Eutermes sp. (G. F. Hill, No. 1033).—Type, J. 11588 in South Australian 
Museum ; cotype, C/2311 in Queensland Museum. ; 


This species should perhaps have been regarded as the type of a new 
genus, but I am averse from proposing new genera for inquilines except on very 
strong grounds. The entire absence of a club to the antenne and the eyes not 
encroached upon by canthi seem to exclude it from Tribolium, to the species of 
which it bears a strong general resemblance. The antenne and eyes, except that 
the latter are smaller, with their edges just visible from above, are much as in 
several species of Palorus. The dilated front of prothorax, and opaque elytra, 
with acute coste, are very distinctive amongst the allied genera. The colour is 
an almost uniform and rather pale castaneous, the antenne are slightly darker 
than the head, but the terminal joint is slightly paler. 


Famity MELANDRYID. 
PAROMARTEON MUTABILE Blackb. 
I have previously* commented upon this species, but as there are now 


before me many other specimens, including several sharply defined and more 
or less constant varieties, it appears desirable to name some of them. The sexes 


8 Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1917, p. 168. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 217 


may be readily distinguished by the abdomen; in the male the middle of the 
apical segment is gently incurved, in the female that segment is larger, and the 
tip is evenly rounded. The under surface, except the prosternum, appears to be 
always deep. black. 

Var. nigripenne var. nov.—F rom Victoria (Dividing Range), New South 
Wales (Sydney and Dorrigo), and Queensland (Brisbane), there are nine 
specimens with the elytra entirely black or blackish, and the head usually with 
the basal half black. 


Var. apicale var. nov.—Twenty-one specimens, from Brisbane and Bribie 
Island, have the apical two-fifths of elytra and the basal half of head deep black ; 
the scutellum varies from flavous to deeply infuscated ; on some of the males the 
hind femora are infusecated in the middle. 


Var. parvum var. nov.—F our specimens, from Bribie Island, are close to 
the preceding variety, but are smaller (3 mm. only), and have the apical half of 
elytra black, but the head and scutellum entirely pale. 


Var. fasciatum var. nov.—F ive specimens, from Bribie Island, are very 
small (3-3-5 mm.), and their elytra have two black fascix : a complete narrow one 
at the apical two-fifths, and an interrupted one at the apical fifth; the hind and 
middle femora are partly black; in the males the head is almost entirely dark, in 
the females it is entirely pale. 


Famiry MORDELLID®. 
MORDELLA BRIBIENSIS sp. nov. 


Black ; base of antennz and parts of front legs obscurely diluted with red. 
Clothed with black and greyish-white pubescence. 


Comparatively short. Scutellum semicireular. Pygidium rather short, its 
apical portion almost parallel-sided and then truneated. Spurs to hind tibiz 
unequal. Length, 3-4 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Bribie Island (H. Hacker and A. M. Lea).—Type, 
I. 12132 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2312 in Queensland Museum. 


The pale pubescence is uniform on the head, and so placed on the prothorax 
as to distinctly define three black spots: a large median one and a smaller one on 
each side; on the elytra it forms a fairly conspicuous narrow basal edging, but 
elsewhere the pale hairs are scattered thinly and do not form spots; from some 
specimens, except at the base, they are absent; from the metasternum the pale 
pubescence is almost absent, and it is absent from a large spot on each side of 
four basal segments of abdomen. About five joints of the antenne are transverse. 
The external sexual differences are feebly defined ; the male has the apical portion 
of the pygidium more parallel-sided, and the front tarsi slightly wider, although 
thin. In some respects the species is close to some forms of M. baldiensis, and it 


218 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


belongs to the same group,’ but the pale pubescence of the prothorax bounds 
three sharply defined dark spots, and the pygidium is differently shaped; from 
the form of M. nigrans, with somewhat similar prothoracic markings, it is distinet 
by the pygidium, its narrow portion being only about half as long as on that 
species. 


Famity CANTHARID. 
HORIA CEPHALOTES Oliv., Ent., iii, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 3. 

A specimen labelled *‘ Johnstone Riv.,’’ in Miskin’s writing, is a male of 
this species; remarkable for its wide flat head, and conspicuous jaws. The 
Queensland locality, however, needs confirmation, as the species is a well-known 
Javanese insect. 


Faminy (ZK DEMERID_. 
PSEUDOLYCUS HHMORRHOIDALIS Fab., var. MARGINATUS Guer. 


Form 5.—Three specimens from the Queensland National Park differ from 
the preceding four forms of this variety in having the sides of the prothorax 
entirely pale, the dark discal portion is wider at the base than the apex, and 
the elytra are blackish for a short distance from the base—near the suture on 
two of them there is a pale spot on each side of the base of the head. 


MORPHOLYCUS COSTIPENNIS Lea. 


A female of this species, from the Queensland National Park, has the red 
of the prothorax reduced to € small spot on each side of the base. : 


COPIDITA MARITIMA Lea. . 


A specimen, from Bribie Island, and another, from Stradbroke Island, 
have similar elytra to those of a specimen commented upon as in Mr. Carter’s 
collection, except that there is a slight infuscation on each side of the scutellum ; 
on the Bribie Island one the dark prothoracic markings are conjoined, on the 
other they are not conjoined across the middle. Another, from Bribie Island 
(a small male), has the cephalic spot larger than usual, and the derm of both 
seutellum and elytra entirely black. 


COPIDITA TENUICOLLIS sp. nov. 
¢ Flavous; three irregular lines on prothorax, elytra (except suture and 
extreme sides), knees, parts of tarsi and two apical joints of antennx, black or 
infuscated. Densely clothed with short, ashen pubescence. 


Head rather long, gently convex between eyes, with rather dense and 
sharply defined punctures, becoming crowded at base, and smaller in front; 
jaws notched at apex. Eyes large and coarsely faceted. Antenne long and thin, 
most of the joints cylindrical, eleventh semi-double. Prothorax much longer than 
wide, sides slightly dilated near apex, base narrowly margined; punctures 


® Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Aust., 1917,.p. 217. 


ie 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 219 


crowded and larger than on head. Elytra much wider than prothorax, parallel- 
sided to near apex; each with four discal coste; punctures small and crowded. 
Legs long and thin; tibiw bispinose at apex; claws each with an obtuse basal 
appendix. Length, 11 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island in December (H. Hacker ).—Type 
(unique), C/2313 in Queensland Museum. 


The elytra are much as in C. macleayi, and the prothorax also has three 
dark markings, but the prothorax itself is decidedly longer and thinner, with 
much stronger punctures, head immaculate between eyes, and these decidedly 
larger, and the antenne entirely pale. On the prothorax the dark part on each 
side is continuous from base to apex, and widest at the apical third, the median 
line is thinner, shorter and irregular; the pale sutural portion is shghtly wider 
than the scutellum at the base, and becomes very narrow posteriorly. 


COPIDITA NIGRIPENNIS sp. nov. 


6 Flavous, elytra blackish with a vague bluish gloss, parts of tarsi and 
three spots on prothorax slightly infuseated. Rather densely clothed with ashen 
pubescence, more conspicuous on elytra than elsewhere, 


Head rather long, with dense sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller 
in front; jaws notched at tips. Antenne long and thin, second to sixth joints 
cylindrical (the following ones missing). Prothorax long and thin, sides some- 
what dilated near apex, base margined and bisinuate; punctures crowded and 
slightly larger than on head. Elytra much wider than prothorax, parallel-sided 
to near apex, each with four discal costa, of which the third is scarcely traceable ; 
with crowded and mostly rugose punctures, but many sharply defined. Legs 
long but not very thin; tibiw unispinose at apex; claws thin, each with a small 
basal appendix. Length, 10 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Bribie Island (H. Hacker).—Type (unique), C/2314 
in Queensland Museum. 


In some respects close to C. mira, but prothorax longer and less dilated 
in front, and palpi normal; from the preceding species it differs in having the 
legs thicker, with only parts of the tarsi infuseated, the tibiz unispinose, and less 
of elytra pale; the three faint infuscations on the prothorax are across the 
apical third; the suture is very obscurely and narrowly diluted with red. 


DOHRNIA SEMIFLAVA sp. nov. 


2 Black and flavous. Head and prothorax rather sparsely clothed, else- 
where with short, dense pubescence. 


Head gently convex between eyes, shallowly depressed in front; with 
dense and rather small but sharply defined punctures; jaws notched at apex. 
Eyes rather long and finely faceted. Antenne long and thin, the joints 
cylindrical. Prothorar about as long as the greatest width (near apex), a 


220 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


narrowly impressed line (dilated in middle) across base, and a shallow depression 
across apex; punctures as sharply defined as on head, and slightly larger. 
Elytra much wider than prothorax, parallel-sided to near apex, each with four 
diseal coste; punctures crowded and usually sharply defined, but some 
transversely confluent. Length, 6-7 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (H. Hacker); Glen Lamington (Dr. E. 
Mjoberg).—Type, C/2315 in Queensland Museum; cotypes, J. 12241 in South 
Australian Museum, and in Stockholm Museum. 


Referred to Dohrnia on account of the eyes. The flavous parts of the 
type are the head between the muzzle and eyes, base of six first joints of antenne, 
and under surface of the first two, palpi (except the tips), prothorax (both 
surfaces), scutellum, basal half of elytra, and legs (except tips of middle and of 
“hind tibizw, and the middle and hind tarsi, which are infuscated). The specimen 
in the South Australian Museum is like the type, except that the hind femora 
are also infuscated; the other cotype has the legs (except the front cox) and 
antenne entirely dark, and with slightly less of the elytra pale. On all three 
specimens the dark parts usually have a metallic gloss; only two of the discal 
coste are at all distinct on each elytron. 


Faminry CURCULIONID-t. 
EUOPS TUBERCULATUS sp. nov. 
2 Black, in most parts with a sight purplish gloss. 


Head with sparse and irregularly distributed punctures. Eyes large, 
almost touching in middle. Rostrum rather short, dilated and finely serrated 
at apex, and narrowed to base. Antenne short; club stout, about the length of 
six preceding joints combined. Prothorax about as long as basal width, narrowed 
to apex, a distinct bisinuate punctate line near base, a shallow transverse impres- 
sion on each side at apical third, a rather large but obtuse tubercle in front of 
each; sides with distinct punctures, upper surface almost impunetate. Elytra 
not much longer than wide, much wider than prothorax ; with somewhat irregular 
rows of fairly large punctures; third interstice at basal third with an obtuse 
tubercle, between it and base shallowly depressed, sixth interstice with a small 
obtuse tubercle at summit of apical slope; each shoulder with an acute conical 
tubercle, projecting outwards. Abdomen irregularly punctate and _ strigose, 
four basal segments each with a short, hairy, double stripe across middle; 
pygidium with rather large punctures on most of its surface. Femora stout; 
front tibize bisinuate on lower surface. Length, 3 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: National Park in December (H. Hacker) —Type 
(unique), C/2316 in Queensland Museum. 


Readily distinguished from all other Australian species by the tubereulate 
upper surface, with armed shoulders. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA, 221 


Famiry CHRYSOMELID_E. 
CHALCOLAMPRA TENUIS Lea. 


Mr. Hacker has taken several specimens of this species in the National. 
Park, near Brisbane, and these have the elytral markings not in the form of 
four abbreviated fasciw connected with the suture only, but the three apical ones 
are connected at their outer edge as well, so that there are two pale elliptical 
spots on each side of the suture (one postmedian and one subapical) ; on one 
specimen the two basal fascix are free externally, and on another the three 
apical fasciw are not quite connected externally, so that the spots are not entirely 
enclosed. 


DITROPIDUS DAVISI Saund. 


This species is abundant in South Australia and is very variable in size 
and markings; the length ranges 2-25-3-75 mm.; the width, apart from sex, 
also varies, the smaller specimens being decidedly narrower than the larger ones. 
The male is narrower and less robust than the female, its abdomen is smaller, 
nonfoveate, incurved to the middle, and with the tips of the pygidium slightly 
produced forwards; the seriate punctures on the elytra are really rather small, 
but owing to ‘‘waterlogging’’ appear to be decidedly large; their true sizes may 
“be seen from an oblique direction. All the forms have the intercoxal process 
of the prosternum semicireularly emarginate posteriorly, with the hind angles 
sharply produced; the legs and parts of the under surface are also variable, but, 
disregarding these, some of the forms before me are as follows :— 


Typical—On this form (a rather rare one) the prothorax is immaculate, 
the head is dark at the base, and the elytra have the base, apex, and suture dark, 
so that each elytron has a large pale spot, but each spot is sometimes. greatly 
reduced in size and sharpness. Hab.—New South Wales and South Australia. 


Var. A.—Like the typical form, except that the head is entirely pale; on 
one specimen the elytral spots are greatly reduced in size and brightness. Hab— 
South Australia (Ooldea and Port Lincoln). 


Var. B.—Like the typical form, except that it is not quite so wide, and 
tiiat the prothorax has a transverse black or blackish fascia extending almost to 
its sides; the fascia varies from about one-third the length of the segment to 
covering its entire surface except for narrow edgings, occasionally it actually 
touches parts of the sides; the elytral spots on such specimens are usually greatly 
reduced in size, and the black part of the head is greatly extended; on one 
specimen of it the prothoracic fascia appears as three semi-detached spots; on 
another the fascia appears as a shght and rather narrow infuscation. Hab— 
Scuth Australia. ; 


Var. C.—Like the preceding variety, except that the prothoracic fascia 
is broken up into two spots. Hab.—South Australia (Adelaide and Lucindale). 


Var. D.—Prothorax entirely dark, head dark except for parts of muzzle; 


222 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


a fairly large but ill-defined pale spot on each elytron; one female of the variety 
is still attached to a male of B; another female has a part of the scutellar lobe 
pale; one male from Gladstone (Queensland) of the variety agrees perfectly 
in outlines with the typical male, but has distinctly coarser punctures on both 
prothorax and elytra; its elytral spots are very obscurely defined, and the legs 
and prosternum are almost entirely dark. Hab.—Queensland, New South Wales, 
South Austraha. 


Var. E.—Head and prothorax coloured as on the typical form, but elytra 
with the red extended to cover most of the surface, excluding a rather narrow 
but somewhat zigzag strip at the base; the suture is also very narrowly dark, 
but near the apex the dark part is dilated to form an oval spot; the apex, 
however, 1s entirely pale. Hab.—Queensland (Charters Towers). 


Var. F.—Head and prothorax entirely pale reddish flavous, except that 
the base of the latter is very narrowly black; elytra flavous, the base and suture 
yery narrowly black. a narrow part of the apex black, but the black part slightly 
advanced along the suture and sides, so as to be strongly bisinuate on its immer 
edee. On this variety, except for the claws, the legs are entirely pale. Hab.—- 
South Australia ; Moonta). 


There are other varietal forms before me, but I have not considered it 


advisable to attach letters to those of which I have seen but one specimen. It 


is probable that several published names will have to be treated as synonyms of 
the species. 
DITROPIDUS IGNITUS sp. nov. 
¢ Brilliant coppery red, in places coppery green, under surface and legs 
black, with a bluish gloss; labrum and basal half of antenne reddish. Under 
surfaee and legs with rather sparse pubescence. 


Head with sharply defined punctures of medium size; median line distinct. 
Eyes separated about the length of two basal joints of antenne. Prothorax 
at base more than twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded ; 
with dense, sharply defined, and not very small punctures. Elytra not much 
longer than the basal width, which is almost twice that of the apical; with rows 
of not very large punctures, on the sides set in deep striz; interstices with small 
and fairly numerous punctures. Legs moderately stout, front ones slightly 
longer than hind ones. Length (¢@ ), 2-5-3 mm. 


Q Differs in being shightly more robust, eyes about one-third more distant 
from each other, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, legs somewhat thinner, the 
front ones no longer than the hind ones, and in the abdomen. 

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen); Bowen (Aug. Simson).—Type, 
T. 10925 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2317 in Queensland Museum. 

A beautiful, briefly oblong-elliptic species, in general appearance close to 


D. venustus and fairly close to D. costatus, but distinguished from both by the 
non-strigose sides of prothorax; the punctures there are not even confluent, and 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 223 


are mostly slightly smaller than those in the middle. The eyes of the male are 
more widely separated than in the male of D. dorie. From some directions the 
head appears coppery red, from others coppery green; from some the prothorax 
appears coppery green throughout, but usually only the sides appear to be of 
that colour; the scutellum and tips of elytra, the latter varying with the point 
of view, are also coppery green; the pygidium similarly varies from coppery 
green to coppery red. In some lights mest of the upper surface of some 
specimens appears purple. The seriate punctures on the elytra are about as 
long as those on the prothorax, but narrower. 


Vars.—One male has the head, prothorax, and pygidium purple, the 
prothorax in some lights with a bluish gloss, its seutellum and elytra are bright 
coppery green, except the tips of the latter, which are purple, its tibie are 
obscurely diluted with red in parts; a female mounted with it has the head and 
prothorax coppery green, the muzzle of the former and the sides of the latter 
purplish in some lights, its elytra are deep blue, with the sides and punctures 
purplish, the purple from some directions appearing to cover almost the whole 
surface, its pygidium is blue and purple. The only specimén from Bowen, in 
the Museum, is a male, and has the whole of the upper surface and pygidium 
deep blue, altering to purple; from some directions the prothoracic specimens 
have a coppery glitter (as on D. striatipennis) ; its head is slightly pubescent. 
The bluish specimens differ from the description of D. cwrulescens in the colour 
of the clypeus and legs, and in the punctures of the prothorax. 


DITROPIDUS SOLITUS sp. nov. 
§ Black with a bronzy gloss, basal half of antenne reddish, the apical 
half infuseated or black, labrum and basal half of front femora obscurely 
reddish. Head, under surface, and legs with sparse pubescence. 


Head with dense punctures at base and on clypeus. Eyes large and close 
together. Prothorar as wide at apex as along the middle, with fairly dense and 
rather small but sharply defined punctures in middle, becoming larger but not 
confluent on sides. Hlytra subquadrate; with rows of rather large punctures, 
becoming larger’and set in deep striz on the sides; interstices with very minute 
punetures. Front legs slightly longer than hind ones. Length (24), 2-2-25 mm. 


2 Differs in being more robust, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, and with 
smaller seriate punctures, front legs no longer than hind ones, and abdomen 
foveate. 


Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow, A. H. Elston, and 
J. G. O. Tepper); New Mecklenburg and Adelaide (Tepper); Moonta and 
Kilkerran (Blackburn’s collection No. 1318); Parachilna (Natural History 
Expedition, 1917); Quorn (Elston). Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn). 
New South Wales: Sydney (Dr. E. W. Ferguson and A. M. Lea); Forest Reefs 
(Lea).—Type, J. 10846 in South Australian Museum; cotype, (/2318 in Queens- 
land Museum. 


224 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


A feebly metallic species, with eyes close together, those of the male 
being separated slightly less than the length of the basal joint of antenne, in 
the female about equal to that of the two basal joints; on many specimens the 
bronzy gloss is hardly in evidence, on some the prothorax has a distinet coppery 
eloss; the front legs are often entirely dark, and occasionally the labrum is 
conspicuously red. The punctures at the apex of the prothorax are sometimes 
almost as coarse as those on the sides; the metasternum is shining, and with 
sparse, sharply defined punctures in the middle, but the sides appear shagreened, 
owing to the dense and somewhat asperate punctures there. It is close to 
D. quadratipennis, but is smaller, less metallic, with smaller punctures and inter- 
ocular space not quite the same; also about the size of D. odewahm, but with 
coarser punctures, darker legs, and eyes much closer together. 


DITROPIDUS TROPICUS =p. nov. 


¢ Black, basal half of antennz and sides of labrum reddish. Head, 
under surface, and legs with sparse white pubescence. 


Head with rather dense partially concealed punctures, median line rather 
distinct. Eyes rather close together. Prothorax not twice as wide as the median 
length, sides strongly rounded; with dense and sharply defined but not very 
large punctures, becoming larger but not confluent on sides. Elytra subquadrate ; 
with series of rather large punctures, on the sides set in deep striz, the interstices 
between which are costiform posteriorly, the other interstices impuncate or almost 
so. Front legs scarcely longer than hind ones. (Length ( 69), 2-3 mm. 


Q Differs in being more robust, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, and 
with smaller punctures, legs shghtly shorter and thinner, and abdomen foveate. 


Hab.—North-west Australia (Blackburn’s collection); Roebuek Bay 
(H. H. D. Griffith, his No. 3304, and C. French). Queensland: Thursday 
Island (G. E. Bryant) ; Cairns (E. Allen) ; Bowen (Aug. Simson, his No. 88).— 
Type, J. 10903 in South Austrahan Museum; cotype, C/2319 in Queensland 
Museum. 


A feebly metallic species, that appears to occur in abundance at Roebuck 
Bay ; the upper surface usually has a vague bluish gloss, the prothorax, especially 
in the females, occasionally has a faint coppery one. The distance between the 
eyes of the male is slightly more than the length of the basal joint of antenne, 
in the female it is about one half more; the female is usually larger than the 
male. It is very close to D. solitus, but the eyes are not quite so close together, 
sex for sex, the eyes of the male being about as far apart as those of the female 
of that species, the prothoracic punctures are somewhat different, and those of 
the metasternum are larger and more sharply defined on the sides; in general 
appearance it is like D. striatopunctatus but the sides of the prothorax are 
nonstrigose ; from D. lobicollis it differs in being smaller, eyes of male slightly 
closer together, and prothoracie punetures more sharply defined in the middle; 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 225 


it is also smaller than D. quadratipennis, much less metallic, and prothoracic 
punctures differ; D. pygidialis has much smaller punctures on head and 
prothorax, and eyes more widely separated. 


DITROPIDUS VICARIUS :p. nov. 


Black, upper surface bronzy or ecoppery bronze, basal half of antennze 
; ] _ A , 
obscurely reddish. Glabrous. 


Head shagreened, and with fairly dense but feeble punctures ; median line 
vaguely impressed. Eyes rather widely separated. Prothorax about thrice as 
wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded; punctures fairly dense and 
rather sharply. defined but small, becoming still smaller on sides. EHlytra rather 
short ; with rows of very small punctures, becoming larger and set in moderately 
deep striz on the sides. Length (¢@ ), 1-5-2 mm. 


Q Differs in the usual particulars of the eyes, legs, and abdomen. 


Hab.—North Queensland (Blackburn’s collection) ; Cairns (EK, Allen). 
New South Wales: National Park and Ourimbah (G. E. Bryant); Sydney 
(A. M. Lea).—Type, I. 10865 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2320 in 
(Queensland Museum. 


Slightly narrower and more metallic than D. rotundiformis, prothoracic 
punctures decidedly smaller and those of sterna different; the intercoxal process 
of the prosternum has a few punctures in front, that of the mesosternum has 
a distinct transverse row, but the middle of the metasternum is impunctate. 
The prothorax could hardly be regarded as shagreened, although at first glance 
it appears to be so; on some of the specimens, from New South Wales the pale 
joints of the ems are almost flavous. 


DITROPIDUS VAGANS sp. nov. 


d Black, sometimes with a slight bronzy gloss, basal half of antennz 
flavous, the other infuscated, front legs partly or entirely pale, labrum and 
tarsi more or less obscurely diluted with red. Glabrous. 


Head shagreened and with very minute punctures, median line scarcely 
traceable. Prothorax shagreened and with minute punctures. Scutellwm narrow 
and distinct. Length ( dQ ), 1-25-1-5 mm. 


Q Differs in the usual particulars of the eyes, legs, and abdomen. 


Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, on Acacia flowers (G. F. Hill, No. 
371). Queensland: Cairns, Charters Towers (Blackburn’s collection) ; Brisbane 
(E. M. Hockings). New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Blackburn) ; Wentworth 
Falls (Simson’s collection) ; Sydney (Dr. E. W. Ferguson and A. M. Lea); 
Galston, Como, and Windsor (Lea). South Australia: Port Lincoln (Blackburn 
and Lea); Murray Bridge (Lea); Quorn (A. H. Elston).—Type, 7. 10875 in 


South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2321 in Queensland Museum. 
P 


226 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


The outlines, eyes, and punctures of sterna are as described in the preeed- 
ing species, but it is less metallic, the prothorax as well as the head is shagreened, 
and the seriate punctures on the elytra are different; they are small, narrow, 
and so close together that the elytra might fairly be regarded as striated 
throughout; on the sides, however, the strize are deep and well-defined as on 
most species of the genus. In general appearance it is somewhat like large 
specimens of D. punctulum, but is more oblong, scutellum narrower and more 
distinct, prothorax less opaque, although shagreened, and with more distinct 
punctures, and parts of front legs pale; these are sometimes entirely flavous, 
or at least decidedly paler than the others; occasionally the knees are infuseated 
and sometimes the femora are entireiv dark; on one specimen from Cairns all 
the tibie are pale. The punctures on the prothorax, although minute, are - 
sufficiently distinct on close examination, but on the head they are almost 
invisible. 


Var. DUBIUS ver. nov. 

Some specimens (sexes) are structurally so close to this species that I 
have not ventured to give them more than a varietal name. They differ in being 
slightly more rounded, prothorax with scarcely visible punctures, and polished 
but becoming subopaque on sides; the legs are all black, or at least very obscure. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (W. du Boulay and G. E. Bryant) ; 
Illawarra (Bryant) ; Hornsby (C. Gibbons). 


DITROPIDUS BREVICOLLIS sp. nov. 
d Black; head, antenne (club infuscated), palpi, and legs more or less 
flavous. Glabrous. 


Head subopaque and with searcely visible punctures, median line very 
feeble. Eyes close together. Prothorar more than thrice as wide as the median 
length, sides strongly rounded; punctures minute. Elytra about as long as the 
basal width; with rows of distinct punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly, and 
on the sides set in deep striw. Length (¢ 9), 1-75-2 mm. 


2 Differs in being more robust, infuscation of head extended to cover 
clypeus, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, and abdomen foveate. 


Hab—North Queensland (Blackburn’s collection) ; Cairns distriet (A. M. 
Lea).—Type, I. 10866 in South Austrahan Museum; cotype, C/2322 in Queens- 
land Museum. 


The eyes are closer together than in any of the preceding small species; 
the distanee between them in the male is slightly iess than the length of the 
basal joint of antenne, in the female it is slightly more. From D. vicarius it 
differs also in being non-metallic, prothoracic punctures smaller and legs paler: 
from D. tranguillus in having the head opaque, and lateral striew of elytra 
deeper. The legs are often entirely pale, but frequently the hind femora, and 
sometimes the middle ones as well, are deeply infuscated. Some specimens, 


COLEOPTERA—LEA. 227 


ea 


from Cairns, differ in having scarcely visible prothoracic punctures, and legs 
more brightly flavous. A female, from Mount Tambourine, possibly belongs 
to the species, but differs from normal females in having slightly larger pune- 
tures on prothorax (although still small), and legs black, with the tarsi brown. 


Var. ?—Twelve specimens (Northern Queensland and Bundaberg, Black- 
burn’s collection; Cairns district, F. P. Dodd; and Kuranda, H. Hacker) are 
so extremely close in general appearance to this species (they even differ sexually 
in the colour of the head), that it seems undesirable to name them as distinct, 
but they certainly have the eyes more distant, those of the male being as widely 
separated as in the female of the typical form, and those of the female about 
one-third more than in its female; placing specimens side by side, the differences 
are at once apparent. One male has the prothorax reddish, with its middle 
infuseated. 

DITROPIDUS OPACICEPS sp. nov. 

S$ Black; clypeus, labrum, basal half of antennx, palpi, and parts of 

legs, more or less obscurely flavous or reddish. Glabrous. 


Head shagreened and with very minute punctures; median line feeble. 
Eyes rather widely separated. Prothorax about thrice as wide as the median 
length, sides strongly rounded; punctures sparse and minute. Elytra subquad- 
rate; with rows of fairly distinct punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly and 
on the sides set in fairly deep striew. Length, (¢ 9), 1-75-2 mm. 


Q Differs in being more robust, clypeus darker than labrum, and in the 
usual particulars of the eyes, legs, and abdomen. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, Galston, Como. Queensland: Mount 
Tambourine (A. M. Lea); Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler); Bribie Island (H. 
Hacker and Lea)—Type, /. 10930 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2323 
in Queensland Museum. 


The outlines and general appearance are almost as in the preceding 
species, but the prothorax is almost—on some specimens quite—impunctate, and 
the distance between the eyes, sex for sex, is about twice as great; the prothorax 
and shagreened head readily distinguish the species from D. tranquillus. The 
legs are sometimes entirely pale, but usually the femora, or at least the hind 
ones, are deeply infuscated; the head could hardly be regarded as reddish, but 
it is not of the deep shining black of the prothorax. The prosternum and meta- 
sternum are fairly densely punctate in the middle, the metasternum is shining 
and sparsely punctate there. The distance between the eyes of the male is 
about equal to the length of the five basal joints of antenne; in the female it is 
about one-fourth more. The only specimen from Mount Tambourine has darker 
legs than usual, and the middle of its labrum is infuscated. 


GELOPTERA TETRASPILOTA Lea. 
A specimen of this species, from the Queensland National Park, has an 
infuscate spot on the suture between the two large median spots, and these are 
almost connected with the sides, — 


228 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


EDUSA DECEMLINEATA sp. nov. 


2 Dull coppery bronze, elytra somewhat purplish, under surface more 
shining; labrum, basal half of antennz, basal joints of palpi, and parts of legs 
reddish. Densely clothed with short, ashen or white pubescence, on the elytra 
forming ten distinct lines. 


Head shagreened and with minute punctures, distinct only on front of 
clypeus, median line feebly impressed and confined to basal half. Antenne 
long and thin. Prothorax shagreened and indistinctly punctate. Hlytra densely 
and finely granulate-punctate, with larger, but not confluent, punctures scattered 
about, and forming geminate rows. Femora stout, front pair acutely dentate. 
Length, 5-25-5-75 mm. 


Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (Dr. R. J. Tillyard).—Type, C/2324 
in Queensland Museum; cotype, J. 11990 in South Australian Museum. 


There are ten well-defined lines of pale pubescence on the elytra, each line 
bounded by geminate rows of punetures; the tip of the clypeus and a small 
space near each antenna are metallic green. To associate the species with others 
in my table!® a new section would be required, as it could hardly be placed in F, 
as the elytra are conspicuously striped, and as they are without longer hairs it 
could not be referred to FF. 


COLASPOIDES FASCICULATA ¢p. nov. 


S Testaceous with a conspicuous brassy-green gloss; under surface, 
antenne, palpi, and legs paler and not metallic; tips of seventh, eighth, and 
eleventh joints of antenne infuscated. 


Head with fairly dense but unevenly distributed punctures; with a shallow 
median line. Third joint of antenne distinctly shorter than fourth. Prothorax 
about twice as wide as long, sides evenly rounded, all angles dentate; middle with 
rather sparse punctures, somewhat larger than those on head, but becoming 
larger and denser on sides. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra rather elongate, 
parallel-sided to beyond middle, with rather dense and fairly large punctures 
about base, more crowded and transversely confluent behind shoulders, much 
smaller and seriately arranged posteriorly. Abdomen shallowly depressed, with 
long straggling hairs, fourth segment carinated along middle, fifth irregularly 
impressed. Legs rather long, front femora stout and acutely dentate; basal 
joint of front and of middle tarsi large and slightly concave on lower surface ; 
hind tibiw rather thin and longer than the others, gently emarginate on lower 
surface near apex, a loose fascicle before the emargination, tip with a long curved 
faseicle ; basal joint of hind tarsi shorter than the rest combined. Length ( ¢ @), 
7-7-5 mm. 


Q Differs in being less elongate, abdomen simple, legs shorter, hind tibie 
simple, and basal joint of front and middle tarsi shorter, and much thinner. 


10 Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1915, p. 193. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 229 


Hab.— Queensland: Blackall Range—Type, male and female, C/2325 in 
Queensland Museum; cotype, male, in South Australian Museum. 


With the general outlines and appearance of C. tarsalis and C. picticornis, 
with which it would be associated in my table,*' but readily distinguished from 
those and all other described species by the shape and clothing of the hind 
tibiz of the male; the third-sixth joints of antenne of the male have some 
rather long hairs on the under surface; the tips of the antennz of the female 
are missing, and only its eighth joint is infuscated. 


MACROGONUS QUADRIVITTATUS Jzec. 


Of sixteen specimens of this species before me five have the elytra 
purple or blue, except that the margins and suture are narrowly flavous; on the 
others the blue (sometimes almost black) part of each elytron is divided into 
two by a flavous vitta, the vitta narrow and hardly passing the middle on some 
specimens, wider and almost touching the apex on others; on twelve the basal 
spot of the head is divided by a narrow longitudinal vitta, on the others the spot 
is divided into four parts, each of which is hardly more than a stain. 


MACROGONUS BIFOVEICOLLIS sp. nov. 


6 Flavous, elytra dark blue or greenish blue, tarsi coppery green, second 
to fifth joints of antenne metallic blue or coppery green, the following ones 
opaque purple, tips of mandibles blackish. 


Head with a fairly deep interocular impression, connected with the base 
by a distinct median line; punctures sparse, irregular, and mostly small. Pro- 
thorax about twice as wide as long, each side with a large obtuse median tooth, 
front and hind angles slightly armed, between median and hind teeth a deep 
notch; with a large, somewhat transverse, deep fovea on each side of middle; 
punctures sparse and rather small, but sharply defined. Scutellum triangular, 
slightly longer than wide. Elytra much wider than base of prothorax; each 
with four irregular fovea: two on the sides behind the shoulder, one halfway 
between the front one of these and the suture, the other slightly nearer the 
second marginal fovea than the suture; with regular rows of rather small 
punctures. Length (¢@ ), 10-5-11-5 mm. 


Q Differs in having the prothcrax smaller and Jess transverse, sides 
gently rounded and unarmed in middle, notch near hind angles less pronounced, 
dise nonfoveate, and with slightly larger punctures; elytra with lateral fovee 
not traceable, and the others smaller, antenne and legs slightly shorter and 
thinner, and knees and most of tibize dark. 


Hab.— Queensland: Mount Tambourine (H. Hacker, Nos. 741 and 742, 


R. Illidge, and A. M. Lea).—Type, J. 4771 in South Australian Museum ; cotype, 
C/2326 in Queensland Museum. 


11 Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1915, p. 279. 


230 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Of four males before me three have most of the abdomen infuscated, 
but on the other, and on four females, it is no darker than the rest of the under 
surface. The medio-lateral tooth on the prothorax of the male is somewhat 
larger but less acute than on M. quadrivittatus; the male is unmistakably a 
WVacrogonus, but I am unable to point out how the female may be distinguished 
from Macrolema. 


Famitry EROTYLID 2. 
‘ LANGURIA ALBERTISI Har. 

L. vulgaris Har. 

L. vandepolli Fowler. 

L. australis Macl. 
: The species of Languria so abundant in the Cairns district (it oceurs also 
at Bowen, Cooktown, and Melville Island, and there are specimens in the South 
Australian Museum from the Madang district of New Guinea, and from Aru) 
has the head and prothorax red, and elytra black, with a bluish or purplish gloss; 
the antennz and legs are black and the mesosternum, metasternum, and abdomen 
are black or deeply infuscated; this is the most common form, and has been 
named vulgaris, vandepolli, and australis. On 28 specimens before me the under 
surface is red, and the legs and antenne partly red, agreeing with the form 
named albertisi; the differences are probably due to immaturity, as the two forms 
occur freely together, and there are others before me in which the normally 
black parts are infuscated in varying degrees. The eighth joint of the antenne 
is shghtly larger than the seventh, but distinctly smaller than the ninth; on the 
males being produced slightly to one side, it might fairly be regarded as part of 
the club, but on the females it evidently could not be so regarded; in albertisi 
the club was described as three-jointed, and in vulgaris as four-jointed, but J 
believe these names to belong to but one species. Blackburn has already noted 
vandepolli as a synonym of vulgaris, and australis has now to be noted as another. 
The size ranges 2-4-5 mm. 

In Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum, Fase. 78, in which the Langurides are 
dealt with by Fowler, albertist was referred to Stenodastus, vulgaris to Caio- 
languria, vandepolli to Anadastus, and australis was overlooked. Of the other 
species recorded from Australia LZ. militaris has the suture reddish (of 121 
specimens of albertist before me not one has the suture reddish), and DL. picea 
has the head and prothorax nigropiceous (several specimens of albertisi have the 
head infuseated at base). 


EPISCAPHULA OPACA Crotch. 


A remarkably distinct species, the curved red mark on each shoulder is 
sometimes entire, but is usually broken up into two parts; on one specimen the 
markings are reduced to a dull spot on the shoulder, and another near apex of 
each elytron, the spots so dark that, to the naked eye, the upper surface appears 
entirely black. Specimens before me are all from Queensland: Cairns, Port 
Curtis, Bowen, and Bluff. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 231 


EPISCAPHULA BIFASCIATA Macl. 


Macleay described the elytra of this species as ‘‘finely striate-punctate’’ ; 
on the flavous fasciz (these become reddish with age) the series of punctures, 
through ‘‘waterlogging,’’ sometimes appear as fairly distinct, but they are really 
so small that where not waterlogged they are scarcely visible. There is a speci- 
men of the species, from Aru, in the South Australian Museum, with the pro- 
thoracic spots smaller than usual, but in other respects agreeing well with typical! 
specimens from Cairns. 


EPISCAPHULA AUSTRALIS Boi. 
E. froggatti Mael., var. 


On the typical and common form of E. australis the elytra, as described 
by Boisduval, have nine black spots: three basal, three antemedian, two post- 
median, and one apical; but in a fairly common variety named froggatti by 
Macleay, and figured by Kuhnt’? the antemedian spots are combined to form a 
zigzag fascia. The series of punctures on some specimens appear to be large 
and close together, but this is due to ‘‘ waterlogging’’; on examining such speci- 
mens from the sides the punetures will be seen to be small and distant, although 
fairly sharply defined. The species occurs in Northern Territory (including 
Melville Island), Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania; and 
there are also many specimens of the variety froggatti, in the South Austrahan 
Museum, from the Madang district of New Guinea. 


EPISCAPHULA BREVICORNIS Blackb. 


I am unable to distinguish this species structurally from the preceding, 
but the prothoracie and elytral markings are more extended, and on a some- 
what different plan. On the prothorax the markings may consist of-a large 
semi-double mediobasal blotch, and an isolated spot on each side, or they may 
be all conjoined; on the elytra the black markings may be continuous almost to 
each side, or with a projection from the red portion on each elytron, so that a 
large black square or oblong is isolated on each shoulder, the two large black 
subapical spots may be completely isolated, or conjoined across the suture. 


EPISCAPHULA FLAVOFASCIATA sp. nov. 
Black, with flavous or reddish-flavous markings. 


Head with rather dense but very small punctures. Antenne with third 
joint twice as long as fourth. Prothorar about twice as wide as long, sides 
oblique, front angles acute and each with a puncture, a vague basal depression 
on each side of middle; with smal! punctures much as on head, and a few of 
larger size scattered about. Elytra with minute punctures; sutural striew distinct 
only on apical third. Abdomen with inconspicuous coxal lines. Length, 7-10 mm. 


12 Kuhnt in Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum, Fasc, 88, pl. iv, fig. 11. 


232 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (R. Illidge); Mapleton; National Park 
(H. Hacker). New South Wales: Dorrigo (R. J. Tillyard and W. Heron) ; 
Richmond River (A. M. Lea).—Type, J. 11767 in South Australian Museum; 
cotype, (/2327 in Queensland Museum. 


The markings are slightly variable, but on the types the prothorax is 
pale, with three large spots occupying the basal half, except for oblique Imes 
between them and the sides, the median spot is more than twice the size of the 
others; the elytra have an irregular pale fascia at the basal third, touching 
neither suture nor sides, and another at the apical third, not quite touching the 
suture, continued around the sides and apex till the two parts are interrupted 
at the suture (on some specimens the fascia has a narrow extension on each side 
of the suture, so that two large black spots are isolated); the prosternum is 
flavous, and part of the abdomen obscurely diluted with red; parts of the legs 
are also obscurely reddish. Some of the specimens have the dark parts hardly 
more than castaneous, and on one such specimen the lateral spots of the pro- 
thorax appear as feeble infuscations. The punctures at the base of the head 
are larger than those in front, but are usually concealed by the overlappmg 
prothorax; the elytra from some directions appear to have feeble rows of 
minute punctures, but from most directions the punctures are almost or quite 
invisible. At first glance the species appears close to EL. foveicollis, but the head 
has much smaller punctures, the larger ones of the prothorax are mostly basal, 
and certainly not congested in the front angles, the outer spots are basal instead 
of median, the black basal marking of the elytra is continuous from side to side, 
instead of twice interrupted to the base, and the apical markings are different. 
It is also close to FE. bifasciata, but with three basal dark spots on the prothorax 
instead of two, and the front angles less acute. In general appearance some of 
the specimens look like large ones of EH. brevicornis, but may be at once 
distinguished by the longer third joint of antenne. 


EPISCAPHULA INCLUSA sp. nov. 


Black, upper surface blackish purple or blackish blue; a large red mark 
on each elytron, commencing at the base, and almost touching the scutellum and 
shoulder, curved round so as almost to touch the side of the basal third, and then 
directed to the suture, which it almost touches just beyond the middle; parts of 
under surface and of tarsi reddish. 


Head with fairly numerous, sharply defined, but not very large punctures ; 
clypeal suture distinct but not deeply impressed. Third joint of antenne twice 
the length of fourth. Prothorar at base more than twice as wide as the median 
length, sides diminishing in width to apex, front angles produced but not very 
acute, submarginal line deep from base to apex; punctures sparser and mostly 
smaller than on head, a few slightly larger ones in a feeble depression on each side 
of base. Elytra slightly dilated from shoulders to basal fourth; with regular 
rows of distinct, but not very large punctures, the interstices with much smaller 
ones. Coxal lines of abdomen well defined almost to apex. Length, 6-8 mm. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 233 


Hab—Queensland (National Museum); Cairns (E. Allen and A. P. 
Dodd) ; Mapleton (H. Hacker). Type, J. 11774 in South Australian Museum ; 


cotypes, C/2328 in Queensland and National Museums. 


On several of the specimens the head and shoulders have a slight mefallic- 
ereen gloss; to the naked eye the red markings of the elytra appear to be almost 
circular, they almost completely enclose a dark space about the size of the 
prothorax; on most of them the abdomen is paler than the rest of the under 
surface, and on several each segment, except the basal one, is darker at its extreme 
base and apex, so that the middle appears obscurely fasciate ; on several the large 
apical joimt of the palpi is conspicuously reddish. The species is wider than 
usual, and the elytral markings are very different from those of any previously 
named Australian one. 


THALLIS PERPLEXA Blackh. 


Numerous specimens from Cairns, .Cooktown, Coen River, and Darnley 
Island, and one from Manumba in the Madang district of New Guinea, agree 
with the description of this species; which is possibly also 7. bizonata, but that 
species was described as having the prothorax ‘‘very finely punctate’’ and the 
elytra as ‘‘very faintly striate-punctate’’; on the specimens before me the 
prothoracic punctures are of moderate size and sharply defined, and the series 
of punctures on the elytra are larger than usual, and sharply defined even to 
the apex. 


THALLIS MACLEAYI Blackb. 


Readily distinguished from several somewhat similarly coloured species 
by the wide prothoracic margins, the spots close to the suture vary somewhat 
in intensity of colour; it occurs in Queensland (Brisbane and Bowen), Northern 
Territory (Darwin), and North-west Australia (Derby and Port George IV). 


THALLIS INSUETA Crotch. 


The four large spots, on the elytra of this species, vary somewhat in size 
and intensity, but are always conspicuous. The species occurs in Queensland, 
New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, and South Australia. 


THALLIS AUSTRALIZ sp. nov. 


Dark castaneous brown, elytra with two reddish fasciw. Densely clothed 
with dark pubescence, becoming almost golden on the fascizw, in addition with 
numerous sub-erect hairs; under surface and legs with almost white pubescence. 


Head sub-opaque, and with crowded but sharply defined punctures. 
Antenne rather short, second to eighth joints sub-equal. Prothorax not twice as 
wide as long, sides gently rounded and slightly uneven; punctures much as on 
head. Elytra no wider than widest part of prothorax, parallel-sided to near 
apex; with regular rows of fairly large punctures, the interstices with numerous 


234. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


small ones. Prosternum with rather coarse punctures on sides, across. middle 
some of them transversely confluent, interecoxal process small and almost parallel- 
sided. Abdomen with coxal lines obscured by clothing. Length, 4-5 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardeastle) ; Bowen (Aug. Simson, 
No. 554) ; Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler). New South Wales: Narromine (Dr. E. W. 
Ferguson) ; Condobolin (H. J. Carter from — Halligan) ; Belltrees (8. Jackson) ; 
Albury (A. M. Lea). South Australia: Adelaide. North-west Australia: Derby 
(W. D. Dodd).—Type, J. 72006 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2329 
in Queensland Museum. 


Similar in size to and densely pubescent like 7. erichsoni, but without a 
small red spot on each side of the apex, and hence the pale markings of the elytra 
in two series only (constant on twenty-eight specimens), the dark median fascia 
considerably wider, and not zigzagged, and the punctures somewhat stronger. 
Of the pale fasciew the first occupies the basal two-fifths of the elytra, except for 
a large subquadrate patch adjacent to the scutellum (the spot is sometimes rather 
feebly infuseated), the second is at the apical third, the part on each elytron is 
convex on its anterior margin, concave on its posterior and narrowed to the 
suture; the under surface and legs are somewhat paler than the head and _ 
prothorax. Two of the specimens from Derby have the dark parts black; on a 
few of the Queensland ones they are almost black. 


THALLIS MELANCHOLICA sp. nov. 


Black; legs, antennz, and palpi more or less reddish; abdomen obscurely 
diluted with red. Rather densely clothed with sub-erect, rusty pubescence. 


Head with dense and fairly large punctures. Antenne with fourth joint 
about two-thirds the length of third, and slightly longer than fifth. Prothorax 
about once and two-thirds as wide as long, apex truncated in middle, and notched 
near each side, sides slightly and irregularly serrated, a rather deep lne near 
each side; punctures shghtly larger than on head, becoming smaller and denser 
-in front. Elytra parallel-sided to near apex, with regular rows of fairly large 
punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices with numerous distinet but 
rather small punctures. Intercoxal process of prosternum moderately wide, 
obtusely pointed. Abdomen with coxal lines traceable to beyond middle of basal 
segment. Inner edge of front tibae minutely serrated. Length, 7-9 mm. 


JTab.— Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea). New South Wales: 
Blue Mountains (Dr. E. W. Ferguson) ; Mount Wilson, Eden (H. J. Carter) ; 
Galston (D. Dumbrell and Lea); Sydney (J. J. Walker and Lea). Tasmania 
(Aug. Simson, No. 3825); Hobart (Lea) —Type, J. 12009 in South Australian 
Museum; cotype, C/2330 in Queensland Museum. 


Although the derm of the majority of the specimens is of a shining black, it 
appears, to the naked eye, more or less dark rusty brown, owing to the pubescence ; 
some of the specimens, however, are really rusty brown with the abdomen paler, 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 235 


but this is probably due to immaturity. The prosternum and outlines are much 
as in 7. insueta and T. venustula. One of Mr. Carter’s specimens was labelled 
as from West Australia. 


EUXESTUS VULNERATUS sp. nov. 
Black, a large basal patch on elytra red, muzzle and under surface 
castaneous, legs and antenne flavous. Upper surface with sparse, sub-erect 
pubescence. 


Head evenly convex; with small but sharply defined punctures; a shallow 
depression on each side of clypeal suture. Antenne short, club large, slightly 
wider than long. Prothorax at base about thrice as wide as the median length, 
base bisinuate, apex evenly incurved to middle, margins very narrow, punctures 
as on head. Elytra with outlines continuous with those of prothorax, widest at 
about basal third; with rows of small punctures. Abdomen with coxal lines 
traceable to near apex of basal segment. Length, 1-75-2 mm. 


Hab. —Queensland : Little Mulgrave River (H. Hacker); Cairns (C. J. 
Wild) —Type, J. 12015 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C /2331 in Queens- 
land Museum. 


A briefly elliptic, strongly convex species, very distinct by a large blood- 
red patch on the elytra; it covers part of the base (leaving a rather narrow 
strip of black on each side), then extends rather narrowly to each side, from there 
its margin extends obliquely towards the suture, and then is truncated across 
the suture itself, at the middle (on some specimens its posterior margin is 
rounded) ; the tips of the elytra are usually obscurely diluted with red, and the 
dark parts sometimes have a coppery gloss. On one specimen the large patch 
is flavous, and the apex of the elytra is conspicuously pale. The clothing of the 
upper surface appears to be easily abraded, as several of the specimens are now 
almost glabrous. ‘he elytral punctures are all small, but are fairly distinet on 
the paler parts. 


EUXESTUS BIVULNERATUS sp. nov. 


Black, a large blood-red spot on each shoulder, legs, antenne, palpi, and 
elytral epipleure reddish flavous. Glabrous. Length, 2-2-25 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland : Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).—Type, 7. 11784 in 
South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2342 in Queensland Museum. 


Structurally extremely close to the preceding species, but slightly larger, 
elytral markings, which are of the same blood-red colour, extending from each 
side to about one-third from the suture, so as to resemble an interrupted fascia ; 
elypeal impressions deeper and punctures smaller, especially on the prothorax 
and elytra. The dark parts of the upper surface, on ten specimens, are deep 
polished black, but on another they have a slight coppery gloss; the extreme 
tips of the elytra are sometimes obscurely diluted with red. The coxal lines are 
distinct, and enclose a plate on each side, but these are without punctures. 


236 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Var.—A specimen, from Wollongong, possibly belongs to this species, but 
has the elytral markings smaller and much less distinct, appearing as a rather 
obscure spot on each shoulder. 


EUXESTUS PARKI Woll. 


Black; head, tips of prothorax, elytra, and under surface (except meta- 
sternum) more or less obscurely castaneous; legs, antenne, and palpi paler. 
Glabrous. 

Head with rather dense and small, but sharply defined punctures; a small 
fovea on each side of clypeus. Antenne short; club large, slightly wider than 
long. Prothorax not thrice as wide as the median length, base feebly bisinuate, 
apex almost straight, margins very narrow; punctures rather less dense, but 
“otherwise as on head. Elytra with outlines continuous with those of prothorax ; 
with feeble rows of small punctures; interstices with punctures as on prothorax. 
Abdomen with coxal lines inconspicuous. Length, 1-75-2 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Mulgrave River (H. Hacker) ; Cairns (A. M. Lea). 


More evenly elliptic and slightly less convex than either of the preceding 
species, and about one-fourth narrower in proportion; at first glance it resembles 
several species of Paracymus and other small Hydrophilide. On_ several 
specimens the elytra aré obscurely diluted with red about the extreme tips, but 
on a few the red almost covers the apical third, although not sharply limited. 


A specimen from New Ireland (Edgar R. Waite) is a trifle larger than 
Queensland specimens, but I can find no other distinctions. 


DIPLOCGELUS MAXIMUS sp. nov. 


Blackish brown; legs, antennz, and palpi obscurely reddish. Moderately 
clothed with short, depressed pubescence, becoming denser and paler on under 
surface; upper surface, in addition, with moderately long, erect, reddish sete. 


Head with fairly numerous moderate and small punctures; a deeply 
impressed transverse line near base. Antenne rather short; club three-jointed, 
apical joint about once and one-half the length of ninth or tenth. Prothorax 
about twice as wide as long, sides evenly rounded with margin thickened, hind 
angles-rectangular, front angles acute and produeed, rest of apex straight, each 
side with three impressed lines, the outer continuous and within the thickened 
margin, the next continuous, the other shallow in front, interrupted in middle, 
and deep and wide at base, near base with a deeply impressed sinuous line, with 
a short median projection; punctures sharply defined and somewhat sparser 
than on head, except on margins, where they are crowded. EHlytra almost 
parallel-sided to near apex; with rows of fairly large, sub-oblong punctures, 
becoming smaller and rounded towards suture and posteriorly; interstices each 
with a row of distinct punctures, and with smaller ones scattered about. Length, 
8-9 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (H. Hacker and A. M. Lea).—Type, 
I. 11787 in South Australian Museum ; cotype, C/2076 in Queensland Museum. 


COLEOPTERA.—LEA. 237 


Close to D. leai, but distinctly larger, less hairy, and as a result the pune- 
tures appear more distinct and the derm shinier, with the median line of the 
prothorax not traceable throughout, but represented by a short impression joing 
the basal line. The sete on the elytra, when viewed from behind or in front, 
are seen to be in regular lines, rows of longer ones on the interstices alternating 
with somewhat shorter ones set in the seriate punctures. 


DIPLOCGELUS SERICEUS sp. nov. 


Blackish; legs, antenne, and palpi obscurely reddish. Densely clothed 
with short, depressed, brownish or greyish ‘sericeous pubescence; upper surface, 
in addition, with dense, fairly long, erect, reddish seti. 


Head: with fairly large but partially concealed punctures, a transverse 
impressed line at base. Antenne slightly passing base of prothorax; club three- 
jointed, apical joint almost as long as the two preceding combined. Prothorax 
about twice as wide as long, sides strongly rounded, front angles produced, rest 
of apex straight, with three deep somewhat curved lines on each side, a deeper 
and somewhat sinuous line across base; punctures minute, and more or less 
concealed. Elytra with sides gently rounded, widest at about basal third; with 
- rows of fairly large, sub-oblong punctures, becoming much smaller and rounded 


lor Al A= 


near suture; interstices with minute punctures. Length, 7-7-75 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd); Cairns district (A. M. 
Lea). —Type, 7. 11788 in South Australian Museum ; cotype, C/2075 in Queens- 
land Museum. 


About the size and shape of D. leai, but with very different clothing; the 
elytra have a curious mottled appearance, owing to numerous sericeous-looking 
patches, which alter their positions with the point of view; the arrangement of 
the elytral sete is much as on the preceding species, but the pubescence is 
different, and the punctures are much smaller; from the prothorax, owing to 
the denser pubescence, they appear at first to be absent; the transverse basal 
line of the prothorax is also without a median projection. 


Vars. ?—Two other specimens, from Cairns, probably belong to this 
species ; they have the sete on the upper surface much denser than on the typical 
form, scareely half their length, and not at all seriate in arrangement; the 
pubescence has a mottled appearance, but on one of them is even denser than on 
the types, and on the other sparser, with the result that on one the derm appears 
to be sub-opaque, and on the other more polished. 


DIPLOCELUS DILATATICOLLIS ¢p. nov. 
Dull reddish brown or castaneous, appendages slightly paler. Densely 
clothed with short, depressed pubescence, denser and paler on under surface 
than on upper, the latter in addition with lines of short, semi-erect sete. 


Head with dense and rather small puncturés; a shallow depression on 
each side of clypeus. Antennz short; club three-jointed. .Prothorax more than 


238 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


thrice as wide as long, base and apex subequal, front angles slightly produced, 
sides strongly and evenly rounded; with ten longitudinal elevations, of which 
those near the sides are fairly distinct and continuous, the median ones less 
distinct, and almost disappearing near base; punctures dense and small. Elytra 
parallel-sided to near apex; with rows of fairly large punctures, becoming 
smaller towards suture; interstices with small punctures. Length, 3-3-25 mm. 


Hab.— Queensland: Mount Tambourine (C. J. Wild and A. M. Lea).— 
Type, J.11791 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2078 in Queensland 
Museum, 

The sides of the prothorax are dilated so that their greatest width is 
slightly, but distinctly, more than that of the elytra, a character that at once 
distinguishes the species from D. decemlineatus, and from D. fasciatus (on some 
specimens of the latter the elytral markings are very feeble); from D. latus, 
which has somewhat similar prothoracic sides, it is distinguished by the much 
smaller punctures of the entire upper surface. On several specimens there is a 
slight infuscation about the middle of the elytra. 


Faminry ENDOMYCHIDA. 
IDIOPHYES BREVIS Blackb. 


The type and only specimen of this species known to Blackburn is now 
in the British Museum, but numerous specimens before me appear to belong to 
the species, which at first glance seems to be a minute Stenotarsus (except for its 
shorter and entirely pale antenne it resembles 8. pisonie in miniature). In the 
generic diagnosis Blackburn stated ‘‘ prosternum inter coxas sat angustum, postice 
vix productum,’’ but later ‘‘I cannot satisfy myself as to whether its prosternum 
projects slightly or not at all clear of the front coxe.’’ Examining unset 
specimens it is difficult to see the end of the intercoxal process clearly, but on 
removing the prothorax from the hind body the intercoxal process appears 
rather acute, produced beyond the coxe, with a notch in the mesoternum for 
its reception. Arrow states'® that it belongs to the genus Exrysma, of which Csiki 
in the Catalogue of Endomychidw records species only from America; as the 
genus was first recorded from Central America by Gorham,'* and two of the 
species figured’ are very different in appearance from the Australian ones, 
I prefer to retain the name /diophyes for the latter. 


Hab.— Queensland: Brisbane (many specimens from wattle blossoms in 
July); Mulgrave River. New South Wales: Glenfield (many specimens from a 
nest of termites,. Coptotermes sp.) ; Forest Reefs. South Australia: Adelaide 
(one specimen from a nest of the same species of Coptotermes) ; Kangaroo 
Island. Tasmania: Kempton. 


13 Arrow, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1920, p. 3. 
14 Gorham; Biol. Cent. Amer., Col., vii, p. 145. 
15 Lc., pl. vii, figs. 14 and 15 (EZ, orbicularis and E. ? tenuicornis). 


COLEOPTERA—LEA, 239 


STENOTARSUS PISONIZ sp. nov. 


Reddish or castaneo-flavous, antenne partly black or blackish. Moderately 
densely clothed with pale upright hair. 


Head almost impunctate, with a shallow interocular impression. Antennze 
short; club rather stout. Prothorax widely transverse, sides strongly rounded, 
apex much narrower than base and semicircularly emarginate, sublateral striz 
deep, dilated at base; almost impunctate. Elytra at base slightly wider than 
prothorax, sides gently rounded; with regular rows of fairly large punctures, in 
feeble striz; interstices with small punctures. Length, 3-5-4-5 mm. 


Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd, C. J. Wild, and A. M. 
Lea) ; Little Mulgrave and Coen Rivers (H. Hacker).—Type, J. 12024 in South 
Australian Museum; cotype, C/2336 in Queensland Museum. 


Structurally close to S. arithmeticus, but entirely pale except for the 
antenne ; of these the three terminal joints appear to be always black, the four 
or five preceding ones vary from blackish to hardly darker than the basal ones. 
Some of the specimens are paler and some more densely clothed than others, 
probably due to better preservation. Many of the specimens from Mr. Dodd 
were trapped by sticky seeds of Pisonia brunoniana. 


STENOTARSUS PICTICOLLIS sp. nov. 


Reddish flavous, three spots on prothorax conjoined at base; scutellum, 
two large transverse spots on elytra, most of antenne, and femora black. Length, 
3-25-3-0 mm. 

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (H. Hacker and R. Illidge).—Type, I. 12025 
in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2337 in Queensland Museum. 

Structurally close to S. arithmeticus, but head and two spots on prothorax 
pale, the blotch on each elytron before the middle not 3-shaped, and without 
apical spots. It is shghtly narrower than the preceding species, but the sculpture 
and clothing are as noted for it. The dark parts of the prothorax are a large 
equilateral triangle, and a spot about two-thirds of its size on each side, thus 
leaving a large pale subtriangular spot on each side of apex; on the elytra the 
spots are of somewhat irregular shape, and appear like a fascia widely interrupted 
in middle, and not touching the sides; three or four of the basal joints of antennz 
are obscurely diluted with red, and the tibie and coxe are usually deeply 
infuseated, 


STENOTARSUS QUINQUENOTATUS sp. nev. 


Red or reddish flavous; a subtriangular spot on prothorax, scutellum, 
four spots on elytra, antennz (basal joints obscurely diluted with red), femora, 
and tibizw black. Length, 3-3-25 mm. 

Hab.— Queensland (Blackburn’s collection). New South Wales: Gosford 
(H. J. Carter) ; Ourimbah (Dr. E. W. Ferguson) ; Wollongong, Sydney (A. M. 
Lea).—Type, J. 120.26 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2338 in Queens- 
land Museum. 


240 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, 


Structurally very close to the preceding species, and with similar clothing, 
but elytral punctures rather less regular, the prothorax with but one dark spot, 
and the elytra with four placed transversely across the middle, of the latter 
the inner spots are oblong-elliptic and somewhat larger than the outer ones, 
which are circular. 

Famitry CORYLOPHIDA. 
APHANOCEPHALUS BIMACULATUS sp. nov. 


Black; elytra with two large, round, red spots before the middle; antennzx 
(except club), palpi, and tarsi reddish. Upper surface shining and almost 
glabrous, under finely pubescent. 

Head with dense small punctures. Antenne moderately long, first joint 
stout, ninth forming a one-jointed club. Prothorax at base about four times as 
wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded and finely margined, apex 
gently ineurved to middle and about half the width of base; with fairly dense, 
minute punctures. Elytra with outlines continuous with those of prothorax, 
and with somewhat stronger margins; with fairly dense and sharply defined 
punctures, mostly rather small. Length, 2-2-25 mm. 

Hab.— Queensland: Bowen (Aug. Simson’s No. 1556); Mackay (R. E. 
Turner).—Type, 7.11800 in South Australian Museum; cotype, C/2339 in 
Queensland Museum. 

An oblong-elliptic, deep-black species, with two conspicuous red spots on 
elytra; of the nine specimens before me the elytral spots are alike on all, except 
for a slight variation in size and sharpness of definition. The punctures on the 
elytral epipleure, sides of metasternum, and basal segment of abdomen are denser 
and somewhat stronger than on the elytra. 


APHANOCEPHALUS QUADRINOTATUS sp. nov. 


Black; tarsi and four spots on elytra reddish; antenne (except club), 
palpi, parts of tibie, and elytral epipleure obscurely reddish. Moderately 
clothed with pale, subdepressed pubescence. Length, 1-75 mm. 

Hab.— Queensland: Mount Tambourine, and Cairns district (A. M. Lea). 
—Type, 7.11799 in South Austrahan Museum; cotype, C/2340 in Queensland 
Museum. 

The shape and margins are as in the preceding species, but the size is 
smaller, punctures on elytra somewhat larger, those on the basal segment of 
abdomen and sides of metasternum denser but smaller than on elytra, and those 
on the elytral epipleure still smaller. The first spot on each elytron is larger 
than the other, curved like an inverted comma, commences near the shoulder, 
and terminates in the middle about one-fourth from the suture; the second one 
varies considerably in size and shape, and is placed at the apical third; on one 
specimen the spots on each elytron are conjoined, on another they are conjoined 
on the right elytron (so as to appear like an S) but are free on the left. 


[MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Part III, 1921.] 


By Authority: ANTHONY JAMES CUMMING, Government Printer, Brisbane. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Parr IV. 


(ISSUED DECEMBER 19, 1922.) 


NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF QUEENSLAND 
BISEEES,=No. 3. | 


By ALLAN R. McCuLLocH, ZooLocist, AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM. 


(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 
(Plate XIV, fig. 1.) 


A SMALL -collection of fishes from Queensland waters has been submitted 
to me for examination by the Director of the Queensland Museum. Most of these 
were obtained by the trawler “ Bar-ea-mul” during her investigations on the 
Queensland coast. They include several species not previously recognised from 
Australian waters. 


Famity CLUPEIDA. 
ILISHA HCVENNI Bleeker. 


Pellona haevenii Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv, 1852, Haring. p. 21. Jd. Weber and Beaufort, 
Fish. Indo-Aust. Arch. ii, 1913, p. 86, fig. 29. 


Ilisha hevenii Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. vi, 1872, p. 117, pl. cclxix, fig. 2. 
A specimen from Queensland, 163 mm. long, is the first of the genus to be 
recognised from Australian waters. It is similar to a smaller specimen from 


Amboyna, which was part of Dr. Bleeker’s collection, but differs from his figure in 
having colourless fins and a dark ill-defined shoulder-spot. 


Locality Between Cairns and Rockhampton, Queensland. 


Famity MENIDA. 


MENE MACULATA Bloch & Schneider. 


Mene maculata (Bloch & Schneider) Valenciennes, Regne Anim. Illustr. Poiss., 1843, p. 139, pl. 
Ixii, fig. 2. Id. Day, Fish India, 1876, p. 249, pl. 53, fig. 5. 


Two specimens, 163 and 172 mm. long, were trawled between Cairns and 
Rockhampton, Queensland. This monotypic family has not been previously 
recognised from Australian waters.* 


*Editor’s Note.—Day’s figure of Mene maculata has been reproduced from “ Fishes of 
India,” pl. 53, to illustrate this new Australian record (Plate xiv, fig. 2). 


Q 


24? MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Famity SPARIDA. 
Gexus ARGYROPS Swainson. 
Argyrops Swainson; Nat. Hist. Class. Fish, &c., ii, 1839, p. 221 (spinifer). 

The similarity of Argyrops and Pagrosomus Gill has been noted by Jordan 
and Thompson (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xli, 1912, p. 575). Having compared the 
genotypes of both genera, I find that they can only be separated by the following 
characters :— 

a. Two rows of large teeth on each side of the upper jaw, and an inner row of much smaller ones. 
b. Dorsal spines filamentous; depth of the body greater than half its length to the hypural 
joint oe 3% sis 2 aie : : Argyrops 

bb. Dorsal spines not produced ; depth of the body less than half its length to the hypural 
joint or se ahs on 45 ae a rs jie .. Pagrosomus. 


ARGYROPS SPINIFER Forskal. 
Sparus spinifer Forskal, Descr. Anim., 1775, p. 32. Jd. Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. viii, 1877, p. 109, 
pl. 213, fig. 3. 
Pagrus spinifer Day, Fish. India, 1875, p. 138, pl. xxxiii, fig. 5. Id. Kent, Gt. Barrier Reef, 1893, 
pp. 285 and 369, pl. xliv, fig. 2. 

A specimen, 144 mm. long to the hypural joint, forwarded for identification 
by the Director of the Queensland Museum, differs from a smaller Indian example 
only in minor details. The second to the sixth dorsal spines are filamentous, the 
former reaching well beyond the hypural joint. Its general colour appears to have 
been pink with somewhat darker crossbars. 


Locality.—The species has been recorded from Port Denison by Kent. This 
specimen was secured at Peel Island, Moreton Bay, Queensland. 


Famity CHATODONTID. 


HOLACANTHUS, CHZTODONIOPLUS, CONSPICILLATUS Waite. 
Holacanthus conspicillatus Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus. iii, 7, 1900, p. 203, pl. xxxv. 


Ogilby’s record of H. conspicillatus from Queensland (Mem. Qld. Mus. iii, 
1915, p. 114) was based upon specimens properly referable to H. personifer 
McCulloch. He regarded the two as synonymous, but a comparison of five specimens 
of personifer with three of conspicillatus shows no intermediate forms, although 
the former varies considerably in its colour-marking. 


A fine example, 205 mm. long, agrees in all details with Waite’s types from 
Lord Howe Island. It was obtained near the Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Famity HEPATIDA. 


ZANCLUS CANESCENS Linne. 
Zanclus canescens and Z. cornutus (Linn) Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. ix, 1878, pp. 77-78, pl. 366, figs. 
ESE - 
Zanclus cornutus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales v, 1881, p. 548. Jd. Stead, Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N. S. Wales xxxiv, 1909, p. 274. 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. ; 243; 


Localities—This widely distributed species was included in Macleay’s 
Catalogue of Australian Fishes on the strength of an old collection specimen sup- 
posed to have been collected in Australian waters. <A straggler from warmer waters 
was later recorded from Botany Bay, New South Wales, by Stead. A fine specimen 
168 mm. long, which agrees with Bleeker’s fig. 2, is in the Queensland Museum 
collection from near the Capricorn group, Queensland. 


HEPATUS OLIVACEUS Bloch & Schneider. 
Acanthurus epardi Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. ii, 1830, p. 147, pl. xxvii, fig. 1. 
Hepatus olivaceus (Bl. Schn.) Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. xxiii, i, 1905, p. 385, 
fig. 166. 
A large specimen, 249 mm. long to the end of the middle caudal rays, agrees 
generally with Lesson’s figure. The light shoulder-stripe extends backward to 
below the second dorsal ray, and is broadly margined with black. 


This species has not been previously recognised from Australian waters. 
The specimen was obtained near the Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Famity CIRRHITID2. 


. CIRRHITICHTHYS POLYACTIS Bleeker. 
Cirrhitichthys polyactis Bleeker, Verh. Akad. Amsterdam xv, 1875, p. 16, and Atlas Ichth. viii, 
1877, p. 147, pl. cccliv, fig. 1. Id. Weber, Siboga Exped. Fische, lvii, 1913, p. 259. 

DE As 1/6 vis /6 Vo fs OTS LL. lat. SOs doy tke 44-10: 
Depth (31 mm.) 2-6 in the length to the hypural joint (83); head (24) 3-4 in the 
same. Eye (7-5) 3-2 in the head; snout (5) 1-5, interorbital width (5-5) 1-3 in the 
eye. 

Cheek-scales large, in 3} rows. Lips broad, maxillary curved, reaching 
backward to below anterior fourth of eye. Anterior nostril with a fimbriate 
appendage. Preoperculum strongly denticulated, the teeth largest above the 
rounded angle. A small canine on each side of the premaxillaries anteriorly, and 
an outer row of stronger teeth, followed by a band of villiform teeth which is 
widest near the symphysis. Mandible with a strong canine on each side, followed 
by a row of conical teeth ; a band of villiform teeth between the canines. A curved 
band of minute teeth on the vomer, and a very small band on the anterior portion 
of each palatine. 


Scales large, cycloid, and extending onto the bases of the vertical fins. 
Lateral line almost straight, forming an oblique line from the shoulder to the base 
of the caudal fin. Dorsal spines strong, each with a free membranous filament ; 
the second is a little longer than the last, but is shorter than the anterior dorsal 
rays. First dorsal ray filamentous, the others decreasing slightly in length back- 
wards ; the base of the soft dorsal fin is a trifle longer than that of the spinous 
portion. Second anal spine longer than the third. Simple pectoral rays abruptly 
longer than the branched ones, the longest reaching backward to above the third anal 
spine. -Caudal emarginate with the outer lobes produced into filaments. : 


244 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Colour —Uniformly light-coloured after preservation, with the upper half 
of the spinous dorsal dark grey; the anal also is somewhat dusky. 


A single specimen, 99 mm. long to the end of the median caudal rays, is 
probably referable to C. polyactis. It differs from Bleeker’s figure principally in 
being rather more slender posteriorly. 


Locality.—Near the Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


Famity BOTHIDA. 


PLATOPHRYS PANTHERINUS Ruppell. 
Platophrys pantherinus (Ruppell) Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. vi, 1870, p. 11, pl. cexxxiii, fig. 3. Id. 
Ogilby, Mem. Qld. Mus. 1, 1913, p. 90. 

Variation.—A series of seven specimens, 38-198 mm. long, which I collected 
at Murray Island, exhibits considerable variation. Of the two largest specimens, 
which are of almost equal length, one has the elongated pectoral rays figured by 
Bleeker, and the orbital margins and snout are provided with several spiniform 
rugosities. In the other the pectoral is short and the spines are wanting. 


Localities —This species has been recorded from Darnley Island, Torres 
Strait, by Ogilby. Australian specimens are in the Australian Museum from Murray 
Island, Torres Strait, and from near Cape Flattery, North Queensland. Others 
are in the collection from Lord Howe Island, Funafuti, Pleasant Island, and India. 


PLATOPHRYS POLYOPHTHALMUS Bleeker. 
Platophrys polyophthalmus Bleeker, Ned. Tijd. Dierk. iii, 1866, p. 46, and Atlas Ichth. vi, 1870, 
p. 12, pl. cexxxiv, fig. 3. 

A specimen, 137 mm. long, differs from Bleeker’s description and figure 
only in having the rostro-frontal border a little more convex. The elongate pectoral 
ray reaches nearly to the end of the dorsal, and there is a bony tubercle on the. 
anterior part of the snout and one on the anterior margin of the lower orbit ; both 
these characters are variable in P. pantherinus, so evidently have no value as specific 
characters. In all other details the specimen is as described and figured by Bleeker. 


Locality — Between Cairns and Rockhampton, Queensland. The species has 
not been previously recognised from Australian waters. 


Famity TETRAODONTID. 


CANTHIGASTER Swainson. 
Key to the Australian species :— 
a. Body without longitudinal stripes; caudal fin almost or quite plain. 
b. Body with four dark cross-bands. 
c. Anterior cross-band behind the eyes; predorsal band nearly vertical ae valentini. 


cc. Anterior cross-band between hinder portion of eyes; predorsal band 
markedly oblique “f 44 re as <A oe oh se cinctus. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vot. VII, Puate XIV. 


Fig. 1—CANTHIGASTER CINCTUS (Richardson). 


A. R. McCulloch, det. 


Fig. 2—MEnz MacuLAta Bloch and Schneider (after Day). 


Face page 245. 


QUEENSLAND FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 245 


bb. Body without distinct cross-bands ; a dark ocellus below origin of dorsal, 
indistinct in large specimens... sic ae Ee ee i Bc bennetti. 


aa. Body with one, sometimes two, dark longitudinal bands from snout to tail, 
and extending along upper and lower margins of caudal fin. 


d. Back and snout closely covered with dark lines and spots, the lower parts with 
or without many biue spots aw te es x fc LE ..  callisternus.. 


CANTHIGASTER CINCTUS (Richardson) Jord. & Everm. 
(RI> ahve, fies 1.) 
? Tetrodon cinctus Richardson, Zool. Samarang, Fishes, 1848, p. 20. 


Canthigaster cinctus Jordan and Evermann, Bull U.S. Fish Comm. xxiii i, 1905, p. 433, fig. 189. 


A beautifully preserved specimen, 131 mm. long, agrees with Jordan and 
Evermann’s figure quoted above, and differs from C. valentint in the disposition 
of its dark cross-bands. It is from near the Capricorn Group, Queensland. 


CANTHIGASTER VALENTINI Bleeker. 
Tropidichthys valentini Bleeker, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind. iv, 1853, p. 130. 
Canthogaster valentyni Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. v, 1865, p. 80, pl. ecvili, fig. 1. 
Canthigaster valentini McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales xxxvi-3, 1911, p. 423. 


Two specimens, collected at Murray Island, Torres Strait, were recorded 
by McCulloch. 


CANTHIGASTER BENNETT! Bleeker. 
Tetrodon ocellatus Bennett, Fish Ceylon, 1828-30, pl. xxi (name preoccupied). 
Tropidichthys bennetti Bleeker, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind. vi, 1854, p. 504. 
Canthogaster ocellatus Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. v, 1865, p. 80, pl. cexiv, fig. 5. 


Canthigaster bennetti McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales xxxvi, 1911, p. 305. 


Several specimens from Murray Island, Torres Strait, were recorded by 
McCulloch. 


CANTHIGASTER CALLISTERNUS Ogilby. 
Tetrodon callisternus Ogilby, Mem. Aust. Mus. ii, 1889, p. 74, pl. ii, fig. 5. 
Eumycterias callisternus Ogilby, Mem. Qld. Mus. i, 1912, p. 62. 


Recorded from Southport, Queensland, by Ogilby. Several specimens of 
various sizes are in the Australian Museum from Lord Howe Island. 


946 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


AN ICHTHYOSAURIAN SKULL FROM 
QUEENSLAND. 


By HeBerR A. Loncman, F.L.S., DiREcToR, QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. . 
(Plates XV and XVI and Text-figures 1 and 2.) 


The remains which are the subject of this paper were found at Galah Creek, 
about twelve miles from Hughenden, in the Rolling Downs formation (Lower 
Cretaceous) of Western Queensland, and were collected, forwarded, and kindly 
donated to the Queensland Museum by Mr. 8. Dunn and Mr. William Elliott in 
May, 1914. It is my pleasant duty heartily to thank these gentlemen for their 
enthusiastic work in securing this large and valuable specimen for our collections. 


MatTerRIAL.—As will be seen from the profile view, illustrated in Plate XV., 
this large skull is in six pieces. The extreme end of the rostrum is missing, but, 
judging from the structure of the anterior part preserved, only a small portion 
would be needed to complete the skull. Gilmore’ has pointed out how frequently 
the extreme anterior segment is missing in Ichthyosaurs, and how fractures are 
caused by the cracking of specimens when enclosed in an elongate concretionary 
mass. 

The skull is massive, with a maximum length (mandibular) of 1,026 mm., 
and a maximum width (articular area of mandible) of 395 mm. It is evident that 
great changes have taken place since it came to rest. As a result of tremendous 
vertical pressure, the whole of the teeth, with the exception of broken roots, have 
been forced from the continuous dental grooves, characteristic of Ichthyosaurus, 
and the premaxillary and mandibular rami are now in juxtaposition. Fortunately, 
many of the teeth have been preserved, mostly as fragments, on the lateral and 
lower surfaces of the jaw. In the posterior part of the skull there are still greater 
evidences of changes under intense pressure. On the left-hand side the orbit has 
been crushed down and its original contours are not distinguishable. As a result 
of this lateral torsion, the mandible has been somewhat displaced to the right. The 
supratemporal fossz are preserved in fairly symmetrical condition. Great difficulty 
has been experienced in studying some of the component parts. The distortion of the 
skull is accompanied by a very close investiture of the remains by a fine hard lime- 
stone matrix, which in places is almost indistinguishable from the actual fossil. 
The matrix involving Cratochelone berneyi,? described by the author in 1915 from 
the same district, was very similar in texture. This investing material evidently 
penetrated the skull after the decay of cartilage, cementing the disrupted elements 
together. 


*C. W. Gilmore, Mem. Carnegie Mus., Pitts., II, 1905, p. 80. 
* H. A. Longman, Mem. Qld. Mus., III, 1915, p. 25. 


ean one iad (sb a e ae Be ro Maen 


ie bes ‘3 of hes P Aa, ay 


a 


i ‘he ee Nea 
as aah Ad a 


Tea: 


VIL, Pharr XV. 


Vou. 


MUSEUM, 


t 


QUEENSLAND 


MEMOIRS OF THE 


‘OZIS [BIN}BU Y}UIAVS-9UO Ajeyeurtxoiddy 


“MOTA [R10} TT “SIIVELSAV SQYAVSOAHLHOT FO TMS — 


"MoIA dotdoedng ‘SITVELSAV SOYAVSOAHLHOT $0 [MAIS—T “Si 


‘“o 


(é) 


AN ICHTHYOSAURIAN SKULL FROM QUEENSLAND.—LONGMAN. 247 


On the upper part of the skull the elongate premaxillz can be traced back 
for a distance of 615 mm. to the narial openings. Between these two bones in the 
superior surface is a well-marked symphysial groove. The nasals are exposed from 
beneath the premaxille at about the anterior third of the length of the skull, and 
at first are on a lower plane than the hemispherical superior borders of the diverging 
premaxille, forming a triangular recess. Further back there is a secondary 
triangular depression, the borders of which are parallel to the anterior recess, but 
this is entirely internasal. Lateral divisions of the nasals extend outwards beyond 
the frontals towards the superior border of the orbits. Sutures with post frontals 
cannot be traced. 


The external narial openings can be seen on both sides, but they are distorted. 
A semicircular raised border is present behind the openings. Incomplete maxille 
are present, but the sutures between them and the lachrymal bones and the jugals 
cannot be positively traced on either side. 


In the region of the frontals a remarkable rectangular raised process was 
present in the undisturbed fossil. On careful development this proved to be mainly 
matrix closely investing a troughlike depression, with raised lateral borders, as 
may be seen in Plate XV. At first this was thought to be a veritable raised bony 
border surrounding the pineal foramen, and suggesting an unusual development of 
“the third eye,” but the true foramen is apparently situated in a more posterior 
position. This closely adpressed structure consists of two parallel bars, thinly 
joined anteriorly ; the bars are 90 mm..in length and are symmetrically disposed 
at a distance of 10 mm. from the median line. If this structure is actually in situ, 
which seems unlikely, it would demand generic recognition. The frontal bones 
evidently do not extend far beyond the area of this structure. In view of the partial 
disorganization of the specimen, possibly associated with an attack from other 
predaceous or scavenging monsters of the period, it is suggested that this curious 
structure represents an inverted cranial element. It cannot, however, be allocated 
with any of the bones, the contours of which are so clearly demonstrated by Sollas’ 
classic sections,* and possibly represents hyobranchial elements. And it is, of course, 
possible that further material will demonstrate characters which will warrant the 
establishment of a new genus fcr this large Australian Ichthyosaur. The prominent 
ridges, which are present in the parietal region and on the nasal bones, appear 
to be distinctive features. From the occipital border of the parietal region a convex 
median ridge extends anteriorly, and this is accentuated by the presence on each 
side of elongate valleys, the lateral sides of which curve upwards to form the 
borders of the supratemporal fosse. At the anterior termination of the median 
ridge there is a cavity which could not be traced into the internal tables of the 
skull, but which probably represents a disrupted pineal foramen. This is nearly 
in line with the anterior borders of the supratemporal fossz, and is thus in the 
usual position for the foramen. 


3 W. J. Sollas, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., B, 208, 1916, pp. 66-126. 


248 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


In the temporal region the anterior horn of the squamosal extends to the 
middle of the large oval fosse, articulating with the postorbital. The fosse are 
fairly symmetrical, approximately 120 mm. in length, with a breadth of 75 mm. 


On the right-hand side the orbit is well preserved, except for its posterior 
border. The cavity has been largely set free from the cement-like matrix, which here 
contained molluscan fragments. It was carefully excavated in the hope that the 
characteristic sclerotic plates, possibly driven inwards, might be exposed, but 
these have entirely disappeared. It is evident that the orbit was the characteristic 
oval. Its vertical diameter at the periphery is 110 mm. Beneath the orbit, portions 
of the jugal can be seen, but the full extent of the zygomatic arch with its sutures 
cannot be outlined. The jugal appears first as a raised process near the midline of 
the anterior border of the orbit and then curves down to form its lower edge. 


_ A large supratemporal bone is present on the left-hand side, and its superior 
margin junctions with the lateral border of the squamoso-postorbital arcade. Much 
controversy has taken place over the “‘ additional temporal bone,” as 8. W. Williston: 
called it in the Ichthyosaurs, and the author has followed the nomenclature of 
Lydekker,4 Sollas (loc. cit.), Gilmore, and Andrews in calling it supratemporal. 
Williston considered the inner bone of this ‘‘ Diapsid”’ group the tabular and the 
outer the squamosal,> but in view of Watson’s demonstrations® it is surely better 
to reserve the name ‘“ squamosal” for the more constant element. Perhaps the latero- — 
temporal or “ sclerodermal plate,” as Owen called it, is really a separated division 
of the quadratojugal. 

The quadratojugal is present, and its posterior portion is visible in the 
occipital region, where it forms the inferolateral border of the vacuity presented by 
the curved shaft of the quadrate. Its sutures with the supratemporal are obscure. 


Bast-OccrprraL.—The stout symmetrically convex condyle extends back- 
wards beyond the pterygoids for a distance of 33 mm.; the tranverse diameter is. 
74 mm., vertical diameter 64. 


Basis CraNit.—The suture between the basioccipital and the basisphenoid 
can be traced, giving a length of 60 mm. to the former bone. The basisphenoid 
is about 75 mm. in length, and forms with the posterior element a rectangular 
rostrum for the support of the pterygoids. The basisphenoid has a visible width 
of about 60, whilst the basioccipital is about 40 mm. Near the posterior margin 
of the basisphenoid the opening of the single canal for the carotic arteries can be 
clearly seen; this foramen is circular and has a diameter of 10 mm. In the median 
line of the interpterygoid vacuities the splint-like parasphenoid may be seen, but this 
has been only partially freed from the matrix, compared with which it is very friable. 
This bone evidently increases in thickness towards its upper surface and is trian- 
gular in section. It can be traced anteriorly for a distance of 220 mm., where it is: 


4R. Lydekker, Catal. Foss. Rept. Brit. Mus., Part 11, 1889, p. 3. 


°>§. W. Williston, Phylogeny and Classification of Reptiles (Journ. Geo XXYV), 1917, 
p. 416. 
6D. M. S. Watson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) XIV, 1914, pp. 84-95. 


249 


MAN. 


Y 
rT 


AN ICHTHYOSAURIAN SKULL FROM QUEENSLAND.—LONG 


‘jeroduroyeadns ‘7 "8 
‘yeruotds “ds ‘ pesourenbs “hs Saepnsuems “fup's Sayeapenb “nb syeBnfoqyeapenb “0 +b $ peqiqaoqsod “ond ¢ yequoaygsod “/'4yd 
¢yequoajoad -frud Ss eyrxeuroad Sad ¢ jejoued “und syeseu “spu $4qsoio yeleU “wo ‘wou S eyEXeur CaM ¢ yeurdayory 


“op) syesnl “nl § Avequep “yuap ‘ peqidrooorseq ‘90 °q ¢(ooR}Ms avpnorjre-ysod Surmoys) aepnoyae “pw faepnsue “buy 


‘OZIS TRAN}ZRU YYUOAOS-oUlO Ajoyeurxouddy = *s77p.0jsn snanpsohyiyoT JO TOYS oy} JO uorponaysuosoy—"*T eMsy-4xXoq, 


WIL 


Slee Tyo (oe Cae ake : qep 
REET TAT TY Se ede Sins N OME. age EN ore ais ; 
By EA VAY AA VAV RAYA AER AAAS PY AAPA AE 
Gte xu 
99 = 
nb - 


250 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


lost in matrix. The pterygoids provide the greater part of the base of the posterior 
moiety of the skull. On the left-hand side the pterygoid is in juxtaposition with 
and somewhat overlaps, owing to displacement, the basioccipital and basisphencid. 
The right pterygoid has been tilted below the plane of the flanges presented by the 
axial bones. From th2 basioccipital to the lateral border the pterygoid attains a 
maximum breadth of 110 mm. 


Owing to the presence of superimposed hyoid rods, and a brecciated mass 
of broken teeth and matrix containing associated fossils, the central portion of the 
lower surface of the fossil is obscured. The extent of the interpterygoid vacuities 
cannot be gauged, but, judging from the converging inner margins of the bones, 
the contours in this area are similar to the skull of Ichthyosaurus longifrons as 
figured by Owen.? The palatine elements appear to be displaced and are not visible 
in the same plane. 


Posterior REGIoN.—The contours of the superior border of the occipital 
region, formed by the parietals and processes from the squamosals, are quite 
continuous, being convex in the median area and then sioping to lateral concavities. 
Viewed from above, the postero-external borders of the squamosal are seen to 
curve symsnetrically backwards, and, although the occiput is somewhat disrupted, 
the contours are quite elegant. The inner process of the squamosal unites in an 
oblique suture with the lateral arm of the parietal near the median line of the 
supratemporal fossa. 

A large quadrate is present on each side, but owing to mandibular pressure 
these bones have been forced somewhat out of position. 


Above the region of the foramen magnum, only small fragments are visible 
in the matrix of elements which correspond to the superior occipitalia, which have 
apparently been forced inwards. Possibly these are paired extensions of the 
supraoccipital which form part of the lateral borders of the foramen magnum. 


The opisthotics are in place on each side, and junction with the basioccipital, 
the ~ stapes,” and the squamosal. 


SUGGESTIONS FOR A RE-INTERPRETATION OF THE SO-CALLED STAPES— 

Next to the quadrate, the largest bone in the occipital region is the element 
called ‘‘ stapes’’ by Sollas and Andrews. This acts as a strong lateral buttress of 
the basioccipital, and lies above the posterior flange of the pterygoid. It has an 
expanded facet for junction with the basioccipital, with an adjoining superior 
surface for association with the opisthotic. Cope,’ who was the first to name this 
bone, did so with diffidence, and figured it as distinctly separated from the basi- 
occipital, whereas modern authors rightly show it as a buttress supporting the 
rostrum of the condyle. Owen? named it the paroccipital, but apparently only 


® Cope, Proc. Amer. Assn. Ad. Sc., 1871, p. 199, fig. 2. 
® Owen, Mon. loc. c't., p. 94. 


AN ICHTHYOSAURIAN SKULL FROM QUEENSLAND.—LONGMAN. 251 


‘dealt with two pairs of occipital elements below the supraoccipital. C.W. Andrews 
notes that this bone (stapes) “‘ seems to have lost its auditory function,”!° and it 
is obvious that this so-called stapes cannot be associated with the fenestra ovalis, 
as Cope supposed. The stapes is ususlly regarded as the homologue of the hyomandi- 
bulare of fishes, and a large stapes is recorded for the Cotylosauria. Case figures the 
stapes of Dimetrodon,! a bone which in this and allied Permian reptiles is regarded 
by Broom!? as the tympanic. The writer is unable to find, however, a parallei in 
literature to the interpretation of this buttress bone of the Ichthyosaurs as a stapes. 


The columella auris of modern reptiles, the proximal end of which is 
presumably homologous with the stapes, is always placed antero-laterally to the 
basioccipital, and is quite distinct in position from this buttress bone. 


The writer suggests that these lower lateral elements in the occipital region, 
the so-called stapes, should be interpreted as inferior divisions of the exoccipitals. 
That the upper elements are true exoccipitals seems to be demonstrated by the 
position of the foramen for the post-auditory nerves, as clearly shown in Andrews’s 
illustrations (Joc. cit.), and also by their relations to the foramen magnum. The 
unusual extension of the intermediate lateral occipitalia, the opisthotics, to the 
basioccipital, to which they also act as buttress bones, has probably brought ge 
a division of the exoccipitals into upper and lower portions. 


These lower lateral elements may thus be interpretated as inferior divisions 
of the exoccipitals. This change in nomenclature, giving the exoccipitals a ventral 
extension, appears to be generally supported by the position of the occipital elements 
in the Permian Tetrapoda studied by von Huene'? and by R. Broom", and. in the 
Stegocephalia illustrated by C. Wiman.? It is in consonance with the general 
arrangement of the bones in modern reptiles, where the exoccipitals are usually 
the lower lateral elements in juxtaposition with the basioccipital, the opisthotics 
uniting with them antero-superiorly in adult life (distinct in Chelonians) ; these 
relationships of the two elements are shown by Parker's studies of the development | 
of the skull in the snake and the lizard.'6 It is not at variance with Howes and 
Swinnerton’s interpretation of the development of the skull of Sphenodon.’ It agrees 
also’with the positions given by Kingsley in his diagram of the schematic vertebrate 
skull.!8 Huxley wrote that but for its large size he would have regarded the 
adjoining bone; now generally aocepved as the opisthotic, as es stapes.!? 


POW SEW - Restless. Marine Rept. Oxford Clay, Brit. Mus., 1910, p. 11. 
11. C. Case, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXVIII, 1910, p. 190. - 
12, R. Broom, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXVIII, 1910, p. 223. 

13 yon Huene, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXII, 1913, pp. 315-386. 
14R. Broom, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. -Hist. XX XII, 1913, p. 563, etc. 
15 ©, Wiman, Bull. Geol. Inst. Upsala, XIII, 1915, Pt. 1. 

16 W. K. Parker, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., Vols. 169 and 170, 1878-79. 
17 Howes and Swinnerton, Trans. Zool. Soc., XVI, 1901. 

18 Kingsley, Outlines Comp. Anat. Vert., 2nd edit., p. 74. 

19 Huxley, Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, 1871, p. 211. 


252 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


The opisthotic or paroccipital very rarely appears to meet the _ basi- 
occipital below the exoccipitals in other reptiles, although the relations between 
these elements are variable. The writer has diffidence in using terms that are 
not accepted by leading authorities, but the occipital region of the Ichthyosaurs 
provides material for several interpretations, and the use of exoccipital for the 
lower element seems to solve the difficulty of a most anomalous “ stapes.” 


In the modern cetaceans the stapes is frequently reduced to a small conical 
plug, and, judging from analogy, the auditory functions of the Ichthyosaurs would 
not have been greatly utilised. Possibly the real stapes is the “long slender 
process ’’ demonstrated in Section 494 of the very fine series in Sollas’ great work 
(loc. cit.). 


The stapes is often missing in fossils. The elaborate studies by D. M. S.. 
Watson of the position of the fenestra ovalis in Therapsids, Seymouria, etc. 
(P.Z.S., 1914, and 1919) have an important bearing here, but the posterior 
aspect of the occipitalia in our specimen presents no evidence on this point. 


The massive architecture of the occipital region was evidently associated 
with the attachment of powerful nuchal muscles. Perhaps a specialist will one 
day. work out details of the probable musculature of the Ichthyosaurs on similar 
lines to the recent studies by Gregory and Camp on Cynognathus.*° 


Lower Jaw.—On the left hand side the lower jaw is practically complete,. 
except for the missing anterior segment and a small portion of the angulare. The 
dentary is very elongated and is no less than 875 mm. in maximum length. Parallel 
with the alveolar border, and situated about 20 mm. below it, is a groove which 
is shallow anteriorly, but then deepens, giving the characteristic conjoined gun- 
barrel effect of the Ichthyosaurian rostrum. The posterior process of the dentary,. 
which overlaps the surangulare, runs back to below the mid-region of the supra- 
’ temporal fossa. Here the semi-spherical contours (in section) of the upper rod, or: 
gun-barrel-like process, sink into the same plane as the surangulare and angulare. 


The left angulare is not quite complete at its posterior end, and here its: 
outer contours have been disturbed. It is a longer and more massive bone than the 
surangulare, but just at the termination of the dentary the two posterior elements 
are of equal depth. In this region the arrangement of the bones is very similar to. 
the outer view given by C. W. Andrews for Ophthalmosaurus in Text-fig. 20 (loc. cit.), 
except that the angulare is distinctly extended to form the posterior portion of the 
mandible. Strong depressor muscles were evidently attached here, working with 
short leverage in association with the powerful levators placed in front of the 
articulation. Sollas points out that the levator muscles originating in the temporal 
region, inserted on the lower jaw, acting as levers of the third order, were “‘admirably 
adapted for snapping ; and the Ichthyosaurus, from all that we know of it, must have 
obtained its food by seizing fish ‘ upon the wing.’ ” 


*0 Gregory and Camp, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. XX XVIII, 1918, pp. 447-563. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. V1I, Puate XVI. 


Fig. 1—Skull of ICHTHYOSAURUS AUSTRALIS. Posterior view. Approximately one-third 
natural size. 


Fig. 2.—Anterior section of restrum, ICHTHYOSAURUS AUSTRALIS, showing disrupted teeth. 
Approximately one-half natural size. 


AN ICHTHYOSAURIAN SKULL FROM QUEENSLAND.—LONGMAN, 2 


vt 


The articular is present and evidently rests in its original position on the 
angular, with its outer lateral surface adjoining the surangulare. Only the post- 
articular area has been freed from the matrix, and this is obliquely set on the 
angular, with its upper surface turned towards the supraoccipital region, 


The splenials first appear on the lower surface of the mandible at a distance 
of one-fifth of the length of the skull, this being greatly in advance of the divergence 
of the premaxillze to expose the nasals in the upper jaw. They are visible for a 
considerable distance on the inferolateral margin. The relative proportions of 
these elements are shown in Text-fig. 1. The condition of the fossil does not present 
evidence for the description of the inner side of the mandible. 


Text-figure 2.—Section showing premaxillary and dentary elements, with teeth fragments, 
in the polished surface of anterior segment of rostrum, Ichthyosaurus australis (natural size). 


The internal structure of the anterior end of the rostrum has been demons- 
tratedjby polishing, and is shown in Text-fig. 2. The alveolar groove has a well- 
developed inner wall with an expanded margin. On each side of the lower jaw the 
section exposes a foramen leading from the nutrient groove to the vascular canal. 
This section is entirely from premaxillary and dentary elements. 


TrETH.— Unfortunately there are no complete teeth in situ but, as previously 
ated, remains have been preserved adhering to external surfaces. Some of these 


254 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


which were cemented to the lateral surface of the rostrum are shown in Plate XVI.. 
Between the mandibular rami about the mid-region of the skull there is a brecciated 
mass formed mainly of broken teeth, although containing other fossils. The teeth 
are subeylindrical, and there are no anterior or posterior carine. They are about 
55 mm. in length, with a maximum diameter of 18 mm. After counting the number 
of grooves on exposed contours, it is considered that a perfect specimen would have 
about thirty longitudinal strie. The teeth are evenly conical, and there is no- 
marked tumidity at the alveolar border. Judging from the numerous fragments, 
they were fairly isodont, but some of the roots are decidedly compressed. They 
are somewhat larger than those in the type specimen in this Museum of 
Ichthyosaurus marathonensis, Etheridge fil. It is estimated that about forty teeth 
were present in each alveolar groove. 


On the posterior third of the lower jaw, and cemented thereto, may be seen 
remains of the stout, cylindrical “ hyoid rods ”’ (to use Sollas’ term). These are 15 
mm. in diameter, and attain a length of 250 mm. They also overlap the lateral 
surface on the left-hand side, as may be seen in Plate XV. 


Unfortunately no other remains were found in association with the skull, and 
although this Museum contains several specimens of vertebre, a paddle, and a few 
other fragments from Western Queensland Cretaceous formations, it would be 
unwise to describe these in conjunction with the present material. 


CLASSIFICATION.—The Ichthyosauria have been divided into four families :— 
Mixosauride, Ichthyosauride, Baptanodontide, and Shastasauride, the last-named 
being added by Merriam in 1902.21. The diagnostic characters of the majority of 
recent genera are not founded on cranial characters. It is evident, however, that 
our fossil has no affinity, generically, with the Ophthalmosaurus-Baptanodon group 
(Jurassic), which is characterised by an enormous eye and a very reduced dentition. 
Neither is it related to Mizxosaurus (Triassic), in which the teeth are not set in a 
continuous groove. In the occipital and mandibular regions and in the basis cranii 
the elements in the Queensland skull approximate to the Ichthyosaurus type, but 
apparently unique characteristics are present on the superior surface of the skull. 


Two species of Ichthyosaurus have been described from fragments obtained 
in the Cretaceous deposits of Western Queensland. In 1867, McCoy briefly described 
Ichthyosaurus australis and in 1869 supplied some additional details. His material 
consisted of two portions of the skull, teeth, some dorsal vertebre, paddles, and 
a humerus, radius, and ulna, and his short description was not illustrated. In 1888, 
Etheridge fil. described Ichthyosaurus marathonensis™ from a maxillary and dentary 
section ten inches in length, which is now in the Queensland Museum. In 1892 


21 Merriam, Bull. Dep. Geol., Univ. Calif., Vol. IIT, 1902, p. 87. 
22 McCoy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XIX, 1867, p. 355; XX, p. 196.. 
28 McCoy, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic. IX, 1869, pp. 77-78. 
*4 Etheridge, Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., III, 1888, p. 405, Pl. VIL. 


Ll 


AN ICHTHYOSAURIAN SKULL FROM QUEENSLAND.—LONGMAN. 258 


) 


Etheridge gave details of these species with actual localities and records of other 
fragments, and queried the identity of the two species.2?> In 1897 he made a further 
note on precaudal vertebra as being Ichthyosaurus australis.26 Direct comparison 
between the type fragment of I. marathonensis and the present skull shows too 
great a similarity, so far as this region is concerned, to warrant the introduction of 
a new specific name; indeed the type fragment, except for the slightly smaller 
teeth, could almost be placed as a section of the rostrum of our fairly complete 
skuJl without doing violence to its contours. 


Unfortunately, McCoy’s material was too inadequately described to permit 
Etheridge to make a satisfactory comparison. The teeth were compared with those 
of I. campylodon, and the antero-posterior diameter of the orbit was given as five 
and a-half inches. Chapman figured a cranial fragment and a paddle of the type 
material in his useful handbook.?? McCoy’s species has priority, and in the present 
state of our knowledge it is deemed inadvisable to ignore it in connection with the 
Queensland. skull, with which its sectional dimensions fairly agree. Our specimen 
has therefore been catalogued as Leh'hyosaurus australis McCoy. 


I. marathonensis is regarded as a synonym. ‘There is evidence, however, 
of another species occurring in Queensland, distinguished by smaller teeth, but 
this awaits further material before elucidation. 


The relationships of the Ichthyosaurs have ‘been the subject of recent 
research by such prominent authorities as Sollas, Andrews, Williston, Merriam, 
van Huene, and Broom, and partly centre around the homologies of the temporal 
elements. It is now generally agreed that the Ichthyosaurs are descended from the 
primitive Permian Carboniferous Cotylosaurs. This primitive reptilian group exhibits 
ordinal characters which, in the words of W. K. Gregory, are “ structurally ancestral 
to all the higher vertebrates.”*8 This fascinating problem, with its wealth of litera- 
ture illustrating very numerous forms, is too intricate to be dealt with here. From 
the standpoint of popular interest it may be mentioned, however, that an outstanding 
characteristic of most Ichthyosaurs, an elongated rostrum, is a common feature in 
very diverse vertebrates. Among the large present-day reptiles the prolonged 
snout of the gavials is remarkable. There are commonplace examples amongst 
birds and fishes. The Ziphoid Cetaceans, such as species of Mesoplodon, are 
mammalian types which rival the Ichthyosaurs in the extreme development of the 
anterior elements. This elongated rostrum is evidently a characteristic associated 
with special feeding habits, and is a demonstration of the mobility of vertebrate 
structure. Fortunately the specialised forms in these groups are not isolated, in 
this respect, but can now be studied in conjunction with allied genera and families 


> Jack & Etheridge, Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, pp. 505-598. 

°6 Etheridge, Rec. Austr. Mus., III, 1897, pp. 66-68. 

27 Chapman, Australasian Fossils, 1914, fig. 133, p. 277. 

*8 W. K. Gregory, ‘‘ Origin and Evolution of Human Dentition,’’ Jr. Dent. Res., II, 1920, 
p. 100. 


256 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


which are more conformable to the usual type of skull. The various developments 
of the rostrum in vertebrate crania provide abundant material to illustrate 


remarkable processes of evolution. 


Marrix.—Professor H. C. Richards, Hon. Petrologist and Mineralogist on 
our staff, kindly contributes the following note on the matrix :—** Stone-coloured, 
fine-grained, homogeneous calcareous mudstone. There is sufficient calcareous 
material to cause rapid effervescence with dilute hydrochloric acid, and a residual 
mass of cream-coloured clay material is left behind.” 


AssocIATED Fossrts.—An almost-complete shark’s tooth is present in the 
brecciated mass between the mandibular rami, and is probably an anterior tooth of 
Lamna appendiculata Agassiz. 


Several specimens of the common bivalve, Aucella hughendenensis Etheridge 
were taken from the matrix, including fairly complete valves from the orbits. Two 
specimens of a small gasteropod were found, and Mr. W. H. Bryan, M.Sc., Hon. 
Palzontologist on our staff, has identified these as T'wrritelia (?) microlinea, a rare 
shell which was named by Etheridge in 1920.9 


LIST OF PLATES. 
Plate XV. 


Figure 1.—Skull of Ichthyosaurus australis; superior view. Approximeteh—one-third 
rratureal—size. 

Figure 2.—Skull of Ichthyosaurus australis; lateral view. Approximately one-seventh 
natural size. 

Plate XVI. 

Figure 1.—Skull of Ichthyosaurus australis; posterior view. 

Figure 2.—Anterior section of rostrum, showing disrupted teeth. Approximately one- 
half natural size. 


29 R. Etheridge, Publ. No. 269, Qld. Geol. Sur., 1920, p. 13. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL., 


bo 
Ol 
~] 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND 
MUSEUM. 


By T. D. A. CocKERELL, UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO. 


PARASPHECODES Smith. 


This genus, which is very closely allied to Halictus, consists of a large number 
of species, nearly all apparently with very restricted distribution. They may be 
oligotropic on particular flowers, but at present we know hardly anything of their 
babits. Smith described a number of species, giving them names which are anagrams 
of Halictus. I have examined the types of all of these, but to my surprise I fail to 
find them in the various Australian collections coming to hand in recent years. The 
genus is especially south-eastern, with no less than twenty-one species described 
from Tasmania, and nineteen from Victoria, one of the latter extending to Tasmania. 
Two of the Victoria species go north to Queensland, which has eight species and 
a subspecies of a Victoria one not known elsewhere. From South Australia five 
species have been described, but from West Australia only two, and N.W. Australia 
one. Two are only known from N.S. Wales. The series now before me from the 
Queensland Museum (to which the types will be returned) adds a number of species, 
separable from one another as follows :— 


Clypeus partly yellow; males .. % st ts a fe ee ne ey Il 

Clypeus all black; females a =e “ .- s :- -: -- -. 4. 

1. Abdomen entirely black; mesothorax glaucous... 3 ar .. cervicalis Cockerell. 

Abdomen partly or wholly red Fe 5 ae se Sr a ee Ae 2 

2. Abdomen wholly chestnut-red ; tubercles entirely black .. ts ee ao 5, SOUSID ASE 

Abdomen partly black .. +e 5 Sc af se a rie ee it 3. 

3. Tegule lght ferruginous sf Ate ok ~ =i xs ae longmani n. sp. 

Tegule black a ae an ae “A ea ane cs .. subrussatus n. sp. 

4, Abdomen entirely black bes Ay ee Se ee a xa ae = 5. 

Abdomen at least partly red .. Deis Pf ae ate ee ae Sue a 6. 

5. Area of metathorax short, distinctly plicate, with a prominent raised rim .. cervicalis Cockerell. 
Area of metathorax long, feebly sculptured, subemarginate at apex, without a raised 

Tahan)” Ee a: se zi parameloenus . sp. 

6. Flagellum red beneath .. Se se = as Sa as ae lichatinus n. sp. 

Flagellum wholly black .. 5 a ay AA tic te et zo os ile 

7. Larger; fourth abdominal segment entirely black ae ifs ..  hirtiventris n. sp. 

Smaller; fourth abdominal segment red e as te oe Ps annexus Nn. sp. 


R 


258 MEMOIES OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Parasphecodes cervicalis- Cockerell. 


Described from the ©, collected in Tasmania. In December, 1919, Mr. Hacker 
took both sexes in the National Park, Queensland, where he also found the Tasmanian 
Callomelitta littleri. The specimens of 9 P. cervicalis seem to d'ffer slightly from 
the Tasmanian form, and when Tasmanian males are available may possibly be 
separable, but at present I am quite unable to state any valid distinctions. The 
occurrence of supposed Tasmanian endemics at various points on the mainland 
begins to carry the conviction that the Tasmanian bee-fauna does not represent: 
a high degree of differentiation since the separation of the island, but rather the 
survival of a series of old species, some of which are now extinct on the mainland, 
while others are restricted to limited areas. 


; The male of P. cervicalis is new. It resembles the female, but is more slender, 
while the clypeus is chrome-yellow except for a large quadrate black mark on each 
side above. Labrum, mandibles, and antenne black, the flagellum not strongly 
moniliform. There is black hair at the apex of the abdomen; the second ventral 
segment has a median elevation, without any tuft of hair. The abdomen is entirely 
black, the margins of the segments concolorous. There is a close general resemblance 
to P. nigritus Meyer, from Tasmania. 


Parasphecodes solis n. sp. 


Male. Length nearly 10 mm., slender, head and thorax black, abdomen 
entirely chestnut-red, suffused with dusky beyond the third segment, but with no 
black segments or dark markings; hair of head and thorax dull white, abundant 
on front and sides of face ; some dark hair at end of abdomen ; labrum and mandibles 
black or nearly ; clypeus with an extremely broad pale yellow band, emitting a 
cuneiform extension upward; scape short, flagellum very long, strongly monili- 
form, the joints of the basal half marked with red beneath ; mesothorax entirely 
dull, with a granular appearance ; scutellum bigibbous, dull, and granular, without 
special tomentum; area of metathorax distinctly defined, angulate posteriorly, covered 
with very coarse wavy rug, between which it is distinctly shining; tegule dull red ; 
wings dusky reddish, stigma dark reddish, nervures fuscous ; second submarginal 
cell higher than long, receiving recurrent nervure very near its end ; femora black, 
red at extreme apex; tibiee red, the anterior pair clear and bright, the hind ones 
dusky ; anterior tarsi dusky red, the others black or nearly ; abdomen moderately 
shining, with excessively fine punctures, close and uniform on first two segments, — 
on first segment extending to the margin; no prominence on under side of second 
segment. 


Sunnybank, 19-11-13 (H. Hacker). In Meyer’s table and in my table of 
Tasmanian species, this runs to P. perustus Ckll., but is larger, with darker antenne, | 
&c. It resembles perustus in having the third submarginal cell much broader above 
than second. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL, 259 


Parasphecodes longmani n. sp. 


Male. Length about or nearly 8 mm, rather slender, head and thorax black. 
abdomen dusky-red, with a broad. black stain on middle of first two segments, and 
segments beyond the third wholly black; hair of head and thorax thin, brownish 
on face, front, vertex, and thoracic dorsum, pure white on cheeks and mesopleura ; 
head broad, orbits strongly converging below; broad band on clypeus, with a. 
cuneiform upward extension, labrum and greater part of mandibles yellow ; antennz 
black, the flagellum moniliform, not especially long (length somewhat over 4 mm.) ; 
front entirely dull, but a shining space in front of middle ocellus ; mesothorax and 
scutellum dull, slightly glistening on disc, very minutely and densely punctured, 
scutellum bigibbous, without special tomentum ; area of metathorax poorly defined, 
with fine vermiform ruge; tegule bright yellowish-ferruginous ; wings hyaline, 
slightly greyish ; stigma dark reddish, nervures fuscous ; second submarginal cell 
nearly square; first recurrent nervure entering base of third submarginal, as in 
P. sulthica Smith ; femora black, with red knees ; anterior and middle tibiz and all 
the tarsi red; hind tibize black with broadly red base and a little red at apex ; 
abdomen above with very scanty short hair, venter with much white hair, second 
ventral segment simple. 


Caloundra, 20-1-16 (H. Hacker). Rather like P. minimus Meyer, but larger, 
with dark antennze, &c.. The tubercles are red. Dedicated to the Director of the 
Queensland Museum. 


Parasphecodes subrussatus n. sp. 


Male. Length about or a little over 8 mm., not very slender, the abdomen 
broad at base, almost parallel-sided but slightly widening to the fourth segment ; 
head and thorax black, with rather long dull white hair, faintly brownish dorsally ; 
first abdominal segment black, broadly red apically, with a further red extension 
on sides; second segment red, with a transverse median black mark ; third red, 
with a black spot at each extreme side toward base ; fourth and following segments 
black, but the fourth red beneath, with a black median stain; at least lower half 
of clypeus shining lemon yellow, with a small median extension; labrum black ; 
mandibles black, dark-reddish apically ; flagellum long, clear ferruginous beneath ; 
mesothorax and scutellum dullish, somewhat shining on disc, extremely finely 
punctured, scutellum bigibbous; area of metathorax poorly defined, with fine ruge ; 
tegule black ; tubercles black ; wings hyaline, slightly greyish, stigma and nervures 
ferruginous ; second submarginal cell much higher than long, receiving recurrent 
nervure well before its end; legs black; abdomen shining, the red colour bright ;. 
second ventral segment simple. 


Kosciusko, 26-1-14 (A. J. Turner). Very distinct by the marking of the 
abdomen, combined with the black tegule and legs. 


260 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Parasphecodes paramelzenus n. sp. 

Female. Looks like P. cervicalis, with which I had mixed it, but it is a little 
smaller, with anterior wing about 7 mm. ; face narrower, clypeus without a distinct 
median groove ; mesothorax entirely dull black, not at all glaucous, with excessively 
dense and minute punctures; scutellum densely and minutely punctured ; area of 
metathorax long, with no raised rim, its surface obscurely rugose, except apically ; 
wings paler and strongly reddish; first recurrent meeting second intercubitus ; 
outer side of third submarginal cell without a double curve ; first two abdominal 
segments very finely, closely, and regularly punctured, the depressed apical part 
of second segment, and first to extreme apex, punctured ; second ventral segment 
hairy, but without a distinct prominence. The apical part of abdomen has short 
black hair. 


National Park, Queensland, Dec., 1919 (H. Hacker). P. atronitens Ckll. is very 
closely allied, but distinguished by the colour of wings and sculpture of abdomen. 


Paresphecodes lichatinus n. sp. 


Female. Length about or nearly 10 mm., anterior wing nearly 8; robust, 
head and thorax black ; abdomen with the first three segments deep chestnut-red, 
the first with a very broad blackened area across the middle, the third with the hind 
margin blackened ; fourth and following segments black ; hair of head and thorax 
dull whitish, thin on thorax above ; clypeus shining, with sparse strong punctures ; 
flagellum red beneath and at extreme tip, the colour almost brick red ; mesothorax 
and scutellum densely and distinctly punctured, but glistening between the punctures ; 
scutellum slightly bituberculate ; area of metathorax with coarse irregular ruge, 
more or less broken up, and a sharp hind margin ; tegule dark red ; wings reddish, 
strongly dusky in marginal cell, stigma and nervures piceous, stigma unusually 
narrow ; second submarginal cell large, about square, about as broad above as third, 
receiving first recurrent nervure almost at apex; legs black, with coarse dark hair 
on outer side of hind tibia and tarsi; abdomen shining, finely punctured, apical 
part with black hair dorsally. 


Ararat, Victoria (H. W. Davey). Very close to P. lichatus Smith, from Western 
Australia, but with darker wings, and I think separable. 


Parasphecodes hirtiventris n. sp. 


Female. Length about 10 mm., robust, head and thorax black, their pubescence 
fulvous dorsally ; abdomen with the first three segments dark red, the others black ; 
first segment with a large T-shaped black mark, third with a transverse dusky cloud 
in middle, and hind margin darkened ; an even narrow line of white cilia overlapping 
extreme base of third segment; tongue cuneiform, short and broad; clypeus 
shining, with scattered punctures ; antenne entirely black, scape very long ; meso- 
thorax and scutellum dull, extremely densely and minutely punctured ; area of 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL, 261 


metathorax long, shining, the basal half obscurely sculptured; extreme sides of 
metathorax densely hairy; mesopleura very hairy; tegule rufopiceous; wings 
dusky, darker at apex, stigma and nervures rather dilute sepia ; outer recurrent and 
intercubitus weakened ; second submarginal cell broad below, narrowed above, the 
recurrent nervure joining its extreme apex ; legs black, hind legs with pale hair, that 
on tibize shining silvery, hind basitarsi with a bright red tuft at apex; abdomen 
shining, first two segments with extremely minute punctures; venter extremely 
hairy. 

Ebor, 2-1-14 (A. J. Turner). In Meyer’s table runs to P. insignis Meyer, from 
Tasmania, but the sculpture is very different. It is also related to P. arciferus Ckll. 
and P. leptospermi Ckll. P. arciferus differs at once by the area of metathorax and 
colour of pubescence, and the same may be said of leptospermi. 


Parasphecodes annexus n. sp. 


Female. Length a little over 7 mm., robust, head and thorax black, abdomen 
broad, chestnut-red, first segment with a very broadly triangular black area, and 
hind margins of all the segments strongly dusky ; hair of head and thorax thin, slightly 
ochreous dorsally, white on cheeks and pleura; clypeus shining, with sparse 
punctures, and no median groove; antenne black; mesothorax and scutellum 
shining, with small punctures, well separated on disc; area of metathorax semi- 
lunar with no raised rim, shining, finely rugose, subplicate basally ; tegule dark- 
reddish, anterior margin hyaline ; wings hyaline ; stigma and nervures dark-brown, 
outer recurrent and intercubitus extremely weak; second submarginal cell about 
square, about as broad above as third ; first recurrent nervure joining base of third 
submarginal, as in P. sulthica Sm., legs black, hair on hind legs pale, on hind tibiz 
silvery, with a green stripe posteriorly ; hind basitarsi with a bright red apical 
brush ; abdomen without conspicuous punctures, first two segments excessively 
minutely punctured ; venter hairy. 


Adaminaby, N.S.W., 19-10-18 (4. J. Turner). In many ways similar to: 
P. melbournensis Ckll., but much smaller. 


HALICTUS Latr. 


The following table separates a series of species in which the mesothorax 
is metallic, green or blue. Up to the present, thirty-two species of this type have 
been described from Australia (including Tasmania). Some additions are given 
below :— 


Males ss 6 5 Ea in oe St he a i Ie I 
Females a Ke oe Ess es ae +2 Ss a iy: ae 3. 
1. Clypeus largely yellow, mandibles yellow .. SE me a5 .. purnongensis Ckll. 
Clypeus without yellow .. tee fe ae ee oe a be bet 3 2. 


2. Hind tibie light red 


, a 45 be ru Se Ne olivinus n. sp. 
Hind tibie black, red at extreme ends. (Caloundra, 20-1-16) .. ne kesteveni Ckll- 


262 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


3. Abdomen metallic % a3 i . a ha Ar e oe sit 4. 

Abdomen not metallic .. 42 ¥ Bs Fs ee i a bye on 5. 

4, Abdomen bright steel-blue. (Brisbane, 12-2-18) .. ae Bi .. caloundrensis Ckll. 

Abdomen greenish. (Brisbane, 12-2-18) ae ae ¥: oe 4 dampieri Ckll. 

5. Abdomen red, head black ot ots ee oy ae th a os ot 6. 

Abdomen black or dark-brownish .. oh ne ate aa ae re a he 

6. Smaller; mesothorax shining = zit “4 sé 3 se erythrurus Ckll. 
Larger; mesothorax dullish, with larger scattered punctures. (Oxley, Brisbane, 

Sept., 1914; Brisbane, 4-9-14, 6-10-14, 26-9-16) ..  brisbanensis Ckll. 

7. Head metallic .. oy: a cid a $c a pe es Ea ae 8. 

Head black b a x5 ae aes ae Bs we ar ee! a 9. 

8. Stigma very dark. (Brisbane, 12-2-18, National Park, Q., Dec., 1919) .. urbanus Smith. 


Stigma reddish ; scutellum shining, steel-blue, contrasting with the green mesothorax 
urbanus var. lomatic n. var. 


9. Mesothorax green, dullish St $d <2 we Se Fe .. limatiformis n. sp. 
Mesothorax blue. . ats oe By Me Ac oe 3f Bic 5 a6 10. 

10. Mesothorax steel-blue, highly polished; stigma dark .. La .. humiliformis n. sp. 
Mesothorax not polished; stigma pallid .. ae oe ve 1. mesocyaneus n. sp. 


The Queensland specimens were all collected by Mr. Hacker. 


Halictus purnongensis Cockerell. 


The range is greatly extended by a male from Brisbane, 6-10-14 (Hacker). 
It represents a variation with the hind margins of the abdominal segments dark. 


Halictus erythrurus Cockerell. 


Brisbane, 3-10-16, a variation with tegule darker than usual. 


Halictus olivinus n. sp. 


Male. Length about or nearly 5 mm., slender, head and thorax shining dark 
olive green, the metathorax steel-blue, contrasting ; labrum and mandibles dark- 
reddish ; head unusually broad, eyes strongly converging below, clypeus polished 
and shining, front dull, shining along orbits ; scape black ; flagellum long and slender, 
ferruginous beneath; mesothorax shining but not polished, scutellum highly 
polished ; area of metathorax large, with weak strie, apical margin thickened ; 
posterior truncation without sharp lateral edges ; hair of head and thorax extremely 
scanty, white; tegule pale tes‘aceous; wings hyaline, faintly dusky; stigma 
piceous ; marginal nervure dark, the other nervures mainly pallid, the outer recurrent 
and intercubitus hardly visible ; first submarginal cell much larger than the other 
two combined ; second submarginal very narrow, third almost as narrow as second ; 
first recurrent nervure meeting second intercubitus; femora rufopiceous, knees, 
tibize, and tarsi pale ferruginous ; abdomen dark brown, brightly polished, venter 
with erect hair. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL. 263 


Brisbane, 3-3-14 (H. Hacker). I am at a loss to associate this with any known 
female. Among the described males it has some resemblance to H. dampieri Ckll., 
but in that species the area of metathorax is dull and quite different ; in the present 
insect it is concave and shining. It is easily known from H. hackeriellus Ckll. by the 
red tibie. 

Halictus urbanus var. lomatiz n. var. 

Female. Mesothorax peacock-green ; scutellum bright blue, highly polished, 
contrasting ; legs rufotestaceous; stigma rather dilute reddish-brown ; flagellum 
bright ferruginous beneath. Outer recurrent nervure and intercubitus hardly visible. 


Sunnybank, Brisbane, on flowers of Lomatia, 13-5-12. (H. Hacker.) I had 
taken this for a distinct species, on account of the shining blue scutellum and paler 
stigma, but microscopic examination shows that the hind spur, sculpture of area of 
metathorax and scutellum, &¢., are precisely as in H. urbanus. 


Halictus limatiformis n. sp. 


Female. Length about 5 mm., black, with the mesothorax only (not even 
scutellum) dark bluish-green ; pubescence dull white, abundant and curled on under 
side of abdomen; apical part of mandibles very dark-reddish ; front dull, orbital 
margins shining; antenne black; mesothorax shining but not highly polished, 
with scattered punctures; scutellum shining; area of metathorax granular and 
dull, feebly plicate, with a shining margin; tegule dark castaneous ; wings dusky 
hyaline ; stigma large and very dark, nervures brown, outer recurrent and inter- 
cubitus almost obsolete ; first recurrent nervure ending just before second inter- 
cubitus ; third submarginal cell short, little longer than second ; legs black, anterior 
knees red; abdomen shining black, without bands. Under the microscope the 
mesothorax is seen to be minutely tessellated, with widely scattered distinct 
punctures. Area of metathorax entirely without a sharp rim. Hind spur pectinate 
with small teeth. 

National Park, Queensland, Dec., 1919 (H. Hacker). Very close to the 
Tasmanian H. limatus Smith, but that has the area of metathorax more distinctly 
‘striate, and pale testaceous tegule. It may be only a race of limatus. 


Halictus humiliformis n. sp. 

Female. Closely resembling H. limatiformis, but differing thus :—Mesothorax 
‘shining blue, with a polished surface; area of metathorax with fine but regular 
and distinct plice or striz (as in H. limatus, from which it differs by the shining 
mesothorax). By the small shining mesothorax it agrees with H. humilis Smith, 
but from that it differs by the black legs, with anterior knees red, and the entirely 
black antenne. The hind spur is not pectinate; the scutellum is very sparsely 
punctured, and the surface of the mesothorax, between the punctures, shows only 
traces of tessellation. 


Kbor, N.S.W., 30-12-15 (A. J. Turner). 


4 


264 M#tMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Halictus mesocyaneus n. sp. 

Female. Length about 5 mm., head and thorax black except the mesothorax, 
which is deep blue, somewhat shining, but not polished ; legs black (anterior knees 
not red); abdomen dark brown, suffused with dark-reddish, the hind margins of 
the segments paler: venter with long curled hair. Mandibles reddened apically ; 
flagellum obscurely brownish beneath; greater part of front somewhat shining ; 
scutellum shining; area of metathorax with delicate radiating striz, and a shining 
rim ; tegule reddish testaceous ; wings yellowish hyaline, stigma large, pale-reddish ; 
abdomen broad, shining. The area of metathorax is microscopically sculptured 
between the raised lines or plice. The mesothorax is microscopically tessellate, 
with widely scattered extremely weak punctures. 

Bribie Island, 1-4-18 (Hacker). Smaller than H. inclinans Smith, and easily 
séparated by the polished abdomen and black scutellum. 


Halictus bicingulatus Smith. 


Mr. Hacker has collected this as follows :—Males, Bribie I., 2-11-13, 2-11-15; 
females, Brisbane, 18-9-14. Sunnybank, Brisbane, at flowers of Leptospermum, 9-9-12 
Kelvin Grove, 14-9-12, entering a hole in a clay bank. 


Nomia moerens Smith. 
National Park, Q., Dec., 1919 (Hacker). 


Anthophora lilacina Cockerell. 


Misprinted “Jilacine’”’ in Mem. Qu. Mus., VII, p. 84, but given correctly im 
Hacker’s Catalogue. 


GNATHOPROSOPIS Perkins. 


Gnathoprosopis amiculiformis (Cockerell). 


Prosopis amiculiformis must go in Gnathoprosopis. A female was taken at. 
Brisbane, 17-10-16 (Hacker). 


Gnathoprosopis bituberculata (Smith). 


Males were collected by F. M. Littler in Tasmania ; at Launceston, 7-11-15; 
and St. Helens, 14-1-16. The species ‘is new to Tasmania. 


Gnathoprosopis amicula (Smith). 


Females, National Park, Q., Dec., 1919 (Hacker); a form with rather dusky 
wings. The chrome-yellow face-marks and much narrower clypeus readily distinguish. 
this from G. hackeri. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM:.—COCKERELL., 265 


Gnathoprosopis simpliciventris n. sp. (? hackeri var.). 


Male. Agrees with G. hackeri, except that the under side of the abdomen 
has a pair of low inconspicuous elevations instead of large dentiform processes. 


Brisbane, 6-10-14 (Hacker). This was taken on the same day as a male hacker, 
and it seems nearly certain that it is a form of that species, in spite of the great 
difference and the prominences of the abdominal venter. A final decision can only 
be reached by observations in the field. 


Gnathoprosopis amiculina n. sp. 


Female (Type). Resembles G. amicula, but is somewhat less robust, with 
the anterior and middle tibie entirely black, and the hind ones narrowly cream- 
colour at base. The second submarginal cell is shorter, the scape is entirely black 
(though the flagellum is ferruginous beneath), and the lateral face-marks are more 
pointed above. 


Male. Described as male of amicula, Mem. Queensl. Mus., V, p. 198. 


The type is from Brisbane, 17-10-16 (Hacker). This is the Brisbane so-called 
amicula ; renewed study, with more material, convinces me that it must be separated. 


Gnathoprosopis hackeri Cockerell. 


Female. Length about 7 mm., robust, considerably larger than amicula or 
amiculina ; lemon-yellow lateral face-marks and swollen orange collar and tubercles 
as in amicula, but the orange of the prothorax is broadly interrupted in middle, and 
the lateral face-marks are distinctly narrower, obliquely truncate above. Scape black, 
flagellum ferruginous beneath ; mandibles as usual in the genus; mesothorax and 
scutellum finely punctured, but the punctures are distinctly visible under a lens ; 
anterior tibie rufous on inner face; hind tibiz with only a small basal cream- 
coloured spot; tegule black ; second submarginal cell large and broad, first recurrent 
nervure meeting the intercubitus; abdomen with excessively fine punctures, the 
basal segment shining. 


Brisbane, 8-10-18 (Hacker). I give a description, as no adequate account of 
this sex has appeared. . 


PROSOPIS Fabricius. 


Prosopis cyaneomicans nigrescens Cockerell. 
Buibie Island (Hacker). 


Prosopis eburniella Cockerell. 
Female. Brisbane, 24-9-18 (Hacker). 


266 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Prosopis coronata Cockerell. 
Male. Variety with supraclypeal mark small, tranverse, entirely red. 


Brisbane, 6-10-14 (Hacker). 


Prosopis kelvini Cockerell. 
Brisbane, 8-9-18, two males (Hacker). 


Prosopis leptospermi n. sp. 

Female. Running in my M.S. key to Gnathoprosopis hackeri, but entirely 
different in colour of tubercles and legs, and other characters. It could also be run 
near amicula, but is quite different. Length about 7-5 mm., robust, black, with dull 
pale-yellow markings, consisting of cuneiform lateral face-marks (ending obtusely 
above, away from orbital margin), interrupted band on prothorax above (not 
approaching tubercles), and tubercles ; legs black, the anterior tibize with an elongate 
red patch in front ; mandibles sulcate, not of the broad Gnathoprosopis type ; clypeus 
entirely dull, with a fine median raised line ; scape long black ; flagellum unusually 
short, very obscure reddish beneath ; front dull; cheeks beneath with long white 
hair; mesothorax and scutellum dull, extremely finely punctured ; postscutellum 
large; basal area of metathorax short; tegule black; wings dusky, with black 
stigma and nervures; second submarginal cell very broad, receiving recurrent 
nervures some distance from base and apex ; more of marginal nervure is on second 
submarginal cell than on first; legs ordinary, spurs pale ferruginous; abdomen 
dull without evident punctures, first two segments laterally with very thin white 
hair; fifth ventral segment with a fringe of short hair, appearing pale reddish in 
some lights. 


Sunnybank, Brisbane, at Leptospermum flowers, 17-9-14 (Hacker). 


Prosopis crassifemorata n. sp. 


Male. Length about or hardly 6 mm., black, with the face below antenne, 
and the greatly swollen upper border of prothorax (interrupted in middle), connected 
with and including tubercles, bright chrome-yellow ; orbits converging below, face 
dull, clypeus very long, no supraclypeal mark ; scape rather short and thick, pale at 
base and apex; flagellum dull pale red beneath; front dull; mesothorax and 
scutellum somewhat shining, very minutely punctured ; metathorax rounded, not 
sharply truncate, with only a very narrow basal rugose band ; tegulz partly pallid ; 
wings hyaline, very faintly dusky, stigma dark brown; second submarginal cell 
broad, receiving recurrent nervures near base and apex ; legs black, anterior tibiz 
pale red in front ; hind femora very stout, covered beneath with dense white felt- 
like hair ; hind tibize swollen ; abdomen shining, with excessively minute punctures ; 
venter simple. 


Sunnybank, Brisbane, 19-11-13 (Hacker). A peculiar little species, best 
recognised by the hind femora. It runs to 36 in my table. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL. 267 


Prosopis xanthopsyche n. sp. 


Male. Length about 4:5 mm. ; black, with the face below antennz (the surface 
dull), bright chrome-yellow, including a quadrate supraclypeal mark ; lateral face- 
marks broadly truncate above, but notched ; mandibles (except tips) and labrum 
bright yellow; face rather broad; scape ordinary, with a yellow line in front ; 
flagellum long, pale dull reddish beneath ; upper border of prothorax (not reaching 
tubercles) and tubercles yellow; mesothorax and scutellum dull, not evidently 
punctured (the compound microscope shows minute well separated punctures on 
a tessellated surface) ; metathorax rounded, distinctly glistening above, the extreme 
base rugose and dull; tegule small and dark; wings dusky hyaline, stigma dark 
brown ; recurrent nervures joining first and second submarginal cells near ends ; 
second submarginal narrowed above; anterior knees, tibize (except a large mark 
behind) and tarsi, middle tibiz at base and apex, and hind tibize broadly at base 
all yellow ; middle basitarsi and basal half of hind ones yellowish-white ; abdomen 
‘dullish, with a satiny lustre, venter simple. 


Brisbane, 24-9-18 (Hacker). The specific name is fanciful, given because 
the yellow area of face, viewed upside down, has the outline of a moth with wings 
directed backward. In my table this runs to 36, but is unlike any of the species 
falling in that vicinity. 


Prosopis amatula n. sp. 


Male. Length about 3-5 mm., black, slender, with the face below antennz 
and narrow upward extensions along orbits, the very short (heart-shaped) scape, 
second antennal joint (short and transverse) and the tubercles very pale yellow ; 
face rather broad, polished; flagellum long, very pale yellowish-red beneath ; 
labrum and mandibles entirely pale yellow; mesothorax and scutellum shining, 
but minutely sculptured all over; area of metathorax broad, ill-defined, micro- 
scopically cancellate ; wings hyaline, stigma sepia; first recurrent nervure joining 
first submarginal cell near end, second meeting outer intercubitus ; legs light yellow ; 
hind femora black, yellow at base and apex; hind tibiz with apical half dark ; 
abdomen slender, claviform, second segment pale red apically. 


Caloundra, Q., 20-1-16 (H. Hacker). Runs to P. primulipicta Ckll. in my table, 
but is very distinct. It may also be compared with P. asinalla Ckll., but that is 
larger, with longer clypeus and supraclypeal area, &c. P. bacillaria Ckll. differs at 
once by the slender scape and dull mesothorax. P. minuscula Ckll. is readily 
distinguished by the scape and absence of yellow supraclypeal area. P. pulchripes 
Ckll. has a slender scape, larger (deeper) stigma, &e. Under the compound microscope 
the second antennal joint of P. amatula appears circular, about as broad as long. 


Prosopis brevior Cockerell. 


Male. One from Caloundra, 20-1-16, taken with P. amatula. One Oxley, 
Brisbane, 17-9-14 (Hacker). 


268 ' MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Prosopis melanocephala n. sp. 


Female. Length about 5 mm., head and thorax black, without light markings, 
but flagellum bright chestnut-red; legs black, the tarsi more or less reddish ; 
abdomen shining chestnut-red, with a black patch on middle of first segment, and 
the other segments more or less suffused with dusky medially, the basal part of third 
and fourth segments slightly purplish ; tegule black ; wings hyaline, stigma black ; 
second submarginal cell broad, receiving recurrent nervures very near base and 
apex; clypeus broad; face and front striato-punctate ; a slender groove (visible 
under compound microscope) up middle of front; mesothorax dull and closely 
punctured ; base of metathorax coarsely rugose. 


Type from Darra, 14-10-13 (Hacker). Also from Brisbane, 14-11-12 (Hacker). 
A very distinct species, running out at 7 in my table. 


Frosopis ancorata var. subconstricta n. var. 


Male. Length about 5 mm., face-marks cream-colour; firs) abdominal 
segment dark red. Very close to P. constricta Ckll., with the same face-markings, 
antenne, &c., but abdomen black with the first segment dark red (bright chestnut- 
red at sides of base) and second with apical margin narrowly reddened ; tubercles. 
black with a slight red edge ; wings brownish. 


On flowers of Malaleuca preissiana, Brisbane (Hacker). P. ancorata appears 
distinct from P. constricta Ckll., but the variety now described is intermediate, and 
it will probably prove that all three are forms of a single species. 


Prosopis scintillans n. sp. 


Male. Length hardly 3-5 mm., slender, clypeus, labrum, mandibles, and 
narrow bands along orbits (ending very slenderly about halfway up front) all white ; 
scape and second antennal joint pale yellowish beneath, the rest of antennz pale 
red beneath ; head round seen from in front; mesothorax and scutellum dullish ; 
the compound microscope shows vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum all with distinct 
well separated punctures on a tessellated surface ; metathorax rounded, the broad 
base with microscopic transverse lineolation, more or less joined to form tessellation, 
but with no trace of plice or ruge ; tegule dark brown, wings hyaline, faintly dusky, 
iridescent ; stigma dark brown; second submarginal cell small, recurrent nervures 
meeting the intercubitals ; upper border of prothorax dark, but tubercles apically 
yellow ; anterior knees and tibie very pale-reddish, the tibiz with a faint dusky 
cloud; middle and hind tibiz white or reddish-white at base and apex; all the 
tarsi light; abdomen shining reddish-black, the venter simple. There is a very 
small supraclypeal mark. 


Brisbane, 26-9-16 (Hacker). Goes to 34 in my table, and appears to be close: 
to P. scintilla Ckll., but with white face-markings. It may possibly be a subspecies. 
of Scintilla. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL. 269 


The above species of Prosopis and Gnathoprosopis, none of which have the 


sscutellum or postscutellum yellow or orange, may be separated by the following 


table :— 
Clypeus black (females) ye ac 5 aie x aA e ae Dees 
Clypeus light (males) .. ve ve we me As Se Be ie ae tle 
1. Face entirely black, abdomen blue .. a ae bis cyaneomicans nigrescens Ckll. 
Face entirely black, abdomen red .. ve ae LM = .. melanocephala Ckll. 
Face with light lateral marks an es “ic ae ae os “th ae 2. 
2. Markings white .. she ae eke a =e be - ors eburniella Ckll. 
Markings yellow ee we = a ni a s*s a ee Be 3. 
3. Light colour of collar not continuous with that of tubercles .. ie leptospermi CkIl. 
Yellow or orange of collar continues with that of tubercles .. 7 os 2% 4. 
4. More than basal half of hind femora pale orange ei: (Gnathoprosopis) amicula Sm. 
Less than basal half of hind femora pale, the colour yellowish-white. . Pa: 7. Ds 
5. Clypeus narrow ; first recurrent nervure meeting intercubitus (Gnathoprosopis) amiculina Ckll. 
Clypeus broad .. ts ale ce = ae 5s ie ate cue Bi 6. 
6. Larger; first recurrent nervure meeting intercubitus He (Gnathoprosopis) hackeri Ckll. 
Smaller ; first recurrent nervure falling short of intercubitus 5 ot “ih 
(Gnathoprosopis) amiculiformis Ckll. 
7. Antenne entirely bright ferruginous ae A: a ae dle coronata Ckll. 
Antenne not so coloured At a Ve ais or By? Ee aie ae 8. 
8. Scape circular, with a yellow mark in front a ar ae ae kelvint Ckll. 
Scape oval, entirely black ae Si = vs (Gnathoprosopis) bituberculata Smith. 
Scape ordinary, or (in P. amatula) very short .. aa 2 ce oe * 2: 
9. Face-marks bright orange ; orange of collar joining that of tubercles ; hind legs with 
tegument entirely black .. .. crassifemorata Ckll. 
Face-marks pale orange ; yellow of collar separated from that of tubercles ; hind legs 
partly yellow Se Ke .. «anthopsyche Ckll. 
Face-marks pale yellow or white, not orange Se a aa si: os ae 10. 
10. Collar bright orange, continuous with tubercles ; venter with low tubercles awe 
(Gnathoprosopis) simpliciventris Ckll. 
Collar not orange; small species by or ake =, a Hale 
1l. Scape very short, light yellow; middle tibize entirely yellow .. See anatula Ckll. 
Scape otherwise ; middle tibiz at least largely dark iy8 a ae me ee 12. 
12. A cuneiform black mark at each side of clypeus ae ancorata subconstricta Ckll. 
No such marks on clypeus .. oe or of Se vac ¥: Se Se 13. 
V3. 


Larger ; face-marks pale yellow or creamy-white ; supraclypeal mark well developed 
brevior Ckll. 

Smaller ; face-marks clear white ; supraclypeal mark represented by a minute trans- 
verse mark just above clypeus, hardly noticeable ar scintillans Ckll. 


BINGHAMIELLA Cockerell. 


Binghamiella antipodes (Smith) 
Bright, V. (H. W. Davey). 


£76 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


EURYGLOSSA Smith. 
Euryglossa furcifera Cockerell. 


Female. Brisbane, 15-2-16 (Hacker). 


Euryglossa calliopsiformis Cockerell. 


Female. Brisbane, 10-10-16, and 8-10-18 (Hacker); Logan Road, Brisbane,, 
at Leptospermum. 


Male. Sunnybank, on flowers of Jacksonia scoparia R. Br., unusually small, 
about 4:3 mm. long, with second submarginal cell shorter, and its upper apical angle 
more acute. Another male, Brisbane, 10-10-16 (Hacker), has the band on cheeks. 
broader, a triangular yellow mark on the postscutellum, and the second submarginal 
cell more as in the female, with the first recurrent joining it far from base. Possibly 
the Jacksonia specimen should be separated, but at present I conclude that we have- 
a single very variable species. The scutellum is dark with a variable yellow band on 
hind margin, and the axille have yellow spots. 


Euryglossa terminata Smith. 


I saw the type in the Saunders collection at Oxford, and noted that it was a. 
large species, wings dilute fuliginous; fifth abdominal segment red, with golden. 
hair. Smith’s measurement, “‘ length 4 lines,” is evidently erroneous. It therefore 
appears practically certain that 4. hematura Ckll. is identical with terminata. 


Euryglossa depressa Smith. 


A female from Portland, Victoria (H. W. Davey), is evidently the true depressa. 
of Smith, as is shown by the broad subtriangular facial fovez, which are described 
by Smith. Th> tarsi are dark (hind tarsal joints red at ends), not rufo-piceous as. 
described by Smith, but the description otherwise agrees very well. The pale 
yellowish fulvous hair on occiput is as indicated by Smith. I noted at Oxford that. 
E. depressa had clear hyaline wings and very broad abdomen; in the presen’ 
specimen the abdomen is very broad (4 mm. wide), and the wings, which are 6-7 mm. 
long, are hyaline tinged with brown, the stigma ferruginous. The disc of mesothorax 
and scutellum are sparsely punctured, the punctures on the scutellum small ; 
flagellum very obscure brown beneath, bright red at extreme tip. The mesothorax 
shows a broad concavity mesad of each wing, traversed by the parapsidal groove. 


My E£. depressa sparsa appears to be correctly considered a variety of this, 
but the spesies I had as H. depressa Sm., from Victoria, is distinct, and may be 
described as follows :— 


Euryglossa polysticta sp. n. 
Female. Length 8-5-9-5 mm.; similar to H. depressa, but smaller and with. 
narrower abdomen ; facial fovez linear ; flagellum dark, not red at tip ; mesothorax 
anteriorly with very numerous minute punctures, and scutellum quite closely 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL, 271 


punctured ; wings slightly (sometimes conspicuously) brownish, stigma very dark ; 
hair of occiput very pale yellow ; abdomen dull green, hind margins of segments black ; 
legs black, the tarsi ferruginous apically. Very close to #. subsericea Ckll., from 
Mackay, Queensland, but larger, with longer second submarginal cell, and much 
broader face. 


Type from Dandenong, Victoria, Nov., 1902 (7. Kershaw). Also occurs at 
Croydon. 


Euryglossa hypoleuca Cockerell. 


Mr. Hacker has discovered the female, and sends specimens from Caloundra, 
20-1-16. This female resembles that of HL. albocuneata Ckll., but is less robust, with 
the clypeus narrower, the cuneiform lateral face-marks longer, the lower margin 
of clypeus, mandibles (except tips), and labrum bright ferruginous, the antenne 
(including scape) ferruginous on outer side. The knees, tarsi, and anterior tibie in 
front are red, but the hind tibiz are white basally. The face is concave. The 
abdomen is without distinct banding, but the hind margins of the segments are 
narrowly pallid. 


Euryglossa politifrons sp. n. 


Female. Length nearly 6 mm., with very broad abdomen; head _ black, 
with the polished, bare, hardly punctured clypeus ferruginous ; supraclypeal area 
highly polished, dark reddish ; front shining, with a median groove ; scape red, with 
the apex intense black ; labrum and basal half of mandibles reddish ; mesothorax 
and scutellum bare, ferruginous, polished, with minute very sparse punctures ; pro- 
thorax red, dusky below at sides; pleura black; axilla much lighter red than 
scutellum ; postscutellum and upper part of metathorax red ; tegule ferruginous ; 
wings hyaline, stigma and nervures dusky reddish ; basal nervure falling far short 
of nervulus; second submarginal cell receiving first recurrent nervure far from 
base, the second almost or quite at apex ; legs pale ferruginous, anterior and middle 
femora suffused with dusky above ; abdomen ferruginous, with subquadrate black 
marks at extreme sides of the segments, apex dusky reddish. 


Emerald, 1916 (#. Allen). Allied to EF. frenchii Ckll., but distinguished by 
the red legs and clypeus, as well as the small size. 


Euryglossa occipitalis sp. n. 


Female. Length about 10 mm., very robust; head and thorax black, 
abdomen very broad, ferruginous, black (with black hair) at tip, and the segments 
with inconspicuous biundulate dusky (somewhat bluish) bands, failing sublaterally ; 
legs very dark brown, small joints of hind tarsi clear red. Face very broad, shining, 
clypeus sparsely punctured ; mandibles with an orange patch on outer side, before 
apex, and just before this a reddish area ; antennz dark, flagellum reddish beneath 
subapically ; occiput with bright orange-fulvous hair; mesothorax and scutellum 
polished, sparsely punctured ; tegulz reddish ; wings hyaline, slightly dusky, stigma 


272 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


dark reddish, nervures fuscous ; second submarginal cell long, receiving recurrent 
nervures some distance from base and apex; abdomen very sparsely and feebly 
punctured ; venter light yellowish-ferruginous. 


Portland, Victoria (H. W. Davey). Closely related to EH. victorie Ckll., but 
without metallic colours on head and thorax, and abdomen with much more red. 


Euryglossa longicornis sp. n. 


Male. Length about 9 mm., not very robust, black, the abdomen with a 
satiny lustre, and the hind margins of the segments obscurely brownish ; apex of 
abdomen pointed. Head thick, face broad, eyes not converging below; scape 
robust, shining black; flagellum very long, with the first five or six joints dull: 
ferruginous beneath ; third antennal joint short, but not so short as second ; face, 
labrum, and mandibles black ; clypeus and supraclypeal area shining, with strong 
moderately close punctures ; hair of cheeks white, of front and occiput tinged with 
yellowish ; mesothorax truncate anteriorly, very closely punctured but shining ; 
scutellum with stronger rather sparse punctures; tegule dark reddish; wings 
brownish, s igma and nervures dark brown ; basal falling short of nervulus ; second 
submarginal cell receiving first recurrent nervure some distance from base, but 
second recurrent meeting outer intercubitus; knees, anterior tibiz, middle and 
hind tibiz, except broad dusky clouds, and all the tarsi, rather deep red, the colour 
of the anterior tibize bright ; abdomen with no distinct bands. 


Kelvin Grove, Brisbane, 27-11-11 (Hacker). A distinct species, which I 
cannot associate with any described female. It must be rare at Brisbane, as the 
specimen taken in 1911 remains unique. 


Euryglossa walkeriana Cockerell. 

Female. Brisbane, 12-9-16 (Hacker). Previously known only by the unique 

type, collected at Launceston, Tasmania. It seems to be a little smaller than the type, 
and the hind margin of the first abdominal segment is red. 


Euryglossa neglectula subsp. mica Cockerell. 
Female. Brisbane, 20-9-16 (Hacker). Male. Brisbane, 3-10-16 (Hacker). 
Typical neglectula was described from ‘‘ Australia ” from an old specimen in F, Smith’s 
collection. 


Euryglossa reginee Cockerell. 


Male. Brisbane (Hacker); Ebor, N.S.W., 1-1-16, a variation with the 
flagellum dark, reddened only at base beneath. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL., 273 


Euryglossa nubifera sp. n. 


Male. Length about 6 mm., black, the head and thorax with rather abundant 
dull white hair, and no light markings ; face broad but orbits converging below ; 
clypeus dullish, with long pale hair, not conspicuously punctured ; mandibles dark 
red apically; front dull; facial fovee linear; antenne long and rather thick, 
flagellum obscure reddish beneath; mesothorax and scutellum dullish, without 
evident punctures (the compound microscope shows a minutely tessellate surface) ; 
tegule dark, with broad reddish margin posteriorly ; wings hyaline, faintly dusky, 
beautifully iridescent, with a large fuliginous apical cloud ; stigma pale reddish with 
dark margin, nervures fuscous ; second submarginal cell large, receiving recurrent 
nervures not very far from base and apex ; femora black with red knees ; tibize and 
tarsi bright ferruginous, the hind ones strongly infuscated posteriorly ; first three 
abdominal segments dull black, with the broad hind margins (that on first reddish) 
shining ; rest of abdomen shining; apex with a red spoon-shaped plate; venter 
red, the second and third segments with dark transverse bands. 


Coolangatta, Queensland, 7-9-13 (Dr. A. J. Turner). Easily recognised by the 
clouded apices of anterior wings. 


A female from Coolangatta, of the same date, was set apart as an entirely 
different species, but on closer inspection it is evidently nubifera. It is nearly 8 mm. 
long, much more robust than the male, and the strongly dusky (brownish) wings have 
the apical cloud indistinct though perceptible. The outer intercubitus has an angle 
at the middle, from which proceeds an appendicular vein, and there is another 
similar short appendicular vein near its lower end. These are only slightly indicated 
in the male. The legs are coloured as in the male, except that the hind tibiz are black. 
and their tarsi largely black. The face is broad, not hairy, the clypeus with very 
few weak punctures. Flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base ; mandibles with 
only a faint suggestion of red near apex; facial fovee linear. The abdomen has the 
first two segments dull, except the margins, the others shining. The mesothorax 
and scutellum are dullish, without distinct oma There is black hair on the 
abdomen just below the apex. 


Euryglossa jucunda Smith. 


Female. Ebor, N.S.W., 1-1-16. Length about 7 mm.; sides of face with 
much white hair ; tegule dark reddish-brown ; stigma same colour as tegule ; only 
mall joints of tarsi red. This is what I have determined as jucunda, but it is possible 
that actual comparison with the type from Western Australia would show that 
the form from New South Wales and Queensland is separable. It is also possible, 
judging from Smith’s account, that the original jucwnda was a mixture of two 
species. 

S 


274 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


in 

Abdomen red _.. re it i: bie i aie 52 s% ae a He 
Abdomen not red a aP aie ye ate = Pe a 2 ete 2. 

1. Mesothorax red .. ae ‘ = % if igs ie .. E. politifrons Ck. 
Mesothorax black; wings hyaline .. ae Be 35 =a .. . occipitalis Ckll. 

2. Mesothorax dark green. . of = 5 eS sf ie Sh .. E. walkeriana Cklil. 
Mesothorax yellow ae ao Se ae as a A .. . furcifera Ckll. 
Mesothorax black, marked with yellow; clypeus yellow as a ae a2 ae 
Mesothorax entirely black .. = Hf: 3 as a 3 4 = 5: 
3. Scape dark ; clypeus with two dark spots ; a yellow spot on front . calliopsiformis Ckll. 2 
Scap «yellow, at least in front oh ae oe = Ze ae Bi os 4. 

4. Axille spotted with yellow .. be Be ‘% x E. calliopsiformis Ckll. ¢ 
-Axille entirely black .. Te 24 “fe ae ey i .. P. humeralis Ckll. 

5. Face with light markings xP -¢ st ae te oh re 53 A 6. 
Face entirely black ae Ss bs Pe a se 278 or se we Ti 

6. Legs mainly black; region of mouth red .. 50 i 45 .. E. hypoleuca Ckll. 
Legs yellow; cheeks black .. is = 3. 3h s .. P. aurantipes Ckll. 

7. Males; antenne long and slender .. ae 5e a2 pe ae a a 8. 
Females ; antennz shorter... aa we me Aan aie A ae 0 32 

8. Large species, about 9 mm. long... ss Sis aie oe .. E. longicornis Ckll. 
Much smaller... ss “i as bi. ane 2% Se ae sa 3 9_ 

9. Flagellum light red beneath .. os ve Ye Se oe i oe cts 10. 
Flagellum dark .. a - = * ei aes 7 _ ff A coin 
10. Apex of abdomen red .. ae ws esd ares or Re a P. barbata Ckll. 
Apex of abdomen not red_.. a ie Sic st 7: a E. regine Ckll.. 

11. Wings with a conspicuous apical cloud oe 58 ot se .. . nubifera Ckll. 
Wings without an apical cloud je bts ae St: a #3 ae as 12. 

12. Larger; hind tibie largely red te eh oe ane 5 E. regince Ckll., var. 
Smaller; hind tibize without red... $2 56 Ks .. E. neglectula mica Cxu. 
13. Large and robust ; anterior wing about 7 mm. long; abdomen greenish 4. depressa Smith.. 
Much smaller... Bc a Sa. x -{? ie Se Rae fe 14. 

14. Abdomen metallic ; only small joints of tarsi red 2 = .. E£. jucunda Smith. 
Abdomen not metallic ; tarsi largely red or nearly all red Ae si Si 28 15.. 
15. Larger; middle tibiz red in front .. ae ute che ae .. E. nubifera Ck 
Smaller; middle tibiz black .. ee ae Ke . ..  E. neglectula mica Ckll- 


The following key will facilitate the separation of the species of Huryglossa 
the present collection. I have also added the species of Pachyprosopis :— 


PACHYPROSOPIS Perkins. 
Pachyprosopis aurantires Cockerell. 
Brisbane, 3-10-12 (Hacker). 


Pachyprosopis humeralis Cockerell. 
Oxley, Brisbane, 24-9-14 (Hacker). 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL. 


bo 
~I 
oy 


Pachyprosopis barbata Cockerell. 
Male. Sunnybank, Brisbane, 19-11-13 (Hacker); Tambourine, 23-10-12. 


CERATINIDA. 
NEOCERATINA Perkins. 


Neoceratina australensis Perkins. 


Glen Innes, N.S.W., April 28, 1916. One female. The mesothorax and’ 
scutellum are dark-green. Previously known from Queensland. 


EXONEURA Smith. 


Exoneura insularis Cockerell. 
Stradbroke Island, five females, Sept. 17, 1915 (Hacker). 


Exoneura bicolor Smith. 
Armidale, N.S.W., 5-2-15, two females ; Stanthorpe, Q., 6-11-14, one female. 


Exoneura nitida n. sp. 


Female. Length about 6 mm.; black, with the margins of the fovrth and. 
fifth abdominal segments very narrowly and often hardly perceptibly reddened ;. 
eyes rather pale purplish-brown ; face and front highly polished and shining ; face: 
broad, orbits slightly converging below ; clypeus with a very broad creamy-white 
band, broadest above where it occupies the whole width of the clypeus; flagellum 
obscurely brownish beneath ; thorax and first three segments of abdomen smooth 
and shining ; tubercles cream-colour ; tegulz black ; wings dilute brown, stigma and 
nervures very dark ; under side of thorax with short pale hair ; hind tibie and tarsi 
with much black hair. 


Male. Length about 6mm.; similar to this sex of H. aterrima, but larger,. 
head broader, eyes larger, reddish-brown ; white (creamy-white) area on face broader ;. 
wings browner. The face is bare, except for a very scanty short pale pubescence. 


Stradbroke Island, Q., Sept. 17, 1915, four females, 1 male (Hacker). Very 
close to H. aterrima (CkIL.). but larger, with brownish wings and black legs. Also. 
near EH. botanica Ckll., but differing in the legs and other characters. 


Exoneura robusta n. sp. 


Female (Type). Length about 6-5 mm. ; robust, black, the very broad abdomen 
shining dark chestnut-red ; with the first segment (except apical margins laterally), 
nearly all of second, and a transverse arched band on third, black ; face very broad, 
orbits not converging ; clypeus with a broad cream-coloured band, which in the 
type specimen is urn-shaped and pointed below, but in others variable, hooked at. 


276 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


sides above, and reaching clypeal margin below the sides irregular; mandibles 
dark reddish in middle; antennze dark; mesothorax dullish, not highly polished ; 
tubercles black, with a fringe of grey hair ; tegulz black, reddish posteriorly ; wings 
strongly reddened; stigma dusky red, margined with darker; nervures fuscous ; 
venter of thorax with shining white hair; hair on hind tibiz and tarsi reddened 
anteriorly. 

Male. Length about 6-5 mm.; more slender, with the usual male characters. 
Face narrow, with long black hair, and no light markings; stigma narrower and 
darker; tibiz apically, and all the tarsi red; abdomen darker, even the apical 
segments suffused with black. This is possibly a different species, but probably 
belongs here. 


National Park, Q., Dec., 1919, four females, one male (Hacker). Close (2) to 
E-hamulata Ckll., with the same broad face, but easily distinguished by the much 
darker legs, only partially and very obscurely reddened, if at all. The abdomen 
also is much darker. The male is remarkable for the entirely black face. 


Exoneura baculifera n. sp. 


Female. Length somewhat over 6 mm., but smaller than H. robusta ; black, 
robust, with the broad abdomen dark chestnut-red, the first two segments mainly 
black, and a transverse dusky cloud on third; knees, anterior and middle tibiz 
apically, and their tarsi, rather dusky-red ; clypeus with a narrow rod-like pale 
yellow stripe, often subobsolete ; orbits converging below ; antenne dark ; tegule 
piceous, reddest behind ; wings strongly brownish, or reddish, stigma and nervures 
dusky ferruginous; tubercles dark; hind tibiz and tarsi with much black hair, 
shining reddish at apex of tibiz. 


National Park, Q., Dec., 1919, five females (Hacker). Allied to E. angophore 
obliterata Ckll., but easily separated by the dark legs and abdomen. It is to obliterata 
what.robusta is to hamulata. | 


Exoneura excavata n. sp. 


Female. Length about 7-5 mm. ; black, with the abdomen dark chestnut-red, 
the first segment with a broad blackish suffusion on disc; anterior knees, tibiz 
apically, and all the tarsi dark red; in certain lights the. middle and hind tibiz 
appear to be bright red above, but this is due to remarkable coppery hair; the 
hair on hind tarsi is also red, subappressed ; face broad, excavated and basin-like, 
shining (though the clypeus is minutely punctured), wholly black ; labrum convex, 
dark red; mandibles reddish ; antenne entirely dark ; mesothorax and scutellum 
polished ; tubercles black; hair on under side of thorax pale reddish; tegule 
piceous ; wings strongly reddish ; stigma dusky-red with darker margin, nervures 
dusky-reddish ; apical part of abdomen with short red hair. 


National Park, Q., Dec., 1919, one female (Hacker). A remarkable species, 
easily known by the black excavated face. 


a | 
sj 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL., 2 


Exoneura diversipes n. sp. 


Male. Length about 7 mm.; black, the knees, tibie at extreme apex, and 
middle and anterior tarsi pale reddish, hind tarsi dark reddish; eyes very large.,. 
converging below ; face with a very broad reversed T of greenish-white, including 
all of clypeus except a narrow stripe down each side; lateral marks represented 
by short slender lines running up from the ends of the arms to the T ; labrum greenish- 
white ; face with long black hair ; antennz entirely black ; hair of head and thorax 
above long, brownish-black, pleura with blackish hair, under side of thorax with 
white ; tegule black; wings hyaline, stigma and nervures clear ferruginous ; all 
the femora, and anterior tibiw, and tarsi slender, hind tibiz slender basally and 
broad apically, their basitarsi long and very thick. 


National Park, Q., Dec., 1919, three males (Hacker). Very distinct from all 
described males, and I know of no female to which it could be assigned. 


Exoneura rhodoptera n. sp. 

Female. Length about 6 mm. ; very robust, black, with the abdomen marked 
with dark red, at sides of first and second segments, a pair of hook-shaped marks on 
second segment, a transverse band (weak or broken sublaterally) on third, base of 
fourth, and an indistinct transverse band on fifth ; face broad, orbits parallel; clypeus 
with a broad median cream-coloured bar, irregular along the margins, and emitting at 
the upper end very long hook-like extensions, the whole upper margin of clypeus 
being narrowly pale ; on each side of the lower end of the pale bar is a reddish area ; 
no lateral face-marks ; labrum black ; flagellum obscure reddish beneath ; tegulee 
reddish ; wings strongly reddish-fuliginous, stigma and nervures dark-reddish ; 
tubercles black ; femora with a pale red stripe above, not reaching base ; anterior 

_and middle tibiz and tarsi dark red; hind legs darker. 


Stradbroke Island, Q., Sept. 17, 1915, one female (Hacker). Allied to HE. 
hamulata Ckll., but with very much darker abdomen, legs, and wings. 


Exoneura perpensa n. sp. 

Male. Length about 6 mm. ; head and thorax black, with long hair, black on 
head, dull white on thorax, very faintly yellowish dorsally ; head transverse ; eyes 
very large and convex, face narrower, in middle hardly so broad as an eye ; clypeus 
and labrum greenish-white, the light facial area like a reversed wineglass with an 
extremely thick stem ; no lateral marks ; antenne black ; mesothorax and scutellum 
not highly polished ; tegule dark; wings hyaline, faintly reddish, pale clear red 
at base ; stigma narrow, ferruginous ; nervures ferruginous ; basal nervure strongly 
arched, falling far short of nervulus; femora and anterior and middle tibiz and 
tarsi slender ; hind tibiz claviform, their basitarsi long and thick ; knees, anterior 
tibiz except basal half behind, hind tibiz in front and apically behind, hind tibiz 
at apex in front and anterior and middle tarsi all light ferruginous ; abdomen parallel- 
sided, broad at base (slender basally in bicolor), first segment black, second black 


278 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


with dull red apical margin, third with broader red margin, fourth red clouded with 
dusky, fifth and sixth more strongly clouded; venter clear red except base and 
apex. 


Armidale, N.S.W., 5-2-15 (Dr. A. J. Turner). This is structurally allied to 
E. diversipes. 1 cannot refer it to any described species. 


Exoneura abstrusa n. sp. 


Male. Length about 6-5 mm.; head, thorax, and abdomen black ; knees, 
anterior, and middle tibiz, and anterior tarsi reddened, the anterior tibiz clear light 
ferruginous, with a large elongate black mark basally on outer side, middle tibize 
much more obscurely coloured, with a larger black mark ; head and thorax with 

rather long thin pale hair, tinged with brownish dorsally ; eyes very large ; clypeus 

(except a small spot on each side of middle), labrum, and linear lateral face-marks 
clear ivory-white, the face-marks diverging from the clypeus at the lateral spots, 
and ending very acutely some distance below level of upper margin of clypeus, 
which is straight ; antenne black ; tegule very dark-brown ; wings hyaline, faintly 
dusky, stigma and nervures dull ferruginous ; anterior and middle tibize and tarsi 
slender, but their femora stout ; hind femora rather robust, with much white hair 
beneath; hind tibiz claviform, very broad apically, hind basitarsi very thick ; 
abdominal venter reddish. 


Brisbane, Q., 8-2-16 (Hacker). One male. Very distinct among known males, 
and apparently not to be associated with any described female. 


The males of this genus show remarkable differences. In such species as 
E. nitida the general appearance is more like that of a female ; the face is not hairy, 
the eyes are not remarkable, and the legs present no unusual features. In contrast. 
with this, EZ. diversipes has a narrow face with much long erect black hair, enormous 
eyes converging below, and greatly modified legs with slender femora. Such insects 
seem so far apart as to be hardly congeneric. H. abstrusa, however, is intermediate, 
and the females seem all to be strictly of one genus. 


The above species of Hxoneura may be separated by the following table. The 
distinction between those with red and black abdomen becomes obscure in certain 
members of this series, so in order to avoid any chance of error, I have repeated 
them under both categories :— 


Males Ae 
Females : 5. 
1. Abdomen at faa pokes red .. 2. 
Abdomen black : 3. 
2. Middle of face creamy-white .. ore Sec ae sa Ye a perpensa Ckll. 
Face black ol, ar ui Ao Ac fc if She ag robusta Ckll. 
3. Anterior tibiz mainly pale red; clypeus and narrow lateral marks white abstrusa Ckll. 


Anterior tibize dark ae ae as Ms a ae *: ae ir ive 4. 


AUSTRALIAN BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.—COCKERELL, 279 


4, Face with long black hair... ae a ae a4 a sg diversipes Ckll. 

Face without long hair Nis as a Ses ne oh ae nitida Cll. 

5. Abdomen bright red, with thin short orange hair on apical part .. =e bicolor Smith. 

Abdomen dusky or dark red, or partly reddened a Par Ri rae as 6. 

Abdomen black, or slightly reddened eS SE ane ie ha es ne 10. 

6. Face concave, depressed, entirely black .. ME & eis ae excavata Ckll. 

Face not entirely black; if nearly all black, not concave vis Be es He ae 

7. Face with lateral cream-coloured spots ; abdomen very broad, reddish .. insularis Ckkll. 

Face without lateral spots .. re oie ve chs ae ae of ye 8. 

8. Clypeal mark broad, or with lateral hook-like extensions at upper end ae ae 9. 

Clypeal mark a simple narrow stripe, not always well defined ne sis baculifera Ckll. 

9. Legs largely reddened ; hook-like extensions of clypeal mark very long . . rhodoptera Ckll. 
Legs black, at most knees reddish, or tibize and tarsi obscurely reddened ; face-marks 

variable ag sh : fs robusta Ckll. 

10. Face with light lateral spots; flagellum pallid beneath ae a insularis Ckll. 

Face without light lateral spots ae at oy aie Be Gh af a hig 

11. Face-mark a narrow subobsolete stripe == + ahs ae os baculifera Ckll. 

Face-mark broad, or with lateral extensions above ax <¢ aa “if ae 12, 

12. Anterior and middle femora with a red stripe above .. a os rhodoptera Ckll. 

Anterior and middle femora without such a stripe ste Ae Sh ae nie 13: 

13. Tubercles entirely black, densely fringed with grey hair Ne So robusta Ckll. 

Tubercles largely light; legs black .. a oe a Fe a nitida Ckll. 

MELIPONID:. 


TRIGONA Jurine. 


Trigona cassize Cockerell. 


Workers from Brisbane, 8-2-16 (Hacker), and Caioundra, 20-1-16. (Hacker). 
One of the Brisbane specimens has a dark red abdomen, but it is certainly conspecific, 
and possibly not fully matured. 


Trigona leeviceps Smith. 


Many years ago I recorded T'rrigona canifrons Smith from Adelaide R., 
Australia, basing my identification on comparison with specimens from Ceylon, 
received from Mr. E. E. Green as canifrons. Unfortunately the Ceylon specimens 
were really 7’. Jeviceps Sm., and not canifrons at all. A specimen now before me, 
from Gordonvale, N.Q., June, 1918, collected in the scrub by Edmund Jarvis, is 
identical with the so-called canifrons of Australia. I am quite unable to clearly 
separate it from Jeviceps, though it is rather slender, with the abdomen dark 
sepia-brown, becoming black apically. Possibly a larger series would indicate a 
distinct form, but I am inclined to think that we have the Indian le@viceps probably 
accidentally introduced into Australia. Bingham states that it builds in crevices in 
the walls of houses, so it seems quite possible that a nest might be carried with some 
kind of merchandise. The red antenne distinguish if from the allied and certainly 
native T. carbonaria Smith. 


280 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


ON THE EMERGENCE OF TWO TUBE-DWELLING 
HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 


By Henry Hacker, F.E.S. 
(Plates XVII and XVIII). 
PECTINARIOPHYES PECTINARIA Kirk. 


A good account of the calcareous tubes made by this and an allied species, 
together with the curious nymphs that inhabit them, was given by F. Ratte,! in 1884 ; 
but the method of emergence was very briefly mentioned by this author. Kirkaldy? 
in 1906, placed these insects in the subfamily Cercopine and erected two new genera. 
Polychetophyes and Pectinariophyes for their accommodation. Subsequently? he 
placed them in the subfamily Macherotine. 


These calcareous’ tubes have been frequently observed by me, attached to - 
small Eucalyptus saplings, and during the last two years I have included them. 
amongst other studies in the life histories of Australian Homoptera. As far as I 
am aware the final ecdysis of these insects is not paralleled by that known of any 
other group. All the tubes seen, however, do not contain living nymphs, as those 
deserted in previous seasons, owing to their durable nature, remain on the twigs for 
an indefinite time. The empty tubes have a bleached appearance in comparison 
with those that are occupied. The occupied tubes contain a clear liquid, and in 
it the nymphs live submerged with their heads downwards. Their suctorial apparatus. 
is inserted through a longitudinal slit on the inner side of the tube into the twig to 
which the tube is attached. 


The first indication that the insect is about to emerge is the appearance of 
small bubbles at the mouth of the tube. This occurs in early spring, generally in 
the evening or at night. Viewed through a lens at this stage, the posterior end of the 
nymph is seen continually moving from side to side; this end protrudes for about. 
a second, evidently to obtain a supply of air, and then retracts, after which fresh 
bubbles are blown; this renewing of the air supply takes place at intervals. The 
operation Gontinues for about an hour, by which time a large mass of froth has been 
produced, covering the mouth of the tube and hanging over the side. When about 
to emerge, the nymph forces its way to the top of the tube, protruding its posterior 
end first until the legs have reached the lip. It then swings itself over, and with 
the Lead now upward it climbs down the outer side of the tube until it is merged 


1 Pree. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. LX, p. 1164, 1884. 
* Bull. Haw. Sugar Plant. Exp. Sta. i, pp. 384-386, 1906. 
° Bull. Haw. Sugar Plant. Exp. Sta. xii, p. 10, 1913. 


EMERGENCE OF TWO TUBE-DWELLING HOMOPTEROUS INSECTS. 281 


into the froth which has accumulated on the lower side. There is constant move- 
ment inside the mass of froth caused by the insect getting out of its nymphal skin. 
The froth now gradually subsides; all movement has ceased, and the newly- 
emerged insect is seen clinging to the empty nymph skin, which in turn is clinging 
to the side of the tube. 


The pale-yellow wingless insect remains quite motionless. After a short 
interval tiny tegmina and wingbuds begin to appear. These expand rapidly, and 
in half an hour from the time they were first seen are fully developed. While this 
growth develops, and for some time after, the wings hang down perpendicularly ; 
they are then suddenly flexed once or twice, and closed to their normal roof-like 
position. At this stage, though rather soft, the insect is able to walk and jump, 
but if left undisturbed it will remain quietly on the twig until the next day. 


The time occupied by the metamorphosis of this insect is about an hour, 
and the total period from the first appearance of the froth, about two hours. The 
capture of adult specimens by me, in September and January, proves that there are 
two broods a year. 


POLYCHATOPHYES SERPULIDIA Kirk. 


This insect occurs in the Brisbane district, but more sparingly than the 
previous species. The tubes differ from that species in their larger size, darker 
colour, and the transverse serrated lines, which give them a coarser texture. They 
are invariably attached to the twigs for their entire length, while in the previously 
mentioned species, the upper part of the tube is always bent out away from the 
twig. This causes a slight difference in the method of exit between the two species. 
When the froth is coming from the tube it often runs down the twig instead of the 
tube, dependent on the angle at which the twig is inclined. The emerging nymph 
following the froth consequently often clings to the twig instead of the tube to 
undergo its metamorphosis. When this occurs, the insect immediately after 
emergence generally walks a little way up the twig and there stops while its wings 
develop. In other respects its method of emergence is similar to that of 
Pectinariophyes pectinaria, and the time occupied is about the same. 


F. Ratte remarks :—‘‘ In the dry parts of the interior it is probable that the 
water contained in these shells is resorted to for drinking by the ants so numerous 
in Australia, as if it was a speciality among the small homopterous insects to provide 
during their life for the Formicide.” All the evidence which I have acquired in 
the coastal district is against the above opinion; no ants have been seen drinking 
the liquid, nor were any noticed in the vicinity of the tubes. It is well known that 
many Coccide, Membracide, &c., excrete liquids which are eagerly sought by ants. 
In return the Homoptera receive certain services from the ants, so the benefit is 
reciprocal ; but in the case of these soft tube-dwelling nymphs it would be of no 
service to be robbed of their protective liquid, without which they would speedily 
perish. 


282 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND: MUSEUM. 
REMARKS ON THE ILLUSTRATIONS. 
(Plates XVII and XVIII.) 


Pectinariophyes pectinaria Kirk.—Figs. 1, 2, 3, and the upper insect in fig. 4. 
Polychetophyes serpulidia Kirk.—Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, and the lower insect in fig. 4. 
Figs. 1 and 5 show the first appearance of the nymphs of both species, while forcing 
their way, posterior ends first, out of their tubes. The next stage is shown at fig. 6, 
where the nymph is clinging to the twig, while its skin is about to split longitudinally 
up the back. In figs. 2 and 7, the upper portion of the insects are free, while they 
are supported by their lower parts which are still enclosed in the nymphal skins ; 
the wings are seen beginning to develop. Figs. 3 and 8 show the fully developed 
insects resting in their characteristic positions. In fig. 8, a circular anal plate can be 
seen on the empty nymph skin; it is peculiar to this species, and is used by the 
nymph as an operculum to close the mouth of its tube. 


UEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Prare XVIL. 


x3 diam. FitQ tps XS4 dean. 


EMERGENCE OF TUBE-DWELLING HomoprTERA, Hacker. 
Face page 282. 


Se 


a 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Puate XVIII. 


X3 diam, 


X3 dian. X3 diam. 


EMERGENCE OF TUBE-DWELLING HomoptErRA, Hacker. 
Face page 282, 


SOME AUSTRALIAN WASPS.—HACKER AND COCKERELL. 283 


SOME AUSTRALIAN WASPS OF THE GENERA 
ZOYPHIUM AND ARPACTUS. 


By HENRY HAcKER AND T. D. A. COCKERELL. 
Famity CRABRONID. 
Supramity PARANYSSONIN. > 
Genus ZOPYHIUM Kohl. 


The genus Zoyphium Kohl, based on a single species as recently as 1893, 
‘is now found to include a large number of Australian forms, presenting excellent 
specific characters. The following table separates those at present known, but it 
cannot be doubted that many others will be found when collectors in various parts 
of Australia interest themselves in these small wasps :— 


Females ate ae Bt we as ie ais ae a te ae 1. 
Males oi sie Ee Ef es 3. ss ae a3 = ate 15. 
Two cubital cells in anterior wings .. ke ts a ie Sac frontale Turner. 
Three cubital cells “he Et ate ve eve he a a ai: ar ils 
1. First abdominal segment with a tooth or tubercle on each side ne 6 Le 2. 
First segment without such teeth .. oe “ie ake Sy Se ye se a 
2. Clypeus with two small teeth on each side se oh sericeum Kohl. 


Clypeus with one tooth on each side; first esate! enter a campanulate, not 
truncate, with a pair of basal keels, and a small tubercle on each side 
not far from base .. . : Be oo flavofasciatum Turner. 
33. Abdomen black in middle and pallid at either ela its basal segment very short and 
broad, abruptly truncate ; clypeus without lateral teeth dipteroides Turner. 


Abdomen red in middle ze : : St ee 4. 
Abdomen black, or with hind margins of dopants more or ame fad es che ve 

4. First abdominal segment black, with red hind margin; pronotum black; clypeus 
eream-colour .. Bf SE sg = ie -. > ornatum n. sp. 
First abdominal segment red .. af 2 a <- aie a ae 38 5. 
5. Upper margin of pronotum yellow, scutellum and postscutellum mainly red .. collare n. sp. 
Pronotum black; scutellum and postscutellum without red .. os BS a: 6. 
Mesonotum dark blue .. ies sie ae ate Bes cri erythrosoma Turner. 
Mesonotum black ies : am oe : a3 a splendidum n. sp. 

‘7. Pronotum with an Barend cream-coloured paid above ; mesonotum faintly 
brassy, very finely and closely punctured ate rele funebre Turner. 
Pronotum with upper margin wholly dark =f Ae a ae a ere 8. 
‘8. Antenne red or pale brownish Be se om a Le Ef Ye oa ae 
Antennz wholly or mainly black .. a Ete a ¥ a. ae af 10. 
9. Legs bright yellow oe a oF Sic at ae Se tie affine n. sp. 
Legs pale ferruginous brown .. v6 oA ar oa dye 4e Kohli Turner.* 


* In his key, Turner says that 9 kohlii has no clypeal teeth, but his deseriptions indicate 
a single short tooth on each side. 


284 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


10. Pronotum strongly emarginate in middle above .. Fc Ag: se Se 46 We 
Pronotum not emarginate ate ane a ae ye Ac ae zs aie 12. 

11. Tibiz entirely red 34 os + St te are in emarginatum n. sp- 
Tibie not red .. A: va he Sc Ge be af oi nigrum n. sp. 

12. Legs mainly black, not red or yellow aie i sts a a argyreum Nn. sp. 
Legs red 4H 2 ate s ahs ase as oe oe . ae 13. 
13. Wings strongly dusky .. ee a6 ae ah ae As ..  fuscipenne n. sp.. 
Wings clear hyaline... oe oe oe sla Bx i a oe ae 14.. 

14. Face with golden hair .. ve fe =e 33 52 se Se crassicorne Ckll. 
Face without golden hair ae i: ye 40 he Rie .. <wridipenne Turner. 

15. (Males) Abdomen red .. ae SA Ae ae Bn BF ee ae Bo 16.. 
Abdomen pallid, with a broad median black band __.. sie flavofasciatum Turner. 
Abdomen black, or with hind margins of segments red ae ae See eee 192 

16. Very small, about 4 mm. long; upper margin of pronotum reddened pusillum n. sp.. 
“Much larger; upper margin of pronotum not reddened os whe ae ne 17. 
17. Mesonotum dark-blue .. as offs Me Ae rs ey erythrosoma Turner. 
Mesonotum black a. ae ae sie ze of Sie = x a 18. 

18. First abdominal segment black, with hind margin red ae so ae ornatum Nn. sp. 
First abdominal segment red .. a0 Sie Se cf Bc .. splendidum n. sp. 

19. Mesonotum red .. 34 Se Sic ae ye a ae .. rufonigrum Turner. 
Mesonotum black oe a ne wc Ay ie fe a =e Ae 20. 

20. Pronotum strongly emarginate in middle above .. ye 57 ae a sng 21. 
Pronotum not emarginate ee J: Ske ees qe to eke oie ike 22. 

21. Tibiz entirely red se ae 4: * if; sce Py oo emarginatum n. sp. 
Tibie not red .. ae Bis 8 is Mi ies Ae nigrum N. Spy. 

22. Legs bright ferruginous e 24 65 Ete ate ft a crassicorne Ckll. 
Legs yellow 2 Be bi aa vf od rs < ee As oh 23. 
23. Front with silvery hair ae 5 ae oa re Se om affine n. sp. 
Front with golden hair 58 ve sss ais a0 He ae doddi Turner. 


Z. rufipes Rohwer is omitted, as it is a Sericophorus. 


The material of this genus in the Queensland Museum shows uniformity 
in most structural characters. Where these are very close, as between Z. emargi- 
natum and Z. nigrum or Z. erythrosoma and Z. splendidum, there are well marked 
colour differences by which the forms may be easily separated. Colour characters: 
seem constant and may be used with more confidence in this genus than in some 
others of the Crabronide. 


In most of the species where both sexes are known, the females possess two. 
pairs of teeth on the apical margin of the clypeus, while they are absent in the males. 
Several species of which but one sex is known are.in agreement and may be included. 
eventually in the above group. A few species, however, show a different arrange- 
ment. _Z. flavofasciatum has one pair in each sex; Z. argyreum has one pair in the 
female; Z. dipteroides is said to be without teeth in the females. In a few males 
there is a slight angulation on the clypeal margin, but this is not considered to be 
within the meaning of the term ‘“ tooth.” 


SOME AUSTRALIAN WASPS.—HACKER AND COCKERELL. 


bo 
Le 9) 
“nN 


ZOYPHIUM CRASSICORNE Ckll. 


Female. Length 6 mm.; differs from the male in the colour of the clypeus, 
the basal half of which is blackish, with a pale ferruginous band along the apical 
margin; the apical edge has two small dark-coloured teeth close together on each 
side. 

Hab.—Brisbane (Hacker), October and February. 


ZOYPHIUM FLAVOFASCIATUM Turn. 


Female. This sex differs from the male in its larger size, length 10; mm. 
exp. 19 mm. The pygidial area is triangular, narrowly rounded at the apex, and 
clothed with short, stout hairs. It corresponds to the male in colours and markings, 
also in possessing a single tooth on either side of the apical margin of the clypeus. 


Hab.—Brisbane (Hacker), November. 


ZOYPHIUM EMARGINATUM new species. 


Female. Length 8 mm. Head and thorax finely punctured, the entire face 
covered with brilliant silver pubescence ending abruptly, with rounded outline, 
at sides, a little above level of antennz, but in certain lights the front also appears 
silvery ; ocelli inserted in slight depressions, the posterior pair twice as far from each 
other as from the eyes; antenne clavate, the apical joint large, obliquely truncated, 
the truncation excavated; sides of prothorax rather depressed, the central part 
produced with a large triangular emargination in the middle ; the apical edge of 
the clypeus has two small teeth on each side. Median segment with a short longi- 
tudinal carina which ends in a somewhat circular shining depression ; basal area 
with diagonal striz which are strongest at the base; the posterior truncation is 
very finely punctured, the sides with silver pruinose pubescence. Dorsal abdominal 
segments very finely punctate, clothed with fine golden pruinose pubescence, sides 
of first segment silvery, the ventral segments smooth, shining, with a few scattered 
punctures, the apical edges thinly ciliate. Pygidial area reddish, triangular, flattened 
dorsally and broadly rounded apically. Second submarginal cell pointed on the 
radial nervure, receiving the second recurrent nervure at one-third from the apex ; 
first recurrent nervure received at about the same distance from the first submarginal 
cell; posterior tibiz with fine, short spines on the outer edge. 


Black, mandibles at base, the first to fourth joints of all tarsi very pale 
flavus; enlarged apical tarsal joints, tibie, apex of anterior femora, intermediate 
and posterior femora except at base, light ferruginous; undersides of apical 
antennal joints bright ferruginous ; apical bands of abdominal segments, testaceous ; 
tegule rufous ; pulvilli black ; wings hyaline, slightly dusky, noticeably so at apex ; 
iridescent, nervures and stigma dark-brown. 


Male. Length 6 mm. Apical edge of clypeus without teeth ; the triangular 
emargination in the middle of prothorax as in the female ; apex of the last abdominal 
segment with two small projections at the sides, narrowly emarginate in the middle. 


Hab.—Brisbane (Hacker), September, October. 


286 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


ZOYPHIUM NIGRUM new species. 

Female. Length 6 mm. Clypeus transverse, convex in the middle, the apical’ 
margin with two teeth on each side ; clypeus and the lower half of face clothed with 
silver pubescence ; ocelli nearly twice as far from eyes as the diameter of one ;. 
antenne clavate, the fourth and following joints broader than long; apical joint. 
large, obliquely truncated and excavated, not nearly so massive as in Z. emargina-' 
tum. Prothorax rather produced in the centre where it is triangularly emarginate ; 
thorax and scutellum finely punctured ; median segment finely diagonally striated,. 
with a short longitudinal carina which ends in a shining circular depression, short. 
white pubescence at the sides of segment. Abdomen finely punctured, clothed with 
thin white pubescence, the apical segment triangular, more coarsely punctured 
and covered with short grey hair; second submarginal very narrow on the radial 
nervure, receiving the second recurrent nervure past the middle, the first recurrent 
nervure is received at about the same distance from the first transverso-cubital 
nervure as the second recurrent is to the second transverso-cubital nervure. 


Black, base of mandibles, part of tubercles, tibial spines, second, third, and_ 
fourth tarsal joints sordid white; tegulz, tibiz, first and fifth tarsal joints fuscous ; 
antennze largely ferruginous beneath; wings hyaline, iridescent, faintly dusky 
apically, nervures and stigma fuscous. 

Male. Length 5 mm. Apical margin of clypeus without teeth; apical 
abdominal segment triangular, narrowly rounded at apex. 


Hab.—Brisbane (Hacker), October. Caloundra (Hacker), September, on tree- 
trunk. 

ZOYPHIUM ARGYREUM, new species. 

Female. Length 44 mm. Clypeus transverse, the apical margin with one: 
tooth on each side ; face the same width on the vertex as on the clypeus, clothed with 
silver pubescence. Prothorax slightly produced in the middle, without an emargina- 
tion, lined dorsally with silver pubescence. Mesonotum and scutellum finely 
punctured ; median segment very finely diagonally striated, entirely clothed with 
silver pubescence, thickest at the sides; area with a longitudinal shining sulcus. 
widened and rounded apically. Abdomen microscopically punctured and thinly 
clothed with whitish pubescence ; pygidial area triangular, more coarsely punctured, 
and clothed with short dark hairs. Second recurrent nervure received about one- 
fifth from the base of the second submarginal cell; the first received at about an. 
equal’ distance from the apex of the first submarginal cell. 

Black, base of mandibles, the whole of the clypeus, underside of scape, 
tubercles, apex of anterior femora, anterior tibie, the spurs, and the tarsal joints. 
sordid white. Mandibular teeth, a narrow line on the apical clypeal margin, tegule, 
an obscure apical band on first abdominal segment ferruginous, antenne black, 


obscurely fulvous beneath ; pulvilli black. 
Hab.—Birkdale, near Brisbane (Hacker), February. At flowers of Lomatia. 
sllaifolia R.Br. 


SOME AUSTRALIAN WASPS.—HACKER AND COCKERELL. 28 


< 


ZOYPHIUM COLLARE, new species. 


Female. Length 8 mm. Head and thorax finely punctured ; face narrower 
at vertex than at clypeus, clothed with silver pubescence whizh extends up the 
sides of the front ; clypeus with two distinct teeth on each side ; posterior ocelli closer 
to the eyes than the diameter of one; apical joint of antenna not wider than the 
preceding joint; a deep foveolate groove at the base of the scutellum, anterior to 
which there is a transverse band of pale yellow pubescence ; median segment finely 
punctate striate, with a shallow longitudinal sulcus containing a short carina; at 
its apical end there are a few transverse striz in a depression surrounded by a kidney- 
shaped swelling. Abdomen finely punctured ; apical segment with coarser punctures, 
and short reddish hair. Second submarginal cell pointed on the radial nervure, 
receiving the second recurrent nervure slightly beyond the niiddle. 


Black, base of mandibles, clypeus, scape (except a pale red patch above) 
and thickened upper border of prothorax creamy-white; scutellum and_post- 
scutellum rufescent ; flagellum (except dusky apex), abdomen, femora, and tibic 
ferruginous ; a large creamy-white shining space on apical part of anterior femora 
beneath ; spurs whitish; tarsi pale reddish, with dark pulvilli; nervures and 
stigma fuscous. 


Hab.— Birkdale, near Brisbane (Hacker), February. At flowers of Lomatia 
silaifolia. 
ZOYPHIUM ORNATUM, new species. 


Female. Length 8 mm. Face narrower at vertex than at clypeus, sides 
straight ; clothed with silver pubescence ; clypeus with two teeth on each side; 
posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from each other than from the eyes ; apical joint 
of antenne not wider than the preceding joint ; mesonotum and scutellum opaque, 
finely and closely punctured ; a deep foveolate transverse groove at the base of the 
scutellum with a little silver pubescence at each end; median segment dorsally 
diagonally striated, with a central longitudinal carina, which ends in a shallow 
shining sulcus; basal abdominal segments shining, minutely punctured ; apical 
segments clothed with thin golden pubescence ; pygidial area triangular, clothed 
with short hairs; second submarginal cell pointed on the radial nervure, receiving 
the second recurrent nervure weil beyond the middie. 


Black, base of mandibles. and clypeus creamy-white ; scape and apex of 
femora, very extensive on anterior pair, pale yellow; tibiae and tarsi pale reddish, 
the anterior tarsi with a yellow stripe ; flagellum except dark apex, apical border of 
first, and all of the remaining abdominal segments ferruginous. 


Male. Length 7 mm. Clypeus without teeth, black with a rather obscure 
yellow spot on each side near the middle; hypopygium ending in an acute spine, 
with an acute spine on either side ; first abdominal segment, except the apical band, 
black, as in the female. 


Hab.—PBirkdale, near Brisbane (Hacker), February. At flowers of Lomatia 
silaifoha. 


288 MEMOIRS OF .THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


ZOYPHIUM PUSILLUM, new species. 

Male. Length 4 mm. Ciypeus wide, the margins somewhat sinuate, without 
teeth: face clothed with thin white pubescence ; front rather prominent, convex, 
finely and closely punctured : joints of antenne broader than long, the apical joint 
not wider than the preceding joint ; ocelli not twice as far from each other than from 
the eyes; mesonotum and scutellum finely punctured; median segment finely 
diagonally striate-punctate with a longitudinal carina which ends in a shallow 
shining transverse crescent apically. Abdomen shining, minutely punctured, with 
thin pubescence on the apical segments ; hypopygium truncate, with a small blunt 
apical spine, and one at each side near the apex. Second recurrent nervure received 
a little beyond the middle of the second submarginal cell, the first received a smaller 
distance from the apex of the first submarginal cell. 


Black, base of mandibles, clypeus, and tarsal joints cream-colour, tegulz 
‘testaceous ; tubercles, upper border of prothorax, legs, and abdomen ferruginous ; 
flagellum red, dusky above; wings hyaline, iridescent, slightly dusky apically, 
nervures brown. 


Hab.—Brisbane (Hacker), October. 


ZOYPHIUM SPLENDIDUM, new species. 

Female. Length 9 mm. Head finely punctured, orbits converging above ; 
ocelli half as far again from each other as from the eyes ; joints of antenne gradually 
increasing in size, apical joint conical, as long as the two previous joints; clypeus 
convex, porrect at the apex, with two teeth on each side; clypeus and face clothed 
with silver pubescence. Thorax opaque, very finely and closely punctured ; pro- 
thorax rather narrow ; depressed below the level of the mesonotum ; a deep foveolate 
transverse groove at the base of the scutellum, and in front of it a line of white hair ; 
median segment opaque with a few very short strie at the base; a longitudinal 
carina lying in a shallow sulcus, extending to the end of the segment dorsally ; the 
posterior truncation with thin white pubescence. Abdomen shining, microscopically 
punctured, the apical segments clothed with thin pale pubescence; the pygidial 
area triangular, with coarser punctures and short golden hair ; second recurrent 
nervure received at rather more than one-third from the apex of the second sub- 
marginal cell, the first received a little further from the base of the first transverse 
cubital nervure. 

Black, base of mandibles whitish ; clypeus whitish in the centre, dusky at 
base and sides, scape du!l yellowish-white ; flagellum (somewhat darkened apically), 
entire abdomen, apex of femora, tibiz, and tarsi ferruginous, the anterior tarsi 
paler ; tegule and nervures fuscous. 

Male. Length slightly over 6 mm. Clypeus black, apically porrect, armed 
with a stout spine; there is a short prominent keel above the antenne ; face clothed 
with short silver pubescence ; hypopygium triangular, terminating in a spine, with 
a spine on either side near the apex. Scape darkly pallid at end. 


Hab.—Brisbane (Hacker), February, March. On flowers of Lomatia silaifolia. 


SOME AUSTRALIAN WASPS.—HACKER AND COCKERELL. 289 


ZOYPHIUM AFFINE, new species. 


Female. Length 6 mm. Clypeus transverse, rather narrow, the apical margin 
wtih two minute teeth on each side; the posterior ocelli a little nearer to the eyes 
than the diameter of one ; face about two-thirds as wide at the vertex as at the clypeus, 
clothed with short silver pubescence, which also covers the front up to level 
of ocelli; mesonotum and scutellum subopaque, finely punctured; a deep trans- 
verse groove at the base of the scutellum; median segment with a central 
longitudinal carina lying in a shallow sulcus; area diagonally striated, the striz 
most distinct on basal line and on the sides of sulcus; abdomen shining, micro- 
scopically punctured; pygidial area triangular, clothed with short black hair ; 
intermediate and posterior tibiz armed with a few short spines on the outer edge ; 
second submarginal cell pointed on the radius, receiving the second recurrent 
nervure two-fifths from the apex; first recurrent nervure received at about the 
same distance from the apex of the first submarginal cell. 


Black, base of mandibles, clypeus, scape, first joint of flagellum, and the 
anterior cox flavous; legs shining chrome-yellow ; flagellum ferruginous ; wings 
hyaline, iridescent, faintly dusky, nervures brown. 


Male. Length 4mm. Clypeus yellow, without teeth ; face clothed with silver 
pubescence as in the female ; hypopygium ferruginous, obtusely rounded at the apex, 
with an obtuse tubercle on each side. 

Hab.—Brisbane (Hacker), February. 


This species is very close structurally to Z. crassicorne Ckll., from which it 
may be separated by the silver (instead of golden) pubescence on face (golden in 
crassicorne), and the bright yellow clypeus in both sexes (pale ferruginous and dusky 
in crassicorne). It is also related to Z. doddi Turner. 


ZOYPHIUM FUSCIPENNE, new species. 


Female. Length about 7 mm. Closely related to Z. iridipenne Turner for 
which it was at first mistaken, but larger, and evidently distinct by the dusky, pale 
brown wings, those of iridipenne being clear. The stigma is dark-brown, while the 
nervures are pale-brown, not black. The second recurrent nervure is received at 
more than three-quarters from base of second submarginal cell. In other respects 
the insect agrees with Turner’s description of iridipenne, but it should be stated that 
the abdomen is dusky red at apex, and the flagellum is brown beneath. The silvery 
hair.on face and lower part of front is thin and not brilliant, its outline on the front 
is in the form of a very broad V. 


Hab.—Wedge Island, Tasmania, 4-1-1914 (G. H. Hardy). 


Supramity ARPACTIN. 
ARPACTUS CRUCIGERA, new species. 


Female. Length 9 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen finely and closely 
punctured ; eyes not convergent towards the clypeus; posterior ocelli a little 


further from each other than from the eyes; front and sides of face clothed with 
ie 


290 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


short golden hair; clypeus transverse, shallowly emarginate at the base, more 
sparsely punctured than the rest of the head, a transverse sulcus at the base of the 
scutellum coarsely longitudinally striated ; scutellum large, oblong, the basal and 
apical sides parallel, finely punctured except a small bare part in the centre ; basal 
area of median segment with coarse longitudinal strize, which are slightly deflected 
at the boundary, but continue over the dorsal surface; sides of median segment. 
with longitudinal strie. First abdominal segment narrowed at the base, slightly 
constricted at the apex, and rather coarsely punctured, the third, fourth, and fifth 
segments clothed with light pubescence; pygidial area triangular, shining, and 
sparsely punctured. Fore tarsi with short weak cilia, intermediate tibiz with two- 
equal apical spines, hind tibize with a few minute spines. First, second, and third » 
abscissee of the radius of equal length. 

Black ; the two basal joints of the antennz, clypeus, labrum, mandibles at: 
base, broad upper margin of prothorax, tubercles, large wedge-shaped area on pleura, 
and a stripe on each side on the mesonotum, yellow ; scutellum yellow at sides, 
leaving a large black triangle in the middle; postscutellum yellow with a black 
triangular mark in the centre, and separated from the median segment by a black 
line; the basal area is yellow very distinctly outlined on the sides with a black 
line, a central black stripe commencing at the postscutellum passes through the 
basal area and continues to the end of the median segment; this stripe and the 
line between the postscutellum and the basal area make a conspicuous black cross ; 
sides of median segment yellow; the apical half and sides of first abdominal 
segment, apical margins of the remaining segments (narrowest on the second) 
yellow; antenne and pygidial area ferruginous; the outer sides of anterior and 
intermediate tibiae and tarsi yellow; the inner sides and the posterior legs. 
ferruginous. Wings brownish hyaline, the radial all brown, stigma ferruginous, 
nervures dilute fuscous, tegule testaceous. 

The venation resembles that of A. rufomixtus Turner, but the second 
recurrent nervure bulges more outwardly. The basal nervure meets the nervulus. 


Hab.—Brisbane (Hacker), November. 


ARPACTUS RUFOMIXTUS Turn. 
Male. Length 7 mm. The underside of the scape is yellow, the clypeus is: 
yellow with a narrow testaceous line on the apical edge; the face below insertion: 
of antennz is clothed with light silky hair; other markings as in the female. 


Hab.—Enoggera, near Brisbane (Hacker). Both sexes bred from oval 
cocoons which were dug out of a sandy bank. This sex has not previously been 
described. 

The use of Arpactus for these insects depends on the acceptance of the 
‘Erlangen list.” For the present we follow the usage of Turner, who revised the 
Australian species. The other alternative, following the laws of priority, would 
be according to Morice and Durrant Ceropales Latrielle, which is current for quite 
a different sort of insect, but Rohwer maintains Ceropales in the usual sense (J. Ac.,. 
Washington, vol. 10, p. 176). 


JOHN GOULD’S NOTES FOR JOHN GILBERT. 29h 


JOHN GOULD'S NOTES FOR JOHN GILBERT. 


The names of John Gould and John Gilbert are so closely associated ‘with 
Australia that new records of their work are still of interest. Through the kindness 
of Mrs. Charles Coxen and Mr. H. C. Coxen, relatives of John Gould, a small 
bound volume of manuscript containing the instructions written by the great 
ornithologist for his enthusiastic collector, John Gilbert, has been given an honoured 
place among the historical documents in the Queensland Museum. 


In clear and elegant writing the ardent wishes of the pioneer naturalist are 
set out. Although the notes were never intended for publication, it has been 
thought desirable to print them in their original condition, with a few obvious slips. 
revised. These notes were evidently for Gilbert’s use on his second visit to Australia, 
and were written over eighty years ago. A special and pathetic interest is attached 
to them because of John Gilbert’s tragic death in Queensland at. the hands of 
aborigines during the Leichhardt expedition to Port Essington in 1845. That srory 
is too well known to need repetition, and the collector’s lonely grave in the far North 
will always be sacred to the naturalists of Queensland. 


The bracketed numbers in the text refer to a few explanatory notes which 
are given at the close. 


NEW SOUTH WALES. 


“ Collect specimens of ai/ ‘kinds of kangaroos and other mammalia, with 
their crania; send, if possible, the nose, face, and the palms of the hands and fzet 
of all kinds of the smaller animals in brine or spirits, and make notes of their 
colour, as also of the eyes with their dimensions. 


* Three kinds of wallaby run in the brushes of Ilawarra, viz., Halmaturus [1], 
ualabatus, H. Tithys (the common pademellan, a red-necked kind), and a nearly 
allied species called ‘Pama’ by the natives. Of this latter, which is very like 
Derbyanus, I wish as many specimens and crania as convenient, and also fine 
specimens, and particularly crania, of the two former. 


“ At Illawarra I also saw, but could not procure, a small mouse-like animal 
among the leaves on the hills. The Halm. ruficollis (Warroon of the natives) is also 
very abundant on the rise of the hills by the side of the bush road between 
Wollongong and Bongbong. This kangaroo, of which I want good specimens, and 
particularly a skeleton of an adult male and crania of both sexes, may be procured by 
paying a visit to Mr. Throsby, at Bongbong, who will send his Tommy or some other 
native out with you. Bongbong is near Berima and can be reached either by going 
in the mail cart from Sydney, or by walking over with native guides from Wollon- 
gong. The koala or monkey [2] is also common on this road, and in Throsby Park 
the grey magpie Strepera, which I want. 


292 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


“ Both the menura and the tallegalla are abundant in some parts of the 
Illawarra district, but they are scarce near Wollongong. . . . The nidification of 
menura [3], being of the utmost importance, you must not fail to gain every infor- 
mation from the natives as to the structure and situation of the nest, number of 
eggs, &c., &c. Offer high rewards for the eggs, but you need not spend time in 
trying to shoot the birds. The bell bird, Orthonyx, satin and catbirds, Ganggang 
parrot, large green pigeon (magnifica) columba, Phasianella, all breed in these 
brushes. and of all of which I want the eggs. 


“When at Bongbong, the natives also told me of a large blue-grey kangaroo 
which they sometimes killed. I could never make out what it is unless it be robustus. 


Make enquiry. 


“Tn all districts get rock kangaroos, if possible, and kangaroo rats. 


‘‘ Be very particular in ascertaining if there is an emu inhabiting the brushes, 
of a small size and black. I saw the footsteps of an emu on the small island next 
Mosquito Island at the mouth of the Hunter, and from the character of the brush 
and the low swampy nature of the soil I should not be surprised if it prove to be 
the small species. The natives would probably throw some light on the subject. 
Baker’s Island is close to Newcastle, on which lives a Mr. Baker (a gardener) and 
his sons; they would give you information. 


“The great Macropus laniger [4] is also found on the plains; in all probability 
it might be got by getting to any of the out stations behind Port Philip.- I found 
it both in S. Australia, near the Murray, and on the extensive plains of the lower 
Namoi, near Gundermein; it is also to be found still nearer the colony, both at 
the Peel towards New England and within twenty miles from Brezi on the river 
Mokai, northward of Liverpool Plains, and which could only, I think, be got from 
Brown’s station, eighteen miles lower down the Mokai. Robustus, frenatus, and 
dorsalis are also found at Brezi, but do not go purposely for these. The great 
walleroo could be procured by employing the Yarrundi natives (Coxen’s). I found 
them on the hills in front of Mr. Coxen’s house, and Natty pointed out a hill close 
to the cedar brush at the Liverpool Range where they are abundant. Should you 
visit the Upper Hunter district it would perhaps be well to spend a week in getting 
as many specimens of the walleroo as possible, always securing the services of Natty 
and Jemmy, my faithful companions. Mr. Coxen would doubtless lend you a horse 
and cart and send you and your traps to the range where you would take up your 
quarters under the very hills on which the animal is found. The rock kangaroo, of 
which I should like several specimens, is also abundant here. The brushes are not 
worth hunting for the birds. 


“You will also in this district procure the rat kangaroo [5] with the long white 
tip to its tail—not the common one found about Yarrundi— but if you call Natty’s 
attention to the one we so often saw on all the low grassy hills immediately 
adjoining the range he will recollect. I, unfortunately, did not obtain it. 


JOHN GOULD’S NOTES FOR JOHN GILBERT. 293 


“You will, of course, collect every species of mammal in all the districts you 
visit. Pray try to get a little mouse (somewhat larger than the common European 
one) with a short blunt head, and which Jemmy caught for me from a hole in the 
ground in the bush close to Mr. Coxen’s garden gate at Yarrundi. There are six 
or eight opossums in this district, four of which are only found in the brushes. Be 
sure to get the large great brush opossum with short ear [6] found in the hollows of 
the trees. 

‘Be sure to get the opossums from Illawarra and, indeed, from every 
district. Ascertain also if those of the plains are not distinct from those of the 
brushes ; as I found to be the case at the Liverpool Plains. 


PORT STEPHENS. 


“On the hills at the back of this place, and doubtless on the ranges at Moreton 
Bay, the beautiful WM. Parryii is found, and probably robustus and other species. . . . 
Gain all possible information respecting the nidification of the Cuculide. Ascertain, 
if possible, what species lays the olive-brown eggs [7], by searching for the eggs in 
the body. 

“Gain further information respecting the nidification and habits of 
Centropus, whether more than one species—the changes they undergo, and if the 
brown birds are the young, or if this style of colouring is sexual. 


“Make every enquiry about Pedionomus ; it will most probably be found 
on the open sterile plains of the interior of W. Australia. 


‘“ Kangaroos from W. Australia —Gain every possible information respecting 
the group. Collect adult males and females, together with the young of every 
species, and, if practicable, ascertain the weight of each and the difference of the 
weight of the sexes. Procure also as many crania as possible, labelling each with the 
name of the species and the sex. Procure the wallaby from Garden and Rotnest 
Islands. Dissect as many females as you can and learn if the young are found in 
the uterus and pouch at the same time; state the size of the young in the pouch. 
Specimens and crania of Gilbertii [8| particularly wanted. 


** Attend to the seals. 


‘“‘ For birds of Western Australia see the list ; and of those marked with the 
greatest number of x’s send as many as can be collected. Fine examples of the nests 
and eggs of all; and also duplicates of the eggs. 


‘As many fish from every part not only of New Holland, but the Cape, St- 
Jago, &ce. 


‘“‘ Shells, as many as possible; see Mr. Cuming’s directions. 
‘Of plants, some ornamental shrubs and pieces of bark for drawings. 
“The beard of the Pinna from the Sound. 


“Send all the sponges and corallines possible. 


294 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


“ Collect reptiles and insects. 
* See after a second emu in W. Australia. 


“ Collect emus from every locality. Ascertain the sex and procure if possible 
adult birds. 


Eggs of Leipoa and Megapodius in brine or new preservative. 


‘Specimens and crania of all quadrupeds, great or small.” 


NOTES. 


1. The genus Halmaturus is now usually incorporated with Macropus, although, apart from 
size, the persistence of the premolar in the smaller wallabies forms a useful distinction from the 
kangaroos (Macropus sensu stricto). Some of the large fossil macropods, however, have a 
persistent premolar. Halmaturus ‘‘ Tithys’”’—Macropus thetidis. The “‘pama” or parma 
wallaby was described by Waterhouse in 1846 as M. parma. 


2." The unsuitable term “‘ monkey ”’ for the koala or native bear was subsequently dropped. 


3. Although Gould described from Dr. Ludwig Becker’s notes the nest and habits of his 
Menura victorie, no account of the nidification of the closely-allied New South Wales bird 
appeared in his books. 


4. Macropus ‘‘laniger”’ is better known as M. rufus, the red kangaroo. Onychogale 
JSrenata is the bridled wallaby, one of the nail-tailed group. 


5. Bettongia lesueuri.—It may be noted that Gould wrote of the rat kangaroo and the 
kangaroo rat, and the confusion exists to-day ; but the former, meaning rat-like kangaroo, is 
obviously the better term. j 


bd c 


6. “The great brush opossum” is T'richosurus caninus, typically found in our “scrubs ” 


or rain-forest, whilst 7’. vulpecula is characteristic of the open forest. 


7. As noted by Gould in his Handbook, I, p. 624, the bronze cuckoo, Lamprococcyx plagosus, ) 
lays olive-brown eggs. 


8. ‘‘ Gilberti’”’ evidently refers to Potorous gilberti, a rat kangaroo of Western Australia, 
named by Gould in 1841 in recognition of Gilbert’s work. 


It is impossible to read through these notes without feeling a touch of that 
enthusiasm with which John Gould inspired his able collector. The records of these 
two men stand out in the literature of Australian Natural History, and the writer 
considers it a privilege to be able to give some publicity to the interesting notes 
in this little volume. 


HEBER A. LONGMAN. 


oO 


NOTES ON A FAT-TAILED MARSUPIAL MOUSE—ALEXANDER. 29 


NOTES ON THE FAT-TAILED MARSUPIAL 
MOUSE. (SMINTHOPSIS’ CRASSICAUDATA). 


By W. B. ALEXANDER, M.A. 


On 17th June, 1922, at Westwood, Central Queensland, I noticed my kitten 
‘carrying a small animal in its mouth which, when rescued, proved to be a male of 
this species. It was somewhat remarkable that it had been caught in the open 
paddock behind .my house in broad daylight. Unfortunately, it had been killed 
before I rescued it. 


A few evenings later the same kitten brought a live specimen into the sitting 
room and proceeded to play with it. Fortunately, I was able to rescue it before 
it had been injured, and, subsequently, I kept it alive in a small cage in my room for 
several weeks. As comparatively little seems to be on record concerning the habits 
of these small nocturnal marsupials, I have thought it worth while to describe the 
habits of this individual as far as I could observe them. Like the first specimen, 
it was an adult male. 


The box in which I kept it was lined with rough sods of turf, and during the 
day it remained concealed amongst the grass. It did not attempt to burrow, but 
pulled down a few long pieces of grass in such a way as to construct a slight shelter 
over the hollow in which it slept. About dusk it came out and ran about in its box 
looking for food. Its progression was effected by a series of short runs, with pauses 
at short intervals, and it not infrequently made short leaps, springing off its hind 
legs. It was able to jump on to the edge of the box, a height of about six inches 
above the turf floor, when the cover was removed. 


The cover was of wire-gauze, and when this was in place it not infrequently 
-clambered about on it, hanging from the under surface. 


At first it was completely nocturnal, but, after a time when it became tamer, 
it not infrequently moved about in the day-time, especially during a spell of cold 
weather when I was unable to find many insects for it and it was presumably hungry. 


It readily devoured cockroaches, large moths, and spiders. The cockroaches 
and spiders were completely eaten, but the wings of the moths were left. It also 
greedily devoured the white grub of a scarabzid beetle, but did not touch a good- 
sized earthworm. When hungry it would eat a small amount of beef-fat, but 
evidently did not care for this diet. 


When eating it sat up on its haunches holding the insect in one of its front 
“paws and biting portions out of its victim apparently haphazard, and without first 
_killing it. 


£96 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Though it was provided with a small tin of water it was never seen to drink, 
and I do not think water can have been necessary to it. After it was tame I tried 
holding a little piece of sponge soaked in water and in milk just in front of it, but. 
it would not drink, nor did it lick off drops of water which fell on its fur. 


It cleaned its fur in the same manner as a cat, sitting up on its haunches and’ 
licking itself, licking its paws and passing them over its head and neck to clean 
those parts of its fur which were out of reach of its tongue. 


Its ordinary call was a low chirrup, and it frequently uttered this souud in 
the evening when running about in its cage. It would generally make the sound from 
its hiding place whenever I chirped to it in the day-time. When the cat was playing 
with it, it uttered a much louder, shriller, chirping sound, but I am glad to say this 
terrified call was not heard again. 


Owing to a scarcity of insects I one evening introduced into its cage a large 
crab-spider with a breadth of some five inches across the legs. The mouse had 
killed and eaten a smaller specimen of the same kind, measuring from three and. 
a-half to four inches across, but next morning the large spider was still unharmed 
in the cage. I removed it and, on hunting for the mouse found it in its corner alive 
but shivering, the trembling being especially apparent in its tail. Next day it died, 
and I have little doubt that its death was caused by the poisonous bite of the spider. 


I am indebted to Mr. H. A. Longman, Director of the Queensland Museum, 
for identifying the species. 


SOUTH QUEENSLAND MARSUPIALS.—LONGMAN. 207 


SOUTH QUEENSLAND MARSUPIALS. 


By HEBER A. Loncman, F.L.S., DIRECTOR. 
MACROPUS RUFICOLLIS Desm. 


Although the pelts of Macropus ruficollis Desm. have been frequently 
noted by the writer during the large sales of marsupial skins in Brisbane, no 
specimens with definite Queensland localities were obtained until July last, 
when Mr. M. J. Colclough of our staff secured two males and two females at 
Mundubbera, Burnett District. This is the most northerly record for the species. 
Except for a reference in Ogilby’s Catalogue* and a note by Lonnberg and 
Mjoberg of a skin from Tambourine Mountain}, there appear to have been no 
registrations of this large wallaby for Queensland. 


A NEW MACROPOD. 


Netwithstanding its proximity to Brisbane, Stradbroke Island in Moreton 
Bay has never been satisfactorily searched for its mammals, This large island, 
thirty-three miles in length and attaining a breadth of seven miles, has big 
areas which are very rarely visited. Although Petauroides volans and Petaurus 
sp. are reported, we have no records of other Phalangeride, but Mr. Roland Illidge 
notest having seen the nest or “drey” of a ring-tailed opossum over forty years ago. 
Bandicoots (Isoodon macrurus) are common. Very large specimens of the great grey 
kangaroo (Macropus giganteus) are to be occasionally seen, and a common wallaby 
is M. ualabatus of the mainland. In the early days pelt-hunters took a heavy toll, 
but fortunately the island was recently added to the many reserves which have been 
proclaimed in Queensland. 


Mr. Colclough remembers seeing many years ago numbers of what was 
known as the Red Stradbroke Wallaby, which then frequented the open forest 
and grasslands of this large island, occasionally being seen also on the sea 
shore. Unfortunately no specimens were secured for this Museum. Through 
the kindness of Mr. Thomas Welsby, of Amity Point, whose writings have 
added much to our knowledge of Moreton Bay, we received some time ago two 
heads, with perfect skulls, forepaws, and a pelt of this very elusive red wallaby. 
Later on we hope to secure, by special permit, additional material, but as it is 
obvious that this marsupial presents characteristics which make it distinct from 
described forms, a preliminary notice is here given. 


* J. Douglas Ogilby, Catal. Austr. Mamm. Austr., Mus., 1892, p. 56. 
+ Lonnberg and Mjoberg, Kungl. Sven. Vet. Ak. Hr., Bd, 52, 1913, p. 7. 
t R. Illidge, Qld. Naturalist, III, No. 6, 1922, p. 109. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


bo 
© 
wm 


MACROPUS WELSBYI new species. 
THE RED STRADBROKE WALLABY. 


Size medium; generel form robust; not slender. Colour remarkably 
uniform, agreeing best with the “‘orange-rufous”’ of Ridgeway’s nomenclature 
(Plate IV. No. 13); this colour extends on the top and sides of the head to 
the region of the orbits, also on the sides and limbs, but is -listincily lighter 
on the ventral surfaces and base of tail (tail incomplete), and merges into 
brown on the forepaws. Fur fine and silky in texture; hairs on back fully 
35 m.m. long, but with no outstanding longer hairs with special colour zones. 
The bases of the heirs are buff-coloured throughout. Top of muzzle grizzled. 
With the exception of a darker areas below the eye, which merges towards the 
nasals into the grizzled appearance of the muzzle, there are no face-markings, 
and there is no indication of a white whisker stripe. 


Rhinarium large and naked, the wide superior border of granulate:} area 
being almost straight, and in this respect corresponding closely with that of 
ualabatus. Ears oval, thick and muscular, 80 m.m. in length; thickly clothed 
externally with the uniform orange-rufous hairs; almost naked iateriorly except 
for strong lateral tufts and a few scattered hairs. 


Skull—The type skull is from a specimen which is not fully mature. 
The third premolar and also m.p.4 (using Thomas's notation from the Bri‘ish 
Museum Catalogue) ave still in place. The labial portion of p.4 has been exposed 
from the alveolus, and it is evident that this tooth is of the massive walabatus 
type, with prominent vertical ridges, the length being 9 mm. The fourth true 
molar is only just beginning to emerge. 


Facial axis short, 208. Premaxille short and upright, with the sutures 
only slightly oblique. Nasals parallel in region of premaxille, then gradually 
increasing in breadth to the fronto-maxillary suture; slightly emarginated in 
the sagittal line at the union with the frontals. No distinct postorbital 
processes, and no marked constriction, but supraorbital ridges prominent. 
Frontal region very slightly concave. Infraorbital foramina opening 9 mm. 
from orbit. Palatal openings oval, 11 mm. in length. 


Front incisors placed vertically as in walabatus; 1.3 with the posterior 
segment slightly shorter than that anterior to the notch; p.* oval, 7 mm. long. 
Measurements, basal length 110; greatest breadth 64; mnasals: length 45, 
greatest breadth 15-5, central breadth 10; intertemporal breadth 18-5; palate 
length 70, breadth outside m.2 (perm. teeth) 34, inside m?, 20; palatal foramina 
6-5; diastema to p.m.4 18; _ basi-cranial axis 3%;  basifacial axis 75; facial 
axis 208; Teeth, length of third incisor 7-5, length of p.4 (measured in alveolus) 
9; length of m.1— m.? (permanert molars) 22. 


SOUTH QUEENSLAND MARSUPIALS:.—LONGMAN. 299 


To facilitate comparisons, these measurements have been taken on the 
lines of Thomas’s Catalogue. | 


The narrower nasals (especially in their expanded region) are an out- 
-standing feature when this skull is compared with a series of a dozen ualabatus. 
Both the internal and the external nares are relatively smaller in the island species. 
The palatal openings are smaller and the anterior foramina are narrow2r than 
in walabatus, but these last two features are too variable to be of much value. 


In colour Macropus welsbyi most nearly resembles the large kangaroo 
M. antilopinus, from the Coburg Peninsula. It is quite distinct from WM. 
ualabatus ingrami, described by Thomas in 1908*, and from the North Quesns- 
land M. wulabatus apicalis. 


Apart from cranial characteristics, the presence of these very handsome 
red wallabies has been so often vouched for by naturalists visiting Stradbroke 
that it is impossible to dismiss them as examples of erythrism. But for the 
‘fact that specimens of typical walabatus are also found on Stradbroke, these 
uniformly-coloured wallabies might be considered a well-marked island variety of 
the common species. 


MACROPUS AGILIS Gould. 


It is somewhat of a surprise to receive from Stradbroke Island a large 
pelt, accompanied with a skull, of Macropus agilis Gould. This was secured 
in 1918 by Mr. Frank Day and Mr. Thomas Welsby at Wallin Creek, near 
Amity Point, Stradbroke. The Queensland Museum has a fair series of these 
large wallabies, but the previous most southerly record was Fitzroy River, 
“40 miles from Rockhampton,” where the late Kendall Broadbent obtained 
six specimens in 1887. (This Fitzroy River must not he confoundea with the 
West Australian Fitzroy.) 


In 1910 E. Schwarz recognised four sub-species of M. agilis as follows :— 
M. agilis, Gould, sensu stricto, Arnhem Land; WM. agilis papuanus, Ptrs and 
Doria, Southern Papua; M. agilis jardinei De Vis., Northern Queensland ; 
M. agilis awescens Schw., W. Kimberley, West Australia.t 


In 1913 E. Lonnberg described MW. agilis nigrescens as a fifth subspecies, 
the locality being Broome, North-west Australia.t 


The Stradbroke pelt agrees best with the large type specimen of Macropus 
_jardinei, now somewhat faded, bvt it is decidedly lighter and oaly a very 
few long hairs with dark tips are present. It is probable that this is due to 


* Oldfield Thomas P.Z.S., 1908 p. 792. 
+ E. Schwarz, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), V. 1910, pp. 164-6. 
{ E. Lonnberg, Kungl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Hgr., Bd. 52, No. 1, 1913. 


300 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


summer pelage. Considerable difference can be noted in a series of twenty 
specimens of Queensland agilis, and the amount of dark colouring is most 
variable The Stradbroke specimen is not so richly coloured as several of the 
northern examples. It represents a large male. No special characteristics can 
be found to differentiate the skull from those of northern specimens. A second 
skull, which is immature, has also been received from Stradbroke. 


The following are the dimensions of the large Stradbroke skull, the 
corresponding figures for a Cardwell, North Queensland, specimen being given. 
in parentheses :—Basal length 145 (142); greatest breadth 78 (81);  nasals: 
length 66 (66); greatest breadth 22 (22); central breadth 16 (16);  inter- 
temporal constriction 16 (15); palate length 98 (100); breadth outside m.” 
45 (45), inside m.? 29 (29); palatal foramina 9 (8); diastema 35 (33); basi- 
cranial axis 40 (38), basifacial axis 106 (107), basifacial index 265 (278); teeth, 
length of p* 9-5 (19), length of m!— m? 25-5 (26-5). 

Mr. A. S. Le Souef, Director of the Zoological Gardens, Sydney, informs: 
me in correspondence that he also has a pelt of Macropus agilis from Stradbroke: 
Island. 


THREE NEW QUEENSLAND FISHES.—OGILBY. B01 


THREE NEW QUEENSLAND FISHES. 


By J. DouGLas OGILBY. 
FIERASFERID. 
FIERASFER HOULTI sp. nov. 
(Plate XIX, Fig. 1.) 
HuMpP-BACKED MESSMATE. 
Type locality—Offt Double Island Point, South Queensland. 


Body deep, the dorsal contour strongly gibbous, much more so than 
that of the ventral, which is but little rounded, its greatest depth, which is 
well behind the small pectoral, 8-5 to 9-75 in the total length and about 1-22 
in the length of the head, which is depressed, snake-like, and of sinister 
appearance, two and one-sixth times longer than wide, about equal to its distance 
from the origin of the dorsal, and 7-5 to 7-75 in the total length. Snout 
broad and obtuse, its length 4:25 to 4:75 in that of the head. Nostrils con- 
tiguous and valvular, the anterior much nearer to the tip of the snout than 
to the eye, the diameter of which is 4:5 to 5 in the length of the head. 
Interorbital space a little less than the snout. Upper jaw the longer, the cleft 
of the mouth extending backwards to beyond the eye, its length 2-2 in that of 
the head. 


Teeth on the jaws small and conical, without canines either anteriorly 
or on the sides of the mandibles. Vomer with four strong, close-set, caninoid 
teeth, situated the one behind the other, the third from the front the largest. 


Dorsal fin low, its distance from the tip of the snout 3-84 in the total 
length ; caudal very small; anal much higher and more distinctly rayed than 
the dorsal; pectoral small but well developed, 3-5 in the length of the head. 


Gill-openings well developed; united gill-membranes leaving fully half 
the isthmus uncovered. Vent situated rather in advance of the middle of the 
pectoral-base. 


Grayish-brown, dotted with darker, the dots even encroaching upon the 
basal half of the pectoral. 


The specimens here described, two in number and presumably an adult 
male and female, measuring respectively 283 and 236 mm., were trawled by 
Captain Hoult of the State Trawler Bar-ea-Mul, in 36 fathoms off Double 


302 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Island Point. They were, according to his statement, when caught, enclosed 
in the eviscerated remains of a holothurian, and were “‘very vicious”? when 
shaken out on the deck. This species differs altogether in shape from F. homei,. 
the great curvature of the dorsal profile rendering it much deeper than that. 
fish. Reg. No. I. 3444-5. 


TATHICARPUS APPELI sp. nov. 
(Plate XIX, Fig. 2.) 
SCRIBBLED ANGLER. 
Type locality—Wide Bay, South Queensland. 


Depth of body 1-75 in its length. Caudal peduncle two-sevenths deeper’ 
than long, its depth 2-7 in the length of the head. Upper profile from the 
tip of the snout to the origin of the second dorsal gently rounded, but with a 
slight notch in front of the occipital spine. Width of the head slightly more 
than half its length, which is 1-8 in that of the body. Snout 5-33 in the length 
of the head and 2-25 in that of the maxillary. Diameter of eye equal to the 
length of the snout; interorbital width 1-2 in the eye-diameter. Maxillary 
extending to below the middle of the eye, its length 2-37 in that of the head, 
the width of its rounded distal extremity one half of the eye-diameter. Mental. 
tubercle small. 


Cutaneous appendages in small number, simple, longest on the chin, 
throat, and corner of the mouth. 


. Rostral spine and filament extending to the fourth dorsal ray, its length 
subequal to that of the head; frontal spine curved, its length 2-67 in that of 
the rostral, extending slightly beyond the origin of the occipital spine, its membrane 
reaching midway; occipital spine similar to but one-third longer than the 
frontal, bearing anteriorly a pair of long median filaments and subterminally a 
similar pair, one of which is posterior, its length rather less than half of the 
head, extending when depressed to third ray of the second dorsal, its membrane 
reaching about midway along the interdorsal space. Second dorsal with eleven rays, 
originating above the base of the pseudobrachium, its length subequal to its. 
distance from the tip of the snout and 1-28 in the length of the head; outer 
border strongly convex, the fifth and sixth rays longest, 1-3 in the basal length ; 
the depressed rays reach to the base of the caudal. Length of caudal fin 
2-33 in that of the body. Anal fin with 7 rays, originating below the seventh 
dorsal ray, with sharply rounded outline, the third and fourth rays equal and 
longest, slightly less than the highest dorsal ray, rather more than twice the 
basal length, and extending well beyond the base of the caudal. Pectoral fin 
with seven rays, reaching slightly beyond the end of the anal-base, its length 
1:95 in that of the body. Third ventral ray the longest, 2-4 in the length of 
the head. 


MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vou. VII, Puatr XIX. 


Fig. 1.—FIrrASFER HOULTI, Ogilby. 


Fig. 3.—CHROMIS VIRESCENS, Ogilby. 


Face page 302. 


THREE NEW QUEENSLAND FISHES.—OGILBY. 303 


Upper surface and sides pale brown, lower surface plumbeous, the whole 
densely spotted and streaked with black. Chin and maxillary grey, the former 
black dotted. Rostral spine and tentacle with alternating rings of black and 
white, the latter much the wider in the spinous portion; frontal and occipital 
spines and filaments blackish, the membranes hyaline; rays of soft dorsal 
pale brown, the membranes hyaline sparsely spotted with brown. Caudal 
similar to soft dorsal, the outer ray above and below with alternate lighter and 
darker rings. Anal rays blackish, the membranes hyaline, blotched and spotted 
with black. Upper edge of pseudobrachium like the sides, lower edge grey. 
Pectoral and ventral lavender, sparsely black-dotted. 


Known only from the type, which measures 8] mm., and was presented 
to the Queensland Museum by Mr. F. G. M. Appel, who obtained it in Wide 
Bay. Reg. No. I. 3183. 


POMACENTRIDi. 
CHROMIS VIRESCENS sp. nov. 
(Plate XIX, Fig. 3.) 
GREEN PULLER. 
Type locality—Hervey Bay, South Queensland. 


Body slender, its width 1-84 in its depth, which is 2-67 in its length and 
one-fourth more than the length of the head, the ventral contour more arched 
than the dorsal. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep, its least depth 2-5 
in the length of the head. Head about four-ninths deeper than wide, its fronto- 
occipital profile linear and but little acclivous, merging almost insensibly into 
the nuchal convexity, its width 1-22 in its length, which is 3-6 in that of the 
body. Snout pointed, 1:3 in the eye-diameter and 3-8 in the length of the 
head. Diameter of eye 2-85 in the same. Preorbital narrow, its width 2-5 in 
the eye diameter. Interorbital region moderate and convex, its width equal to 
or a little more than the eye. Nostril round, nearer to the eye than to the 
tip of the snout. Cleft of mouth subvertical, the angle not reaching lower 
border of the eye. Maxillary extending to below the nostril, its length 3-44 
in that of the head. Preopercle rough but not serrated, the hinder border 
directed upwards and backwards; opercle with a single spine. 


Teeth in the jaws short, blunt, and conical, in several. series anteriorly, 
the outer row somewhat enlarged. 


Seales along the middle of the body, from the opercle to the root of 
the caudal, 30; number of tubes on the lateral line 20 or 21; four scales 
on the cheek below the eye. Accessory scale of ventral long, 3-9 in the length 
of the head. 


304 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. 


Dorsal with xiii. 13 rays, the spines of moderate strength, originating 
above the base of the pectoral, the last spine about one-third shorter than the 
longest, which is the fourth and 1-86 in the length of the head: soft dorsal 
low and rounded, the middle rays the longest, but little longer than the fourth 
spine, its length 1-83 in that of the body. Caudal forked, with 15 principal 
rays, 13 of which are divided, the middle rays 1:85 in the upper lobe, which 
is 3-4 in the length of the body. Anal with ii. 13 rays, the second spine the 
longest, one-third of the length of the head and 1-25 in the longest ray ; length 
of anal about equal to that of the head. Pectoral pointed, with 16 rays, 
the length 1-37 in that of the head. Ventral spine about five-eighths of the first 
ray which is as long as the pectoral. 


Gill-rakers 17 on the lower branch of the anterior arch, the longest half 
of the eye-diameter. 


Dark-greenish, shading to slightly lighter below; a small round~ black 
spot at the axil. 


Four examples of this fish were caught in Hervey Bay by the State 
Trawler, and sent to the Museum by Captain Hoult. They differ from the 
Southern C. hypsilepis in the more slender habit, the shape of the soft dorsal 
and anal, the presence of a small axillary spot, and the absence of a whitish 
spot on the peduncle. The illustration, I. 3477, is of the natural size. 


[END OF Vou. VII, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. | 


ANTHONY JAMES CummiInc, Government Printer, Brisbane. 


eS —— es 


ie 


1920. 
KG 


pn nae ttre wer ert teens teree ee 


ne hte ee Ae ade eee tent date e eT Re wey a es enarehbnon 


UNE 30 


J 


231 


"7h, 
iy 
Lisiak 
D 
et 
opm eye ne nee on pewewes 


t 


)f) 
Hi 
# 
tii 
+f 
{ 


‘ 


ted 
ay 


; 
uv 


hat 
} 


Habe 


, 
yah 


a a 
pmbars 4 ene BN, 
moses = 


WPEUN, 


ay 


in Bria 
atid 
_ 


Be 
New of L 


tee | 
Fa hea oe ‘ Ma tg 
Fay Me tear be ewe )? , None 29 bx 
eth SRD RL ae fi RAP aS a> 
DO SUPE ay APPS A ATI SE ABE ATLA SAAT OC 
f dC PER SVE SAY LK? SINATRA ERR SM AACN 
ats At ; 
; ! 
Ex ig rat a 
ae: sa 
pad Bie 


1% 


i} Nt 


RYH aT 


the Rin 
fy 
f 


BRISBANE: 


i ne, CRE 
preDS YG a 5 a he Aes 
FRE ATE, AEM LI ELIS LT TA 


SAN 


4 
p 


Lk. 


i 


Tas 
Tay Sah 
BNE i 


BT a Eig AY Be RR eR rasa se RM sg 
Hoot TEL NADY le es 
WiEhPenk oMUC CU, | 


Museum. 


. 
. 
“WITH NINETEEN PLATES AND Sas 
_SEVENTY-TWO_ TEXT-FIGURES. re aa 


” 


Or Oty a RSE AINE ele oe howe gear Gack 
x DATE OF ISSUE OF: ‘FINAL. PART: 
_ DECEMBER: 19, 1922. 


"EDITED BY THE DIRECTOR, HEBER A. LONGMAN, F.LS: | 


j ¥ oy By Bt , ’ : : ‘ ; 


Why tet “ “and prince m Aentratiac ” a Shite cit 


rat yee 


Notes end, ‘iysratione of | 


Lit SE 
#7 
ei. y 


fan the Emergence oO ovo, tubeldwaling 
cape ee XVHI 


Notes « on “the: Fat an Pocus Mouse = 


‘South Queenl d Mareupials’ 


lis 
ro; ihe 


‘Three New Queensland Fighes, 


a 
oT, 
4 


2s 


mateny 


art ey 
s 


MAY 20 1952 


pp 41975 


: +e 
Le kereeed et ene ree eee eee Hee 
were neces ees 
‘bee thet wrereroieisioloressioiaiorsione 
pene eens wn tirwarseret Og eeneee 
eens enene 
Ca ee edad 


ener 


eherepel® 


ae aie eaelele ee ele'e oa ese viene 


slelele eel eiele se eielelepeeie ele ele 
epee eee eh eeee 
ialojale 6 Ole eB bare ele ee el etnye 


ere eterneeres 


ee 
ete erer 


eed ee ene 


ahaleletersle 


‘ols tebelerele 
+ 


sieferele 


je elete eleleheiie 


ae oe 
eis oipierete'e oe atarette 


eee r eee te 
eter eatenne 


ahederaiele 


ni 


epeseenrty® 
eile eeeeeeeeeeee rs 


Heeeen cere 


eoeeeee 


eoeeener eee 


ee eneee . 
eee wee ene 


nee 


nee Pr ee ed 
Pe AT HEDON Oe Tee ee EEE ET He Ree +e Sete e Hee Feet 
oe wr rush henapeseresoet eve sites 


we elefes ie eis eles ere) 
. ” 
we 


‘oe sie etere lela) wrereieie es ela) 
evens ‘ 


p+ 0018 reege fel? 414 Bee eee ere ee ee eeenere 
spibeerard 0 (a'dhe mietejele tie! e)e'eleree 
ae hee eee 


see ne ee creas eelelee 
es 


“ee 
sapaialt 
ee 


dele eee ote 
eeeteeee 


” 


SLOPE Tee R eet eee ee 


. vee eeenoene 
Tee eeeeee eee 


senee 
en ornmnrrirnre rt 1 ceded 


4 ‘be 00 ee oeleleieele'sine 


ante 


renee 
terete eee 
ae 


ee 
veslerereare 
hare na swale ele” 


eeleieeaee 


eeeReneeee eeneee 
. 


eeeneee 


hes 
‘eee 


Pereee OPED hae eerenerree 
here eee Peewee bene 


Pree ew eerereteers 
oe bee 4 
nae 


ween 
eepereee 


Ai 
h seth eat 
eee 4 
+e 
ee 

Con 


. 
le ees 

s ore 
ereeeeeeen ene! 
pon eeeereeiee 
eoeee eee 
veseonre 


ones 
rere alae 


Pewee de eeoeenees 
PP enen eden wes y 


eeeveote 
, a aoe 
oak eae 9 we! af rdevatet 


rei 


oe ee 
40 44 08 210 60a 8'd boot bieie'e oF sieloleroter 
Peeves eeeeabatine ofoleiebplsjolebelelt ty 
rf 
eeee nee tennes 
seen eeeeenerenaret 
eee oe be renes nee 
. 


- 


. sar pevernsesentsty yt 
eee bene . 
SP etananeyes trey OO 
POPP OE DEED eee ee rere nent 


eee eereeerene 


slaelevolerse ef0ie oeiet ee ele) 
eee 


eessieeeeaee 


oa ole 
sleseser bialavasoratelonsronetereresoie ater 
PP OTR eRe Heer mere 
oo Oe eRe RE OR Tee Be Oe 


Pee POORER TE MEE e 

ae 

ee shebatete ever eeee 
+. 


oeeneeenee® 


jeleoe eee 

jeereclenenent 

(ee pecerebene 
slesieleiees sie ey 


ad 

2 OR 0)e HO ee wee be 
we slop elenseieiele ne o 
pase sieeiowlen 


fone ee leleebeeee 
eookeielaye oe ee) 


seeeneeee 
ee 
ene 


ae janes 
ag onisisieiotslateieietoioinl bewroisie 


daa 
QUUOUOOUn nil nninrin 


+ Het 8 ONE Here ales 


eee eens 


Peele ae eae 
ere eee 

ed Oe ee 

ee eeee dee) * 


oo 
Sr ee i alate 
* 
oe welt eweee 


evwleia ee aeele 

Oe 

Peete eo 
Pr ee ea 

a eee hee ee eee . 

shee aien tee Meee ee 8 reels 
eerie hale ee we 
peewee eeene velete 
vod hy eee nerve 


ae 


mee 


oferta 


. 

ALIN 
‘peleeeees 
. 


ee La 
epeereeee 
a 


veeee 
ai 


os . 
eee 
ei 


seeieeeeer 
Pr babs 


eee 
telefe! Pr ee 
eee seen ber neeree 


gielalegieinie ee 
pisteiele olele eiere el 


wale eae ee 
. eee . 
eee aeiale eee alate aferee 
ee ‘eee 
aa e hee alee ears 
eevee eolelelnee 
wales 


aenneres 
elaele eiale 


yore fereielelele there! 
enerefe eielele Peele @ 


je ere oote eile . 
ealele 


ab sioeewele et cere eee ® 


eibigiatoleleieieje eehe'? 


ae 
eel blateleleley 
joeeerbee 


eeleopieeseee's 
jee 


veyee en eerere 


sees elaeiee 
. 
oe 


* 
veaeeeeeereer 


cle sisiag es seer 


eee 
ee eevee 
oe 


oe 
shelejee 


eeeee 
eheemetereecere 


paeeer 


ae aele af o 
dle eeeeecereeeerere eee ree 
eereeee 


ee 


eae 
anes cele eiele es a bine 


serweeenee 
. i 


. 

peter eee 
es slay ee'e 

esbebeese eee 

bhelefelesie o'+lel+ 

pio ble eleeieee ee e/@ 

palate aise eee 

cie'sie eo oreleia’e 


abel 
weleecelene ees a eiele 


aeeele 
peiecaves 


selegeaaee 


weer 


seee 
glafolelelasetelesetereteie)et* 
Dinlereipeie aieelaceielere é 
Bidie’ ojatete shoseigreiere 
eee evicee es 
‘aig aleve fera ere) ele ete [? oe 


ae eigeeieeve one 
eesle nen 


Ae pereeweer 
weeeweeeee 


seeeeee 
veneene 
sles eeaae ene 
‘em aeeeieles oe 
eelesiene’ 
seeeeteeieselegeree 
eee 
seeeneee 


eialelateiele eels * 


“ - 

ia ala epeltletes iby 

tareveetnen 
* 


eigieiseleleeiee e's 
ofejapopeset® srcprereresoreleieiel® 
eee ee s lahesetajetaterece’# 
sicieieleeee >) 


sese vie ese 


a a cee le pleseleie @areiele el elee 


ae 
oe 


+ 
advance reie mele 
wer reseta +4